Part One: Shri Bhagavata-krpa-nirdhara (The Search For the Lord's Mercy

)

Chapter One: Bhauma (The Earth)

Text 1

jayati nija-padabja-prema-danavatirno vividha-madhurimabdhih ko 'pi kaishora-gandhih gata-parama-dashantam yasya chaitanya-rupad anubhava-padam aptam prema gopishu nityam

jayati-all glories; nija-own; pada-feet; abja-lotus; prema-pure love; dana-gift; avatirnahdescended; vividha-various; madhiurima-sweetnesses; abdhih-ocean; kah api-someone; kaisora-of youth; gandhih-with the fragrance; gata-attained; parama-the supreme; dasa-state; antam-final; yasya-of whom; chaitanya-of Shri Chaitanya Mahaprabhu; rupat-from the form; anubhava-of direct perception; padam-the state; aptam-attained; prema-pure love; gopisu-among the gopis; nityam-eternal.

Glory to He who is a great ocean of many sweetnesses, who is scented with the fragrance of youth, and who, in the form of Shri Chaitanya Mahaprabhu, descended (to this world) to give pure love for His own lotus feet and to personally taste the perfect eternal love felt by the gopis.

Text 2

shri-radhika-prabhritayo nitaram jayanti gopyo nitanta-bhagavat-priyata-prasiddhah yasam harau parama-sauhrida-madhurinam nirvaktum ishad api jatu na ko 'pi shaktah

shri-radhika-Shrimati Radharani; prabhritayah-beginning with; nitaram-completely; jayantiglories; gopyah-to the gopis; nitanta-great; bhagavat-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; priyatah-dearness; prasiddhah-celebrated; yasam-of whom; harau-for Lord Hari; paramatranscendental; sauhrida-of friendship; madhurinam-of the sweetness; nirvaktum-to describe; isat-a little; api-even; jatu-at any time; na-not; kah api-anyone; shaktah-is able.

Glory to the gopis headed by Shrimati Radharani, who are famous as the beloveds of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and the sweetness of whose intimate friendship with Lord Hari no one will ever have the slightest power to describe.

Text 3

sva-dayita-nija-bhavam yo vibhavya sva-bhavat su-madhuram avatirno bhakta-rupena lobhat jayati kanaka-dhama krishna-chaitanya-nama harir iha yati-veshah shri-shaci-sunur eshah

sva-own; dayita-of His beloved devotees; nija-for Himself; bhavam-ecstatic love; yah-who; vibhavya-perceiving; sva-own; bhavat-from love; su-great; madhuram-sweetness; avatirnahdescended; bhakta-of a devotee; rupena-in the form; lobhat-out of eager desire; jayati-all glories; kanaka-of gold; dhama-with a great splendor; krishna-chaitanya-Shri Krishna Chaitanya; namabearing the name; harih-Lord Hari; iha-here; yati-of a sannyasi; vesah-in the garb; shri-saci-of Shrimati Saci; devi sunuh-the son; esah-He.

Glory to Lord Hari who, seeing the very sweet love His dear devotees bear for Him, eagerly descended (to this world) in the form of a devotee, who is now splendid as gold, who is dressed as a sannyasi, who is the son of Shrimati Saci-devi, and who bears the name Shri Krishna Chaitanya.

Text 4

jayati mathura-devi shreshtha purishu manorama parama-dayita kamsarater jani-sthiti-ranjita durita-haranan mukter bhakter api pratipadanaj jagati mahita tat-tat-krida-kathas tu viduratah

jayati-all glories; mathura-devi-to Mathura-devi; shreshtha-the best; purisu-among cities; manorama-beautiful and delightful; parama-most; dayita-dear; kamsa-arateh-of Lord Krishna, the enemy of Kamsa; jani-of the birth; sthita-with the place; ranjita-beautified; durita-sins; haranatremoving; mukte-of liberation; bhakteh-of devotional service; api-also; pratipadanat-because of the establishment; jagati-in the world; mahita-glorified; tat-tat-various; krida-of transcendental pastimes; kathah-the narrations; tu-indeed; viduratah-a little distant.

Glory to Goddess Mathura, the best and most beautiful of cities, most dear to Lord Krishna, beautified with His birth-pastime, the place where His pastimes are narrated eternally, the place that, because it removes all sins and grants liberation and devotional service, is eternally glorified in this world.

Text 5

jayati jayati vrindaranyam etan murareh priyatamam ati-sadhu-svanta-vaikuntha-vasat ramayati sa sada gah palayan yatra gopih svarita-madhura-venur vardhayan prema rase

jayati-all glories; jayati-all glories; vrndaranyam-to Vrndavana; etat-this; mura-areh-of Lord Krishna, the enemy of the Mura demon; priyatamam-the most dear; ati-very; sadhu-pure; svaanta-within; vaikuntha-in Vaikunthaloka; vasat-than the residence; ramayati-delights; sah-He; sada-eternally; gah-the surabhi cows; palayan-protecting; yatra-where; gopih-the gopis; svaritasounded; madhura-the sweet; venuh-flute; vardhayan-increasing; prema-the pure love; raseduring the rasa dance.

Glory, glory to Vrindavana forest, the place dearer to Lord Krishna than the transcendental realm of Vaikuntha, the place where Lord Krishna eternally protects the surabhi cows, and where, sweetly playing the flute, He arouses the pure love of the gopis in the arena of the rasa dance.

Text 6

jayati tarani-putri dharma-raja-svasa ya kalayati mathurayah sakhyam atyeti gangam murahara-dayita tat-pada-padma-prasutam vahati ca makarandam nira-pura-cchalena

jayati-all glories; tarani-of the sun-god; putri-to the daughter; dharma-raja-of Yamaraja; svasathe sister who; kalayati-sees; mathuraya-of Mathura; sakhyam-friendship; atyeti-attains; gangamthe Ganges; murahara-to Lord Krishna, the killer of Mura; dayita-very dear; tat-of Him; pada-feet; padma-from the lotus; prasutam-born; vahati-carries; ca-also; makarandam-nectar; nira-of water; pura-of a stream; chalena-on the pretext.

Glory to the Yamuna River, which is the daughter of the sun-god, the sister of Yamaraja, the friend of Mathura, superior to the Ganges, and very dear to Lord Krishna, and which flows with what seems to be water but is actually the nectar of the lotus flower of Lord Krishna's feet.

Text 7

govardhano jayati shaila-kuladhirajo yo gopikabhirudito hari-dasa-varyah krishnena shakra-makha-bhanga-kritarcito yah saptaham asya kara-padma-tale 'py avatsit

govardhanah-to Govardhana Hill; jayati-all glories; saila-of mountains; kula-of the community; adhirajah-the king; yah-which; gopika-by the gopis; abhiruditah-proclaimed; hari-of Lord Hari; dasa-of all the servants; varyah-the best; krishnena-by Lord Krishna; sakra-of Indra; makha-the sacrifice; bhanga-breaking; krita-done; arcitah-worshipped; yah-which; sapta-seven; aham-for days; asya-of Him; kara-hand; padma-lotus; tale-on the surface; api-also; avatsit-rested.

Glory to Govardhana Hill, the king of mountains, the hill the gopis declared was the best servant of Lord Hari, the hill personally worshiped by Lord Krishna when He stopped the indra-yajna, the hill that for seven days rested on Lord Krishna's lotus hand.

Text 8

jayati jayati krishna-prema-bhaktir yad-anghrim nikhila-nigama-tattvam gudham ajnaya muktih bhajati sharana-kamka vaishnavais tyajyamana

japa-yajana-tapasya-nyasa-nishtham vihaya

jayati-all glories; jayati-all glories; krishna-for Lord Krishna; prema-pure love; bhaktih-devotional service; yat-of which; anghrim-the feet; nikhila-all; nigama-of Vedic literatures; tattva-the truth; gudham-hidden; ajnaya-understanding; muktih-liberation; bhajati-worships; sarana-to take shelter; kama-desiring; vaishnavaih-by the devotees; tyajyamana-rejected; japa-mantra-chanting; yajana-Vedic sacrifices; tapasya-austerity; nyasa-nishtham-faith; vihaya-abandoning.

Glory, glory to devotional service in pure love for Krishna. Rejected by the devotees, finally understanding the confidential secret of all Vedic knowledge, and abandoning all trust in mantrachanting, Vedic sacrifices, and severe austerity, liberation now worships the feet of devotional service. Liberation now yearns to take shelter of the feet of devotion.

Text 9

jayati jayati namananda-rupam murarer viramita-nija-dharma-dhyana-pujadi-yatnam katham api sakrid attam muktidam praninam yat paramam amritam ekam jivanam bhushanam me

jayati-all glories; jayati-all glories; nama-holy name; ananda-bliss; rupam-form; murarer-of Lord Krishna; viramita-stopped; nija-own; dharma-conventional religious duties; dhyana-meditation; puja-worship; adi-beginning with; yatnam-endeavor; katham api-somehow; sakrid-once; attamspoken; mukti-liberation; dam-giving; praninam-to the living entities; yat-which; paramamsupreme; amritam-nectar; ekam-only; jivanam-life; bhushanam-treasure; me-my.

All glories, all glories, to the all-blissful holy name of Shri Krishna, which causes the devotee to give up all conventional religious duties, meditation, and worship. When somehow or other uttered even once by a living entity, the holy name awards him liberation. The holy name of Krishna is the highest nectar. It is my very life and my only treasure.*

Text 10

namah shri-krishnacandraya nirupadhi-kripa krite yah shri-chaitanya-rupo 'bhut tanvan prema-rasam kalau

namah-I offer my respectful obeisances; shri-krishnacandraya-to Shri Krishnacandra; nirupadhiwithout limit; kripa-mercy; krite-granting; gah-who; shri-chaitanya-of Shri Chaitanya Mahaprabhu; rupah-in the form; abhut-became; tanvan-spreading; prema-of pure love for Lord Krishna; rasamthe nectar; kalau-in the age of Kali.

Obeisances to boundlessly merciful Lord Shri Krishnacandra who, appearing as Shri Chaitanya, distributed the nectar of pure love of God in the age of Kali.

Text 11

bhagavad-bhakti-shastranam ayam sarasya sangrahah anubhutasya chaitanyadeve tat-priya-rupatah

bhagavat-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhakti-describing devotional service; sastranam-of the scriptures; ayam-this; sarasya-of the nectar; sangrahah-collection; anubhutasyadirectly perceived; chaitanyadeve-in Lord Chaitanyadeva; tat-of Him; priya-dear; rupatah-from the form.

This book is bhakti literatures' essence, which was revealed by the Lord who is dear to the heart.

Note: The Lord who is dear to the heart is Nanda's son, who plays the flute and whose handsome form gracefully bends in three places. By His mercy He appeared in the heart and revealed the truth of devotional service. Another interpretation is "Chaitanyadeve" is “Lord Chaitanya Mahaprabhu" and "rupa" is Shrila Ruapa Gosvami". Then the phrase becomes "which was revealed by Shrila Rupa Gosvami, who is dear to Lord Chaitanyadeva".

Text 12

shrinvantu vaishnavah shastram idam bhagavatamritam su-gopyam praha yat premna jaiminir janamejayam

shrinvantu-may hear; vaishnavah-the devotees of the Lord; sastram-book; idam-this; bhagavata-of the Lord and His devotees; amritam-the nectar; su-very; gopyam-confidential; prahaspoke; yat-which; premna-with great love; jaiminih-Jaimini; janamejayam-to Janamejaya.

May the saintly devotees hear this confidential book, the Bhagavatamrita (the nectar of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotees), which Jaimini Rishi affectionately spoke to Maharaja Janamejaya.

Text 13

munindraj jaimineh shrutva bharatakhyanam adbhutam parikshin-nandano 'pricchat tat-khilam shravanotsukah

muni-of sages; indrat-from the king; jaimineh-from Jaimini; shrutva-having heard; bharataMahabharata; akhyanam-the story; adbhutam-wonderful; parikshit-nandanah-Maharaja Janamejaya, the son of Maharaja Parikshit; apricchat-inquired; tat-khilam-the remainder; sravanato hear; utsukah-eager.

Hearing the wonderful story of Mahabharata from Jaimini, the king of sages, and becoming very eager to hear more, Maharaja Janamejaya, the son of Maharaja Parikshit, asked:

Text 14

shri-janamejaya uvaca

na vaishampayanat prapto brahman yo bharate rasah

tvatto labdhah sa tac-chesham madhurena samapaya

shri-janamejayah-Shri Janamejaya; uvaca-said; na-not; vaisampayanat-from Vaisampayana; praptah-attained; brahman-O Brahmana; yah-which; bharate-in the Mahabharata; rasah-the nectar; tvattah-from you; labdhah-was obtained; sah-that; tat-of that; shesham-the remainder; madhurena-with sweetness; samapaya-please complete.

Shri Janamejaya said: O brahmana, the sweet nectar I found in your narration of Mahabharata I did not find in Vaishampayana's version. Please now sweetly finish that story.

Texts 15-17

shri-jaminir uvaca

shukadevopadeshena nihatashesha-sadhvasam samyak-prapta-samastartham shri-krishna-prema-samplutam

sannikrishta-nijabhishtapadarohana-kalakam shrimat-parikshitam mata tasyarta krishna-tat-para

virata-tanayaikante 'pricchad etan nripottamam prabodhyanandita tena putrena sneha-sampluta

shri-jaiminih-Shri Jaimini; uvaca-said; sukadeva-of Sukadeva Gosvami; upadeshena-by the instruction; nihata-removed; ashesha-all; sadhvasam-fears; samyak-completely; prapta-attained; samasta-all; artham-truths; shri-krishna-for Lord Krishna; prema-pure love; samplutam-flooded; sannikrishta-near; nija-own; abhishta-wished; pada-to the spiritual world; arohana-ascent; kalakam-the time; shrimat-parikshitam-Shri Parikshit; mata-mother; tasya-of him; arta-distressed; krishna-to Lord Krishna; tat-para-devoted; virata-of Maharaja Virata; tanaya-the daughter; ekaante-at the last moment; apricchat-asked; etat-this; nripa-of kings; uttamam-the best; prabodhyaencouraging; anandita-blissful; tena-by him; putrena-by the son; sneha-with affection; samplutaflooded.

Shri Jaimini said: Of Shri Parikshit, who was the best of kings, and who by Shukadeva's instructions had become free of all fears, wise in all spiritual knowledge, and plunged in love for Shri Krishna, and who at that moment was about to ascend to his desired destination (in the spiritual world), his mother, Uttara, who was a great devotee of Lord Krishna, who was flooded with love, and who was first distressed, and then, encouraged by her son, had become cheerful, asked:

Text 18

shrimad-uttarovaca

yat shukenopadishtam te vatsa nishkrishya tasya me

saram prakashaya kshipram kshirambhodher ivamritam

shrimat-uttara-Shrimati Uttara; uvaca-said; yat-what; sukena-by Sukadeva Gosvami; upadishtam-taught; te-to you; vatsa-O child; niskrsya-extracting; tasya-of that; me-for me; saramthe essence; prakashaya-please reveal; kshipram-quickly; kshira-of milk; ambhodheh-from the ocean; iva-like; amritam-nectar.

Shri Uttara said: Son, as nectar was taken from the ocean of milk, please extract for me the essence of Shukadeva's teachings.

Text 19

shri-jaiminir uvaca

uvaca sadaram raja parikshin matri-vatsalah shrutaty-adbhuta-govindakathakhyana-rasotsukah

shri-jaiminih-Shri Jaimini; uvaca-said; uvaca-said; sa-with; adaram-respect; raja-king; parikshitParikshit; matri-to his mother; vatsalah-affectionate; shruta-heard; ati-very; adbhuta-wonderful; govinda-of Lord Govinda; katha-description; akhyana-story; rasa-nectar; utsukah-eager.

Shri Jaimini said: Maharaja Parikshit, who was both affectionate to his mother and eager to repeat the very wonderful nectar history of Lord Govinda he had heard, respectfully said:

Text 20

shri-vishnurata uvaca

matar yadyapi kale 'smims cikirshita-muni-vratah tathapy aham tava prashnamadhuri-mukhari-kritah

shri-vishnuratah-Maharaja Parikshit; uvaca-said; matah-O mother; yadi api-although; kale-time; asmin-at this; cikirsita-desired to observe; muni-of silence; vratah-a vow; tatha api-still; aham-I; tava-of you; prasna-of the question; madhuri-by the sweetness; mukhari-eager to speak; kritahmade.

Maharaja Parikshit said: Mother, although at this time I wished to follow a vow of silence, the sweetness of your question makes me eager to speak.

Texts 21-23

guroh prasadatas tasya shrimato badarayaneh pranamya te sa-putrayah

pranadam prabhum acyutam

tat-karunya-prabhavena shrimad-bhagavatamritam samuddhritam prayatnena shrimad-bhagavatottamaih

munindra-mandali-madhye nishcitam mahatam matam maha-guhyam ayam samyak kathayamy avadharaya

guroh-of my spiritual master; prasadatah-from the mercy; tasya-of him; shrimatah badarayaneh-Shrila Sukadeva Gosvami; pranamya-offering obeisances; te-of you; sa-with; putrayah-your son; prana-life; dam-giving; prabhum-the Supreme Lord; acyutam-infallible; tat-of him; karunya-of the mercy; prabhavena-by the power; shrimat-bhagavata-of the ShrimadBhagavatam; amritam-the nectar; samuddhritam-extracted; prayatnena-with great effort; shrimat-bhagavata-uttamaih-by the great devotees of the Lord; muni-of the sages; indra-of the leaders; mandali-of the assembly; madhye-in the midst; niscitam-concluded; mahatam-of the great souls; matam-the opinion; maha-the great; guhyam-secret; ayam-this; samyak-clearly; kathayami-I shall speak; avdaharaya-please listen with attention.

Bowing down, by my guru Shrila Shukadeva Gosvami's mercy, to the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead, who gave life to both you and your son, by the power of his mercy I will speak the beautiful Bhagavatamrita, the nectar of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His devotees, which the great devotees extracted with great effort, which is the great conclusion of the assembly of sages, and which is a great secret. Please listen with great attention.

Texts 24 and 25

ekada tirtha-murdhanye prayage muni-pungavah maghe pratah krita-snanah shri-madhava-samipatah

upavishta mudavishta manyamanah kritarthatam krishnasya dayito 'siti shlaghante sma parasparam

ekada-one day; tirtha-of holy places; murdhanye-at the best; prayage-at Prayaga; muni-of sages; pungavah-the best; maghe-in the month of Magha; pratah-early in the morning; kritaperformed; snanah-bath; shri-madhava-Lord Madhava; samipatah-near; upavishtah-seated; mudawith happiness; avishtah-filled; manyamanah-considering; kritarthatam-success; krishnasya-of Lord Krishna; dayitah-the dear one; asi-you are; iti-thus; shlaghante sma-they glorified; parasparam-each other.

Onnce, during the month of Magha, at Prayaga, the best of holy places, many great sages bathed in the morning, happily sat down near the Deity of Lord Madhava and, thinking how to attain spiritual success, praised each other, saying "You are dear to Lord Krishna."

Text 26

matas tadanim tatraiva

vipra-varyah samagatah dashashvamedhike tirthe bhagavad-bhakti-tat-parah

matah-O mother; tadanim-then; tatra-there; eva-certainly; vipra-varyah-a great brahmana; samagatah-arrived; dasasvamedhike-Dasasvamedha; tirthe-at the holy place; bhagavat-bhakti-tatparah-devoted to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

O mother, then a great brahmana devotee of the Lord came there to Dashashvamedha-tirtha.

Text 27

sevito 'shesha-sampadbhis tad-deshasyadhikaravan vritah parijanair viprabhojanartham kritodyamah

sevitah-served; ashesha-complete; sampadbhih-with wealth; tat-his; deshasya-of the country; adhikaravan-the proprietor; vritah-surrounded; parijanaih-by associates; vipra-the brahmanas; bhojana-feeding; artham-for the purpose; krita-done; udyamah-effort.

A wealthy landowner, he and his associates had come to feed the brahmanas. Text 28

vicitrotkrishta-vastuni sa nishpadya maha-manah avashyakam samapyadau samskritya mahatim sthalim

vicitra-wonderful; utkrishta-excellent; vastuni-substances; sah-he; nispadya-collecting; mahamanah-the great soul; avasyakam-his regular duties; samapya-completing; adau-in the beginning; samskritya-fashioning; mahatim-a great; sthalim-place.

That great soul performed his morning duties, set aside a large area, and brought many wonderful things.

Text 29

sa-tvaram catvaram tatra madhye nirmaya sundaram upalipya sva-hastena vitanany udatanayat

sa-with; tvaram-haste; catvaram-a courtyard; tatra-there; madhye-in the midst; nirmayafashioning; sundaram-beautiful; upalipya-anointing; sva-own; hastena-with the hand; vitananiawnings; udatanayat-lifted.

He quickly fashioned a charming courtyard, set up many open tents, and anointed the ground with his own hand.

Text 30

shalagrama-shila-rupam krishnam svarnasane shubhe niveshya bhaktya sampujya yatha-vidhi muda bhritah

salagrama-sila-of a Salagrama-sila; rupam-in the form; krishnam-Lord Krishna; svarna-golden; asane-on a throne; subhe-beautiful; nivesya-placing; bhaktya-with devotion; sampujyaworshiping; yatha-according; vidhi-to the regulations of worship; muda-with happiness; bhritahfilled.

Then he placed Lord Krishna, in His Shalagrama-shila form, on a beautiful golden throne. Filled with happiness, and carefully following the proper rituals, he devotedly worshiped the Deity.

Text 31

bhogambaradi-samagrim arpayitvagrato hareh svayam nrityan gita-vadyadibhish cakre mahotsavam

bhoga-food; ambara-garments; adi-beginning with; samagrim-multitude; arpayitva-giving in charity; agratah-in the presence; hareh-of Lord Hari; svayam-personally; nrityan-dancing; gita-with

singing-vadya-and instrumental music; adibhih-beginning; cakre-performed; maha-a great; utsavam-festival.

He offered delicious foods, costly garments and many other valuables to Lord Hari. Then he celebrated a great festival where he himself danced to the accompaniment of singing and instrumental music.

Text 32

tato veda-puranadivyakhyabhir vada-kovidan vipran pranamya yatino grihino brahmacarinah

tatah-then; veda-on the Vedas; purana-Puranas; adi-beginning with; vhakhyabhih-with commentaries; vada-at speaking words; kovidan-expert; vipran-to the brahmanas; pranamyaoffering respectful obeisances; yatinah-to the sannyasis; grihinah-to the householders; brahmacarinah-to the brahmacaris.

Then he bowed down to offer respects to the brahmanas, who could eloquently speak on the Vedas, Puranas, and other scriptures. He bowed down to the sannyasis, householders, and brahmacaris.

Text 33

vaishnavamsh ca sada krishna-

kirtanananda-lampatan su-bahun madhurair vakyair vyavaharaish ca harshayan

vaishnavan-the Vaishnavas; ca-also; sada-always; krishna-of Lord Krishna; kirtana-of the glorification; ananda-to taste the bliss; lampatan-very eager; su-bahun-many; madhuraih-with sweet; vakyaih-words; vyavaharaih-with his actions; ca-also; harshayan-pleasing.

Then with sweet words and polite behavior he pleased the many Vaishnavas, who were always eager to taste the bliss of chanting Lord Krishna's glories.

Text 34

pada-shauca-jalam tesham dharayan shirasi svayam bhagavaty arpitais tadvad annadibhir apujayat

pada-the feet; sauca-washed; jalam-water; tesam-of them; dharayan-placing; sirasi-on the head; svayam-personally; bhagavati-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; arpitaih-offered; tadvat-then; anna-with food; adibhih-beginning; apujayat-worshiped.

He placed on his head the water that had washed their feet. He worshiped them by giving them the food and valuables that had been offered to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Text 35

bhojayitva tato dinan antyajan api sadaram atoshayad yatha-nyayam shva-shrigalan khaga-krimin

bhojayitva-feeding; tatah-then; dinan-the poor; antyajan-the outcasts; api-also; sa-with; adaran-respect; atoshayat-satisfied; yatha-as; nyayam-is appropriate; sva-the dogs; srgalanjackals; khaga-birds; krimin-and insects.

Then he respectfully fed the poor and the outcasts, and he satisfied even the dogs, jackals, birds, and insects.

Text 36

evam santarpitasheshah samadishto 'tha sadhubhih parivaraih samam shesham sa-harsham bubhuje 'mritam

evam-in this way; santarpita-satisfied; asheshah-everyone; samadishtah-ordered; atha-then; sadhubhih-by the saintly persons; parivaraih-associates; samam-with; shesham-the remnants; sawith; harsham-happiness; bubhuje-ate; amritam-nectar.

When everyone was satisfied in this way the saintly persons requested that he also eat. He and his associates then happily ate the remnants of the nectarean feast.

Text 37

tato 'bhimukham agatya krishnasya racitanjalih tasminn evarpayam asa sarvam tat-phala-sancayam

tatah-then; abhimukham agatya-approaching; krishnasya-Lord Krishna; racita-done; anjalihfolded hands; tasmin-to Him; eva-certainly; arpayam asa-offered; sarvam-all; tat-of that; phala-of the fruits; sancayam-the accumulation.

Then he approached Lord Krishna, and with folded hands offered the fruits of all his actions to the Lord.

Texts 38-40

sukham samveshya devam tam sva-griham gantum udyatam durac chri-narado drishtvotthito muni-samajatah

ayam eva maha-vishnoh preyan iti muhur bruvan dhavan gatvantike tasya virpendrasyedam abravit

shri-krishna-paramotkrishtakripaya bhajanam janam loke vikhyapayan vyaktam bhagavad-bhakti-lampatah

sukham-comfortably; samvesya-putting to sleep; devam-the Lord; tam-Him; sva-his own; griham-home; gantum-to go; udyatam-about; durat-from far away; shri-naradah-Shri Narada; drishtva-seeing; utthitah-stood up; muni-of sages; samajatah-in the assembly; ayam-this person; eva-certainly; maha-vishnoh-of Lord Maha-Vishnu; preyan-is very dear; iti-thus; muhu-repeatedly; bruva-saying; dhavan-running; gatva-having gone; antike-near; tasya-him; vipra-of brahmanas; indrasya-the king; idam-this; abravit-said; shri-krishna-of Lord Krishna; parama-utkrishta-greatest; kripaya-of mercy; bhajanam-the recipient; janam-person; loke-in this world; vikhyapayanglorifying; vyaktam-manifest; bhagavat-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhakti-for devotional service; lampatah-eager.

Then he put the Lord to rest and was about to go home when Shri Narada, who is always eager to serve the Lord, and who had been observing all his actions from far away, suddenly stood up in the assembly of sages, again and again said, "This person is very dear to Lord Maha-Vishnu", quickly went to the brahmana and, proclaiming to the world that this person is the object of Shri Krishna's great mercy, said:

Text 41

shri-narada uvaca

bhavan viprendra krishnasya mahanugraha-bhajanam yasyedrisham dhanam dravyam audaryam vaibhavam tatha

sardham apadakam tac ca sarvam eva maha-mate drishtam hi sakshad asmabhir asmims tirtha-vare 'dhuna

shri-naradah-Shri Narada; uvaca-said; bhavan-my lord; vipra-of brahmanas; indra-o chief; krishnasya-of Lord Krishna; maha-great; anugraha-of mercy; bhajanam-the object; yasya-of whom; idrisham-like this; dhanam-wealth; dravyam-possessions; audaryam-generosity; vaibhavampower; tatha-in that way; sardham-with; apadakam-attainment; tat-that; ca-also; sarvameverything; eva-certainly; maha-mate-O great soul; drishtam-has been seen; hi-indeed; sakshatdirectly; asmabhih-by us; asmin-in this; tirtha-of holy places; vare-in the best; adhuna-now.

Shri Narada said: O king of brahmanas, Lord Krishna is very merciful to you. I have seen how in this sacred place you (have given) your money, property, generosity, and power.

Text 42

vidvad-varena tenokto na tv idam sa maha-munih

svamin kim mayi krishnasya kripa-lakshanam ikshitam

vidvat-of those who know the truth; varena-by the best; tena-by him; uktah-addressed; na-not; tu-indeed; idam-this; sah-he; maha-the great; munih-sage; svamin-O lord; kim-what?; mayi-in me; krishnasya-of Lord Krishna; kripa-of mercy; lakshanam-the signs; ikshitam-have been seen.

The learned brahmana then said to sage Narada: It is not true. My lord, what signs of Lord Krishna's mercy do you see in me?

Text 43

aham varakah ko nu syam datum shaknomi va kiyat vaibhavam vartate kim me bhagavad-bhajanam kutah

aham-I; varakah-insignificant; kah-who; nu-indeed; syam-am I; datum-to give in charity; saknomi-I am able; va-or; kiyat; how much?; vaibhavam-power; vartate-is; kim-what?; me-of me; bhagavat-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhajanam-devotional service; kutah-where?

I am insignificant. Who am I? How much can I give in charity? What power do I have? Where is my devotion to the Supreme Personality of Godhead?

Text 44

kintu dakshina-deshe yo maha-rajo virajate sa hi krishna-kripa-patram yasya deshe suralayah

kintu-however; dakshina-southern; deshe-in the country; yah-who; maha-a great; rajah-king; virajate-is; sah-he; hi-indeed; krishna-of Lord Krishna; kripa-of the mercy; patram-the object; yasya-of whom; deshe-in the country; sura-of the Lord; alayah-many temples.

In the south is a great king in whose country are many temples of the Lord. This king is the real object of Lord Krishna's mercy.

Text 45

sarvato bhikshavo yatra tairthikabhyagatadayah krishnarpitannam bhunjana bhramanti sukhinah sada

sarvatah-everywhere; bhikshavah-sannyasis; yatra-where; taithika-pilgrims; abhyagata-arrived; adayah-beginning with; krishna-to Lord Krishna; arpita-offered; annam-food; bhunjanah-eating; bhramanti-travel; sukhinah-happily; sada-always.

Sustained by eating food offered to Lord Krishna, many sannyasis, pilgrims, and others comfortably travel through his country.

Text 46

rajadhani-samipe ca sac-cid-ananda-vigrahah sakshad ivaste bhagavan karunyat sthiratam gatah

rajadhani-the royal palace; samipe-near; ca-also; sat-eternal; cit-full of knowledge; ananda-and bliss; vigrahah-whose form; sakshat-directly; iva-as if; aste-stays; bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; karunyat-out of mercy; sthiratam-the state of standing still; gatah-has attained.

Near the royal palace is a deity of the Lord. It is as if the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, whose spiritual form is eternal and full of knowledge and bliss, has, out of His great kindness, personally come there, and is deliberately standing still without moving even slightly.

Text 47

nityam nava-navas tatra jayate paramotsavah puja-dravyani ceshtani nutanani pratikshanam

nityam-always; nava-navah-newer and newer; tatra-there; jayate-is; parama-a great; utsavahfestival; puja-for worship; drvyani-articles; ca-also; ishtani-valuable; nutanani-new; prati-kshanamat every moment.

In that place is always a newer and newer festival where at every moment many newer and newer valuable presentations are made to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Text 48

vishnor niveditais tais tu sarve tad-desha-vasinah vaideshikash ca bahavo bhojyante tena sadaram

vishnoh-of Lord Vishnu; niveditaih-by the foodstuff offered; taih-by that; tu-indeed; sarve-all; tat-of him; desha-of the country; vasinah-the residents; vaidesikah-foreign visitors; ca-as well; bahavah-many; bhojyante-are fed; tena-by him; sa-with; adaram-respect.

He respectfully feeds all the residents of his kingdom, as well as many visitors from foreign lands, with prasadam offered to Lord Vishnu.

Texts 49 and 50

pundarikaksha-devasya tasya darshana-lobhatah maha-prasada-rupannad upabhoga-sukhaptitah

sadhu-sangati-labhac ca nana-deshat samagatah nivasanti sada tatra santo vishnu-parayanah

pundarika-aksha-devasya-of the lotus-eyed Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasya-of Him; darshana-the sight; lobhatah-because of eagerness; maha-prasada-of great mercy; rupa-in the form; annat-from the food; upabhoga-from the enjoyment; sukha-of happiness; aptitah-because of the attainment; sadhu-of saintly devotees; sangati-of the association; labhat-because of the attainment; ca-also; nana-various; deshat-from countries; samagatah-assembled; nivasanti-reside; sada-always; tatra-there; santah-saintly devotees; vishnu-to Lord Vishnu; parayanah-devoted.

Because they are very eager to see the Deity of the lotus-eyed Supreme Personality of Godhead, because they are filled with happiness by tasting the remnants of food offered to the Deity, and because in this place they may meet many saintly persons, many devotees of Lord Vishnu come from foreign lands and permanently reside in his country.

Text 51

deshash ca deva-viprebhyo rajna datto vibhajya sah nopadravo 'sti tad-deshe ko 'pi shoko 'thava bhayam

deshah-the country; ca-also; deva-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; viprebhyah-and to the brahmanas; rajna- by the king; dattah-given; vibhajya-worshiping; sah-that; na- not; upadravah-calamity; asti-is; tat-of him; deshe-in the country; kah api-any; sokah-lamentation; athava-or; bhayam- fear.

The king worships the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the brahmanas, and he has given his country to them as their property. For this reason, in his country there is no calamity, no suffering, and no fear.

Text 52

akrishta-pacya sa bhumir vrishtis tatra yatha-sukham ishtani phala-mulani su-labhany ambarani ca

akrishta-without plowing; pacya-producing grains; sa-that; bhumih-ground; vrishtih-rain; tatrathere; yatha-as; sukham-much as one could wish; ishtani-desided; phala-fruits; mulani-and roots; su-easily; labhani-obtained; ambarani-garments; ca-and.

In his country the ground produces crops even without being plowed. The rain falls as much as one could desire, and excellent fruit, roots, and garments are very easy to obtain.

Text 53

sva-svadharma-kritah sarvah sukhinyah krishna-tat-parah prajas tam anuvartante maharajam yatha sutah

sva-svadharma-their own occupational duties; kritah-performing; sarvah-all; sukhinyah-happy; krishna-to Lord Shri Krishna; tat-parah-devoted; prajah-the citizens; tam-him; anuvartante-follow; maharajam-the king; yatha-as; sutah-sons and daughters.

Righteously engaged in their various occupational duties, and completely devoted to Lord Krishna, all the people of his country are very happy. They all follow their king as if they were his sons and daughters.

Text 54

sa cagarvah sada nicayoga-sevabhir acyutam bhajamano 'khilan lokan ramayaty acyuta-priyah

sah-he; ca-also; agarvah-prideless; sada-always; nica-humble; yoga-suitable; sevabhih-with services; acyutam-the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhajamanh-worshiping; akhilanall; lokan-people; ramayati-pleases; acyuta-to the infallible Lord; priyah-dear.

agre-in the presence. amatya-ministers. In the presence of the Deity regularly chanting the Lord's holy names with his brothers. nama-of the holy names. bharya-wives. and in that sankirtana personally dancing. he always brings great happiness to the Lord. sakam-with. he pleases everyone. pautraih-grandchildren. and always humbly engaged in the service of the Lord. children. singing transcendental songs. sankirtanaih-with glorification. . sutaih-children. nrityan-dancing. vadyani-musical instruments. anyaih-others. svayam-personally. ca-and. toshyat-satisfies. purohitaih-priests. Texts 55 and 56 tasyagre vividhair namagatha-sankirtanaih svayam nrityan divyani gitani gayan vadyani vadayan bhratri-bharya-sutaih pautrair bhrityamatya-purohitaih anyaish ca svajanaih sakam prabhum tam toshayat sada tasya-of Him. grandchildren. svajanaih-his own associates. bhritya-servants. gathasongs. wives. prabhum-the Lord. vadayan-playing. and playing musical instruments. government ministers. and other associates. sada-always. divyani-transcendental. vividhaih-with various.Prideless. gyan-singing. tam-Him. priests. servants. bhratri-with brothers. gitani-songs. He is very dear to the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead.

anuvartinah-following. bhakti-devotion. guna-of virtues. vratah-the multitudes. tasya-of him. jnayante-are known. How many of them can I enumerate? Of how many of them am I aware? Text 58 shri-parikshid uvaca tato nripa-varam drashtum tad-deshe narado vrajan deva-pujotsavasaktas tatra taraikshata prajah . krishna-for Lord Krishna. sankhyatum-to count. kathyante-are said. va-or. A host of good qualities follow his great devotion to Lord Krishna. maya-by me.Text 57 te te tasya guna-vratah krishna-bhakty-anuvartinah sankhyatum kati kathyante jnayante kati va maya te te-they. kati-how many?. kati-how many?.

Narada approached him and said: Text 60 shri-narada uvaca . Text 59 harshena vadayan vinam rajadhanim gato 'dhikam viproktad api sampashyan sangamyovaca tam nripam harshena-happily. Shri Parikshit said: Then Narada went to see that great king. tam-to him. puja-of the worship. As he was traveling in that king's country he noticed that the people were intently and happily engaged in the worship of the Supreme Lord. nripa-of kings. api-also. Impelled by the brahmana's words. Happily playing his vina. sangamya-approached. prajah-the people. asaktah-attached. varam-the best. deva-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. vinam-his vina. rajadhanim-to the palace. tatah-then. sampasyan-seeing. uvaca-said. adhikam-then. deshe-in the country. tatra tatra-everywhere. aikshata-saw. uktat-because of the words. vrajan-going. vadayan-playing. tat-of him. Narada entered the palace and could see the king there. nripam-the king. vipra-of the brahmana. gatah-went.shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. drastum-to see. utsava-to the happiness. uvaca-said. naradah-Narada.

a host of good qualities. . vaishnava-of Vasinavas. kathayanspeaking. jnana-knowledge. uvaca-said. rajya-of kingdom. uvaca-said. dharma-religion. tvam-you. wealth. loka-subjects. guna-good qualities. aslisyan-embracing. patram-the object. shri-krishna-of Lord Shri Krishna. saintly subjects. uttamahthe best. muhuh-repeatedly. vaibhavam-opulence. You are certainly the object of Lord Krishna's mercy. gayan-singing. Shri Narada said: You have great royal power. artha-wealth. gunan-the good qualities.tvam shri-krishna-kripa-patram yasyedrig rajya-vaibhavam sal-loka-guna-dharmarthajnana-bhaktibhir anvitam shri-naradah-Shri Narada. bhupatim-the king. learning and devotion to the Lord. yasya-of whom. piety. anvitam-endowed. kripa-of mercy. vistarya-expanding. vinaya-with his vina. bhaktibhih-and with devotion. idrk-like this. prasasamsa-glorified. tat-tad-in this way. sat-saintly. Text 61 shri-parikshid uvaca tat-tad vistarya kathayann ashlishyan bhupatim muhuh prasasamsha gunan gayan vinaya vaishnavottamah shri-parikshid-Shri Parikshit.

jataproduced. Text 62 sarvabhaumo muni-varam sampujya prashrito 'bravit nija-shlagha-bharaj jatalajja-namita-mastakah sarvabhaumah-the king. His head bowed down with embarrassment to hear so much praise of himself. varam-the best. lajja-embarrassment. Narada embraced the king again and again. namita-bowed down. bharat-because of the abundance. the humble king worshiped the great sage Narada and then spoke the following words: Texts 63 and 64 devarshe 'lpayusham svalpaishvaryam alpa-pradam naram . abravit-said. the best of Vaishnavas. muni-of sages. played his vina and glorified the king's good qualities in song. prashritahhumble. nija-of himself. mastakah-whose head. sampujya-worshiping. shlagha-of praise.Shri Parikshit said: Narada Muni.

asvatantram-not independent. svalpa-little. to be the object of Lord Krishna's mercy? Text 65 deva eva daya-patram vishnor bhagavatah kila pujyamana narair nityam tejomaya-sharirinah . katham-why?. mam-me. bhaya-by fear. krishna-of Lord Krishna. pradam-giving. my life is short. niyantritam-controlled. alpa-brief. alpa-little. naram-person. api-also. ayusam-lifespan. My power is very circumscribed. anugraha-of the mercy. I have very little to give in charity. tadiya-of Him. do you consider me. without considering all these points. manyate-considers. avicaratah-because of the lack of proper consideration. vakyasya-of the description. aishvaryampower and opulence. Why. ayogyamnot appropriate. I remain under the dominion of the threefold miseries. patram-the object. akrantam-overcome.asvatantram bhayakrantam tapa-traya-niyantritam krishnanugraha-vakyasyapy ayogyam avicaratah tadiya-karuna-patram katham mam manyate bhavan deva-rse-O sage among the demigods. I am governed by fear. who am so unqualified. I am not independent. bhavan-your lordship. traya-by the three-fold. karuna-of the mercy. Devarshi Narada. tapa-miseries.

tejomaya-splended and powerful. They are situated in the mode of goodness. The demigods have effulgent and very powerful bodies. eva-certainly. iccha-the desires. kila-indeed. They are completely independent. Text 66 nishpapah sattvika duhkharahitah sukhinah sada svacchandacara-gatayo bhakteccha-vara-dayakah nispapah-without sin. bhagavatah-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. naraih-by human beings. patram-the object. bhakta-of their devotees. rahitah-without. Text 67 yesham hi bhogyam amritam . daya-of mercy. The demigods are sinless. svacchanda-acara-gatayah-independent in their actions. sukhinah-happy. pujyamanah-worshiped. They are the actual object of Lord Vishnu's mercy. They have the power to fulfill all the desires of their devotees. saririnah-whose bodies.devah-the demigods. sattvikah-situated in the mode of goodness. vishnoh-of Vishnu. sada-always. They never suffer. They are always happy. nityam-always. duhkha-unhappiness. vara-benedictions. dayakah-giving. They are always worshiped by human beings.

kritaih-performed. rogadisease. ksut-hunger. adi-beginning with. svarge-in Svargaloka. abhave-in the non-existence. by the power of their great good fortune these demigods reside in Svargaloka. bhagya-of good fortune. sva-by their own. death. ye-who. tusti-happiness. Text 68 vasanti bhagavan svarge maha-bhagya-balena ye yo nribhir bharate varshe sat-punyair labhyate kritaih vasanti-reside. balena-by the power. sat-punyaih-by many pious deeds. hi-indeed. yah-which. nrbhih-by human beings. upanatam-obtained. hrit-removing. bharate varse-on Bharatavarsha. amritan-nectar. api-even. bhogyam-to be enjoyed. disease. . jara-old age. maha-great. The human beings who reside in Bharata-varsha may enter that Svarga realm only by performing many pious deeds. dam-giving. My lord. trt-and thirst.mrityu-roga-jaradi-hrit svecchayopanatam kshut-tridbadhabhave 'pi tushtidam yesam-of whom. mrityu-death. labhyate-is obtained. and all distress. badha-obstruction. icchaya-desire. bhagavan-O lord. Whenever they wish they can drink nectar that satisfies all their hunger and thirst and frees them from old-age.

tesam-of them. visishtah-specifically. It is he who nourishes the world with rain. indrah purandarahKing Indra. satena-with 100. api-even. durlabha-difficult to obtain. vrishtibhihwith rains. jivanah-the source of life.Text 69 mune vishishtas tatrapi tesham indrah purandarah nigrahe 'nugrahe 'pisho vrishtibhir loka-jivanah mune-O sage. yasya-of whom. ishvarata-sovereignty. Text 70 trilokishvarata yasya yuganam eka-saptatim yashvamedha-shatenapi sarvabhaumasya durlabha tri-loki-of the three planetary systems. api-also. api-also. . sarvabhaumasya-of a human king. nigrahe-in punishment. yuganam-of yugas. asvamedha-of asvamedha-yajnas. He has the power to reward or punish. tatra-there. isah-the master. The most important of these demigods is Maharaja Indra. anugrahe-in kindness. ya-which. eka-saptatim-71. loka-of the world.

mahan-great. kamadhuk-Kamadhuk. Text 71 haya uccaihshrava yasya gaja airavato mahan kamadhug gaur upavanam nandanam ca virajate hayah-the horse. gauh-the cow. ca-also. gajah-the elephant. If a human king performs 100 asvamedha-yajnas he will not obtain such a post. his cow Kamadhuk. and his garden the Nandana. Text 72 parijatadayo yatra vartante kama-purakah kama-rupa-dharah kalpadrumah kalpa-latanvitah . upavanam-the garden. airavatahAiravata. nandanamNandana. virajate-is. his great elephant Airavata.For 71 yugas he is the master of the three planetary systems. uccaihsravah-Uccaisrava. His horse is Uccahisrava. yasya-of whom.

vartante-are. asana-delicious food. purakahfulfilling. kama-of all desires. vicitra-wonderful. In the Nandana garden are parijatas and many other flowers that fulfill all desires. rupa-the forms. delicious food. dancing. adayah-beginning. instrumental music. pushpena-flower. gita-singing. yatha-as.parijata-with parijata. and there are also many kalpa-druma trees and kalpa-lata vines that also fulfill all desires. ekena-with one. kama-all desires. nrityadancing. Indra's abode is filled with very wonderful singing. kalpa-lata-kalpa-lata creepers. adikam-beginning with. vaditra-instrumental music. kamam-could be desired. Text 74 . Text 73 yesham ekena pushpena yatha-kamam su-sidhyati vicitra-gita-vaditranritya-veshashanadikam yesam-of which. kalpa-drumah-kalpa-druma trees. colorful garments. vesa-colorful garments. A single flower from that garden fulfills all desires. dharah-manifesting. and a host of other opulences and pleasures. anvitah-with. susidhyati-becomes perfect. yatra-where.

saubhagyam-of the good fortune. rakshan-protecting. What more need I say? . kim-what?. tat-this. tasya-of him. vacyam-may be said. harshayan-pleasing. You know all this. Ah! What more can I say about his good fortune? The Supreme Personality of Godhead Lord Vishnu became his younger brother Vamana. yasya-of whom. yam-whom.ah kim vacyam param tasya saubhagyam bhagavan gatah kanishtha-bhratritam yasya vishnur vamana-rupa-dhrik ah-ah!. Lord Vamana personally accepts the opulent worship Indra offers. sakshat-directly. rupa-the form. param-further. dhrik-manifesting. Lord Vamana protects Indra from all calamities. Text 75 apadbhyo yam asau rakshan harshayan yena vistritam sakshat svi-kurute pujam tad vetsi tvam utaparam apadbhyah-from calamities. vishnuh-Lord Vishnu. asau-He. bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. yena-by whom. tvam-you. vetsi-know. uta aparam-what more need I say? Lord Vamana brings Indra great happiness. vistrtam-great. vamana-of Vamana. kanishtha-bhratritam-the state of being his younger brother. pujam-the worship. gatah-attained. svi-kurute-accepts.

Shri Parikshit said: After glorifying the king. uvaca-said. prasasya-after glorifying. sabha-of the assembly. Narada Muni (went) to Svargaloka and in a great assembly of demigods saw Lord Vishnu. . madhye-in the midst. deva-of demigods. tam-him. ganaih-by hosts. Text 2 vicitra-kalpa-druma-pushpa-malavilepa-bhusha-vasanamritadyaih . maharajam-the great king. munih-the sage. .Chapter Two: Divya (The Higher Material Planets) Text 1 shri-parikshid uvaca prashasya tam maharajam svargato munir aikshata rajamanam sabha-madhye vishnum deva-ganair vritam shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. vishnum-Lord Vishnu. vritam-surrounded. aikshata-saw. rajamanam-splendidly manifested. svargatah-from Svargaloka. .

rsibhih-by the sages. . vasana-garments. pushpa-of flowers. sukhacomfortably. uktibhih-with words. amrita-nectar. and was comfortably seated on Garuda's back.samarcitam divyataropacaraih sukhopavishtam garudasya prishthe vicitra-wonderful. . samarcitam-worshiped. served palatable nectar and a host of other very splendid offerings. . . who was decorated with garlands of kalpa-druma flowers. maha-great. lalyamanam-caressed. whom Aditi was caressing and pleasing with sweet words. prshthe-on the back. . . harshayantam-•pleasing. priya-affectionate. tan-Him. . upacaraih-with articles of worship. .ornaments. . adyaih-beginning with. . . dressed in beautiful garments and ornaments. upavishtam-seated. whom Brihaspati and the great sages were glrifying with prayers. mala-with garlands. aditya-by Aditi. Text 3 brihaspati-prabhritibhih stuyamanam maharshibhih lalyamanam aditya tan harshayantam priyoktibhih brhaspati-by Brhaspati. divyatara-very splendid. . stuyamanam-glorified with prayers. . kalpa-druma-of kalpa-druma trees. garudasya-of Garuda. lepa-ointments. prabhritibhih-headed. anointed with fragrant scents. bhusa.

vividhaih-with various. jaya-of "victory". . singing. . nrityaih-dancing. . . paritoshitam-pleased. carvantam-chewing. kirtya-by Kirti. who was pleased by the prayers. ucca-with high. dadatam-giving.Text 4 siddha-vidyadhra-gandharvapsarobhibhir vivdhaih stavaih jaya-shabdair vadya-gitanrityaish ca paritoshitam siddha-by the Siddhas. Text 5 shakrayabhayam uccoktya daityebhyo dadatam dridham kirtyarpyamanam tambulam carvantam lilayahritam sakraya-to Indra. drdham-firm. vidyadhra-Vidyadharas. and Apsaras. apsarobhih-and Apsaras. arpyamanam-presented. ca-and. sabdaih-with sounds. abhayam-fearlessness. Gandharvas. . gandharva-Gandharvas. gita-singing. Vidyadharas. . instrumental music. and dancing of the Siddhas. . vadyawith instrumental music. lilaya-playfully. exlamations of “jaya!". ahritam-taken. stavaih-prayers. uktya-words. tambulam-betelnuts. daityebhyah-from the demons.

. tasya-of Him. varëayantam-describing. who emphatically assured Indra that he need not fear the demons. His transcendental potencies at His side. varshantam-raining. . Texts 6 and 7 shakram ca tasya mahatmyam kirtayantam muhur muhuh svami-kritopakaramsh ca varnayantam maha-muda sahasra-nayanair ashrudhara-varshantam asane sviye nishanëam tat-parshve rajantam sva-vibhutibhih sakra-Indra. muda. dhara-streams. muhuagain. raining tears from his thousand eyes as again and again he happily described how his Lord had come to his aid. tat-of Him. mahatmyam-the glorification. . ashru-of tears. upakaran-assistance. who gracefully accepted and chewed the betelnuts Kirti-devi offered.•happiness. kirtayantam-glorifying. . nayanaihof eyes.his own. ca-also. and who splendidly sat on His throne. . nisannam-seated. krita-performed. asane-on the seat. whom Indra glorified. svami-of the Lord. vibhutibhih-with potencies. parsve-by the side. muhu-and again. rajantam-splendidly manifest. . . ca-also. sahasra-with thousands. . sviye. sva-own. .. maha-with great.

said: Text 9 shri-narada uvaca kritanukalpitas tvam yat surya-candra-yamadayah tavajna-kariëah sarve loka-palah pare kim u . naradah-Narada. Following Lord Vishëu as He departed for His own residence. asasyaglorifying. tam-Him. avase-to the residence. sabhayam-in the assembly. uvaca-spoke. anugamya-following. praising Indra. vishëum-Lord Vishëu. sakram-Indra. agatam-arrived. nija-own. gacchantam-going.Text 8 atha vishëum nijavase gacchantam anugamya tam sabhayam agatam shakram ashasyovaca naradah atha-then. Narada returned to the assembly and.

Candra. yama-and Yama. Yama. krita-anukalpitah. Sages like myself are under you order.glorious. kim u-what to speak of? Shri Narada said: You are a great leader. tvam-you. yat-because. Text 11 aho narayaëo bhrata . what to speak of others. isatayabecause of dominion. adayah-headed by. pare-others. hi-indeed. shrutayah-the Vedas Personified. phalathe fruits-pradah-granting. candra-Candra. tvam-you. and all the demigods and rulers of planets.the rulers. vasyah-under your dominion. obey your commands. tvam-you. karinahcarrying. Text 10 munayo 'smadrisho vashyah shrutayas tvam stuvanti hi jagadishataya yat tvam dharmadharma-phala-pradah munayah-sages. stuvanti-glorify with prayers. uvaca-said. ajna-the orders. Surya. tava-of you.shri-naradah-Shri Narada. adharama-and irreligion. dharma-of religion. asmadrishah-like myself. jagat-of the universe. yat-because. sarve-all. loka-of planets. You grant the results of pious and impious deeds. suryaSurya. palah. The Vedas praise you as the master of the universe.

shlaghamanah-glorifying. He always treats you with great respect. Ah! Lord Narayaëa is your younger brother. . narayanah-Lord Narayaëa. manayanteaching. vinam-his vina. muhuh-continually. vaibhavam-the opulence. uvaca-said. sat-dharmam-transcendental religious principles. kaniyan-younger. devarshihDevarshi Narada. sada-always. ittham-in this way. Honoring the path of religion. yasya-of whom. bhrata-the brother. vidadhati-places. indrasya-of Indra. adaram-respect. yasya-of whom. saubhagya-of the good fortune. saudarah-born from the same womb. kirtayan-glorifying. nanarta-danced. vadayan-playing. Text 12 shri-parikshid uvaca ittham indrasya saubhagyavaibhavam kirtayan muhuh devarshir vadayan viëam shlaghamano nanarta tam shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. tamhim.kaniyan yasya sodarah sad-dharmam manayan yasya vidadhaty adaram sada aho-ah!. born from the same womb.

upahasan-laughing. asi-you are. Devarshi Narada began to dance. bho-O. Then. with great embarrassment. hriya-with embarrassment. kim-why?.Shri Parikshit said: Repeatedly praising Indra's great good fortune in this way. abhivadya-greeting. sanaihslowly. and playing his viëa. gandharva-kala-abhijna-learned musician. Indra slowly said to Devarshi Narada: O learned musician. why are you mocking me? Text 14 asya na svarga-rajasya vrittam vetsi tvam eva kim kati varan ito daityabhityasmabhir na nirgatam . devarshim-Devarshi Narada. indrah-Indra. Text 13 tato 'bhivadya devarshim uvacendrah shanair hriya bho gandharva-kalabhijna kim mam upahasann asi tatah-then. •uvaca-said. mam-at me.

adi-beginning with. daityaof the demons. vetsi-know. indratvam-the post of Indra. kratu-of the sacrifices. nyayunkta-appointed. bhaga-the portions. nirgatam-departed. svarga-of Svargaloka. evacertainly. Once Bali Maharaja occupied the post of Indra. Do you not know the history of the king of Svargaloka? How many times have we not left this place out of fear of the demons? Text 15 acaran balir indratvam asuran eva sarvatah suryendv-ady-adhikareshu nyayunkta kratu-bhaga-bhuk acaran-attaining. eva-certainly. itah-from this place. tvam-you. varan-times. sarvatah-everywhere. He posted demons as the rulers of the sun. na-not. indu-and the moon-god.asya-of him. balih-Bali Maharaja. na-not. kim-whether?. Text 16 tato nas tata-matribhyam . He personally enjoyed Indra's portion in the Vedic sacrifices. asmabhih-by us. kati-how many?. vrittam-the activities. bhitya-with fear. surya-as the sun-god. moon. adhikaresu-as the rulers. asuran-the demons. rajasya-of the king. and other planets. bhukenjoying.

maya-a trick. yacanaya-by begging. tapobhih-with austerities. me-to me. Then. matribhyam-and mother. api-also. nah-of us. tan-them. vitataih-extended. satrun-the enemies. drdhaih-and severe. toshitah-pleased. Still. the Lord did not kill my enemies. the •infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared by His plenary portion as my brother. and then embarrassed me by giving the results of His begging to me. rajyam-the kingdom.tapobhir vitatair dridhaih toshito 'py amsha-matrieëa gato bhratritvam acyutah tatah-then. bhritartvam-the state of being a brother. baleh-from Bali. adaya-taking. dadau-gave. pleased by my parents' long and severe austerity. He merely pretended to beg the kingdom from them. Text 17 tathapy ahatva tan chatrun kevalam nas trapa-krita maya-yacanayadaya bale rajyam dadau sa me tatha api-nevertheless. sah-He. . krita-creating. ahatva-without killing. nah-of us. amsha-matreëa-by a plenary portion. gatah-attained. acyutah-the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead. trapa-embarrassment. kevalam-only. tata-by the father.

we live in constant fear of falling down from our positions. kim-what?. pata-of falling down. and because we sometimes murder brahmaëas and commit many other sins. sukham-happiness. vasinam-of the residents. svarga-of Svargaloka. nitya-continual. dosena-by the faults. and filled with many faults. bhayena-because of the fear. papatah-because of the sins. Because we are envious.Text 18 spardhasuyadi-dosheëa brahma-hatyadi-papatah nitya-pata-bhayenapi kim sukham svarga-vasinam spardha-with rivalry asuya-and envy. adi-beginning. hatya-with the killing. Where is there any happiness for the residents of Svargaloka? Text 19 kim ca mam praty upendrasya viddhy upeksham visheshatah sudharmam parijatam ca svargan martyam ninaya sah . brahma-of brahmaëas. embroiled in unremitting competition. adi-beginning.

mam-me. cirantanim-long-eshtablished. akhandam-the entire. visheshatah-specifically. and He burned to the ground the Khaëdava forest. me-to me. prati-to. sudharmam-the Sudharma assembly house. pujam-the worship. which is so dear to me. Text 21 trailokya-trasa-krid-vritravadhartham prarthitah pura . nyahan-stopping. upekshamcontempt. parijatam-the parijata flower. He •forcibly took both the Sudharma assembly house and the parijata flower from Svargaloka and brought them to the earth. me-for me. priyam-dear. You should know that Vamana treats me with contempt. svargat-from Svargaloka. ca-and. Text 20 gopalaih kriyamanam me nyahan pujam cirantanim akhaëdam khaëdvakhyam me priyam dahitavan vanam gopalaih-by the cowherds. ninaya-brought. khandava-Khandava. kriyamanam-performed. martyam-to Martyaloka. sah-He. dahitavan-burned. vanam-the forest. akhyamnamed. He stopped the cowherds' traditional worship of me. viddhi-know. upendrasya-of Vamana.kim ca-furthermore.

prerayam asa-sent. avajnaya-treating with contempt. racayam asa-created. sarva-everything. audasinyam-indifference. When I begged Him to kill the demon Vritra. bhajan-manifesting. He told me to kill the demon myself. the Lord was not willing to do anything. bhavanam-abode. krit-creating. Text 22 utsadya mam avajnaya madiyam amaravatim sarvopari sva-bhavanam racayam asa nutanam utsadya-leaving. pura-formerly. amaravatim-city of Amaravati. prarthitah-prayed. mam-me.audasinyam bhajams tatra prerayam asa mam param trailokya-the three planetary systems. param-then. vadha-the killing. who had terrified the three worlds. madiyam-my. Text 23 . nutanam-new. vritra-of Vrtrasura. tatra-in that matter. upari-above. trasa-fear. Treating me with contempt. mam-me. sva-own. He left my city of Amaravati and made a new home for Himself above all the worlds. artham-for the purpose.

purodhasah-to my priest Brhaspati. At the time of His departure He only accepted my worship to show kindness to my priest Brihaspati and because my parents were also worshiping Him. iti-thus. padamabode. sadyah-at once. sa-with. uktahaddressed. sva-own. jati-goes. vancayan-cheating. agatya-returning. vayam-we. Very quickly He left for His own abode. svi-kritya-accepting.aradhana-balat pitror agrahac ca purodhasah pujam svi-kritya nah sadyo yaty adrishyam nijam padam aradhana-of the worship. svikaraëat-because of accepting. nah-of us. pitroh-of my parents. anugrahyah-are honored. ca-also. pujam-the worship. far beyond the range of my sight. asman-us. balat-because of the power. agrahat-because of favor. adisati-instructs. . arghya-offering of arghya. tvaya-by You. tvaram-speed. nijam-to His own. Text 24 punah sa-tvaram agatya svarghya-svi-karaëad vayam anugrahyas tvayety ukto 'sman adishati vancayan punah-again. adrishyam-beyond the range of sight.

tavat-then. athava-or. tau-they." He cheated me by speaking this instruction: Text 25 yavan naham samayami tavad brahma shivo 'thava bhavadbhih pujaniyo 'tra matto bhinnau na tau yatah yavat-as long as. na-not. bhinnau-different. When I am not here you may worship Brahma or Shiva. aham-I. "We will be honored if You quickly return to accept our offerings of arghya. brahma-Brahma. bhavadbhih-by you. samayami-come. pujaniyah-should be worshipped.When I said to Him. atra-here. mattah-from Me. for they are not different from Me. sivah-Shiva. na-not. yatah-because. Text 26 eka-murtis trayo deva vishëu-rudra-pitamahah ity adi shastra-vacanam bhavadbhir vismritam kim u .

and sometimes in the Kshirodaka Ocean.eka-one. asya-of Him. bhavadbhih-by you. •vishëu-Vishëu. sometimes in Dhruvaloka. He does not stay for very long in any one place. Text 28 samprati dvarakayam ca . iti-thus. vismritam-forgotten. muni-by the sages. kshira-of milk. Sometimes He stays in Vaikuëtha. agamyaunapproachable. ca-also. Neither I nor the sages can go to His abode. kim-whether?. ca-and. rudra-Shiva. kadacanasometimes. sastra-of scripture. adi-beginning. vacanam-the statement. devah-gods. abdhau-in the ocean. Brahma and Shiva"? Text 27 vaso 'syaniyato 'smabhir agamyo muni-durlabhah vaikuëthe dhruvaloke ca kshirabdhau ca kadacana vasah-the residence. u-indeed. aniyatah-is not always the same. durlabhah-difficult to attain. trayah-the three. murtih-form. Have you forgotten the words of scripture: "The one Supreme Lord has expanded into the three forms of Vishëu. dhruvaloke-in Dhruvaloka. asmabhih-by us. pitamahahand Brahma. vaikuëthe-in Vaikuëtha.

gokule-in Gokula. mathurayam-in Mathura. kadacit-sometimes. tasya-of Him. asti-is. tatra api-nevertheless. and sometimes going from forest to forest in Gokula. ittham-in this way. ca-also. sometimes in the city of Mathura. api-even. kadacana-sometimes. vane-to forest. dvarakayam-in Dvaraka. avalokah-the sight. ca-and.tatrapi niyamo 'sti na kadacit paëdavagare mathurayam kadacana puryam kadacit tatrapi gokule ca vanad vane ittham tasyavaloko 'pi durlabho nah kutah kripa samprati-at present. Where is His mercy to us? Text 29 parameshthi-suta-shreshtha kintu sva-pitaram hareh anugraha-padam viddhi lakshmikanta-suto hi sah . na-not. In this way it is very difficult for us to see Him. kripa-is the mercy. kutah-where?. niyamah-always. tatra api-nevertheless. agare-in the palace. kadacit-sometimes. But He does not always stay there. vanat-from forest. puryam-in the city. paëdava-of the Pandavas. durlabhah-is difficult to attain. Sometimes He is in the palace of the Paëdavas. nah-to us. Now He is at Dvaraka.

Within his day. sah-he. yasya-of whom. madrishah-like myself. live 14 Manus and many Indras like myself. ahah-the day. kintu-however. padam-the object. catuh-four. yuga-yugas. ekasmin-in one. viddhi-please know. pitaramfather. sutah-the son. hi-indeed. know that your father is the actual object of Lord Krishëa's mercy. sva-you. Text 30 yasyaikasmin dine shakra madrishah syush caturdasha manv-adi-yukta yasyahas catur-yuga-sahasrakam yasya-of whom. the husband of Lakshmi. which lasts for one thousand catur-yugas. sahasrakam-a thousand. dine-day. adi-beginning with.parameshthi-of Brahma. yuktah-endowed. sakrah-Indras. shreshtha-O best. the husband of Lakshmi. O best son of Brahma. suyah-are. anugraha-of the mercy. manu-Manus. Text 31 nisha ca tavatittham ya- . chaturadasa-14. lakshmi-kanta-of Lord Narayaëa. hareh-of Lord Krishëa. suta-of the sons. He is directly the son of Lord Narayaëa.

trayi-three. . varsham-one year. His night is as long as his day. dah-giving. yasya-of whom. ca-also. ittham-in this way. ratraëam-and of nights. 360 such days and nights are his one year. sah-he. palakah-the protector. and. karma-of action. samharakah-the cause of dissolution. gives them the fruits of their work. phala-the fruits. ahah-of days. srasta-creation. This is the description of Smriti-shastra. loka-palanam-and of the demigods who rule over planets. smritam-is described in the Smriti-sastra. He creates both the ordinary living entities and the demigods who rule over planets. and he gives them each a specific sphere where they may act. destroys them all. sasti-sixty. apialso. tavati-in the same way. satam-one hundred. ya-which. ca-also. adhikara-and authority. He protects them. uttara-and. dah-giving. tat-that. Text 32 lokanam loka-palanam api srashtadhikara-dah palakah karma-phala-do ratrau samharakash ca sah lokanam-of all living entities.ho-ratraëam shata-trayi shashty-uttara bhaved varsham yasyayus tac chatam smritam nisa-the night. ayuh-the life. ratrau-at night. and 100 such years is the span of his life. bhavet-is. on the arrival of his night. sata-hundred.

kim-what?. ananda-bliss. eating a great multitude of sacrificial offerings and giving transcendental bliss to all. yukti-of reasons. sah-he.Text 33 sahasra-shirsha yal-loke sa maha-purushah sphutam bhunjano yajna-bhagaugham vasaty ananda-dah sada sahasra-thousands. iti-thus. patram-the object. loke-on the planet. aspadam-the object. dah-giving. sphutam-is manifested. The thousand-headed Maha-purusha incarnation of the Lord always stays on Brahma's planet. eva-certainly. augham-the multitude. yat-of whom. maha-purushahthe Maha-purusha. bhunjanah-eating. krishëah-Krishëa. sah-he. hi-indeed. sahasraih-with thousands. Text 34 ittham yukti-sahasraih sa shri-krishëasya kripaspadam kim vaktavyam kripa-patram iti krishëah sa eva hi ittham-in this way. kripa-of mercy. bhaga-of shares. vaktavyam-need be said. sirsa-of heads. vasati-resides. . sada-always. yajna-of sacrifice. sah-He. kripa-of mercy. shri-krishëasya-of Shri Krishëa.

prasiddham-famous. shruti-of the Sruti-sastra. ca-also. prabho-O lord. This fact is celebrated in the words of both Sruti and Smriti shastras. jnayate-is known. tvaya-by you. api-also. My lord.In this way I have given thousands of reasons to consider Brahma the object of Lord Krishëa's mercy. mahatmyam-the glory. smriti-and Smriti-sastra. you know this fact and many other glories of both Brahma and those who reside on his planet. Text 35 tac chruti-smriti-vakyebhyah prasiddham jnayate tvaya anyac ca tasya mahatmyam tal-lokanam api prabho tat-this. vakyebhyah-from the statements. Text 36 shri-parikshid uvaca indrasya vacanam shrutva sadhu bhoh sadhv iti bruvan tvaravan brahmaëo lokam . anyat-other. What more need I say? Brahma is himself an empowered incarnation of Lord Krishëa. tat-lokanam-of the residents of his planet. tasya-of him.

"Well done! Oh. naradah-Narada. Shri Parikshit said: When he heard Indra's words. vitayamananam-being performed. brahma-rsibhih-by the great sages. performing a series of great Vedic sacrifices.bhagavan narado gatah shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. bhoh-Oh!. indrasya-of Indra. mahatam-great. lokam-to the planet. Text 37 yajnanam mahatam tatra brahmarshibhir anaratam bhaktya vitayamananam praghosham durato 'shriëot yajnanam-of Vedic sacrifices. bruvan-saying. gatah-went. iti-thus. Text 38 . anaratam-continually. tvara-vanquick. praghosam-the sound. vacanam-the statement. uvaca-said. brahmaëah-of Brahma. sadhu-well done!. shrutvahaving heard. ashriëot-heard. and with great devotion. bhagavan-lord. well done!" and then quickly traveled to the planet of Brahma. tatra-there. bhaktya-with devotion. duratah-from a distance. Lord Narada said. From a distance Narada heard the sounds of great sages continually. sadhu-well done!.

tesu-among them. ca-also. avirbhuya-manifesting. maha-purusha-of the Maha-purusha. anandayati-pleases.dadarsha ca tatas teshu prasannah parameshvarah maha-purusha-rupeëa jata-maëdala-maëditah dadarsha-saw. •jatamaëdala-maëditah-with locks of matted hair. Text 39 sahasra-murdha bhagavan yajna-murtih shriya saha avirbhuyadadad bhagan anandayati yajakan sahasra-thousand. His hair matted. the thousand-headed Supreme Lord of all sacrifices was pleasing the performers of sacrifice by accepting their offerings. Then among them he saw the blissful Supreme Personality of Godhead in His maha-purusha form. tatah-then. parama-ishvarah-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Accompanied by the goddess of fortune. shriya-the goddess of fortune. rupena-in the form. yajna-murtih-the deity of sacrifices. saha-with. prasannah-pleased. murdha-heads. bhagan-the offerings. yajakan-the offerers of sacrifice. . bhagavan-the Supreme Lord. adadat-accepting.

lakshmi-by Lakshmi.Text 40 padmayoneh praharshartham dravya-jatam niveditam sahasra-paëibhir vaktrasahashreshv arpayan adan padmayoneh-of Brahma. . sahasra-a thousand. gatah-gone. ishtan-desired. praharsha-of the happiness. arpayan-placing. Text 41 dattveshtan yajamanebhyo varan nidra-griham gatah lakshmi-samvahyamananghrir nidram adatta lilaya dattva-giving. and placing them in thousands of mouths. sahasresu-into thousands. niveditam-offered. Taking the offerings in thousands of hands. vaktra-of mouths. artham-for the purpose. samvahyamanabeing massaged. adatta-accepted. anghrih-whose feet. ate the offerings. yajamanebhyah-to the performers of sacrifice. the Supreme Lord. in order to please Brahma. panibhih-with hands. nidram-sleep. varanbenedictions. adan-eating. lilaya-happily. nidra-griham-to His bedroom. dravya-jatamsubstances.

Text 42 tad-ajnaya ca yajneshu niyujyarshin nijatmajan brahmaëda-karya-caryartham svam dhishëyam vidhir agatah tat-of him. to tend to his duties in managing the universe. He then retired to His bedroom. gatah-went. and then. He happily fell asleep. as the goddess of fortune massaged His feet. rsin-sages.The Lord offered to the performers of sacrifices all the benedictions they requested. Text 43 parameshthy asane tatra sukhasinam nija-prabhoh mahima-shravaëakhyanaparam sasrashta-netrakam . ca-also. ajnaya-by the order. Brahma left for his own abode. brahmaëda-of the universe. carya-to perform. svam-to his own. atmajan-sons. Brahma ordered the sages. who were his sons. karya-the affairs. yajnesu-in sacrifices. to perform sacrifces. and. nijahis own. arthamfor the purpose. niyujya-engaging. vidhih-Brahma. dhishëyam-abode.

mahima-of the glories. tatra-there. nijaprabhoh-of his Lord. asinam-seated. asta-in his eight. sukha-comfortably. sravana-hearing. netrakam-eyes. Narada fell down like a stick to offer respects and said: Text 45 shri-narada uvaca . tatam-to his father. aishvarya-opulence. the Personality of Godhead.parameshthi-Brahma. akhyana-the narrations. asane-on his throne. tears came to his eight eyes. naradah-Narada. samagri-assembled. who was served by a host of wonderful opulences. praëamya-offering obeisances. abhyetya-approaching. Approaching his father. uvaca-spoke. sva-own. vat-like. parama-great. parisevitam-served. danda-a stick. As Brahma comfortably sat on his throne and intently heard the recitation of the glories of his Lord. sa-with. Text 44 vicitra-paramaishvaryasamagri-parishevitam sva-tatam narado 'bhyetya praëamyovaca daëdavat vicitra-wonderful. paramdevoted. asra-tears.

bhavan eva kripa-patram dhruvam bhagavato hareh prajapati-patir yo vai sarva-loka-pitamahah shri-naradah-Shri Narada. pati-maintain. dhruvam-certainly. patram-the object. yah-who. harehLord Hari. lokaliving entities. patih-the master. uvaca-said. catudasa-fourteen. bhagavatah-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. sarva-of all. prajapati-of the Prajapatis. Shri Narada said: You are certainly the object of Lord Hari's mercy. nityam-eternally. bhuvanani-worlds. srijati-create. . brahmaëdasya-of the universe. svayam-bhuh-self-born. pitamahah-the grandfather. eva-certainly. bhavan-your lordship. yah-who. kathyate-is described. You are the master of the Prajapatis and the grandfather of all living entities. Text 46 ekah srijati patay atti bhuvanani caturdasha brahmaëdasyeshvaro nityam svayambhur yash ca kathyate ekah-alone. atti-destroy. ishvarah-the master. kripa-of mercy. vai-indeed. ca-also.

the Personified Vedas. bodhakah-revealing. vaktratah-from the mouths. murtimantah-personified. and destroy the fourteen worlds. You are eternally the master of the universe. jatahborn. catuh-four. maintain.You alone create. vidyante-are. yat-of whom. yasya-of whom. stay in your assembly-house. It is said that you are parentless and self-born. and other scriptures that reveal the goal of life. puraëa-Puraëas. nigama-Vedas. adayah-beginning. Text 48 yasya lokash ca nishchidrasva-dharmacara-nishthaya madadi-rahitaih sadbhir labhyate shata-janmabhih . Puraëas. Born from your four mouths. artha-the purpose of life. Text 47 sabhayam yasya vidyante murtimanto 'rtha-bodhakah yac-catur-vaktrato jatah puraëa-nigamadayah sabhayam-in the assembly.

attain your planet after faithfully and faultlessly performing their prescribed duties for a hundred births. api-even. janmabhih-births. vaikuëtha-Vaikuëtha. sadbhih-by saintly persons. nischidra-faultless. lokah-the planet. The saintly sages. acaraperformance. vartate-is. akhyah-named. lokah-the planet. labhyate-is attained. mada-unrestrained passion. param-superior. In this universe no place is superior to your abode. who are free from lust and all other vices.yasya-of whom. sata-with a hundred. brahmaëde-in the universe. rahitaihwithout. sva-own. Even Lord Narayaëa's planet named Vaikuëtha exists only within your realm. narayanasya-of Lord Narayaëa. ca-also. dharma-duties. Text 49 yasyopari na vartate brahmaëde bhavanam param loko narayaëasyapi vaikuëthakhyo yad-antare yasya-of which. nishthaya-with faith. yat-which. adi-beginning with. bhavanam-abode. antare-within. na-not. Text 50 yasmin nityam vaset sakshad maha-purusha-vigrahah . upari-above.

Text 51 paramanveshaëayasair yasyoddesho 'pi na tvaya puro praptah param drishtas tapobhir hridi yah kshaëam parama-great. purah-in the presence. kshaëam-for a moment. maha-purusha-of the Mahapurusha. bhagan-the offerings. Eating the offerings of sacrifice. nityam-eternally. yajnanam-of the sacrifices. Then. phalan-the fruits. vigrahah-in the form. ayasaih-with efforts. yah-who. anvesana-for searching. tapobhih-with austerities. praptah-attained. asnan-eating.sa padmanabho yajnanam bhagan ashnan dadat phalan yasmin-in which. and granting the fruits of their sacrifices to His worshipers. . drishtah-seen. sah-He. yasya-to whom. api-even. na-not. eternally resides in your abode. the Supreme Personality of Godhead. tvaya-by you. in His form of the Maha-purusha. param-after. padma-nabhah-the lotus-naveled Supreme Lord. sakshat-directly. uddeshah-in relation. dadat-giving. by performing austerities you were able to see Him for a moment in your heart. but you could not find Him. At first you made a great endeavor to find the Supreme Personality of Godhead. hridi-in the heart. vaset-resides.

nan-various. asi-are. uvaca-said. priyah-dear. satyam-the truth. you are the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The truth is that you are very dear to Lord Krishëa. nitaramgreatly. lila-for pastimes. sakra-by Indra. aho-ah!. tvam-you. Krishëa. asakrit-repeatedly. udgayan-chanting. mahatmyam-the glorification. Text 53 shri-parikshid uvaca ittham mahatmyam udgayan vistarya brahmaëo 'sakrit shakra-proktam sva-drishtam ca bhaktyasit tam naman munih shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. ittham-in this way. . dharah-assuming. tvam-you. vapuh-forms. eva-certainly. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. vistarya-expanding. who assumes many different forms for His pastimes. brahmaëah-of Brahma. Indeed.Text 52 tat satyam asi krishëasya tvam eva nitaram priyah aho nunam sa eva tvam lila-nana-vapur-dharah tat-this. nunam-certainly. sah-He. eva-certainly.

As he heard Narada's words. catuh-four. iti-thus. vadan-saying. through his four mouths he said. munih-the sage. Shri Parikshit said: Again and again singing Brahma's glories. pidhane-covering. Narada bowed down before Brahma with great devotion. vakyam-to the words. vaktrah-mouths. "I am only a servant. karaëam-ears. Covering his eight ears. and which he now personally saw. eva-certainly. which Indra had described. Brahma became very agitated. repeatedly. muhuh. asta-eight. asmi-I am. ca-also. Text 54 shriëvann eva sa tad-vakyam daso 'smiti muhur vadan catur-vaktro 'sta-karëanam pidhane vyagratam gatah shriëvan-listening. asit-was." again and again. bhaktya-with devotion. sah-he. vyagratam-agitation. tat-of him.proktam-spoken. Text 55 ashravya-shravaëaj jatam kopam yatnena dharayan . dasah-a servant. gatah-attained. tam-to him. drishtam-seen. sva-by himself. naman-bowing down.

yatnena-with effort. catuh-ananah-four-faced Brahma. pramanatah-from the Vedic revelation. akshepam-censure. maya-from me. uvaca-said. Text 56 shri-brahmovaca aham na bhagavan krishëa iti tvam kim pramaëatah yuktitash ca mayabhikshëam bodhito 'si na balyatah shri-brahma-Shri Brahma. yuktitah-from logic. aham-I. four-faced Brahma rebuked his son Narada. jatam-produced. krishëah-Krishëa. bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. na-not. iti-thus. balyatah-since childhood. asi-you have. kopamanger. na-am not. dharayan-restraining. . praha-spoke. abhiksnam-repeatedly. sa-with.sva-putram naradam praha sakshepam catur-ananah asravya-what should not be heard. sravanat-because of hearing. ca-and. naradam-Narada. badhitahunderstood. Restraining with great effort the anger these unbearable words created within him. putram-son. kim-whether?. tvam-you. sva-to his own.

Shri Brahma said: I am not the Supreme Personality of Godhead. maha-maya-Maha-maya. from common-sense logic. maintains. dasi-a maidservant. sva-own. creates. api-also. pati-maintains. His potency is Maha-maya. samharati-destroys. In His eyes Maha-maya is like a •maidservant who. srijati-creates. and from my own explanations? Text 57 tasya shaktir maha-maya dasiveksha-pathe sthita srijatidam jagat pati sva-guëaih samharaty api tasya-of Him. guëaih-with the three modes of nature. sthita-standing. jagat-material universe. shaktih-the potency. employing the three modes of nature. Krishëa. iva-like. idam-this. pathe-in the pathway. ikshaof the eyes. and destroys the material universe. Text 58 tasya eva vayam sarve 'py adhina mohitas taya tan na krishëa-kripa-leshasyapi patram avehi mam . From your earliest childhood have you not repeatedly learned this from the Vedic scriptures.

vihvalah-agitated. tasya-of Him. mam-me. patram-the object. hatah-destroyed. jagatah-of the universe. gurugreat. For this reason you should know that I have not received even a small portion of Lord Krishëa's mercy. tapasvi-a great ascetic. iti-thus. All of us are bewildered by this Maha-maya. avehi-you should know. avasyaka-essential. padma-of the lotus. satatam-continually. amarsha-with anger. Texts 59 and 60 tan mayayaiva satatam jagato 'ham guruh prabhuh pitamahash ca krishëasya nabhi-padma-samudbhavah tapasvy aradhakas tasyety adyair guru-madair hatah brahmaëdavashyakaparavyaparamarsha-vihvalah tat-of Him. nabhi-of the navel. guruh-the spiritual leader. lesasya-of a small portion. vayam-we. pitamahah-the grandfather. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. aradhakah-a great worshiper. vyapara-with duties. kripaof the mercy. . We are very firmly under her control.tasya-of that maha-maya. api-also. brahmaëda-to the universe. sarve-all. samudbhavah-born. tat-therefore. eva-certainly. api-even. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. madaih-by illusions. taya-by her. ahamI am. mohitah-bewildered. prabhuh-the controller. na-not. adyaih-beginning with. adhinah-under the dominion. apara-endless. ca-also. mayaya-by the illusory potency.

I was personally born from the lotus flower sprouted from the navel of Lord Krishëa. muktim-liberation. vrne-I aspire. I pray for ultimate liberation. and the grandfather of this universe. In addition to that I am always angry. grasi-devouring. nasa-destruction. I am a performer of great austerities. the supreme controller. maha-great." In this way Lord Krishëa's illusory potency Maya destroys me with intense pride. lokiya-of the world. bhitah-frightened. kalat-of time. cintaniyantritah-filled with anxiety. Afraid of all-devouring time. Text 61 bhuta-prayatma-lokiyanasha-cinta-niyantritah sarva-grasi-maha-kalad bhito muktim param vriëe bhuta-birth. sarva-everything. I am a great devotee of Lord Krishëa. overwhelmed by the endless duties I must perform to maintain the universe. Text 62 tad-artham bhagavat-pujam karayami karomi ca . praya-and death. atma-my.I continually think: "I am the great spiritual leader. I am anxious that someday my planet will be destroyed. param-ultimate.

vidyate-is. anugrahaya-for the mercy. preshtha-most dear. karomi-I personally perform. pravartanaya-to preach the message. kva-where?. karayami-I cause to do. grihnatiaccepts. ca-and. bhagavat-of the Supreme Lord. jagat-isasya-of the master of the universe. bhagam-the offerings. svayan-personally. ca-also. (He does not do it to bestow mercy on me. kevalam-only. yajnasyasacrifice. va-or. pujam-the worship. Only for this purpose I worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead and I cause others to worship Him. asau-He. sampadita-eshtablished.avaso jagad-ishasya tasya va na kva vidyate tat-of this. avasah-residence. na-not. but I say:) Where does the Supreme Personality of Godhead not reside? Text 63 veda-pravartanayasau bhagam grihëati kevalam svayam sampadita-preshthayajnasyanugrahaya ca veda-the Vedas.) . artham-for the purpose. tasya-of Him. He personally accepts the sacrificial offerings here only to firmly establish the Vedic revelation and also to bestow mercy on the dear devotees who make offerings to Him. (You may say that the Supreme Personality of Godhead personally resides on my planet.

na-not. •buddhyasva-please understand. O Narada Acarya. think for a moment. agahsu-in sins. abhaktesu-to the non-devotees. me-of me. bhakti-of devotion. bhavanti-are. vat-like. kadacana-at any time. dure-far away. bhaktesu-to the devotees. na-not.Text 64 vicaracarya buddhyasva sa hi bhakty-eka-vallabhah kripam tanoti bhakteshu nabhakteshu kadacana vicara-please consider. aparadhahoffenses. Text 65 bhaktir dure 'stu tasmin me naparadha bhavanti cet bahu-manye tad atmanam naham agahsu rudravat bhaktih-devotion. bahu-manye-I consider highly. tat-that. rudra-Shiva. vallabhah-is fond. He gives His mercy only to the devotees. You should know that the Lord is pleased only by devotion. never to the non-devotees. eka-only. hi-indeed. atmanam-myself. kripam-mercy. aham-I. acarya-O spiritual master Narada. . tanoti-gives. astu-is. cet-if. tasmin-for Him. na-not. sahHe.

I am very far from having any devotion to the Lord. loka-the worlds. dushtah-wicked. asau-he. vara-benedictions. Text 66 mad apta-vara-jato 'sau sarva-lokopatapakah hiraëyakashipur dushto vaishëava-droha-tat-parah mat-from me. Text 67-70 shriman-nrisimha-rupeëa prabhuna samhrito yada tadaham sa-pairvaro vicitra-stava-patavaih . droha-tat-parah-an enemy. hiranyakasipuh-Hiranyakasipu. The Lord does not forgive my offenses as He forgives the sins of Shiva. One time I gave benedictions to a demon named Hiraëyakashipu. jatah-manifested. who became an enemy of the devotees and proceeded to torment the entire world. If I somehow avoid offending Him I think I am doing very well indeed. vaishëava-to the Vaishëavas. apta-obtained. sarva-all. upatapakah-tormenting.

kasya-of whom?. jihva-the tongue. ma-don't. karma-actions. tu-indeed. adrtah-recognized. sthitva-standing. rupena-in the form. abhiseke-during the coronation ceremony. tada-then. prasadatah-out of mercy. abhyarëam-nearby. born from the lotus. tasmin-in that. te-by you. bhayat-out of fear. idam-this. varahbenediction. ravanasya-of Ravana. evam-in this way. rusa-with anger. vritte-performed. na-not. yat-which. sa-with. tu-indeed. upasrtah-approached. ravana-with Ravana. padmasambhava-O Brahma. adam-have given. parivarah-my associates. varan-many benedictions. dustebhyah-to many demons. aham-I was. api-even. prabhuna-by the Lord. stava-with prayers. tat-that. samhritah-killed. sanaih-slowly. yada-when. apanga-sidelong. tatha api-nevertheless. dure-far away. . drishtya-with a glance. asuraëam-to the demons. adibhyah-beginning. grnati-can describe. vicitra-wonderful. aham-I. prahladasya-of Prahlada. pradeyah-should be given. patavaih-expert.stuvan sthitva bhayad dure 'panga-drishtyapi nadritah prahladasyabhisheke tu vritte tasmin prasadatah shanair upasrito 'bhyarëam adishto 'ham idam rusha maivam varo 'suraëam te pradeyah padmasambhava tathapi ravaëadibhyo dushtebhyo 'ham varan adam ravaëasya tu yat karma jihva kasya griëati tat shrimat-nrisimha-of Shri Nrisimha. stuvan-praying. aham-I. adishtahinstructed.

killed that demon. during the coronation ceremony of Maharaja Prahlada. He kindly approached me and angrily ordered: "Do not give any more benedictions like this to the demons!" In spite of this order I have since given many benedictions to Ravaëa and many other demons. madaih-with pride. mahagreat. Whose tongue has the power to describe the sins of Ravaëa? Text 71 maya dattadhikaraëam shakradinam maha-madaih sada hata-vivekanam tasminn agamsi samsmara maya-by me. but He refused to recognize us even with a momentary sidelong glance. Text 72 vrishti-yuddhadinendrasya govardhana-makhadishu nandaharaëa-vaëiyadhenv-adanadinappateh . Later.When the Lord. adinam-beginning. agamsi-sins. samsmara-you may remember. spoke many eloquent prayers to the Lord. vivekanam-discrimination. datta-given. sada-always. tasmin-in this. hata-destroyed. staying far away out of fear. I and my companions. in His form of Shri Nrisimha. adhikaraëam-their posts. sakra-with Indra. You may remember how I gave administrative posts to Indra and many others whose good sense became completely destroyed by their inflated pride.

sankhacuda-with Sankhacuda. Yama terribly killed the son of the Lord's teacher. adana-taking. aharaëa-the kidnaping. acarya-of the teacher. and committed many other offenses. atmaja-of the son. Text 74 . kidnaped Nanda Maharaja. and Kuvera is partly responsible for the sins of his follower. by fighting with the Lord over the parijata flower. dhenu-of the cows. Varuëa. ap-patehof Varuna. Text 73 yamasya ca tad-acaryatmaja-durmaraëadina kuverasyapi dusceshtashankhacuda-kritadina yamasya-of Yamaraja. adina-beginning with. indrasya-of Indra. adina-beginning. dusceshta-wicked. tat-of Him. adisu-beginning with. makha-sacrifice. vaniya-in the forest. durmaraëaa terrible death. api-also. govardhana-in the Govardhana. yuddha-battle. the demon Shankhacuda. kuverasya-of Kuvera. adina-beginning with. adina-beginning with. and in many other ways also.vrishti-rains. stole the cows from the forest. nanda-of Nanda Maharaja. the king of the waters. ca-also. the king of the waters. Indra offended the Lord by showering incessant rains on the Govardhana sacrifice.

Also. tatha-and. kaliya-of Kaliya. svayam-personally. sahaja-naturally. ca-also. tu-indeed. mayaya-by my illusory potency. dushtahwicked. bandhavah-the relatives. in the lower worlds the demons and the angry serpents who are relatives of Kaliya-naga have become enemies of the Vaishëavas. arbhakah-boys. hritah-were kidnaped. Text 75 sampraty api maya tasya svayam vatsas tatharbhakah vrindavane palyamana bhojane mayaya hritah samprati-now. droha-karinah-the enemies. daiteyah-the demons. .adho loke tu daiteya vaishëava-droha-kariëah sarpash ca sahaja-krodhadushta kaliya-bandhavah adhah-in the lower. When Krishëa stopped for lunch I used my illusory potency to kidnap the boys and calves personally protected by Him in Vrindavana. maya-by me. loke-worlds. sarpah-the serpents. tasya-of Him. vaishëava-of the devotees. bhojane-during lunch. vrndavane-in Vrndavana. palyamanah-being protected. krodha-angry. api-even. vatsah-the calves.

I bowed down before Him and offered prayers. tena-by Him. svabhavikasya-by nature. gopa-cowherd.Text 76 tato vikshya mahashcaryam bhita stutva namann api dhrishto 'ham vancitas tena gopa-balaka-lilaya tatah-then. vikshya-seeing. I arrogantly offended Him. prasada-of mercy. bhitah-frightened. gateh-because of having gone. ikshaëa-by a glance. bahu-manye sma-considered very great. vraja-of Vraja. . abja-lotus. svam-own. ascaryam-wonder. maha-a great. Then I saw something very wonderful. aham-I. vancitah-was cheated. ma tratah-only. naman-bowing down. priyadear. bhu-to the land. lilaya-by the pastimes. Frightened. Text 77 tasya svabhavikasyabjaprasadekshaëa-matratah ishtah svam bahu-manye sma tat-priya-vraja-bhu gateh tasya-of Him. and He responded by cheating me with His pastimes of a cowherd boy. tat-of Him. dhritah-impudent. balaka-of a boy. ishtah-desired. api-also. stutva-offering prayers.

I thought that at that moment my life was all-perfect and all-successful. atmanah-of myself. syuh-may be. kim-what is the need. iti-thus. tat-then. trasan-fearing. What is the use of saying anything more about my misfortunes? Text 79 atha brahmaëda-madhye 'smin tadrin nekshe kripaspadam vishëoh kintu mahadeva eva khyatah sakheti yah . aparadhah-offenses.Because I was able to enter His dearmost land of Vraja. and because I was able to obtain His merciful lotus glance. Text 78 tatratmanash cira-sthityaparadhah syur iti trasan apasaram kim anyais tan nijasaubhagya-varëaëaih tatra-there. asaubhagya-of misfortune. cira-by a long. I left Vraja. nija-own. Fearing that I would commit many more offenses if I stayed. varëaëaih-with narrations. apasaram-departure. sthitya-•stay.

abja-of the lotus flower. sada-always. yah-who. parama-supreme. brahmaëda-of the universe. unmaditah-intoxicated. and in varieties of sense-pleasure. arthamaterialistic goals of life. vishëoh-of Lord Vishëu. Text 81 . aspadam-the object. shri-krishëa-of Lord Shri Krishëa. ikshe-I see. Shiva is famous as the personal friend of Lord Vishëu. sakha-the friend. iti-thus. na-not. In this universe I do not see anyone who is the object of the Lord's mercy as Shiva. eva-certainly. tadrk-like this. bhogakah-and many varieties of sense-pleasures. aishvarya-power and opulence.atha-therefore. avadhirita-rejected. Always intoxicated by the sweet nectar of Shri Krishëa's lotus feet. mahadevah-Shiva. kripa-of mercy. asmin-in this. in supreme power and opulence. madhye-in the midst. rasenaby the nectar. sarva-all. Text 80 yash ca shri-krishëa-padabjarasenonmaditah sada avadhirita-sarvarthaparamaishvarya-bhogakah yah-who. khyatah-is celebrated. Shiva has lost all interest in material goals. kintu-however. ca-also. pada-feet.

nagnah-naked. ghurnatestaggers about. bhasma-with ashes. gopana-concealing. nrityan-dancing. bhoga-to sense-gratification. asaktah-attached. layate-becomes destroyed. sauca-from the washing. Text 82 viprakirëa-jata-bhara unmatta iva ghurëate tatha sva-gopanasaktah krishëa-padabja-saucajam gangam murdhni vahan harshan nrityamsh ca layate jagat viprakirëa-disheveled.asmadrisho vishayino bhogasaktan hasann iva dhusturarkasthi-mala-dhrig nagno bhasmanulepanah asmadrishah-like us. murdhni-on his head. dhrik-wearing. Shiva laughs at materialists like myself. jagat-the universe. iva-like. decorated with a garland of skulls. visayinah-sense-enjoyers. dhustura-dhustura seeds. sva-himself. vahan-carrying. who are addicted to sense-pleasures. ca-also. hasan-laughing. arka-arka leaves. asaktan-attached. asthi-of bones. mala-a garland. gangam-the Ganges River. harshat-out of happiness. iva-as if. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. pada-feet. jam-produced. . Eating Dhustura seeds and arka leaves. jata-matted hair. anulepanah-anointed. and his naked body smeared with ashes. abja-of the lotus. bharah unmattah-a madman. tatha-then.

Lord Krishëa is so kind to him that not only does he have the power to grant the most valuable liberation to demigods like myself. When he dances he destroys the universe. prasadat-because of the mercy. which has washed the lotus feet of Lord Krishëa. On his head he happily carries the Ganges. abhishta-desired. sakyate-is able. madrishamlike us. muktih-liberation. tena-by him.Wearing matted locks of disheveled hair. adhikarinam-of the demigods. api-even. Text 84 aho sarve 'pi te muktah shivaloka-nivasinah muktas tat-kripaya krishëa- . Text 83 krishëa-prasadat tenaiva madrisham adhikariëam abhishtarpayitum muktis tasya patnyapi shakyate krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. eva-certainly. but even his wife has that power. tasya-of him. arpayitum-to be given. and eager to conceal his actual nature. patnya-by the wife. he staggers about like a madman.

sivaloka-of Shivaloka.bhaktash ca kati nabhavan aho-ah!. ca-also. mata-is considered. kshamyate-forgiven. abhavan-have become. sive-to Shiva. iksha-the sight. sivasya-of Shiva. but are now pure devotees of Lord Krishëa? Text 85 krishëac chivasya bhedeksha maha-dosha-kari mata ago bhagavata svasmin kshamyate na shive kritam krishëat-from Lord Krishëa. kati-how many?. bhaktahdevotees. bhagavata-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. •muktah-liberated. na-not. The Supreme Personality of Godhead may forgive offenses committed to Him. Text 86 . but He does not forgive those committed against Shiva. sarve-all. kari-doing. svasmin-to Himself. Ah! All the residents of Shivaloka are liberated souls. maha-a great. To consider Shiva different from Lord Krishëa is a great offense. By Shiva's mercy how many of them are not only liberated. nivasinah-the residents. te-they. kritam-performed. api-even. na-not. tat-of him. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. dosa-fault. muktah-are liberated. kripaya-by the mercy. agah-sins. bheda-of a difference.

Lord Krishëa at once rescued him and comforted him with words as sweet as nectar. gatah-attained. vasa-vartina-under the dominion. sat-transcendental. tatha-also. vrkasura-with Vrkasura. mahatmya-of the glory. vacah-with words. tripureshvaratah-from Tripurasura. datta-given. samuddhritah-was rescued. sivah-Shiva. placed Shiva in a very dangerous position. adeh-beginning. Text 87 tad-antaranga-sad-bhaktya krishëena vasha-vartina svayam aradhyate casya mahatmya-bhara-siddhaye tat-of him. aradhyate-is worshiped. harshitah-pleased. When Tripureshvara. anena-by Him. asya-of him. sankatam-danger. paramam-great. unmattat-maddened.shiva-datta-varonmattat tripureshvarato bhayat tatha vrikasuradesh ca sankatam paramam gatah shivah samuddhrito 'nena harshitash ca vaco-'mritaih siva-by Shiva. ca-also. ca-also. Vrikasura. and other demons maddened by benedictions he gave them. siddhaye-for the perfection. svayam-personally. amritaih-as sweet as nectar. bhara-of the abundance. bhayat-fearful. •bhaktya-by devotion. antaranga-confidential. . krishëena-by Lord Krishëa. vara-a benediction. caalso.

gauri-of Gauri. praëa-to the life. amrita-of nectar. krishëaena-by Lord Krishëa. sphutam-clearly. ca-also. api-also. . dharabhih-with streams. maha-great. ghoram-terrible. sakshat-directly. tat-that. svayam-personally. sah-he. aradhya-worshiped. visam-the poison. mahima-of glory. vibhusitah-decorated. manthane-in the churning. samanayya-bringing. abhisiktah-showered. prajapatibhih-by the prajapatis. vallabhah-dear.Conquered by the intimate love of His devotee. payayitva-causing to drink. Lord Krishëa personally worships Shiva just to glorify him. Texts 88 and 89 tishthatapi svayam sakshat krishëenamrita-manthane prajapatibhir aradhya sa gauri-praëa-vallabhah samanayya visham ghoram payayitva vibhushitah maha-mahima-dharabhir abhishiktash ca tat sphutam tishthata-standing.

You know this already. Text 91 shri-parikshid uvaca gurum praëamya tam gantum kailasam girim utsukah alakshyoktah punas tena . The Puraëas sing of the mercy of Lord Krishëa to Shiva. smaryatam-should be remembered. hare-to Shiva. hareh-of Lord Hari. Text 90 puraëany eva gayanti dayalutvam harer hare jnayate hi tvayapy etat param ca smaryatam mune puraëani-the Puraëas. param-further. api-also. mune-O sage. dayalutvam-the mercifulness. jnayate-is known. O sage. etat-this. gayanti-sing. please remember his glories.Lord Krishëa personally asked Shiva to drink the terrible poison produced from the churning of nectar. ca-also. In this way Shiva became worshiped by the Prajapatis. hi-indeed. eva-certainly. tvaya-by you. and showered with streams of great glory.

sva-putrah-his son. Shri Brahma said: Submissive to the loving service of Kuvera. girim-mountain. adhikrite-appointed. praëamya-offering obeisances. tena-by him. uvaca-said. . bhaktya-with devotion. brahmaëda-the material universe. gurum-to his spiritual master.sva-putrah putra-vatsale shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. pura-formerly. tam-to him. Shri Parikshit said: O affectionate mother. punah-again. kailase-in Kailasa. uvaca-said. Narada offered obeisances to his spiritual master and was about to depart for Kailasa Hill when Brahma glanced at his son and said: Text 92 shri-brahmovaca kuvereëa puraradhya bhaktya rudro vashi-kritah brahmaëdabhyantare tasya kailase 'dhikrite girau shri-brahma-Shri Brahma. tasya-of him. aradhya-worshiped. vatsale-O affectionate one. abhyantare-within. putra-to your son. Shiva resides in Kuvera's place on Mount Kailasa in the material universe. kuvereëa-by Kuvera. vasi-kritah-under the control. gantum-to go. kailasam-to Kailasa. girau-on the mountain. rudrah-Shiva.

ca-also. ucita-appropriate. . madrisham-of those like myself. surrounded by his associates.Text 93 tad-vidik-pala-rupena tad-yogya-parivarakah vasaty aviskrita-svalpavaibhavah sann uma-patih tat-of that. aviskrita-manifested. parivarakah-with associates. uma-patih-Shiva. vidik-direction. svalpa-small. and keeping very little material wealth. loke-on the planet. vaibhavah-opulence. hi-indeed. vasati-resides. san-being so. yogyaappropriate. bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 94 yatha hi krishëo bhagavan madrisham bhakti-yantritah mama loke svaradau ca vasaty ucita-lilaya yatha-as. pala-of the protector. mama-of me. tat-for him. svara-adau-beginning with Svargaloka. the husband of Uma. rupena-in the form. lilayawith pastimes. yantritah-controlled. vasati-resides. krishëah-Krishëa. Assuming the role of the protector of the northern direction. bhakti-by devotion. Shiva resides there.

sevaka-of servants. shri-mahadeva-of Shiva. and full of bliss. avaraëatah-the coverings.The Supreme Personality of Godhead Krishëa becomes conquered by the loving service of devotees like myself. transcendental. bahih-outside.) Text 95 atha vayu-puraëasya matam etad bravimy aham shri-mahadeva-lokas tu saptavaraëato bahih nityah sukhamayah satyo labhyas tat-sevakottamaih atha-now. sukhamayah-full of bliss. and enjoys suitable pastimes there. sapta-seven. vayu-puraëasya-of the Vayu Puraëa. uttamaih-by the best. bravimi-speak. and for this reason He resides on my planet." . matam-the opinion. labhyahattainable. It is eternal. (In the same way Shiva resides in Kailasa because of the devotion of Kuvera. etat-this. nityah-eternal. on Svargaloka. Only the greatest servants of Shiva may enter it. I quote the opinion of Vayu Puraëa: "The planet of Shiva is beyond the seven-fold coverings of the material world. and in many other places as well. tat-of him. satyah-transcendental. tu-indeed. lokah-the planet. aham-I.

Text 97 shrimat-sankarshaëam svasmad abhinnam tatra so 'rcayan nijeshta-devatatvena kim va natanute 'dbhutam shrimat-full of all powers and opulences. maha-great. sah-he. parivara-of associates. devatatvena-as the Deity. svasmat-than himself. kim-whether?. gaëa-by hosts. abhinnam-not different.Text 96 samana-mahima-shrimatparivara-gaëavritah maha-vibhutiman bhati sat-paricchada-maëditah smana-equal. arcayan-worshiping. . nija-own. sankarshaëam-Lord Sankarshaëa. mahima-splendor. ishtaworshipable. vibhuti-opulences. tatra-there. avritah-surrounded. bhati-is manifested. maëditah-decorated. shrimat-and glory. atanute-manifests. and there he is surrounded by many associates as splendid and glorious as he. na-not. In that place Shiva is decorated with splendid transcendental garments and ornaments. adbhutam-wonder. va-or. paricchada-with garments and ornaments. sattranscendental. man-possessing. There He is the master of great powers and opulences.

pasyatu-may see. take shelter of Shiva. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. shaktah-are able. shri-sive-for Shri Shiva. suddha-pure. and see how he is the object of Lord Krishëa's mercy. gantum-to go. bhaktiman-devotee. even though the two of them are not different. bhavan-you. ashritya-taking shelter. Because you are a pure devotee of Shiva you have the power to go there. kripam-the mercy. Text 99 shri-parikshid uvaca ity evam shikshito matah shiva-krishëeti kirtayan naradah shivalokam tam . abhogamya-approaching.In that place. Is this not very wonderful? Text 98 tatra gantum bhavan chaktah shri-shive shuddha-bhaktiman abhigamya tam ashritya kripam krishëasya pashyatu tatra-there. Shiva worships the supremely powerful and opulent Lord Sankarshaëa as his chosen Deity. Go. tam-of him.

uvaca-said. iti-thus. naradah-Narada. sivalokam-to Shivaloka. siva-Shiva. iva-as if. kautukat-eagerly. krishëa-and Krishëa. Chapter Three: Prapancatita (Beyond the Material World) Texts 1-3 shri-parikshid uvaca bhagavantam haram tatra bhavavishtataya hareh nrityantam kirtayantam ca krita-sankarshaëarcanam bhrisham nandishvaradimsh ca shlaghamanam nijanugan pritya sa-jaya-shabdani . tam-to that place. Narada eagerly went to Shivaloka. evam-in this way. kirtayan-glorifying. matah-O mother. prayatah-went. sikshitah-instructed. iti-thus.prayatah kautukad iva shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. and chanting the holy names of Shiva and Krishëa. instructed in this way. Shri Parikshit said: O mother.

uvaca-said.gita-vadyani tanvatah devim comam prashamsantam karatalishu kovidam durad drishtva munir hrishto 'namad vinam ninadayan shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. munih-the sage. nandishvara-with Nandishvara. tanvatah-manifesting. umam-Uma. devim-the goddess. was singing and dancing as He worshiped Lord Sankarshaëa. arcanam-worship. ninadayan-playing. vadyani-and instrumental music. shlaghamanam-praising. gita-singing. and who was also praising Goddess Uma as she was expertly playing the karatalas. kirtayantam-glorifying. and joyfully calling out. Text 4 paramanugrihito 'si krishëasyeti muhur muhuh jagau sarvam ca pitroktam . ca-also. bhavawith ecstatic love. bhagavantam-Lord. playing musical instruments. avishtataya-with the condition of being filled. pritya-with love. anamat-bowed down. ca-also. vinam-the vina. krita-performed. as they were singing. drishtva-seeing. kovindam-expert. sankarshaëa-of Lord Sankarshaëa. jaya-of "victory!". anugan-followers. the sage Narada became happy. hareh-for Lord Krishëa. nrityantam-dancing. hrishtahjubilant. and who was also praising his followers. rapt in love for Krishëa. karatalisu-at playing the karatalas. durat-from far away. Seeing Lord Shiva who. sa-with. savdani-sounds. haram-Shiva. prasamsantam-praising. tatra-there. "Jaya! Jaya!". nija-his own. sounded his viëa and bowed down to offer respect. bhrsam-greatly. adin-beginning. headed by Nandishvara. ca-and.

muhuh-again. jagau-sang. kamyaya-with a desire. renu-the dust. samipe-near. devah-the lord. pada-feet. abhyagatam-approached. ca-also. uktam-said.su-svaram samakirtayat parama-the great. sparsana-to touch.intoxicated. su-with a melodious. Again and again Narada sang. munim-sage. "You are the great object of Lord Krishëa's mercy!" Repeating his father's words. iti-thus. vaikuëthasya-of Lord Krishëa. sammattah. rasa-of the nectar mellows of devotional . muhuh-and again. akrisya-pulling. svaram-voice. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. Texts 5 and 6 atha shri-rudra-padabjareëu-sparshana-kamyaya samipe 'bhyagatam devo vaikuëthasya priyam munim akrishyashlishya sammattah shri-krishëa-rasa-dharaya bhrisham papraccha kim brushe brahma-putreti sadaram atha-then. shri-rudra-of Lord Shiva. •samakirtayat-glorified. aslisya-embracing. anugrihitah-object of mercy. pitra-by his father Brahma. abja-of the lotus. asi-you are. Narada glorified Shiva in a melodious voice. shri-krishëa-of Shri Krishëa. priyam-the dear. sarvam-everything.

the demigod. and respectfully said. iti-thus. intoxicated by the flooding nectar stream of love for Shri Krishëa. brahma-of Brahma.love. dharaya-by the flooding stream. eager to touch the dust of Shri Shiva's lotus feet. adaram. sa-with. bhrsam.respect. the sage dear to Krishëa approached him. papraccha-asked. embraced him. what are you saying?" Texts 7-9 tatah shri-vaishëava-shreshthasambhashaëa-rasaplutam santyakta-nritya-kutukam mita-priya-janavritam parvati-praëa-natham tam vrishyam virasanena sah asinam praëaman bhaktya pathan rudra-sad-angakam jagadishatva-mahatmyaprakashana-paraih stavaih astaud vivritya tasmimsh ca jagau krishëa-kripa-bharam . "O son of Brahma. When.greatly. pulled the sage to him. putra-O son. kim-what? bruse-are you saying.

the best of Vaishëavas. tam-him. Shiva. kutukam-eagerness. the best of all Vaishëavas. stopped his ecstatic dancing. stavaih-with prayers. avadat-said. who is the lord of Parvati's life. sarva-of all. jagadisatva-as the master of the universe. shri-vaishëava-of the Vaishëavas. sah-he. avritam-surrounded. murdhanyah-the best. pidhaya-covering. kripa-of the mercy. rudra-sad-angakam-prayers to Lord Shiva. asinam-seated. astaut-prayed. rudrah-Shiva. asau-he. krodham-anger. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. vishëu-to Lord Krishëa. mahatmya. retired with a few intimate associates. became plunged in the nectar of transcendental bliss. very angrily said: . vrsyam-on a seat of kusa grass.glorification. natham-the master. jagau-sang. Text 10 karëau pidhaya rudro 'sau sa-krodham avadad bhrisham sarva-vaishëava-murdhanyo vishëu-bhakti-pravartakah karëau-his ears. pathan-reciting. praëaman. aplutam-flooded. the preacher of devotion for Lord Vishëu. praëa-of the life.offering obeisances. tasmin-in him. •rasa-with the nectar. paraih-devoted. and sat in the virasana yoga-posture on a kusha-grass seat. bhaktya-with devotion. sambhasanaconversation. shreshtha-with the best.tatah-then. priya-jana-intimate associates. Then he sang of Lord Krishëa's great mercy to Shiva. bhrsam-great. mita-with a few. vaishëava-vaishëavas. nritya-to dance. pravartakah-the preacher. with great devotion Narada bowed down to offer respect to him and recited many prayers describing his glory as the master of the universe. sa-with. parvatiof Parvati. prakashana-manifesting. bhakti-of devotion. Covering his ears. bharam-the abundance. santyakta-abandoned. vivirtya-manifesting. When. by conversing with Narada. Shiva. viraasanena-in the yoga posture virasana.

isah-the master. tat-of Him. kripa-of the mercy. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. aspadam-the object. api-also. na-not. anugraha-the mercy. jagat-of the universe. sada-always. dasanam-of the servants. dasaof the servants. Text 12 shri-parikshid uvaca sambhranto 'tha munir hitva krishëenaikyena tat-stutim saparadham ivatmanam manyamano 'bravic chanaih . and I am not the object of Lord Krishëa's mercy. aham-I am. I always yearn for the mercy of •the servants of the servants of Lord Krishëa.Text 11 na jatu jagad-isho 'ham napi krishëa-kripaspadam param tad-dasa-dasanam sadanugraha-kamukah na-not. I have never been the master of the universe. kamukah-greedily desiring. jatu-at any time. param-greatly.

aparadham-offense. sambhrantah-bewildered. in truth you both understand and preach the great mystery of the glories of Lord Vishëu and His devotees. krishëena-with Lord Krishëa. sanaih-slowly. vijnapayati-you explain to others. bhavan-your lordship. atmanam-himself. nigudham-mystery. Thinking himself an offender. Shri Parikshit said: Bewildered. eva-certainly. Shri Narada said: Lord. hitva-abandoning. vetti-you understand. munih-the sage. tat-stutim-that prayer. aikyena-with equality. Narada stopped his prayer of Shiva's identity with Krishëa. he slowly said: Text 13 shri-narada uvaca satyam eva bhavan vishëor vaishëavanam ca durgamam nigudham mahima-shreëim vetti vijnapayaty api shri-naradah-Shri Narada. atha-then. uvaca-said. sawith. api-also. iva-as if. mahima-of glories. satyam-in truth. Text 14 . manyamanah-considering. durgamam-the difficult to understand. uvaca-said. vaishëavanam-of the Vaishëavas. ca-also. vishëoh-of Lord Vishëu. srenim-of the multitude. abravit-said.shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit.

murtibhih-in forms. For this reason the best of Vaishëavas yearn for your mercy and Lord Krishëa Himself is pleased with you and wholeheartedly •chants your glories. bhavantam-your lordship. tvat-of you. krishëah-Krishëa. te-of you. kati-how many? santi-are. krishëena-by Lord Krishëa. anugrahah-the mercy. varah-boons. isyate-is desired. bhaktya-with devotion. aradhya-worshiping. vividha-various. Text 15 kati varamsh ca krishëena vara vividha-murtibhih bhaktya bhavantam aradhya grihitah kati santi na kati-how many? varan-times. na-not. pritah-pleased. ca-also. ca-also.ato hi vaishëava-shreshthair ishyate tvad-anugrahah krishëash ca mahimanam te prito vitanute 'dhikam atah-therefore. mahimanam-the glory. grihitah-took. vitanute-expands. hi-indeed. . shreshthaih-by the best. vaishëava-of Vaishëavas. adhikam-greatly.

assuming many different forms. karabhyam-with both hands. na-do not. Shri Parikshit said: Unable to remain peaceful while hearing these words. drutam-at once. mama-of me. dharshtyam-impudent." he said. sahasa-at once. utthaya-standing up. pidadhe-covered. iti-thus. kartum-to make. mukham-the mouth. lajjitah-embarrassed. "Don't speak this reckless nonsense about me. vadehspeak. Text 17 . asaknuvan-not able. iti-thus. harah-Shiva. uvaca-said. dhairyam-peaceful. shrutva-hearing. naradasya-of Narada. tat-this. tu-indeed. worship you with devotion? How many benedictions did He take from you? Text 16 shri-parikshid uvaca iti shrutva tu sahasa dhairyam kartum ashaknuvan lajjito drutam utthaya naradasya mukham harah karabhyam pidadhe dharshtyam mama tan na vader iti shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit.How many times did Lord Krishëa. the embarrassed Shiva suddenly rose from his seat and with both hands covered Narada's mouth.

kritesuperformed. uvaca-he said. upeksheta-is averse. lila-of transcendental pastimes. Shiva loudly said: O sage. na-not. He does not become averse to me. Even though I have many times offended Him. mahima-of glory. api-even. aparadhesu-in offenses. gambhira-deep. sa-with. you should see •the inconceivable power and opulence of the Supreme Lord's transcendental pastimes! Text 18 aho vicitra-gambhiramahimabdhir mad-ishvarah vividheshv aparadheshu nopeksheta kriteshv api aho-ah! vicitra-wonderful. durvitarkya-inconceivable. mune-sage. prabhoh-of the Supreme Lord. mat-my. vismayam-wonder. . Struck with wonder. Ah! My Lord is a wonderful deep ocean of transcendental glory.anantaram uvacoccaih sa-vismayam aho mune durvitarkyataram lilavaibhavam drishyatam prabhoh anantaram-afterwards. ahoO. uccaih-in a loud voice. vaibhavam-the opulence. abdhih-an ocean. vividhesu-various. ishvarah-Lord. drsyatam-should be seen.

and continued his glorification of Shiva. padayohthe feet. Narada touched Shiva's feet. uvaca-said. paritushtava-glorified.Text 19 shri-parikshid uvaca paramanandito dhritva padayor upaveshya tam naradah paritushtava krishëa-bhakti-rasa-plutam shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. dhritva-holding. upavesya-making sit down. Shri Parikshit said: Filled with bliss. parama-ananditah-blissful. rasa-by the nectar. krishëa-for Lord Krishëa. Text 20 shri-narada uvaca naparadhavakashas te preyasah kashcid acyute kadacil loka-drishtyapi jato nasmin prakashate . plutam-plunged. made him sit down. tam-him. who is always plunged in the nectar of devotion to Lord Krishëa. naradah-Narada. bhakti-of devotion.

na-not. asmin-to Him. acyute-to the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead. avakasah-opportunity. uvaca-said. In the eyes of the common people you may seem to have sometimes offended Him but He does not see any offense in you. loka-of the world. kashcit-something. na-not. kadacit-at any time. aparadha-of offenses. prakashate-is manifested. api-even. You have never offended Him. teof you. Texts 21-23 sva-bahu-bala-driptasya sadhupadrava-kariëah maya-baddhaniruddhasya yudhyamanasya cakriëa hata-prayasya baëasya nija-bhaktasya putravat palitasya tvaya praëarakshartham shri-harih stutah sadyo hitva svayam prito dattva nija-svarupatam . jatah-is manifested. Shri Narada said: You are very dear to the infallible •Supreme Personality of Godhead.shri-naradah-Shri Narada. drishtya-in the sight. preyasah-very dear.

who was very proud of the strength of his arms. maya-by mystic power. upadrava-harm. baddha-bound. drptasya-proud. dattva-giving. yudhyamanasya-being fought. bahu-of the arms. raksha-protection. shriharih-Lord Hari. stutah-offered prayers. durapamdifficult to attain. sadhu-to the saintly persons. bhavat-of you. Text 24 bhavamsh ca vaishëava-drohigargyadibhyah su-dushcaraih tapobhir bhajamanebhyo navyalikam varam dade . gave him a form like His own. nija-own. ninye-attained. api-even. hatakilled. fought with Lord Krishëa. was almost dead. tam-that. cakrina-by Lord Krishëa. palitasya-protected. When a demon named Baëa. Lord Krishëa at once stopped killing him. nija-like His own. captured and bound Aniruddha with his mystic power. tvaya-by you. and who brought many troubles to the saintly devotees. vat-like. svarupatam-the state of possessing a form. the holder of the cakra. putra-a son. sadyah-at once. who prayed that his life be spared. who wields the Sudarshana cakra. pritah-pleased. karinah-causing. aniruddhasya-Aniruddha.bhavat-parshadatam ninye tam durapam surair api sva-own. parshadatam-the state of being an associate. suraih-by the demigods. and made him your personal associate. bhaktasya-devotee. and was saved by you. svayam-Himself. who was your devotee. artham-for the purpose. banasya-of Banasura. hitva-abandoning. became pleased with him. prayasya-almost. bala-of the strength. a state even the demigods cannot attain. praëa-life.

bhavan-your lordship. prabhritayah-beginning. avyalikam-honest. dade-gave. nindakah-offenders. Text 26 krishëasya pritaye tasmac chraishthyam apy abhivanchata . varam-benediction. When Gargya and other enemies of the Vaishëavas worshiped you with severe austerities. tebhyah-with them. na-not. tatha api-nevertheless. vaishëava-of the Vaishëavas. Even though Citraketu and many others had offended you. akupyah-not angry. api-even. amsha-ashritahtaken shelter. adhiyah-unaware. ca-also. gargya-Gargya. su-very. duscaraih-with difficult to perform. tapobhih-penances. •bhajamanebhyah-worshiping. hareh-of Lord Krishëa. na-not. because they took shelter of Lord Krishëa you were not at all angry with them. adibhyah-beginning with. you granted them a clever benediction that proved to be no benediction at all. drohi-enemies. yadyapi-although. svasya-to you. Text 25 citraketu-prabhritayo 'dhiyo 'py amshashrita hareh nindaka yadyapi svasya tebhyo 'kupyas tathapi na citraketu-with Citraketu.

For this reason the Supreme Personality of Godhead gave to you and goddess Durga the power to grant the liberation •prayed for by Brahma and the demigods. bhavate-to you. tasmat-therefore. arthita-begged. tat-of Him.tad-bhaktataiva caturyavishesheëarthita tvaya krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. mukti-of liberation. Text 28 . bhagavatyai-to the goddess. You desire only the satisfaction of Lord Krishëa. ca-and durgayai-Durga. samprarthya-prayed for. adat-gave. caturya-visheshena-with great expertise. bhaktata-the state of being a devotee. bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. api-also. Text 27 ato brahmadi-samprarthyamukti-danadhikaritam bhavate bhagavatyai ca durgayai bhagavan adat atah-therefore. brahma-adi-by the demigods headed by Brahma. adhikaritam-the proprietor. dana-the gift. pritaye-for the pleasure. sraishthyam-the best. eva-certainly. tvaya-by you. abhivanchata-desire. You eloquently pray only to remain a pure devotee of Lord Krishëa.

sati-being so. unmada-madness. ambarah-as his clothing. Living as an ascetic. anadrtya-neglecting. atmyam-of the self. grihita-accepted. dusprape-difficult to attain. Text 29 bhavavishtah sada vishëor mahonmada-grihitavat ko 'nyah patnya samam nrityed gaëair api dig-ambarah bhava-with ecstatic love. sarvam-all. maha-great. . nrityet-would dance. you have a low opinion of all the happiness found in your power and opulence. api-even. adi-and the other demigods.aho brahmadi-dushprape aishvarye saty apidrishe tat sarvam sukham apy atmyam anadrityavadhutavat aho-ah! brahma-for Brahma. vat-like. sada-always. tat-that. aishvarye-power and opulence. dik-with the directions. gaëaih-with many associates. vat-like. api-even. kah-who? anyah-else. sukham-happiness. samam-with. avishtah-filled. idrishe-like this. vishëoh-for Lord Vishëu. patnya-his wife. avadhuta-a great saint who does not care for things of this world. api-even. which is greater than that of Brahma and all the demigods.

This desire has made you eternally very dear to Lord Krishëa. bhakti-for devotional service. Today I have seen the wonderful glory of your intense desire to attain pure devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. nityam-eternally. lampatya-overwhelming desire. and clothed in only the ten directions. bhagavat-for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. adbhutah-wonderful. Text 31 ah kim vacyanavacchinna krishëasya priyata tvayi tvat-prasadena bahavo 'nye pi tat-priyatam gatah . adya-today. tat-therefore. vallabhah-beloved. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. would dance as a madman with his wife and friends? Text 30 drishto 'dya bhagavad-bhaktilampatya-mahimadbhutah tad bhavan eva krishëasya nityam parama-vallabhah drishtah-seen. parama-greatly. eva-certainly.Who else. filled with ecstatic love for Lord Vishëu. mahima-of the glory.

bhavatoh-of you both. What more can I say? You are very dear to Lord Krishëa. abhijna-understanding.ah-ah! kim what is the use? vacya-of saying anything more. eva-certainly. tvat-of you. bahavah-many. kritah-have become. anye-others. bahavah-many. visheshena-specifically. priyatam-the state of being dear. She knows very perfectly the truth about you both (Shiva and Krishëa). tattva-the truth. iyam-this. and by your mercy many others have also become dear to Him. gatah-have attained. tat-to Him. prasadena-by the mercy. tvayi-in you. priyah-dear. ca-also. Text 33 krishëasya bhaginivaisha sneha-patram sadambika . hi-indeed. priyata-the sate of being dear. avacchinna-boundless. tat-to Him. By Parvati's mercy also many have become dear to Lord Krishëa. prasadena-by the mercy. krishëasyaof Lord Krishëa. Text 32 parvatyash ca prasadena bahavas tat-priyah kritah tattvabhijna vishesheëa bhavator iyam eva hi parvatyah-of Parvati.

vishëu-jana-of a pure devotee of Lord Vishëu. utsavaih-with festivals. patram-the object. asa-she.ata eva bhavan atmaramo 'py etam apekshate krishëasya-of Lord krishëa. bhavam-you. ramayanpleasing. you have great respect for her. even though you are very renounced and advanced in spiritual life. For this reason. . sada-always. sneha-of affection. sukham-the happiness. bhajet-you attain. katha-topics. sanga-of the association. atma-aramah-very advanced in spiritual life. etam-her. sankirtana-glorification. iva-like. bhagini-the sister. You please her by always chanting the wonderful glories of the Supreme Lord's holy names and pastimes. atah eva-therefore. imam-her. Text 34 vicitra-bhagavan-namasankirtana-kathotsavaih sademam ramayan vishëujana-sanga-sukham bhajet vicitra-wonderful. sada-always. api-also. apekshate-respect. ambika-Parvati. bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In this way you attain the happiness of associating with a pure devotee of Lord Vishëu. Lord Krishëa loves her as if she were His own sister. nama-of the holy names.

tatah-then. maheshvarah-Shiva. avadat-spoke. then Shiva. said to the great devotee Narada: Text 36 shri-mahesha uvaca aho bata mahat kashtam tyakta-sarvabhimana he kvaham sarvabhimananam mulam kva tvadrisheshvarah . bhaktam-a devotee. naradam-to Narada. ananah-whose head. Shri Parikshit said: O mother.Text 35 shri-parikshid uvaca tato maheshvaro matas trapavanamitananah naradam bhagavad-bhaktam avadad vaishëavagraëih shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. avanamita-bowed. trapa-with embarrassment. agranih-the best. matah-O mother. uvaca-said. his head bowed with embarrassment. bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. vaishëava-of Vaishëavas. the best of the Vaishëavas.

api-also. Shri Shiva said: Alas! Alas! O completely prideless Narada. In this way I am filled with pride. adi-beginning with. avritah-filled. the omniscient philosopher. abhimananampride. who am I. the giver of liberation. bhaktah-a pure devotee. ishvarah-the master. jnana-of knowledge. isah-the master. he-O. vishëoh-of Lord Vishëu. mulam-the root. aho bata-alas! mahat-a great. the supreme teacher. uvaca-said.shri-mahesah-Shri Shiva. Krishëa? Text 37 lokesho jnana-do jnani mukto mukti-prado 'py aham bhakto bhakti-prado vishëor ity ady-ahankriyavritah loka-of the world. muktah-liberated. and the giver of pure devotion to others. dah-the giver. I think that I am the master of the world. kva-where? tvadrisha-like of you. Text 38 . the root of all pride. abhimana-pride. in comparison to your master. mukti-of liberation. pradah-the giver. jnani-filled with knowledge. ahankriya-with false-ego. kva-where? aham-am I. tyaktaabandoned. a pure devotee of Lord Vishëu. bhakti-of pure devotional service. iti-thus. sarva-all. kastam-calamity. liberated. pradah-the giver. sarva-of all. aham-I.

haraëa-the kidnaping. I am ashamed of my duty to destroy everything in the darkness of ignorance. kale-when the time. and over so many other things? . ghore-terrible. tamasamdarkness of ignorance. Text 39 mayi narada varteta kripa-lesho 'pi ced dhareh tada kim parijatoshaharaëadau maya raëah mayi-to me. api-even. samagatehas arrived. maha-great. tada-then. lesah-a small fragment. would I have been willing to fight with Him over the parijata flower. cetif. maya-by me. adau-beginning with. samhara-annihilation. kim-whether? parijata-for the Parijata flower. varteta-is. hareh-of Lord Krishëa.sarva-grasa-kare ghore maha-kale samagate vilajje 'shesha-samharatamasam sva-prayojanat sarva-everything. raëah-battle. Narada. narada-O Narada. if I had received even a small particle of Lord Krishëa's mercy. usa-for Usa. kripa-of mercy. grasa-devouring. vilajje-I become embarrassed. ashesha-of everything. When the terrible time for devouring the entire world comes. over Usha's kidnaping. sva-prayojanat-out of necessity.

duhkha-pain. sva-agamaih-with the Vedic literatures. dasam-a servant. prabhuh-the Lord. tasya-of that. mat-to Me. mam-me. Would He worship His own servant? Would the Lord have ordered me: "With a philosophy of your own invention make everyone averse to Me"? Text 41 avayor mukti-datritvam yad bhavan stauti hrishtavat tac cati-daruëam tasya bhaktanam shruti-duhkhadam avayoh-of us. janan-the people. tat-that. darunam-terrible. ca-also. vimukhan-averse. ati-very. adiset-would have ordered. datrtvam-the state of being the givers. kalpitaih-invented. yat-which. bhaktanam-of the devotees. aradhayet-would worship. dam-giving. shruti-to the ears. mukti-of liberation.Text 40 kim mam aradhayed dasam kim etac cadishet prabhuh svagamaih kalpitais tvam ca janan mad-vimukhan kuru kim-whether. ca-and. stauti-glorifies. . ca-also. kim-whether? etat-this. kuru-make. tvam-you. bhavanyour lordship. hrishtavat-with joy.

krishëa-of Lord Krishëa.You happily glorify us both as givers of liberation. Know that the residents of Vaikuëtha are the actual objects of His very great mercy. kintuhowever. sara-of the best. bhajah-the possessors. daya-of the mercy. don't think I am the object of His mercy. mam-to me. viddhi-please know. O best of Lord Krishëa's associates. aspadam-the object. ma-do not. shreshtha-O best. Text 42 tat krishëa-parshada-shreshtha ma mam tasya dayaspadam viddhi kintu kripa-sarabhajo vaikuëtha-vasinah tat-therefore. parshada-of the associates. Text 43 yaih sarvam triëavat tyaktva bhaktyaradhya priyam harim sarvartha-siddhayo labdhvapanga-drishtyapi nadritah . but the very terrible liberation we give brings pain to the devotees' ears. vaikuëtha-of Vaikuëtha. kripa-of mercy. tasya-of Him. vasinah-the residents.

which is beyond the three modes of material nature. bhaktyawith devotion. apanga-sidelong. trna-a blade of grass. bhaya-of fear. sarva-all. guëa-the three modes of material nature. They who are free of all pride may go to that realm of Vaikuëtha. drishtya-with a glance. even from the corner of their eye. varjitam-free. they will not look at them. cit-full of knowledge. with great devotion they worship their beloved Lord Krishëa. siddhayah-and mystic perfections. abhimanah-pride. vat-like. and full of transcendental knowledge and bliss. adrtah-respected. aradhya-worshiping. ye-those who. free of all fear. •labdhva-attaining. sat-eternal. eternal. api-even. atitam-beyond. sarva-all. samasta-all. Text 44 tyakta-sarvabhimana ye samasta-bhaya-varjitam vaikuëtham sac-cid-anandam guëatitam padam gatah tyakta-abandoned. priyam-their beloved. tyaktva-renouncing. anandam-and full of bliss. na-not. padam-the abode.yaih-by whom. vaikuëtham-Vaikuëtha. arthamaterial benefits. harim-Lord Krishëa. sarvam-everything. Text 45 . If all material benefits and yogic perfections come before them. gatah-attained. Renouncing everything material as if it were only a clump of grass.

caand. vardhayantah-increasing. ananda-and full of bliss. sat-eternal. param-greatly. anandam-and full of bliss. ye-those who. sampraptum-to attain. bhaktim-the devotional service.tatra ye sad-cid-anandadehah parama-vaibhavam sampraptum sac-cid-anandam hari-sarshtim ca nabhajan tatra-there. hari-with Lord Hari. sarvatah-in all circumstances. na-not. abhajan-they have worshiped. yadrcchaya-at will. sancaranti-move about. vaibhavam-opulence. rakshaëtahprotecting. sarstim-equal opulence. pritah-pleased. parama-transcendental. . ca-also. the devotees there do not worship Lord Krishëa to attain eternity. cit-full of knowledge. bliss. sat-eternal. cit-full of knowledge. or opulence equal to His. Their forms already eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. ca-also. dehahwhose bodies. knowledge. bhaktya-by devotional service. Text 46 harer bhaktya param prita bhaktan bhaktim ca sarvatah rakshanto vardhayantash ca sancaranti yadricchaya hareh-to Lord Krishëa. bhaktanthe devotees.

sevaya-with services. bhajantah-worshiping. rupaih-in different forms. As. iva-as if. Text 47 muktan upahasantiva vaikuëthe satatam prabhum bhajantah pakshi-vrikshadirupaih vividha-sevaya muktan-the souls who have attained impersonal liberation. adi. in the forms of birds. protecting the devotees and preaching devotional service. prabhum-the Lord. and other creatures. vrksha-and trees. They eternally serve the Supreme Lord in many ways in the realm of Vaikuëtha. satatam-eternally. upahasanti-mocking. they seem to mock the souls merged in impersonal liberation. Text 48 kamala-lalyamananghrikamalam moda-vardhanam sampashyanto harim sakshad ramante saha tena ye .beginning with. they travel as they wish. vividha-various. trees. pakshi-of birds. vaikuëthe-in Vaikuëtha.Happy with devotional service to the Lord.

ca-also. ye-who. The great glory of Lord Krishëa's mercy is eternally granted to the residents of Vaikuëthaloka. ramante-enjoy blissful pastimes. kamalam-lotus. modatranscendental bliss. tadiyesu-on His devotees. They enjoy blissful pastimes in His company. sampasyantah-seeing. sakshatdirectly. ajasram-eternally. vaikuëthaloke-in Vaikuëthaloka. kutah-where? anyatah-else. They gaze at the delightful Supreme Lord Hari. vardhanam-increasing. lalyamana-massaged. anghri-feet. rajate-is manifested. whose lotus feet are massaged by the goddess of fortune. Text 49 aho karuëya-mahima shri-krishëasya kuto 'nyatah vaikuëthaloke ye 'jasram tadiyeshu ca rajate aho-ah! karuëya-of mercy. ye-those who. harim-Lord Hari. saha-with tena-Him. Where else may that mercy be placed? Text 50 yasmin maha-madashrantam prabhoh sankirtanadibhih .kamala-by the goddess of fortune. mahima-the glory. shri-krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa.

In that place is only a wonderful. asti-is. anyat-anything else.without cessation. kana-of a small fraction. brahma-of impersonal Brahman. Text 51 aho tat-paramanandarasabdher mahimadbhutah brahmanandas tulam narhet yat-kanardhamshakena ca aho-ah! tat-of that. maha-great. mada-with bliss. . mahima-of the glory. yat-of which.glorification. asrantam. prema-of pure love. tulam-equality. adbhutah-the wonder. adibhih-beginning with. blissful. ananda-of bliss. antara-except. In that place there is not anything other than this. sankirtana. Ah! The happiness of impersonal Brahman does not equal even a very small portion of half a drop of the great wonder that is the glory of that nectar ocean of the bliss of pure devotion. vahinim-the flowing river. prabhoh-of the Lord. rasa-of the nectar. na-not. abdheh-of the ocean. eternal flowing stream of pure love for the Lord and sankirtana and a host of devotional activities. bhaktim-for pure devotional service. vicitram-wonderful. ardha-of half. arhet-attain. anandah-the bliss. na-does not. ca-also. parama-transcendental. amshakena-of a small fraction.vicitram antara bhaktim nasty anyat prema-vahinim yasmin-in which.

Vaikuëtha. shrimat-full of transcendental opulences. anukampitam-the object of mercy. abja-lotus. vasinam-of the residents. kim-what? nu-indeed. Text 53 tadrik karuëya-patraëam shrimad-vaikuëtha-vasinam matto 'dhikataras tat-tanmahima kim nu varëyatam tadrk-like this. tat-tat-various. varnyatam-may be said to describe. . mattah-than me.Text 52 sa vaikuëthas tadiyash ca tatratyam akhilam ca yat tad eva krishëa-padabjapara-premanukampitam sah-this. ca-also. karuëya-of mercy. patraëam-of the objects. pada-of the feet. and everything within it are the greatest object of the transcendental love and mercy of Lord Krishëa's lotus feet. yat-which. its residents. ta-that. akhilameverything. adhikatarah-much greater. tatratyam-there. ca-also. vaikuëtha-of Vaikuëtha. para-the supreme. vaikuëthah-Vaikuëtha. tadiyah-the residents. mahima-glory. prema-of love. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. eva-certainly.

How will it be possible for me to describe their glory? Text 54 panca-bhautika-deha ye martyaloka-nivasinah bhagavad-bhakti-rasika namasya madrisham sada panca-of the five. bhakti-of pure devotional service. madrisham-by those like myself. and although they possess material bodies made of the five elements. bhautika-material elements. although they live in the earthly planets. bhagavat-to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. sada-always. People like myself should also always bow down to offer respect to they who. ye-those who. Text 55 shri-krishëa-caraëambhojarpitatmano hi ye kila tad-eka-prema-labhashatyaktartha-jana-jivanah . are expert at always tasting the nectar mellows of pure devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. martyaloka-of the earthly planets. dehah-who possess bodies. is much greater than any glory I may possess. namasyah-should be offered obeisances. rasikah-who are expert in relishing the nectar mellows. nivasinah-the residents. who are all the objects of Lord Krishëa's mercy.The glory of the opulent residents of Vaikuëtha.

amusmika-or in the next life. they have renounced wealth. Hoping to attain pure love for Lord Krishëa. dharma-on the rituals of materialistic religion. asa-with the desire.shri-krishëa-of Lord Shri Krishëa. kila-certainly. adhinatva-being under the control. arpita-placed. sadhya-material goals. They have crossed to the farther shore of varëashrama duties based on the circumstances of birth. jana-followers. labhaattainment. gah-gone. They do not care for material activities or material goals either in this life or the next. prema-of love. followers. ye-who. They have placed themselves at the lotus feet of Lord Krishëa. sadhana-and the means to attain them. Text 57 . caraëa-feet. tat-for Him. and the whole sphere of material life. ambhoja-at the lotus. para-to the farther shore. atmanahthemselves. hi-indeed. acara-activities. tyakta-abandoned. varëa-asrama-of the varëasrama institution. Text 56 aihikamushmikasheshasadhya-sadhana-nisprihah jati-varëashramacaradharmadhinatva-paragah aihika-in this life. ashesha-all. artha-wealth. jati-birth. eka-sole. jivanah-and life. nisprhah-without desire.

bhakti-of pure devotional service. rasa-the nectar. sada-always. They see heaven. veda-of the Vedas. ati-beyond. They only yearn for the nectar of pure devotional service. nirmuktah-free. akutascit-from no source. vanchanti-desire. bala-of the power. gah-one. api-even. hari-to Lord Krishëa. . narakesu-and in the hellish planets. apavarga-liberation. Because of the power of their pure devotional service to Lord Hari they are free from the three debts. darshinah-seeing. api-also. and they are eternally free from all fear. tulya-artha-equality.riëa-trayadi-nirmukta veda-margati-ga api hari-bhakti-balavegad akutashcid bhayah sada rna-debts. marga-the path. hell and liberation to be the same. traya-three. adi-beginning with. bhakti-of devotional service. they have crossed beyond the path of the Vedas. kim api-something. Text 58 nanyat kim api vanchanti tad-bhakti-rasa-lampatah svargapavarga-narakeshv api tulyartha-darshinah na-not. anyat-anything else. tat-to Him. They do not desire anything in this world. avegat-because of the force. lampatah-yearning. bhayah-fears. svarga-Svargaloka.

vaikuëthalokah-Vaikuëthaloka. sthitih-the residence. na-not. . In truth. idam-this. saha-with. I pray that I may always have their company. te-they. iva-like. tadrishanam-of devotees like this. eva-certainly. yatahbecause. aham-I. mama-of me. parama-supremely. sah-that. Text 60 naradaham idam manye tadrishanam yatah sthitih bhavet sa eva vaikuëthaloko natra vicaraëa narada-O Narada.satyam-in truth. sangamah-association. taih-them. manye-think. priyah-dear. to me they are as dear as the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. parama-the ultimate object. atra-here.Text 59 bhagavan iva satyam me ta eva parama-priyah parama-prarthaniyash ca mama taih saha sangamah bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. eva-indeed. bhavet-is. prarthaniyah-of my prayers. vicaraëa-doubt. me-to me.

Of this I have no doubt. and bliss. sat-eternal. Text 61 krishëa-bhakti-sudha-panad deha-daihika-vismriteh tesham bhautika-dehe 'pi sac-cid-ananda-rupata krishëa-to Lord Krishëa. cit-full of knowledge. and because they thus forget everything of the material body and the great host of things in relation to it. deha-of the body. they have forms of eternity. ananda-and full of bliss. bhautika-material. daihika-and things in relation to the body.Narada. bhakti-of pure devotional service. rupata-the state of having a form. I think that wherever devotees like this live is already Vaikuëthaloka. Text 62 param bhagavata sakam sakshat-krida-paramparah sadanubhavitum tair hi . panat-from drinking. even while they stay in bodies made of material elements. vismriteh-forgetfulness. api-even. knowledge. dehe-in the body. sudha-of the nectar. tesam-of them. Because they drink the nectar of pure devotional service to Lord Krishëa.

krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. taih-by them. priyah-dear. bhagavata-the Supreme Lord. sarve-all. hi-indeed. sada-•always. uktah-described. vishesha-specific. tatratyah-in this. apeksyate-is waited. paramparah-a series. maya-by me. hi-indeed. sakam-with. They are the special object of His mercy. visayah-the objects. adhikah-better. They patiently wait for the time when they will enter Vaikuëtha to enjoy transcendental pastimes with the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. They are very dear to Lord Krishëa. daya-of mercy. The devotees I have described are all my superiors.vaikuëtho 'pekshyate kvacit param-after. krida-of pastimes. vaikuëthah-Vaikuëtha. Text 64 . sarvatah-in all respects. sakshat-direct. anubhavitum-to directly experience. Text 63 ato hi sarve tatratya mayoktah sarvato 'dhikah daya-vishesha-vishayah krishëasya parama-priyah atah-therefore. parama-very. kvacit-sometime.

. vibhutayah-the powers and opulences. sidhyanti-become perfect. tadrk-in this way. jnanam-knowledge.shri-parvaty uvaca tatrapi shrir vishesheëa prasiddha shri-hari-priya tadrig vaikuëtha-vaikuëthavasinam ishvari hi sa shri-parvati-Shrimati Parvati. visheshenaspecifically. yat-of whom. uvaca-said. priya-dear. Text 65 yasyah kataksha-patena loka-pala-vibhutayah jnanam viraktir bhaktish ca sidhyanti yad-anugrahat yasyah-of whom. bhaktih-devotional service. Shri Parvati said: Of these devotees Lakshmi-devi is the most dear to Lord Hari. kataksha-patena-by the sidelong glance. vaikuëthaof Vaikuëtha. hi-indeed. ca-and. viraktihrenunciation. anugrahat-because of •the mercy. api-also. She is the queen of Vaikuëtha and its residents. prasiddha-celebrated. loka-pala-of the demigods who rule over the various planets. sa-she. shrih-Lakshmi-devi. vaikuëtha-vasinam-and of the residents of Vaikuëtha. ishvari-the queen. tatra-in this. shri-hari-to Lord Hari.

Text 67 karoti vasatim nityam ya ramye tasya vakshasi pati-vratottamasheshavatareshv anuyaty amum . Even though many sages like yourself worship her with great reverence. she ignores you all. tapobhih-with severe austerities. Even though Narayaëa is indifferent to her. she worships Him and performs severe austerities to please Him. and devotional service. priyam-her beloved. adareëa-with reverence. Text 66 ya vihayadareëapi bhajamanan bhavadrishan vavre tapobhir aradhya nirapeksham ca tat priyam ya-who. and chooses her beloved Lord Narayaëa instead. By her mercy one may attain perfect knowledge. bhajamanan-worshiping. renunciation. bahavdrsan-like yourself. ca-also.By her sidelong glance one may attain powers and opulences like the demigods who rule of the various planets. tat-that. aradhya-worshiping. vihaya-abandoning. nirapekshamindifferent. vavre-chooses.

she follows her husband in all His incarnations. atma-at heart. tatah-then. munih-the sage. nityam-eternally. She eternally resides on His handsome chest. uvaca-said. shri-kamala-kanta-O . vakshasi-on the chest. parama-with great. ksobhita-agitated. amum-Him. pati-vrata-who has taken a vow to be always faithful to her husband. harshena-happiness. tasya-of Him. anuyati-follows. ashesha-in all. Texts 68 and 69 shri-parikshid uvaca tatah parama-harshena kshobhitatmalapan munih jaya shri-kamala-kanta he vaikuëtha-pate hare jaya vaikuëtha-loketi tatratya jayateti ca jaya krishëa-priye padme vaikuëthadhishvarity api shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. jaya-all glories.karoti-does. avataresu-incarnations. ramye-delightful. A faithful wife. vasatim-residence. ya-who. alapat-said.

O beloved of Lord Krishëa. pate-O master. kare-the hand. api-also. Shiva took his hand. Narada Muni called out. gantum-to go. O queen of Vaikuëtha. he-O. tatratyah-O residents of Vaikuëtha. priye-O beloved. dhritva-taking. glory to You! O realm of Vaikuëtha. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. jaya-all glories. ca-also. vaikuëthaloka-O Vaikuëthaloka. glory to you!" Text 70 athabhinandanayasya vaikuëthe gantum utthitah abhipretya hareëoktah kare dhritva nivarya sah atha-then. jayata-all glories. and said: Text 71 . jaya-all glories. glory to You! O master of Vaikuëtha. abhinandanaya-to meet. Understanding his plan. padme-Lakshmi. "O husband of Lakshmi. adhishvari-O queen. glory to you! O residents of Vaikuëtha. vaikuëthe-to Vaikuëtha. utthitah-arisen. vaikuëtha-of Vaikuëtha. vaikuëthaof Vaikuëtha. hare-O Hari. asyah-Lakshmi. Shri Parikshit said: His heart trembling with great happiness. Narada rose to go to Vaikuëtha and meet Lakshmi. sah-he. stopped him. itithus. glory to you! O Lakshmi.husband of Lakshmi. uktah-addressed. iti-thus. hareëa-by Shiva. O Lord Hari. iti-this. abhipretya-approaching. nivarya-stopping.

hi-indeed. asau-He. utsukataeagerness. bhagavan svayam-the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. smrite-whose memory. krishëa-priyajana-the beloved of Lord Krishëa. . vamana-Lord Vamana. do you not remember that the Lord is now lives in Dvaraka on the earth?" Text 72 rukmiëi sa maha-lakshmih krishëas tu bhagavan svayam tasya amshavatara hi vamanadi-samipatah rukmini-Rukmini. bhumau-on the earth. samipatah-near. yat-which. Shri Shiva said: "O sage whose memory is defeated by the wish to meet Lord Krishëa's beloved. adi-beginning with. maha-lakshmih-Maha-lakshmi. sa-she. tu-indeed. uvaca-said. krishëah-Krishëa.shri-mahesha uvaca krishëa-priyajanalokotsukata-vihata-smrite na kim smarasi yad bhumau dvarakayam vasaty asau shri-mahesah-Shri Shiva. vasati-resides. kim-whether? smarasi-you remember. vihata-ruined. tasyah-of her. dvarakayam-in Dvaraka. amsha-avatarah-the plenary portions. na-not.

ambhoje-the two lotus flowers. rukmini-Rukmini. lakshmih-goddess of fortune. Maha-lakshmi.Lord Krishëa is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead and Rukmiëi is the goddess of fortune. bhagavatahof the Personality of Godhead. shri-krishëasya-of Shri Krishëa. sada-eternally. Text 74 tasmad upavisha brahman rahasyam paramam shanaih karëe te kathayamy ekam parama-shraddhaya shriëu . pada-feet. whose plenary portions are the consorts of Lord Vamana and the other incarnations of the Lord. nisevate-serves. Text 73 sampurëa paripurëasya lakshmir bhagavatah sada nishevate padambhoje shri-krishëasyaiva rukmiëi sampurna-the original. the original Personality of Godhead. paripurnasya-of the original. the original goddess of fortune. Rukmiëi. eternally serves the two lotus feet of Lord Krishëa.

karne-in the ear. Prahlada. ca-and. Text 76 . O brahmaëa. prathitah-is celebrated. prahladah-Prahlada. and even than the goddess of fortune herself. sit down. nitaram-very. bhaktah-the devotee. upavisa-please sit down. patram-the object. shriyah-•than the goddess of fortune. tatatah-than the father. Please listen with great faith. shriëu-please listen. than me. rahasyam-secret. sraddhaya-faith. paramama great. kathayami-I shall speak. eva-certainly. visheshathe specific. mat-than me. brahman-O brahmaëa. api-even. is more dear to Lord Krishëa than your father. than Garuda and all the other devotees. whose fame as a great devotee is spread throughout the entire universe. sanaih-slowly. ekam-one. garuda-aditah-than the other devotees headed by Garuda. priyahdear. and I will whisper a great secret in your ear.tasmat-therefore. karuëya-of mercy. paramawith great. te-of you. jagatyam-in the universe. Text 75 tvat-tatato mad-garudaditash ca shriyo 'pi karuëya-vishesha-patram prahlada eva prathito jagatyam krishëasya bhakto nitaram priyash ca tvat-of you. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa.

aham-I am. slokam-verse. vina-without them. mat-bhaktaih-with My devotees. para-the ultimate. atyantikim-the supreme. puranesu-in the Puraëas. asase-desire. tvam-you.64): Text 77 naham atmanam ashase mad-bhaktaih sadhubhir vina shriyam catyantikim brahman yesham gatir aham para na-not. kim-whether? smareh-you remember. vismritavan-forgotten. adhitani-remembered. kimwhether? nu-indeed. asi-you have. gatih-destination. Have you forgotten the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead? Do you not remember this verse in the Puraëas (Shrimad-Bhagavatam 9.bhagavad-vacanani tvam kim nu vismritavan asi adhitani puraëeshu shlokam etam na kim smareh bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. na-not. yesam-of whom.4. sadhubhih-with the saintly persons. etam-this. brahman-O brahmaëa. shriyam-all My six opulences. . vacanani-the words. atmanam-transcendental bliss. aham-I. ca-also.

afi-beginning. I do not desire to enjoy My transcendental bliss and My supreme opulences. api-also."O best of the brahmaëas. Neither I. tan-them. vinoda-happiness. without saintly persons for whom I am the only destination. yogya-suitable. nautu-may glorify. or even His own transcendental forms are as pleasing to Him as His dear devotees." Text 78 mad-adi-devata-yonir nija-bhakta-vinoda-krit shri-murtir api sa yogya napekshya ko hi nautu tan mat-with me. shri-murtih-the form of the Supreme Personality of •Godhead. na-not. apeksya-to be desired. Who can properly glorify the devotees? Text 79 tatrapy ashesha-bhaktanam upamanatayoditah sakshad-bhagavataivasau prahlado 'tarkya-bhagyavan . all the demigods. nija-own. krita-creating. devata-yonih-the demigods. sa-that. kah-who? hi-indeed. bhakta-to the devotees.

anuttamam-incomparable. laksmya-by the goddess of fortune. bhaktanam-the devotees. ashesha-of all. uditah-spoken. api-also. Lakshmi-devi and all of us were able to see directly the incomparable good fortune of Prahlada. upamanataya-by comparison. hiranyakasipoh-of Hiranyakasipu. The Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself proclaims that the inconceivably fortunate Prahlada is the most fortunate of all the devotees. sarvaih-all.tatra api-nevertheless. Text 80 tasya saubhagyam asmabhih sarvair lakshmyapy anuttamam sakshad dhiraëyakashipor anubhutam vidaraëe tasya-of him. sakshat-bhagavata-by the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. bhagyavan-fortunate. Text 81 punar punar varan ditsur vishëur muktim na yacitah . vidarane-in the ripping apart. sakshat-directly. saubhagyam-the good fortune. asmabhih-by us. atarkya-inconceivable. prahladahPrahlada. When Hiraëyakashipu was ripped apart by the Lord. anubhutam-perceived.

na-not. I bow down to offer my respects to him. Although Lord Vishëu wished to give him a host of •benedictions one after another. vrita-was chosen. evacertainly. yena-by whom. aham-I. Texts 82-84 maryada-langhakasyapi gurv-adeshakrito mune asampanna-sva-vag-jalasatyatantasya yad baleh dvare tadrig avasthanam tuccha-dana-phalam kim u rakshaëam dushta-baëasya kim nu mat-stava-karitam .bhaktir eva vrita yena prahladam tam namamy aham punah-again. muktim-liberation. namami-offer respectful obeisances. Prahlada never asked for liberation. punah-and again. yacitah-was requested. He only wished for pure devotional service. vishëuh-Lord Vishëu. varan-benedictions. bhaktih-pure devotional service. prahladam-Prahlada. ditsuh-wishing to give. tam-to him.

tadrk-like this. Shall I say any more about this? After all. tat-to Him. mat-of me. api-even. stava-by the prayers. gauri-Parvati. dana-of a gift. tantasya-faded. akritah-not performing. satya-truthfulness. kim-whether? nu-indeed. langhakasya-transgressing. Text 85 tad gatva sutale shighram vardhayitvashisham gaëaih . cak-of words. kevalam-only. svaown. banasya-Bana. and was unable to keep his own promise. maha-very. jala-of the network. asampanna-not fulfilled. mune-O sage. dushta-of the demon. avasthanam-the station. kim-whether? u-indeed. disobeyed the order of his spiritual master. Note: Shiva hints that Parvati may become offended if Prahlada is glorified at the expense of her friend Lakshmi. laksmyah-of Lakshmi. baleh-of Bali Maharaja. apekshaya-in relation.kevalam tan-maha-preshthaprahlada-prity-apekshaya kim bruyam param atraste gauri lakshmyah priya sakhi maryada-the rules of propriety. param-further. atra-here. Bali Maharaja jumped over the rules of propriety. priya-the dear. sakhi-friend. preshtha-dear. karitamperformed. prahlada-of Prahlada. rakshaëam-the protection. tuccha-insignificant. Lakshmi's friend Parvati is here. dvare-at the door. phalam-the result. yat-because. Did Lord Vishëu become his doorkeeper as a reward for Bali's very insignificant gift? Did the Lord protect the demon Baëa because of my prayers? The Lord became Bali's doorkeeper and protected Baëa only to please His dear devotee Prahlada. adesha-the order. astestays. kim-what? bruyam-shall I say. pritipleasure. guru-of his spiritual master.

asmakam-of us. vardhayitva-congratulating. Quickly go now to Sutalaloka. ca-also. the best of the devotees. aslesa-of embraces. asisam-of words of blessing. cet-if. sahate-will tolerate. na-not. Also. gatva-having gone. vadeh-please speak. mat-from me. svayam-personally. embrace him. sukham-happiness. stutim-words of praise. Chapter Four: Bhakta (The Devotees) . avalim-a series. •sighram-quickly. Speak many words of blessing to Prahlada.prahladam svayam ashlishya mad-ashleshavalim vadeh tat-then. sat-jana-of saintly devotees. ma-don't. gaëaih-with a host. Prahlada. do not make the mistake of praising him. and tell him that I also embrace him again and again. pramadi-making a mistake. praëamam-the obeisances. sutale-to Sutalaloka. tatra-there. prahladam-Prahlada. if you wish to remain happy. Text 86 aho na sahate 'smakam praëamam saj-janagraëih stutim ca ma pramadi syat tatra cet sukham icchasi aho-ah!. icchasi-you wish. agranih-the best. will not tolerate our bowing down before him. aslisyaembracing. syat-may be.

dhavanflying. gatah-gone.Text 1 shri-parikshid uvaca shrutva mahashcaryam ivesha-bhashitam prahlada-sandarshana-jata-kautukah hrid-yanatah shri-sutale gato 'cirad dhavan pravishtah puram asuram munih shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. uvaca-said. prahlada-Prahlada. within a moment. Text 2 tavad vivikte bhagavat-padambujapremëollasad-dhyana-visakta-cetasa shri-vaishëavagryeëa samikshya duratah protthaya viprah praëato 'ntikam gatah . isa-by Shiva. puram-the city. iva-as if. Narada Muni became eager to see Prahlada. sandarshana-to see. Shri Parikshit said: After hearing these very wonderful words of Lord Shiva. bhashitam-words spoken. ashcaryam-wonderful. acirat-in a moment. shrutva-hearing. jata-was born. munih-the sage. By mystic power the sage. pravishtah-entered. hrit-yanahtah-by the mystic power of being able to go anywhere one wishes withini a moment. asuram-of the Asuras. shri-sutale-on Sutalaloka. kautukah-a great desire. maha-the very. flew to Sutalaloka and entered the city of the Asuras.

Prahlada carefully seated Narada on a throne and began to worship him with elaborate. samikshya-seen. dhyana-meditation. harsha-of joy. was sitting in a secluded place. tam-to him. parihritya-embracing. antikam-near. Agitated at heart. Narada suddenly embraced Prahlada. sambhrantahoverwhelmed. and when the brahmaëa Narada approached him. vidhina-with elaborate ritual. the best of devotees. bhagavat-of the Supreme Lord. shri-vaishëava-agryena-by the best of Vaishëavas. ullasat-manifest.tavat-then. duratah-from far away. ancient ritual. pujam-worship. Prahlada at once stood up. gatah-gone. his mind rapt in loving meditation on the lotus feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. vivkte-in a secluded place. upaveshitah-seated. protthaya-rising. pada-feet. asramtears. Showering many tears of joy. Narada said to Prahlada: . vat-as. visakta-attached. arpyamanam-being offered. parah-devoted. prayatnat-with great effort. cetasa-whose mind. When he saw Narada in the distance. ashlesha-to embraces. varshan-showering. Text 3 pithe prayatnad upaveshito 'yam pujam puravad vidhinarpyamanam sambhranta-cetah parihritya varshan harshasram ashlesha-paro 'vadat tam pithe-on a seat. cetah-whose heart. At that moment Prahlada. premëa-with love. ayam-he. pura-before. praëatah-offered obeisances. avadat-spoke. Prahlada bowed down to offer his respects. viprah-the brahmaëa. and embracing him again and again. ambuja-lotus.

I am able to see your lordship. abundance. cirat-from a very long time. abhut-has been. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. jata-manifested. na-not. Shri Narada said: Now. sramah-the great effort. drishtah-seen. Now the great trouble I took to come here has borne its fruit. after a very long time. bharasya-of the great. a-since. yasya-of whom. me-of me. kripa-of mercy. vishuddha-pure. bhavan-your lordship. ya-which. uvaca-said. You are the object of the great mercy of Lord Krishëa. sa-phalah-fruitful. balyatahchildhood. asit-is. Since earliest childhood you have possessed a devotion for Lord Krishëa so pure it cannot be seen in any other person.Text 4 shri-narada uvaca drishtash cirat krishëa-kripa-bharasya patram bhavan me sa-phalah shramo 'bhut abalyato yasya hi krishëa-bhaktir jata vishuddha na kuto 'pi yasit shri-naradah-Shri Narada. patram-the object. bhaktih-devotion. krishëa-for Lord Krishëa. Text 5 yaya sva-pitra vihitah sahasram upadrava daruëa-vighna-rupah jitas tvaya yasya tavanubhavat sarve 'bhavan bhagavata hi daityah . hi-indeed. kutah api-anywhere else.

Text 6 krishëavishto yo 'smritatmeva matto nrityan gayan kampamano rudamsh ca lokan sarvan uddharan samsritibhyo vishëor bhaktim harshayam asa tanvan krishëa-by Krishëa. kampamanah-trembling. sarvan-all. jitah-conquered. sahasram-a thousand. Rapt in thoughts of Lord Krishëa. When your own father tried to torture and kill you in a thousand ways.yasya-of whom. mattah-a madman. You give them pure devotional service for Lord Vishëu. nrtyan-dancing. sva-own. vihitah-placed. gayan-singing. uddharan-delivering. In this way you fill them with transcendental bliss. tvaya-by you. daityah-the demons. dancing. daruna-terrible. pitra-by the father. harshayam asa-delighted. hi-indeed. abhavan-have become. yasya-of whom. You rescue everyone from the cycle of repeated birth and death. tava-of you. asmrta-forgetful. By your influence all the demons have now become devotees. . yah-who. and crying. vishëoh-to Lord Vishëu. rupah-in the forms. samsrtibhyah-from the cycle of repeated birth and death. you appear like a madman singing. iva-as of. vighna-obstructions. sarve-all. atma-in mind. you thwarted all his attempts. trembling. rudan-crying. lokan-the people. ca-and. anubhavat-by the direct perception. upadravahtroubles. bhagavatah-devotees. bhaktim-devotional service. avishtah-entered. tanvangiving.

abdhehocean. Lord Krishëa appeared on the shore of the great ocean. api-even. kritva-placing. shrinrisimhena-by Lord Nrisimha. mule-at the base. lalitah-affectionate. placed you on His lap. padmam-Laksmi. prarthitah-prayed to. utthapya-picking up. and although the goddess of fortune was worshiping Him. yahwho. brahma-Brahma. uttama-ange-on the head. . yah-who. kurvatah-doing. Although Brahma. nipatya-falling. He ignored them all. sva-own. tire-on the shore. augham-a flood. and caressed you as a mother. and all the demigods were reciting many prayers. vat-like. Shiva. ca-also. matr-a mother. dhritva-holding. brahmaëa-by Brahma. ambhoja-lotus. isa-and Shiva. yah-who. anadrtya-ignoring. kara-hand. Text 8 vitrastena brahmaëa prarthito yah shrimat-padambhoja-mule nipatya tishthann utthapyottamange karabjam dhritvangeshu shri-nrisimhena lidhah vitrastena-frightened. pada-feet. maha-of the great. abjam-lotus. angesu-on the limbs. anke-on the lap. lidhah-licked. shrimat-splendid.Text 7 krishëenavirbhuya tire mahabdheh svanke kritva lalito matrivad yah brahmeshadin kurvato 'pi stavaugham padmam canadritya sammanito yah krishëena-by Lord Krishëa. svata-of prayers. adin-beginning with. sammanitah-worshiped. tishthan-standing. avirbhuya-appearing.

When Lord Hari offered that liberation to you as a gift. samprarthyam-prayed for. param-the supreme. Text 9 yash citra-citragraha-caturi-cayair utsrijyamanam hariëa param padam brahmadi-samprarthyam upekshya kevalam vavre 'sya bhaktim nija-janma-janmasu yah-who. cayaih-with an abundance. vavre-chose. citra-wonderful. kevalam-only. janma-in birth. brahma-adi-by the demigods headed by Brahma. upekshya-ignoring. caturi-with expertness. you approached the Lord and fell down before His splendid lotus feet. janmasu-after birth. padam-abode. harina-by Lord Hari. asya-of Him. With great eloquence and very wonderful persistence. Text 10 yah sva-prabhu-pritim apekshya paitrikam . utsrjyamanam-being offered. citra-wonderful. placed His lotus hand on your head. and licked your body.Although frightened Brahma offered prayers from far away. Brahma and the other demigods repeatedly pray for liberation and entrance in the transcendental realm. Lord Nrisimha then picked you up. bhaktim-pure devotional service. nijaown. agraha-with determination. you ignored His offer and prayed only for pure devotional service birth after birth.

rajyam-the kingdom. drishtyai-to see. pritim-the satisfaction. narayaëena-by Lord Narayana. pita-vasah-of the Supreme Lord Narayana. who wears yellow garments. tat-on Him. you accepted from Him the kingdom of your father. proktah-said. prabhu-of the Lord. icchaya-with the desire. sada-always. uddhriti-for the deliverance. svayam-own. naimisakam-Naimisaranya. That is why you remain here. svi-kritya-accepting. samstutau-in the prayers. kadacit-one time. jana-living entities. . In order to please your Lord. shri-narasimha-to Lord Nrisimha.rajyam svayam shri-narasimha-samstutau samprarthitashesha-janoddhriticchaya svi-kritya tad-dhyana-paro 'tra vartate yah-who. paitrkam-of your father. and because in your prayers to Lord Nrisimha you prayed for the deliverance of all living entities. anghri-feet. jitah-defeated. tvaya-by you. ashesha-of all. gacchan-going. vartate-remain. atra-here. saroja-lotus. asmi-I am. ahava-tositena-pleased. vanam-to the forest. hanta-indeed. sva-own. apekshya-in relation to. parah-devoted. rapt in meditation on your Lord. Text 11 yah pita-vaso-'nghri-saroja-drishtyai gacchan vanam naimishakam kadacit narayaëenahava-toshitena proktas tvaya hanta sada jito 'smi yah-who. samprarthita-prayed for. dhyana-to meditation.

as you were going to Naimisharaëya forest to see the lotus feet of Lord Narayaëa. sevakah-servant. iti-thus. evam-in this way. Text 12 shri-parikshid uvaca evam vadan narado 'sau hari-bhakti-rasarëavah tan-narma-sevako nrityan jitam asmabhir ity araut shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. bhakti-of pure devotional service. asmabhih-by us. naradah-Narada. rasa-of the nectar. nrtyan-dancing. uvaca-said.One time. As he spoke these words. you accidentally met Him on the path. danced and called out. arëavah-the ocean. Narada became plunged in the nectar ocean of pure devotional love for Lord Hari. the confidential servant of the Lord. and when He was finally pleased by your strength in battle. "We have defeated Him!" Text 13 . asau-he. He declared: "I am always defeated by you. tan-of Him. jitam-defeated. araut-called out. who wears yellow garments. narma-the confidential. hari-to Lord Hari. vadan-speaking. He challenged you to a fight. Narada." Note: This pastime is narrated in the Vamana Puraëa.

api-also. the Supreme Personality of Godhead was defeated by you! What more need I say? It was because of your mercy that Lord Mukunda was defeated by your grandson Bali. kim-what? vacyam-may be said. daksha-adi-by Daksha and others. prabhavatah-by the power. te-of yours. nivasah-residence. the king of the demons. nirjitah-was defeated. ishvarena-by the king. maya-by me. niyataha-eternal. dvari-at the gate. atra-here. gana-of the hosts. shreshtha-best. sapamthe curse. samrakshitah-protected. pautrena-by the grandson. jitahdefeated. Text 14 itah prabhriti kartavyo nivaso niyato 'tra hi mayabhibhuya dakshadishapam yushmat-prabhavatah itah prabhriti-from now on. tvaya-by you. mukundah-Lord Mukunda. hi-indeed. . vaishëava-of Vaishëavas. iti-thus. kartavyah-should be done. prasadatah-because of the mercy. and became a guard standing at Bali's gate. yusmat-of you. tava-of you. balina-by Bali Maharaja. Shri Narada said: O best of the Vaishëavas. daiteya-of the demons. bhoh-O. uvaca-said. abhibhuya-defeated.shri-narada uvaca bho vaishëava-shreshtha jitas tvayeti kim vacyam mukundo balinapi nirjitah pautreëa daiteya-gaëeshvareëa te samrakshito dvari tava prasadatah shri-naradah-Shri Narada.

sanaih-slowly. natva-bowing down. sva-of himself. asaktah-unable. Note: Daksha and others cursed Narada always to travel. shlagha-the praise. Your power has enabled me to counteract the curses of Daksha and many others. Prahlada lowered his head in embarrassment. lajja-with embarrassment. naradam-to Narada. He bowed down before Narada and slowly and respectfully said: . unable to stay for long in any one place. uvaca-said. gauravat-out of reverence.From now on I shall always stay here. Shri Parikshit said: Unable to bear hearing himself praised. prahladahPrahlada. ananah-whose head. Text 15 shri-parikshid uvaca sva-shlagha-sahanashakto lajjavanamitananah prahlado naradam natva gauravad avadac chanaih shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. avadat-said. sahana-to tolerate. avanamita-bowed.

O my spiritual master. Shri Prahlada said: O my lord. please consider how it was that in my childhood I learned about pure devotional service to Lord Krishëa. shri-guro-O spiritual master. bhagavan-O lord. eva-certainly. api-even. sphutam-was manifested. krishëa-to Lord Krishëa. jnanam-knowledge. vicaryatam-should be considered. balyena-from childhood. sarvam-everything.Text 16 shri-prahlada uvaca bhagavan shri-guro sarvam svayam eva vicaryatam balyena sambhavet krishëabhakter jnanam api sphutam shri-prahladah-Shri Prahlada. uvaca-said. sambhavet-may be. Texts 17 and 18 mahatam upadeshasya balad bodhottame sati harer bhaktau pravrittanam mahima-padakani ca . bhakteh-of devotional service.

mahima-padakani-glories. ebhyah-from these things. avirbhati-becomes manifested. bodha-of knowledge. Text 19 krishëasyanugraho 'py ebhyo nanumiyeta sattamaih sa cavirbhavati shrimann adhikrityaiva sevakam krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. adi-beginning with. he has the power to preach the truth of spiritual life even to children. uttame-in the greatest. adhikritya-in relation. pravrittanam-of those engaged. anabhibhavah-not being defeated. he naturally becomes glorious. ca-and. anumiyeta-may be understood. sat-the truth. When a person is instructed by great pure devotees of Lord Hari. anugrahah-mercy. and he easily rejects impersonal liberation and all other material benedictions. sattamaih-by the great souls. balesu-to children. vighna-by troubles. sevakam-to the servant of the Lord. ca-and. eva-certainly. daya-compassion. he is compassionate to the suffering conditioned souls. ca-also. hareh-to Lord Hari. ihitam-spoken. balat-by the strength. upadesah-instruction. sah-it. He is never defeated by any obstacles. shriman-O lord. mokshanliberation. arta-to the distressed. praëi-living entities. anangi-karaëa-non-acceptance. sati-when manifested. upadesasya-of the instruction.vighnanabhibhavo balesupadeshah sad-ihitam arta-praëi-daya mokshan anangi-karaëadi ca mahatam-of great souls. na-not. api-also. . bhaktau-in devotional service.

Lord Krishëa's mercy is given only to those who engage in devotional service. kriyate-is done. vighna-with troubles. ka api-something. I never rendered direct service to the Lord as Hanuman and many others did. O noble one. Text 20 hanumad-adi-vat tasya kapi seva kritasti na param vighnakule citte smaraëam kriyate maya hanumat-Hanuman. maya-by me. asti-is. krita-performed. vat-like.The great souls know that these things are not the real signs of Lord Krishëa's mercy. smaraëam-remembrance. adi-beginning with. na-not. param-greatly. I simply meditated on the Lord when my heart was troubled. Text 21 yan mad-vishayakam tasya lalanadi prashasyate manyate mayikam tat tu . tasya-of Him. akule-troubled. citte-in the heart. seva-service.

ca-also. va-or. tu-indeed. parah-others. lalana-affectionate caress. adibeginning with. tu-indeed. Text 23 .kashcil lilayitam parah yat-which. bhavadrk-like yourself. lilayitam-the Lord's pastime. manyate-consider. tat-that.s illusory potency. tasya-of Him. mat-to me. Great souls like yourself may consider the Lord's embracing me to be a sign of His genuine love. it is not a sign of the Lord's mercy to me. visayakam-in relation. For myself. adibeginning with. prasasyate-is glorified. I consider it like a dream. na-not. mayikam-a feature of the Lord. lakshaëam-the sign. atha apinevertheless. satyam-truth. and others think it was only a pastime of the Lord. You may praise the Lord's affectionately embracing me. but some say that embrace was only a feature of the Lord's illusory potency. aham-I. manye-consider. svapna-a dream. tat-of Him. even if it is true. kascit-some. bhavatu-it may be. or. karunya-of mercy. Text 22 svabhavikam bhavadrik ca manye svapnadi-vat tv aham satyam bhavatu vathapi na tat-karuëya-lakshaëam svabhavikam-natural. vat-like.

prasadah-mercy. hi-certainly. iva-like. matah-is considered. danam-the gift. nanot. mocanam-deliverance. anugrahatah-out of mercy. itarat-otherwise. prabhoh-of the Lord.vicitra-seva-danam hi hanumat-prabhritishv iva prabhoh prasado bhakteshu matah sadbhir na cetarat vicitra-wonderful. devata-demigods. . dvaya-the pair. sadbhih-by the saintly persons. mat-to me. bhakta-devotee. Lord Nrisimha's pastimes were not performed to show mercy to me. They were meant for the protection of the devotee demigods and the deliverance of the Lord's two eternal associates (Jaya and Vijaya). They do not consider anything else to be the display of the Lord's mercy. sva-own. lila-the pastime. ca-and. na-not. bhaktesu-to the devotees. Saintly persons consider that the wonderful gift of direct devotional service the Lord gave to Hanuman and other devotees to be His real kindness. raksham-the protection. sa-it. seva-of service. hanumat-Hanuman. prabhritisubeginning with. Text 24 shriman-nrisimha-lila ca mad-anugrahato na sa sva-bhakta-devata-raksham parshada-dvaya-mocanam shrimat-nrisimha-of Shri Nrisimha. parshada-eternal associates.

. satyatam-truthfulness. api-also. bhagavan-the Lord. na-not. darshayitum-to reveal. mahyam-to me. shreshtha-O best. yadawhen.Text 25 brahma-tat-tanayadinam kartum vak-satyatam api nija-bhakti-mahattvam ca samyag darshayitum param brahma-of Brahma. ca-also. eva-certainly. tat-of him. adinam-beginning with. rajyam-a kingdom. jnatam-understood. vak-of the words. u-certainly. dadau-gave. kripaluh-merciful. samyak-completely. tanaya-of the sons. kartum-to make. They were meant to establish the truthfulness of the words of Brahma and his sons the Kumaras. tadathen. tat-that. mayi-to me. nija-to Himself. param-great. bhakti-of pure devotional service. ca-and. mahattvam-the glory. They were meant to show the great glory of pure devotional service. Text 26 paramakincana-shreshtha yadaiva bhagavan dadau rajyam mahyam tada jnatam tat-kripalush ca no mayi parama-akincana-of great saints who have taken a vow of poverty.

" The instructions of the great devotees also bear witness to these words of the Lord. iti-thus. Text 28 pashya me rajya-sambandhad bandhu-bhrityadi-sangatah sarvam tad-bhajanam linam . yasya-of whom. vanchami-I desire. api-also. sakshinah-witnesses. tasyaof that.16): "When I desire to show mercy to someone I take away his material wealth and opulence. adyah-beginning with. Text 27 tam bhramsayami sampadbhyo yasya vanchamy anugraham ity adyah sakshiëas tasya vyahara mahatam api tam-him. anugraham-mercy. when the Lord gave me a kingdom I could understand that He was not merciful to me. mahatam-of the great devotees.27. sampadbhyah-from material opulence. vyaharah-the words. bhramsayami-I cause to fall. The Lord has said (Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10.O best of the great saints who have taken a vow of poverty.

svabhavam-nature. who am trapped in this world of repeated birth and death. na-not. Look at me! I am so absorbed in ruling my kingdom and so much surrounded by friends.dhig dhin mam yan na rodimi pashya-look. dhik-fie! dhik-fie! mamon me. yat-because. bhavet-would be. punah-again. ivaas if. have personally fought with the glorious Supreme Personality of Godhead at Vishala-tirtha? Text 30 . bhritya-of servants. raëah-battle. vishrutenaglorious. linam-disappeared. and servants. If this were not so then why would I. me-of me. prabhuna-with the Lord. adi-beginning with. sarvam-all. tat-of Him. bandhuof friends and relatives. rajya-of the kingdom. rodimi-I cry. tam-that. relatives. kim-why? visalayam-in Visala-tirtha. praptasya-attained. sangatah-because of contact. that I have now completely given up the worship of the Lord! Fie on me! Fie! I do not even lament for my own misfortune! Text 29 anyatha kim vishalayam prabhuna vishrutena me punar-jati-svabhavam tam praptasyeva raëo bhavet anyatha-otherwise. me-of me. jati-birth. sambandhat-because of the connection. bhajanam-devotional activities.

asuraih-with the demons. bhaktih-devotion. cihnam-the sign. yaya-by which. niscinomi-I consider. Even today not a single wretched fragment of those false theories has left me. and by their association I became infected with a host of dry. banasya-of Bana. adhamah-wretched. non-devotional theories. Text 31 kuto atah shuddha-bhaktir me yaya syat karuëa prabhoh dhyayan baëasya dauratmyam tac-cihnam nishcinomi ca kutah-where? atah-then. syat-may be. duspanditya-mayamiseducated. sangat-because of the association. karuna-the mercy. jnana-of knowledge. na-not. me-of me. api-even.atma-tattvopadesheshu dushpaëdityamayasuraih sangan nadyapi me shushkajnanamsho 'pagato 'dhamah atma-of spiritual life. apagatah-has left. When I preached the truth of spiritual life I mingled with many miseducated demons. upadesheshu-in the instructions. tattva-of the truth. prabhoh-of the Lord. tat-of that. shuddha-pure. . amshah-a fragment. me-of me. dhyayan-meditating. adya-today. suska-dry. dauratmyamon the misdeeds.

na-not. adhuna-now. rodhanaya-for obstructing. imprisoned him. asau-He. Text 32 baddhva samrakshya tasyatra rodhanayasty asau baleh dvariti shruyate kvapi na jane kutra so 'dhuna baddhva-binding. samrakshya-protecting. I have heard that the Lord bound Bali. baleh-of Bali. What is his fate now? I do not know. kutra-where? sah-He. What pure devotion do I have? As I meditate on the misdeeds of Baëa I can see the clear signs of my own lack of devotion. atra-here. jane-I know.By pure devotion one attains the mercy of the Lord. tasya-of him. kva api-somewhere. Text 33 kadacit karya-gatyaiva drishyate ravaëadi-vat durvasasekshito 'traiva vishvasat tasya darshane . asti-is. shruyate-is heard. and now stands at the door to prevent his escape. iti-thus. dvari-at the door.

He need not travel to the Lord's abode. Ravaëa and others have seen the Lord there as the gatekeeper. krit-doing. tasya-of Him. and Durvasa has also seen Him. bhavet-may be. iccha-desire. yatah-because. amum-Him. Text 35 prakatyena sadatrasau . From devotional faith the sight of the Lord is obtained. ravana-by Ravana. sah-he. drsyate-was seen. atra-here. vat-like. tatra-in that place. darshane-in the sight. Text 34 yasya shri-bhagavat-praptav utkateccha yato bhavet sa tatraiva labhetamum na tu vaso 'sya labha-krit yasya-of whom. karya-gatya-accepting the duty of gatekeeper. asya-of Him. praptau-in the attainment. vasah-residence. eva-certainly. labheta-may attain.kadacit-one time. tu-indeed. labha-tha attainment. na-not. One who yearns to attain the Lord may attain Him in any place. eva-certainly. eva-certainly. shri-bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. ikshitah-seen. utkata-intense. durvasasa-by Durvasa. adi-beginning. visvasat-out of faith.

sada-always. then why did I travel so far to Naimisharaëya to see Him. naimisam-to Naimisaraëya. bhara-of the abundance. tatha api-nevertheless. mama-of me. pita-vasasam-the Supreme Lord. atra-here. . sneha-of love.dvare varteta cet prabhuh kim yayam naimisham duram drashtum tam pita-vasasam prakatyena-by manifestation. drastum-to see. the glory of that affection is very insignificant in comparison to the great mercy received by even the newest devotees. prabhuh-the Lord. bhagavat-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. duram-far away. bhaktesuamong the devotees. vartetaremains. asau-He. nava-the newer. kripa-of mercy. who is dressed in yellow garments. kim-why? yayam-should I go. If the Lord always stays at Bali's gate. cet-if. prasadatah-from the mercy. bhavatah-of you. ikshaya-by the sight. tatof that. tam-Him. the Lord who wears yellow garments? Text 36 bhavatad bhavatah prasadato bhagavat-sneha-vijrimbhitah kila mama tan-mahima tathapy aëur nava-bhakteshu kripa-bharekshaya bhavatat-there may be. kila-indeed. anuh-very small. Still. mahima-the glory. By your lordship's mercy the Supreme Personality of Godhead may have some affection for me. vijrmbhitah-the awakening. dvare-at the gate.

kripa-with mercy. tat-of Him.Text 37 nirupadhi-kripardra-citta he bahu-daurbhagya-nirupaëena kim tava shug-jananena pashya tatkaruëam kimpurushe hanumati nirupadhi-boundless. citta-whose heart. avadhehi-please know. O lord whose heart melts with limitless mercy. nirupanena-of describing. hanumati-Hanuman. mat-of me. hanana-of killing. bahu-great. pashya-look. sahasa-at once. narasimha-of Nrisimha. jananena-the cause. ardra-melting. suk-of unhappiness. karunam-at the mercy. . why should I make you suffer by describing my own great misfortune? Better that you place your glance on the great mercy the Lord has given to the Kimpurusha Hanuman. Text 38 bhagavann avadhehi mat-pitur hananartham narasimha-rupa-bhrit sahasavirabhun maha-prabhur vihitartho 'ntaradhat tadaiva sah bhagavan-O lord. he-O. bhrit-manifesting. kim-what is the need? tava-of you. daurbhagya-misfortune. artham-for the purpose. rupa-a form. kimpurushe-on the Kimpurusha. pituh-of the father.

He very quickly did His work and then disappeared again. maha-prabhuh-the Supreme Lord. Text 39 yatha-kamam aham natham samyag drashtum ca nashakam mahodadhi-tate 'pashyam tathaiva svapna-vat prabhum yatha-as. svapna-a dream. prabhum-the Lord. eva-certainly. arthah-His purpose. antaradhat-disappeared. apashyam-I saw. vihita-fulfilled. I was not able to see the Lord to my heart's content. sah-He. Text 40 hanumams tu maha-bhagyas tat-seva-sukham anvabhut . kamam-I desired. natham-the Lord. On the shore of the great ocean I saw Him for only a moment. udadhi-of the ocean. tada-then. tatha-in that way. asakam-was able.avirabhut-appeared. vat-like. drastum-to see. aham-I. samyak-completely. tate-on the shore. O lord. maha-great. It was like a flickering dream. eva-certainly. caalso. please know that when the Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared in His half-man half-lion form to kill my father. na-not.

By the mercy of the demigods he received many benedictions. samprapta-attained. bhagyah-fortunate.su-bahuni sahasraëi vatsaranam avighnakam hanuman-Hanuman. bahuni-many. vratah-a multitude. maraëa-and death. sukham-the happiness. seva-of the service. vrnda-of the multitude. prasadatah-by the mercy. anvabhut-percieved. sat-great. He was able to enjoy the happiness of directly serving the Lord for many thousands of years without obstruction. su-very. varjitah-without. balishthatamah-the strongest. Even in his childhood he was extremely strong. Text 41 yo balishthatamo balye deva-vrinda-prasadatah samprapta-sad-vara-vrato jara-maraëa-varjitah yah-who. sahasraëi-thousands. vatsaranam-of years. Text 42 . He is always free from old-age and death. avighnakam-without obstruction. balye-in childhood. jara-old-age. maha-very. deva-of demigods. tat-of Him. tu-but. Hanuman was very fortunate. vara-of benedictions.

sata-a hundred. vilanghita-jumped over. kovidah-expert. . kritisaintly. asadharaëa-the uncommon. raghu-pateh-of Lord Ramacandra. trasa-fear. stha-staying. sevakah-servant. sagarah-ocean. rahitah-without. vrata-of vows. sita-Sita. a heroic fighter. dharah-the holder. raja-of the king. maha-great. Text 43 hela-vilanghitagadhashata-yojana-sagarah raksho-raja-pura-sthartasitashvasana-kovidah hela-with contempt. saintly. and the uncommon servant of Lord Ramacandra.ashesha-trasa-rahito maha-vrata-dharah kriti maha-viro raghupater asadharaëa-sevakah ashesha-of all. yojana-eight miles. He is completely fearless. maha-a great. agadha-fathomless. a follower of austere vows. asvasana-comforting. rakshah-of rakshasas. artadistressed. pura-in the palace. virah-heroic fighter.

dahakah-burning. bhanjakah-breaking. eight-hundred mile wide ocean. He expertly comforted the distressed Sita captive in the palace of the king of rakshasas. svami-by his master. destroyed its fortifications. varta-the news. santarjakah-rebuking. harah-carrying. Text 44 vairi-santarjako lankadahako durga-bhanjakah sita-varta-harah svamigadhalingana-gocarah vairi-the enemy. lanka-Lanka. returned with news of Sita. durga-the fortress. burned Lanka. He taunted his enemy. gadha-a firm. and was firmly embraced by his master. alingana-embrace. Text 45 sva-prabhor vahakah shreshthah shveta-cchatrika-pucchakah sukhasana-maha-prishthah setu-bandha-kriyagraëih . sita-of Sita. gocarah-in the field of experience.He casually jumped over the fathomless.

sukha-a comfortable. krit-doing. sampadi-fulfilling. sakti-great power. bala-the strength. and his broad back became a comfortable seat for his master. chatrika-as a parasol. man-possessing. kriya-in the activity. prabhoh-Lord. vahakah-the carrier. maha-his great. He was the great carrier of his master. pucchakah-whose tail. shreshthah-the best. sveta-white. vinasa-destruction. agraëih-the most important. brought the medicinal herb vishalya-kariëi. prsthah-back. visalya-karininam-of Visalya-karini. Text 47 sva-sainya-praëa-dah shrimat- . Text 46 vibhishaëartha-sampadi raksho-bala-vinasha-krit vishalya-kariëim ausadhyanayana-shaktiman vibhisana-of Vibhisana. setu-of the bridge. He fulfilled the needs of Vibhishaëa. He was the leader of those engaged in building the bridge at Setubandha. rakshah-of the rakshasas. and. ausadhi-the medicinal herb. with his great strength. His tail became a white parasol shading his master. anayana-bringing. bandha-in the building. asana-seat.sva-of his. artha-the needs. broke the strength of the rakshasas.

shri-lakshmaëasya-of Shri Lakshmaëa. nija-his own. harshakah-bringing happiness. anuja-His younger brother. buddhi-intelligence. sampadakah-attaining. He chanted the transcendental glories of his master. gatah-attained. akramah-attacking. He became the devoted carrier of both his master and Shri Lakshmaëa. sat-transcendental.sanuja-prabhu-harshakah gato vahanatam bhartur bhaktya shri-lakshmaëasya ca sva-own. prabhu-the Lord. raja-of the king. hantuh-of the killer. bhaktya-with devotion. rakshah-of the rakshasas. ca-also. He greatly pleased both his master and his master's younger brother. . sa-with. vahanatam-the state of being a carrier. the killer of the rakshasa king. vardhanah-expanding. tasya-of Him. maha-great. bhartuh-of his master. kirti-glories. prabhoh-Lord. With very intelligent tactics he attacked and defeated the enemy. He brought life again to the army. para-the others. Text 48 jaya-sampadakas tasya maha-buddhi-parakramah sat-kirti-vardhano rakshoraja-hantur nija-prabhoh jaya-victory. sainya-to the army. praëa-life. shrimat-the master of transcendental opulences. dah-gave.

tat-of Him. api-even though. tat-of Him. tishthan-standing. asahah-is unbearable. He brought great happiness to Sita. vat-as. atrahere. ajnaya-by the order. adya-today. . upadharayan-sustaining. svami-of his master. he remains in this world by His order. eka-the sole. murti-of the Deity. viraha-the separation.Text 49 sita-pramodanah svamisat-prasadaika-bhajanam ajnayayatmeshvarasyatra sthito 'pi virahasahah sita-to Sita. pramodanah-bringing happiness. purva-before. He is the object of the great transcendental mercy of his master. sthitah-staying. Text 50 atmanam nitya-tat-kirtishravaëenopdharayan tan-murti-parshvatas tishthan rajate 'dyapi purvavat atmanam-himself. sravanena-by hearing. sat-transcendental. bhajanam-object. atma-ishvarasya-of his master. rajate-is manifest. api-even. parsvatah-by the side. kirit-of the glories. Even though he is not able to bear separation from his master. prasadaof mercy. nitya-continual.

the scriptures declare: "The monkey-king Hanuman attained perfection by serving the Supreme Lord. tasya-of him. dasyam-service. kapi-of the monkeys. mahima-glory. His service brought him the Lord's mercy. My lord. khalu-certainly. adi-beginning." In this way Hanuman's glory is famous in this world. vacanaih-with words. prasiddhah-celebrated. Text 52 yadricchaya labdham api vishëor dasharathes tu yah naicchan moksham vina dasyam tasmai hanumate namah . patih-the lord. Text 51 svamin kapi-patir dasya ity adi vacanaih khalu prasiddho mahima tasya dasyam eva prabhoh kripa svamin-O lord. dasye-in service. Even today he stands beside the transcendental Deity form of his master as he had always stood by Him in the past.He sustains himself by always hearing the glories of his master. prabhoh-of the Lord. eva-certainly. iti-thus. kripa-mercy.

vetti-know. Text 54 . he has no desire to accept any kind of liberation that would check his service to Lord Vishëu. kimpurushe varse-to Kimpurusha-varsha. bhavan-your lordship. ca-also. vishëoh-from Lord Vishëu. api-even. modam-happiness. dasarathehthe son of Maharaja Dasaratha. the son of Maharaja Dasharatha. na-not. paramvery well. anuktam-unspoken. Text 53 mad-anuktam ca mahatmyam tasya vetti param bhavan gatva kimpurushe varshe drishtva tam modam apnuhi mat-by me.yadrcchaya-spontaneously. I have left much unsaid. Please go now to Kimpurusha-varsha. namah-I offer my respectful obeisances. your lordship knows his glorious position very well. I offer my respectful obeisances to Hanuman. gatva-going. apnuhi-please attain. tam-him. yah-who. drishtvaseeing. tasmai-to him. moksham-liberation. vina-without. still. labdham-attained. Even if it were to come to him of its own accord. See him and become happy. icchan-desiring. mahatmyam-glory. hanumate-Hanuman. tasya-of him. tu-indeed. dasyam-service.

munih-the sage. aho-Oh. . khena-by the sky. kimpurusham-Kimpurusha-varsha. vicitraih-with wonderful. iva-as if. apashyat-he saw. iti-thus. ramacandra-of Lord Ramacandra. Text 55 tatrapashyad dhanumantam ramacandra-padabjayoh sakshad ivarcana-ratam vicitrair vanya-vastubhih tatra-there. abjayoh-at the lotus. bhadram-auspicious. and traveled through outer space to Kimpurushavarsha. padafeet. utpatya-rising. sakshat-directly. ratam-devotedly engaged. matah-mother. bhadram-auspicious. asanatah-from his seat. aye-O. arcana-to worship. vanya-obtained in the forest. hanumantam-Hanuman. bruvan-speaking. aho-Oh. vastubhih-substances. Narada then exclaimed: “Ah! This is very auspicious! Ah! This is very auspicious!" He then rose from his seat. Shri Parikshit said: O mother. uvaca-said.shri-parikshid uvaca aye matar aho bhadram aho bhadram iti bruvan utpatyasanatah khena munih kimpurusham gatah shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. gatah-went.

rasayanam-nectarean. ashru-tears. anandat-out of bliss. shriëvantam-hearing.There he saw Hanuman devotedly worshiping the lotus feet of the Deity of Lord Ramacandra with wonderful offerings taken from the forest as if the Lord were directly present before him. pulaka-hairs standing erect. He trembled and shed tears. Hearing the nectarean story of the Ramayaëa sung by the Gandharvas and other celestial singers. acitam-filled. ramayanam-Ramayana. Hanuman became full of bliss. giyamanam-being sung. Text 56 gandharvadibhir anandad giyamanam rasayanam ramayaëam ca shriëvantam kampashru-pulakacitam gandharva-by the Gandharvas. adibhih-and others. Text 57 vicitrair divya-divyaish ca gadya-padyaih sva-nirmitaih stutim anyash ca kurvaëam daëdavat praëatir api . kampatrembling. The hairs of his body stood erect. ca-also.

all glories to You! O husband of Sita. dandavatlike a stick. ca-also. jaya-all glories. stutim-prayers. Narada then jubilantly called out: O Lord of the Raghavas. all glories to You! Text 59 nijeshta-svamino nama- . jaya-all glories. sva-by himself. praëatih-falling down to offer respects. he-O. padyaih-and verse. kurvanam-doing. shri-lakshmaëa-agraja-O elder brother of Lakshmaëa. naradah-Narada. all glories to You! O elder brother of Lakshmaëa. gadya-in prose. Text 58 cukrosha narado modaj jaya shri-raghunatha he jaya shri-janaki-kanta jaya shri-lakshmaëagraja cukrosa-called out. anyaih-others. nirmitaih-done. and he was also falling down like a stick to offer respectful obeisances to his Lord. api-also. Hanuman was himself reciting many wonderful and splendid prayers in prose and verse.vicitraih-with wonderful. divya-divyaih-splendid. modat-in happiness. shri-raghu-natha-Lord of the Raghu dynasty. ca-also. shri-janaki-kanta-O husband of Sita. jaya-all glories.

uccaih-in a loud voice. Hanuman became filled with joy to hear the chanting of the holy names of his worshipable Lord. dharam-the stream. dasam-the state. Text 60 tishthan viyaty eva munih praharshan nrityan padabhyam kalayan karabhyam premashru-dharam ca kapishvarasya prapto dasham kincid avocad uccaih tishthan-staying. nrtyandancing. padabhyam-with his feet. naradam-Narada. duratfrom far away. svaminah-of the Lord. viyati-in the sky. karabhyam-with his hands. eva-certainly. harshitah-jubilant. kincit-something. praharshat-out of joy. kanthe-on the neck. avocat-said. ca-alwo. He at once jumped into the sky and embraced Narada. Narada Muni jubilantly danced moving his feet to and fro. Narada loudly said: . nama-of the holy names. placing his arms around his neck. munih-the sage. and at the same time wiped away the stream of Hanuman's tears of ecstatic love with his hands. kapi-ishvarasya-of the monkey-king Hanuman. As he stood in the sky. hanuman-Hanuman. shruti-by the hearing. kirtana-of the glorification. prema-of love. kalayan-wiping away. ishta-worshipable. utplutya-rising. ashru-of tears. jagraha-grasped. Filled with ecstatic love.kirtana-shruti-harshitah utplutya hanuman durat kaëthe jagraha naradam nija-own. praptah-attained.

uvaca-said. Shri Narada said: O noble sir. eva-certainly. vyalokayam-I have seen. parama-the most. ca-also. indeed. By seeing you I have now also become very dear to Him. tat-to Him. Text 62 shri-parikshid uvaca kshaëat sva-sthena devarshih praëamya shri-hanumata raghuvira-praëamaya samanitas tad-alayam . satyam-in truth. bhagavatah-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. abhuvam-have become.Text 61 shri narada uvaca shriman bhagavatah satyam tvam eva parama-priyah aham ca tat-priyo 'bhuvam adya yat tvam vyalokayam shri-naradah-Shri Narada. priyah-dear. shriman-O noble sir. tvam-you. priyah-dear. adya-now. tvam-you. you are very dear to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. aham-I. yatbecause.

raghu-vira-to Lord Ramacandra. the hero of the Raghu dynasty. uvaca-said. Then he took Narada to the temple where he could bow down before Lord Ramacandra. Text 63 kritabhivandanas tatra prayatnad upaveshitah sampattim prema-jam citram prapto viëashrito 'bravit krita-abhivandanah-offered obeisances. shri-hanumata-by Shri Hanuman. sounded his viëa and said: Text 64 . sva-sthena-in his own place. sampattim-the great opulence.shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. prema-from pure love. Narada. praëamya-bowing down. Narada Muni bowed down before the Deity and then sat in a seat carefully arranged by Hanuman. Shri Parikshit said: Within a moment Hanuman composed himself and then respectfully bowed down before Devarshi Narada. kshaëat-in a moment. jam-born. tat-of Him. vina-ashritah-sounding his vina. devarsih-Devarsi Narada. praptahattained. samanitah-brought. upaveshitah-offered a seat. abravit-spoke. citram-wonderful. tatra-there. prayatnat-with care. alayam-to the home. the hero of the Raghu dynasty. wealthy with the wonderful opulence of pure devotional love.

nityameternally. citra-citra-ver wonderful. hi-indeed. nirupamam-incomparable. Shri Narada said: You are in truth the object of the incomparable great mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. eva-certainly. bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. yah-who. kripa-of mercy. bharasya-of the abundance. bhavan-your lordship. Text 65 dasah sakha vahanam asanam dhvajah chatram vitanam vyajanam ca vandi mantri bhishag yodha-patih sahayashreshtho maha-kirti-vivardhanash ca .shri-narada uvaca satyam eva bhagavat-kripa-bharasyaspadam nirupmamam bhavan param yo hi nityam ahaho maha-prabhosh citra-citra-bhajanamritarëavah shri-naradah-Shri Narada. param-great. aspadam-the abode. You are always plunged in the very wonderful nectar ocean of pure devotional service to the Supreme Lord. satyam-in truth. bhajana-of pure devotional service. uvaca-said. arëavah-the ocean. amrita-of the nectar. ahaho-aha! maha-prabhoh-of the Supreme Lord.

You are the object of His great mercy. katha-description. chatramparasol. tat-of Him. sitting place. counselor. kirti-glory. vandi-poet to offer prayers. You bring great transcendental bliss to the devotees who have taken shelter of Him. parama-great. vyajanam-fan. maha-great. fan. prasada-mercy. mahattamah-glory. dhvajah-flag. shri-garudaadi-tah-than those of Garuda and the other devotees. awning. vivardhanah-increasing. vahanam-carrier. The narration of His glories is your life and soul. You are eternally more glorious than Garuda and all the other devotees of the Lord. military commander. sahaya-of assistants. ca-and. ca-also. Text 67 . jivanah-life. atma-yourself. bhrit-possessing. asanam-sitting place. takiya-of Him. bhisak-physician. sakha-friend. ashritataken shelter. sada-always. ananda-bliss. kirti-glories. Text 66 samarpitatma parama-prasada-bhrit tadiya-sat-kirti-kathaika-jivanah tad-ashritananda-vivardhanah sada mahattamah shri-garudadito 'dhikah samarpita-offered. friend. vivardhanah-increasing. poet to offer prayers. shreshthahthe best. You are the Lord's servant. chariot. mantri-advisor. eka-sole. flag. vitanam-awning. sat-transcendental. You always chant the Lord's transcendental glories. yodha-patih-commander-in-chief of the army. parasol. You have offered yourself to Lord Ramacandra without any reservation. adhikah-greater.dasah-servant. and most helpful assistant.

prabhuh-the master. bandha-the bonds. udara-of those who are generous. na-not. eva-certainly. vishuddha-pure bhakti-devotion. tasyai-for that. man-possessing. . vacam-statement. and because you do not consider anything better than the happiness of pure devotional service. param-greater. which bring great happiness to the devotees: Text 68 bhava-bandha-cchide tasyai sprihayami na muktaye bhavan prabhur aham dasa iti yatra vilupyate bhava-of repeated birth and death. the following words. na-not. muktaye-liberation. chide-breaking. tat-of Him. yatra-where. bhakta-of the devotees. sukhatah-than the happiness. sekharam-the crown. yahwho. seva-of service. bhavan-You. dasahthe servant. iti-thus. jagada-spoke. pramodinim-bringing delight. you spoke to the Supreme Lord.aho bhavan eva vishuddha-bhaktiman param na seva-sukhato 'dhimanya yah imam prabhum vacam udara-shekharam jagada tad-bhakta-gaëa-pramodinim aho-ah: bhavan-your lordship. gana-of the hosts. sprhayami-I desire. Because you are a pure devotee. imam-this. adhimanya-considering. aham-I. vilupyate-is broken. who is the crest jewel of all generous philanthropists. prabhum-to the Lord.

prabhu-of the Lord. kripa-of mercy. agni-by the fire. You are the master. vishesha-specific. Narada Muni comforted him. padma-of the lotus. and I am Your servant. suca-with grief. Shri Parikshit said: For Hanuman. viraha-of separation. Hanuman then said: Text 70 shri-hanuman uvaca . pradipita-inflamed. Text 69 shri-parikshid uvaca tato hanuman prabhu-pada-padmakripa-vishesha-shravaëendhanena pradipitadau virahagni-tapto rudan chucarto muninaha santvitah shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. I do not desire any liberation from the bonds of repeated birth and death that will also break our relationship. indhanena-by the spark that ignites. Hanuman lamented and cried. hanuman-Hanuman. tatah-then. pada-feet. muninaby the sage. rudan-crying. artah-suffering. taptah-burned. sravanena-by hearing. uvaca-said. hearing this description of the great mercy of the Lord's lotus feet became a spark that ignited a great fire of the pain of separation from the Lord. santvitah-comforted. aha-said.O Lord. adau-in the beginning.

adyah-beginning with. pada-feet. ambujaih-lotus. naishthurya-of cruelty. mam-me. kimwhy? hathat-forcibly. and many other dear devotees to His side? . tyajeya-would abandon. smaraëena-by reminding. rodayase-you cause to cry. If I am His servant. amusya-of Him. dayitah-dear friends. sva-own. sugrivaSugriva. sa-with. katham-why? shrimatramacandra-of Shriman Ramacandra. why do you make me cry by reminding me of His cruelty to me? Text 71 yadi syam sevako 'mushya tada tyajeya kim hathat nitah sva-dayitah parshvam sugrivadyah sakoshalah yadi-if. nitah-brought. O best of the sages. muni-of sages. parsvam-to His side. dinam-poor. sevakah-the servant. syam-I am. kosalah-the residents of Ayodhya. the residents of Ayodhya.muni-varya katham shrimadramacandra-padambujaih hinam rodayase dinam naishthurya-smaraëena mam shri-hanuman-Shri Hanuman. then why did He abandon me when He took Sugriva. varya-O best. tada-the. uvaca-said. hinam-without. I am very unhappy because I no longer have the lotus feet of Lord Ramacandra.

Text 72 seva-saubhagyato yash ca maha-prabhu-krito mahan anugraho mayi snigdhair bhavadbhir anumiyate seva-of devotional service. mahaprabhu-by the Supreme Lord. saubhagyatah-from the good fortune. mayi-to me. anumiyate-is considered. Texts 73 and 74 so 'dhuna mathura-puryam avatirëena tena hi praduskrita-nijaishvaryaparakashtha-vibhutina kritasyanugrahasyamsham paëdaveshu mahatmasu . yah-which. therefore He is very merciful to me. snigdhaih-affectionate. Because you are very affectionate to me you think that because I had the good fortune to serve the Supreme Lord directly. anugrahah-mercy. bhavadbhih-by you. kritah-done. ca-and. mahan-great.

nija-own. gantum-to go. mathura-of Mathura. It is like a pebble compared to Mount Sumeru. tat-tat-vishesha-various. sumerum-Mount Sumeru. dhairyam-patience. yesam-of whom. maha-great. kritasya-done. yatha-as. The mercy He gives to me cannot be compared to even the smallest fragment of that mercy. api-also. dharmam-adherence to religious principles. where He gives His mercy to the great Paëdavas. tulaya-with equality. aishvarya-of opulence. bhaktim-pure devotion. arhati-deserve. anuh-a small portion. Text 75 sa yesham balyatas tat-tadvisheshapad-gaëeraëat dhairyam dharmam yasho jnanam bhaktim premapy adarshayat sah-He. para-akastha-the ultimate. apat-of calamities. tena-by Him. anugrahasya-mercy. balyatah-since childhood. uindeed. paëdavesuto the Paëdavas. adhuna-now. amsham-fragment. vibhutina-opulence. iraëat-by sending. adarshayat-revealed. jnanam-transcendental knowledge. yasah-fame. Now the supremely opulent and powerful Lord has descended to Mathura City. . atmasu-souls. puryam-in the city. mrt-of earth. praduskrita-manifested. hi-indeed.tulayarhati no gantum sumerum mrid-aëur yatha sah-that. gana-multitudes. na-not. premaspiritual love. avatirnena-descended.

parshadatvam-the state of being a companion. and spiritual love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. transcendental knowledge. messenger. the Lord has shown to the world their patience. and follower. guard.By sending them so many troubles since their early childhood. adherence to religious principles. dutate-the state of being a messenger. virasana-the state of being a guard. counselor. pure devotion. anugamane-the state of being a follower. api-and. ca-and. sevanamservice. natihobeisances. fame. mantri-the state of being a counselor. Text 77 kim va sa-sneha-kataryat tesham nacarati prabhuh seva sakhyam priyatvam tad anyonyam bhati mishritam . cakre-did. stuti-prayers. The Lord even offered prayers to them and bowed down before them. companion. servant. The Supreme Personality of Godhead became their chariot-driver. Text 76 sarathyam parshadatvam ca sevanam mantri-dutate virasananugamane cakre stuti-natir api sarathyam-driving the chariot.

sa-that. rsinam-sages. prabhuh-the Lord. seva-service. santata-by continual. What will He not do for them. acarati-does. Because the Lord always resides with them. their capitol has become like a sacred forest where great sages perform austerities. tapah-of austerities. rajadhanikathe capitol. friend. sa-with. kataryat-because of being overcome. mishritam-together. yesam-of whom. na-not. abhut-became.kim-what? va-or. sneha-affection. bhati-manifested. phalam-the fruit. tesam-for them. The Supreme Lord is overcome with love for them. sakhyam-friendship. maha-of the great. Residence in their capitol now brings the results of all austerities. vasena-residence. He has become their servant. anyonyam-mutual. sat-transcendental. priyatvam-love. and most affectionate well-wisher. tat-that. Text 79 shri-parikshid uvaca . tapah-vanam-a sacred forest where sages perform austerities. va-or. Text 78 yasya santata-vasena sa yesham rajadhanika tapovanam maharshinam abhud va sat-tapah-phalam yasya-of whom.

and danced with joy in his heart. katha-of the story. rose again and again into the sky. Shri Parikshit said: As Shri Narada heard these words he yearned to reside eternally in Dvaraka and always stay by the lotus feet of Lord Krishëa. Text 80 paëdavanam hanumams tu katha-rasa-nimagna-hrit tan nritya-vardhitanandah prastutam varëayaty alam paëdavanam-of the Paëdavas. Narada loudly shouted. pada-feet. hrit-whose heart. nrtya-of dancing. lalasah-yearning. lampatah-intensely eager. ca-and. santata-eternal. nimagna-plunged.shriëvann idam krishëa-padabja-lalaso dvaravati-santata-vasa-lampatah utthaya cotthaya mudantarantara shri-narado 'nrityad alam sa-hunkritam shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. dvaravati-in Dvaraka. varëayati-describes. muda-with joy. vasaresidence. idam-this. hanuman-Hanuman. tat-then. alam-greatly. antara-antara-in his heart. rasa-in the nectar. abja-lotus flower. utthaya-rising. shri-naradah-Shri Narada. uvaca-said. . sa-with hunkritam-calling out. uthhaya-rising. vardhita-increased. anandah-transcendental bliss. tu-indeed. anrtyat-danced. prastutam-the glory. alam-greatly. shriëvan-hearing.

vyagram-alarmed. vidhaya-placing. and at once brought Lord Krishëa into their company. taih-by them. ganah-the multitudes. su-nicely. sangamayanti-cause to meet. syuh-are. sevitah-served. sattamah-excellent. Text 81 shri-hanuman uvaca tesham apad-gaëa eva sattamah syuh su-sevitah ye vidhaya prabhum vyagram sadyah sangamayanti taih shri-hanuman-Shri Hanuman. Hanuman again and again described their glories. These calamities made Lord Krishëa anxious for the safety of the Paëdavas. tesam-of them. Shri Hanuman said: The host of calamities that befell the Paëdavas were very auspicious for them. His heart plunged in the nectar of the Paëdavas' story. uvaca-said. eva-certainly.Hanuman became blissful by seeing Narada dance. apat-of calamities. sadyah-at once. Text 82 are prema-paradhina vicaracara-varjitah niyojayatha tam dautye . prabhum-the Lord. ye-which.

O Paëdavas. mohana-mohanam-very powerful in enchantment. para-adhinah-under the control. you must know a very powerful magic spell or possess a very powerful potion to bring others under your control. Text 84 . loka-uttaram-extraordinary. vicara-with proper consideration. tam-Him. atha-now. prema-of love. re-O. vijanidhve-you must know. va-or. ausadham-a magic potion. niyojayatha-you engage. sarathye-in being a chariot driver. acaraactions.sarathye 'pi mama prabhum are-O. maha-very. kincana-something. paëdavah-Paëdavas. dautye-in being a messenger. api-and. prabhum-the Lord. varjitah-without. O Paëdavas. mantram-a magic spell. Text 83 nunam re paëdava mantram ausadham vatha kincana lokottaram vijanidhve maha-mohana-mohanam nunam-certainly. you have become overpowered by love and no longer know how to do what is right. mama-of me. You have made my Lord into your messenger and chariot-driver.

O celebrated wife of Abhimanyu. bhara-by an abundance. paëdaveya-of the Paëdavas. after speaking these words. yasasvini-O possessor of fame. cestita-whose actions. ca-and. nirjita-overwhelmed. O mother. Hanuman began to jump again and again. vatsalya-of love. sviya-of Your devotees. maha-supreme. matah-O mother. utplutya-jumping. munina-with the sage. karosi-You act. Then he said: Text 89 aho maha-prabho bhaktavatsalya-bhara-nirjita karoshy evam api sviyacittakarshaka-ceshtita aho-O. evam-in this way. hanuman-Hanuman. uktva-having spoken. . bhakta-to the devotees. api-also.ity uktva hanuman matah paëdaveya-yashasvini utplutyotplutya munina muhur nrityati vakti ca iti-thus. For a long time he danced with Narada Muni. muhuh-repeatedly. citta-the hearts. utplutya-and jumping. prabho-Lord. nrtyati-dances. vakti-speaks. akarshaka-attracting.

bhagyam-good fortune. bhrata-brother. Text 90 mamapi paramam bhagyam parthanam teshu madhyamah bhimaseno mam bhrata kaniyan vayasa priyah mama-of me. parthanam-of the Sons of Kunti. O Lord overwhelmed with love for Your devotees. mama-my. this is the way You act. tesu-among them. O Lord whose transcendental activities attract your devotees' hearts. It is my great good fortune that in the middle of the sons of Kunti (the Paëdavas) is my dear younger brother Bhimasena.O Supreme Personality of Godhead. madhyamah-the middle one. api-also. Text 91 svasri-danadi-sakhyena yah samyag anukampitah tena tasyarjunasyapi priyo mad-rupavan dhvajah . kaniyan-younger. bhimasenah-Bhimasena. priyah-dear. paramam-supreme. vayasa-by age.

the loving service of the Lord's servants will not be successful. tu-indeed. na-not. sakhyena-by friendship. priya-dear. van-possessing. seva-service. phalati-bears fruit. rupa-the form.svasr-of the sister. tena-by Him. tasya-of him. dhvajah-the flag. Text 92 prabhoh priyatamanam tu prasadam paramam vina na sidhyati priya seva dasanam na phalaty api prabhoh-of the Lord. mat-of me. priyah-dear. Without the transcendental mercy of they who are very dear to the Lord. api-also. anukampitah-the object of mercy. arjunasya-of Arjuna. samyak-greatly. dasanam-of the servants. Text 93 tasmad bhagavata-shreshtha prabhu-priyatamocitam . na-not. who carries a flag whose insignia is a likeness of me. paramam-great. dana-the gift. Out of kindness and friendship the Lord gave His own sister in marriage to Arjuna. That service will not bear any good fruit. vina-without. priyatamanam-of the most dear devotees. sidhyati-becomes perfect. prasadam-the mercy. yah-who.

aviskritam-revealed. ucitam-it is proper. tatha-in that way. madhura-eka-pradese-in the district of Mathura. parama-transcendental. O most dear favorite of the Lord. prabhu-to the Lord. dvarakayam-in Dvaraka. tatra-there. tu-indeed. yat-what. let us go there to see them. madhurya- . O best of the devotees. priyatama-most dear. tat-that. bhagavat-of devotees. tesam-of them.tatra no gamanam tesham darshanashrayane tatha tasmat-therefore. gamanam-going. nah-of us. tadanim-then. pradarshitam-revealed. prabhuna-by the Lord. Texts 94 and 95 ayodhyayam tadanim tu prabhunavishkritam na yat mathuraika-pradeshe tad dvarakayam pradarshitam paramaishvarya-madhuryavaicitryam vrindasho 'dhuna brahma-rudradi-dustarkyam bhakta-bhakti-vivardhanam ayodhyayam-in Ayodhya. na-not. darshanaasrayane-for the sight. shreshtha-O best. aishvarya-opulence.

and the other demigods to understand. dustarkyam-very difficult to understand. and wonder that is very difficult for Brahma. vrndasah-in great abundance. adi-by the demigods headed. sweetness. tatra-there. Shiva. vaikuëthatah-than Vaikuëtha. tat-therefore. and that had not been revealed when the Lord appeared in Ayodhya. that increases the love of the devotees. tvaram-haste. uvaca-said. api-even. gacchavah-let us go. sakhe-O friend. vivardhanam-increasing. sa-with. brahma-by Brahma. Text 97 . vaicitryam-wonder. Rise!Rise! Friend. is now displayed in Mathura and Dvaraka.sweetness. uttishtha-rise. The transcendental opulence. bhakti-the devotion. Text 96 shri-narada uvaca ah kim uktam ayodhyayam iti vaikuëthato 'pi na uttishthottishtha tat tatra gacchavah sa-tvaram sakhe shri-naradah-Shri Narada. adhuna-now. Shri Narada said: This sweetness and opulence is not manifested even in Vaikuëtha. rudra-and Shiva. ayodhyayam-in Ayodhya. ah-ah! kim-what? uktam-to speak. bhakta-of the devotees. na-not. iti-thus. what to speak of Ayodhya. uttishtha-rise. let us quickly go there.

nisasvasa-sighed. api-also. He reflected within himself for a moment. vimrsya-reflecting. natvabowing down. uvaca-said. dhairya-of gravity. sagarah-an ocean. atha-then.shri-parikshid uvaca atha kshaëam nishashvasa hanuman dhairya-sagarah jagada naradam natva kshaëam hridi vimrishya sah shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. naradam-to Narada. hanuman-Hanuman. sighed. bowed down. uvaca-said. hridi-in his mind. kshaëam-for a moment. and then said to Narada: Text 98 shri-hanuman uvaca shriman-maha-prabhos tasya preshthanam api sarvatha tatra darshana-sevartham prayanam yuktam eva nah shri-hanuman-Shri Hanuman. tasya-of Him. kshaëam-for a moment. At that moment Hanuman became as grave as the ocean. shrimat-maha-prabhoh-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. preshthanam-of the most dear devotees. jagada-said. sa-he. . sarvatha-in all respects.

Shri Hanuman said: It is right for us to go to see and serve the most dear devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. prayanam-the journey. maha-great. eva-certainly. karunya-of mercy. yuktam-is proper. purvatahthan previously. Text 99 kintu tenadhunajasram maha-karuëya-madhuri yatha prakashyamanas te gambhira purvato 'dhika kintu-however. madhuri-the sweetness. adhika-greater. ajasram-eternally. yatha-as. gambhira-deep. The sweetness of great mercy the Lord displays now is greater and more profound than what He had shown in the past. Text 100 vicitra-lila-bhangi ca tatha parama-mohini . artham-for the purpose.tatra-there. adhuna-now. prakasyamana-manifested. seva-service. darshana-the sight. aste-is. tena-by Him. nah-for us.

is bewildered by these pastimes. tatah-the father. mohini-bewildering. brahma-Brahma. abhijnanam-learned in transcendental knowledge. ca-also. the father of you and your exalted brothers. paramasupremely. loka-of the material universe. pitamahah-the grandfather. pravartaka-preaching.muninam apy abhijnanam yaya syat paramo bhramah vicitra-of wonderful. yaya-by which. yatah-because. lila-pastimes. veda-the Vedas. and the original teacher of the Vedas. muninam-of the great sages. bhangi-the waves. Text 101 aho bhavadrisham tato yato loka-pitamahah veda-pravartakacaryo moham brahmapy avindata aho-ah! bhavadrisham-of those like yourself. api-even. bhramah-bewilderment. tatha-in that way. paramah-supreme. Even Brahma. the grandfather of all the worlds. moham-bewilderment. avindata-attains. The supremely charming and wonderful waves of the Lord's present transcendental pastimes have bewildered even the most learned and intelligent of the sages. syat-is. api-even. Text 102 . acaryah-the spiritual master.

ananya-bhavanam-of those who have reposed all their love in the Lord and in no one else. abuddhinam-unintelligent.vanaraëam abuddhinam madrisham tatra ka katha vetsi tvam api tad-vrittam tad vishanke 'paradhatah vanaranam-of monkeys. . If even he becomes bewildered. lila-transcendental pastimes. prabhoh-of the Lord. but I fear I will commit an offense. vrittam-the actions. aparadhatah-committing offenses. tat-of Him. bhaktidevotional service. tvam-you. tatra-in this matter. prema-pure love. visanke-I fear. parama-the supreme. tat-therefore. eva-indeed. gatih-destination. vetsi-understand. Text 103 astam vananya-bhavanam dasanam parama gatih prabhor vicitra lilaiva prema-bhakti-vivardhini astam-is. va-or. then what can be said about unintelligent monkeys like myself. vivardhini-increasing. kawhat? katha-may be said. api-also. madrisham-like me. vicitra-the wonderful. dasanam-of the servants. You can easily understand the Lord's activities.

Texts 104-108 athapi sahajavyajakaruëa-komalatmani avakra-bhava-prakritav arya-dharma-pradarshake eka-patni-vrata-dhare sada vinaya-vriddhaya lajjayavanata-shrimadvadane 'dho vilokane jagad-ranjana-shiladhye 'yodhya-pura-purandare maha-rajadhiraje shrisita-lakshmaëa-sevite bharata-jyayasi preshthasugrive vanareshvare vibhishaëashrite capa- .The Lord's wonderful transcendental pastimes increase the love and devotion of the devotees. These pastimes are the final destination of they who repose all their love in the Lord alone and in no one else.

mama-of me. shrimat-handsome. whose good character delights the world. vadane-face. sahaja-natural. atmaniwhose heart. kausalya-of Kausalya. vinaya-of humbleness. vilokane-yes. svarupini-in the form. eva-certainly. ashrite-the shelter. eka-one. may my devotional love always increase. vrddhaya-with an increase. ishvare-the monarch. pritih-love. bharata-of Bharata. who is the dear friend of Sugriva. whose heart is naturally soft with sincere compassion. avyaja-sincere. vardhita-increased. shrimat-raghu-natha-of the Lord of the Raghu dynasty. who is honest and righteous. who is the son of Dasharatha and Kaushalya. ranjana-delighting. who is the shelter of Vibhishaëa. sevite-served. vrata-vow. sugrive-Sugriva. prakritau-nature. pura-of the city. maha-raja-adhiraje-the greatest of kings. pruandare-the monarch. jyayasi-the elder brother. panau-in hand. I pray that for Lord Ramacandra. avanata-bowed. preshtha-dear friend. who has taken a vow to accept only one wife. whose face and eyes are always bowed down with great humility and shyness. sila-character. nandane-the son. adhah-downwards. Text 109 tasmad atra vasamy asya . adhyeopulent. dhare-manifesting. lakshmaëa-and Lakshmaëa. tena-by this. svasmin-in Himself. capa-with a bow. shri-sita-by Shrimati Sita-devi. who is the ruler of the monkeys. arya-dharma-piety. lajjaya-with shyness. sada-always. komala-soft. ayodhya-of Ayodhya.paëau dasharathatmaje kaushalya-nandane shrimadraghunatha-svarupiëi svasminn atyantiki pritir mama tenaiva vardhita atha api-furthermore. atmaje-the son. vanara-of the monkeys. who is served by Sita and Lakshmaëa. who holds a bow in His hand. vibhisana-of Vibhisana. and who is the great king of the Raghu dynasty. who is the elder brother of Bharata. who is the greatest of all kings. pradarshakerevealing. patni-wife. jagat-the entire world. atyantiki-great. avakra-honesty. dasaratha-of Dasaratha. who is the monarch of Ayodhya City. bhava-nature. karuna-of mercy.

atra-here. tadrk-like this. sada-always. sah-he. gaze at the Deity form of Lord Rama. Texts 110 and 111 yada ca mam kadapy artham uddishya prabhur ahvayet mahanukampaya kincid datum seva-sukham param kim va mad-vishaya-snehapreritah praëato mama rupam priyatamam yat tat sandarshayitum ishvarah .tadrig-rupam idam sada pashyan sakshat sa eveti pibams tac-caritamritam tasmat-therefore. amritam-the nectar. iti-thus. tat-of Him. pashyan-seeing. I shall simply stay here. piban-drinking. and drink the nectar of His pastimes. sakshat-directly. vasami-I shall reside. evacertainly. rupam-the transcendental form. idam-this. carita-of the transcendental activities. asya-of Him.

kim va-whether? mat-to me. sukham-the happiness. tat-that. visaya-in relation. gaccha-please go. mama-of me. asu-quickly. kincit-something. will He. sneha-by love. bhaveyam-I shall be. adyanow. ca-also. seva-of service. sandarasyitum-to reveal. paëdavan-to the Paëdavas. rupam-the transcendental form. preritah-impelled. prabhuh-the Lord. maha-great. artham uddisya-for some purpose. tvam-you. mam-me. show me the form (of Lord Rama) that is more dear to me than life? Texts 112 and 113 tada bhaveyam tatrashu tvam tu gacchadya paëdavan tesham griheshu tat pashya param brahma narakriti svayam eva prasannam yan muni-hrid-vag-agocaram manoharataram citralila-madhurimakaram tada-then. priyatamam-more dear. anukampaya-with mercy. praëatah-than life. kada api-at some time. tesam-of them. param-traëscendental. ishvarah-able. When Lord (Krishëa). may call me to give me the great transcendental happiness of the opportunity to serve Him. pashya-see. out of His great mercy.yada-when. nara-akriti-whose form is like that of a human being. tatra-there. datum-to give. . grihesu-in the homes. tat-then. param brahma-the Supreme Brahman. out of love for me. yat-which. ahvayet-may call.

who is full of transcendental bliss. ca-also. agocaram-beyond the range of perception. vritah-filled. who is very charming. and who is a great jewel mine of the sweetnesses of wonderful transcendental pastimes. Now you please go to the Paëdavas. yat-who. tanthem. muni-of the sages. hrit-to the hearts. and they are only householder kshatriyas ruling a kingdom. citra-wonderful. matva-considering. vyaprtan-busily engaged.svayam-personally. garhasthya-dharminah-householders. asman-us." Text 115 . When the Lord reveals Himself as Ramacandra I shall go to Him at once. madhurimasweetness. ma-do not. bhava-become. prasannam-full of transcendental bliss. vak-and words. who is beyond the touch of the words and thoughts of the sages. Don't become an offender. akaram-the form. Text 114 brihad-vrata-dharan asmams tamsh ca garhasthya-dharmiëah samrajya-vyapritan matva maparadha-vrito bhava brhat-vrata-dharan-brahmacaris who have taken the great vow of celibacy. aparadha-with offenses. manoharataram-very charming. samrajya-with a kingdom. whose transcendental form is like that of a human being. lila-transcendental pastimes. thinking "We are celibate brahmacaris. eva-certainly. and in their palace see the Supreme Brahman.

By serving the lotus feet of Lord Krishëa they have become free from all desire for material sense-gratification. ambujah-lotus. te-they. jyeshthasya-of the eldest. . sarva-in all. Text 116 tesham jyeshthasya samrajye pravrittir bhagavat-priyat ato bahu-vidha devadurlabha rajya-sampadah tesam-of them. vidhah-kinds. acarya-by the spiritual masters. Their lotus feet are worshiped by the leaders of the swan-like devotees. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. atah-therefore. pravrittih-engagement. parama-hamsanam-of the great devotees. sampadah-opulences. pada-feet. arcya-worshiped. bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. samrajye-in the kingdom. anusevaya-by serving. pada-the feet. rajya-of a kingdom. priyat-out of the pleasure.nihsprihah sarva-kameshu krishëa-padanusevaya te vai parama-hamsanam acaryarcya-padambujah nihsprhah-without desire. bahu-many. kamesu-forms of material sense-gratification. durlabhah-difficult to obtain. vai-indeed. deva-for even the demigods.

Text 117 rajasuyashvamedhadimaha-puëyarjitas tatha vishëulokadayo 'trapi jambudvipadhirajata rajasuya-rajasuya-yajnas. adhirajata-sovereignty. asvamedha-asvamedha-yajnas. He is the master of a great variety of royal opulences rare even among the demigods. Texts 118 and 119 trailokya-vyapakam svaccham yashash ca vishayah pare suranam sprihaëiya ye sarva-dosha-vivarjitah .The eldest Paëdava. adi-beginning with. arjitah-obtained. maha-great. atra-here. tatha-in that way. he attained the spiritual world of Vishëuloka. By amassing great pious credits in the performance of rajasuya-yajnas. punya-by piety. Even within this material realm he became king of the entire earth. with the pleasure of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as his only motive. adayah-beginning. and other religious rituals. ashvamedha-yajnas. jambudvipa-over the earth. now rules the kingdom. vishëuloka-with residence in Vishëuloka. api-also.

hi-indeed. janitahproduced krishëe-to Lord Krishëa. agni-by the •fire. pare-others. janayitum-to create. envied by even the demigods. antahkaraëasya-whose heart. ye-which. Text 120 krishëa-premagni-dandahyamanantahkaraëasya hi kshud-agni-vikalasyeva vasah srak-candanadayah krishëa-for Lord Krishëa. vyapakam-extended. na-not. His faultless royal opulences. . he has offered back to Lord Krishëa. yasah-fame. caalso. kam api-anything. vikalasya-of one distressed. svaccham-pure. eva-certainly. rajnah-of the king. prema-of pure love. asakan-have been able. vasah-sweet fragrances. ksut-of hunger. agni-by the fire. iva-like. pritim-affection. visayah-opulences. These opulences were never able to actually please the king. candana-sandal.krishëa-prasada-janitah krishëa eva samarpitah nashakan kam api pritim rajno janayitum kvacit trailokya-throughout the three worlds. His pure fame is spread throughout the three worlds. prasada-by the mercy. sprhaniyah-desired. and granted to him by the mercy of Lord Krishëa. kvacit-at all. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. dosa-of faults. dandahyamana-burning. sarva-all. vivarjitah-free. adayahbeginning. srak-flower garlands. suranam-by the demigods. samarpitah-offered.

sandalwood. mahisi-vara-his exalted queen. shrimat-bhimasena-Shri Bhimasena.His heart is on fire with pure love for Lord Krishëa. Text 121 aho kim apare shrimaddraupadi mahishi-vara tadrisha bhratarah shrimadbhimasenarjunadayah aho-ah! kim-what? apare-more. Ah. and his other brothers are all as noble and exalted as he. arjunaShri Arjuna. or perfume. Shri Bhimasena. He is like a man burning with hunger who cannot be pleased by sweet-scented flower-garlands. shrimat-draupadi-Shrimati Draupadi. Shri Arjuna. tadrishah-like him. bhratarah-the brothers. what more shall I say? Shrimati Draupadi is his exalted queen. Text 122 na priya deha-sambandhan na catur-varga-sadhanat param shri-krishëa-padabjaprema-sambandhatah priyah . adayah-beginning with.

nirvaktum-to describe. shrikrishëa-of Lord Krishëa. priyah-are dear. sadhanat-because of the means. param-greatly. priyah-dear. bhagavan-O lord. prema-pure love. tesam-of them. deha-bodily. wealth. They are dear to him because they love the lotus feet of Lord Krishëa. na-not. catuhvarga-of the four goals of material life. Text 123 vanareëa maya tesham nirvaktum shakyate kiyat mahatmyam bhagavan vetti bhavan evadhikadhikam vanarena-by a monkey. or liberation. sambanddhat-because of relationship. pada-feet. Chapter Five: Priya (The Dear Devotees) .na-not. sakyate-is able. They are not dear to him as assistants in the quest for material piety. They are not dear to him because of their bodily relation. you know how great they are. sense-gratification. I am a monkey. abja-lotus. sambandhatah-because of contact. evacertainly. kiyat-how much? mahatmyam-the glories. vetti-know. bhavan-you. How can I describe their great glories? O lord. maya-by me. adhika-adhikam-very great.

where he quickly entered the capitol. nartanam-dancing. gatah-went. Narada flew to Kurudesha. harsha-of happiness. shri-naradah-Shri Narada. akrantah-overcome. and overcome with happiness. kurudesam-to Kurudesa. pravishtavan-entered. dhavanrunning. Texts 2-5 tavat kasyapi yagasya vipat-patasya va mishat krishëam anayya pashyama iti mantrayata svakaih dharma-rajena tam dvari tatha praptam maha-munim . rajadhanyam-the capital city. bhara-by a great abundance. Dancing. sa-with.Text 1 tatah shri-narado harshabharakrantah sa-nartanam kurudesham gato dhavan rajadhanyam pravishtavan tatah-then.

pashyamah-we shall see. anayya-bringing. rajna-by the •king." Seeing Narada at the door. sabham-to the assembly. praptam-attained. puja-worship. prayatnat-with care. misat-on the pretext. tan-them. at once stood up. purva-vat-as before. utthitam-risen. Maharaja Yudhishthira was saying to his relatives: "Let us arrange for either a grand Vedic sacrifice. arcayat-worshiped. svakaih-with his associates. dhavata-running. eva-certainly. brought him into the palace. tvat-your svasuran-fathers-in-law. ca-and. mantrayata-advising. and wives. upaveshitah-seated. tam-him. dharma-rajena-by Dharmaraja Yudhishthira. dvari-at the entrance. tu-indeed. or else a terrible calamity. When Narada Muni arrived at the door. praëamya-offering obeisances. aniya-bringing. artham-for the purpose. tatha-then. saha-with. tagasya-of a sacrifice. greeted him. krishëa-Lord Krishëa. carefully seated him on a . iti-thus. dravya-sancayaih-with articles. vipat-patasya-of a calamity. That will force Lord Krishëa to come here. hastily ran to him.nishamya bhratribhir matra patnibhish ca sahotthitam sa-sambhramam dhavata tu so 'bhigamya praëamya ca sabham aniya sat-pithe prayatnad upaveshitah rajna pujartham anitaih purvavad dravya-sancayaih matas tvac-chvasuran eva sa-bhrityan arcayat sa tan tavat-then. ca-and. matra-mother. bhrityan-their servants. sah-he. accompanied by his brothers. patnibhih-and wivesh. mother. kasya api-of something. abhigamyaapproached. nisamya-seeing. anitaih-brought. sambhramam-haste. bowed down before him. Maharaja Yudhishthira. satpithe-on a throne. matah-O mother. va-or. sah-he. bhratrbhih-brothers. and then we will be able to see Him. sa-with. sa-with. munim-sage. maha-the great.

gita-with the music. tesu-to them. Narada then took the articles of worship and began himself to worship your fathers-in-law and their servants. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. Text 7 shri-narada uvaca yuyam nri-loke bata bhuri-bhaga lokam punana munayo 'bhiyanti yesham grihan avasatiti sakshad gudham param brahma manushya-lingam . muhu-repeatedly. Narada elaborately repeated Hanuman's description of Lord Krishëa's great mercy to the Paëdavas. gaditam-spoken. His words ornamented by viëa music. vina-of the vina. vaibhavam-the opulence. O mother. anugraha-of mercy. Text 6 hanumad-gaditam teshu krishëanugraha-vaibhavam muhuh sankirtayam asa viëa-gita-vibhushitam hanumat-by Hanuman. and brought various articles to worship him. sankirtayam asa-glorified.grand throne. vibhushitam-decorated.

. brahma-by Brahma. gocarah-object. param brahma-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. abhiyanti-almost always come to visit. Narada Muni said: My dear Maharaja Yudhishthira. all of you [the Paëdavas] are extremely fortunate. samadhi-in the meditation. veda-of the Vedas. gudham-very confidential.* Texts 8 and 9 yo brahma-rudradi-samadhi-durlabho vedokti-tatparya-vishesha-gocarah shriman-nrisimhah kila vamanash ca shri-raghavendro 'pi yad-amsha-rupah anye 'vatarash ca yad-amsha-leshato brahmadayo yasya vibhutayo matah maya ca yasyekshaëa-vartma-vartini dasi jagat-srishty-avananta-kariëi yah-who. lives in your palace just like a human being. vishesha-the specific. Krishëa. manusya-lingam-appearing just like a human being. punanah-who can purify. sakshat-directly. grihan-the house. and therefore they constantly visit this house. for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. bata-however. lokam-all the planets. shrimat-nrisimhah-Shri Nrisimha. Great saintly persons know this very well. tatparya-of the meaning. ukti-of the statements. bhuribhagah-extremely fortunate. kila-indeed. nr-loke-within this material world. iti-thus. rudra-and Shiva. avasatiresides in. adi-the demigods headed. durlabhah-difficult to attain. yesam-of whom. munayah-great saintly persons.yuyam-all of you (the Paëdavas).

Even Brahma. amsha-of the portions. anta-and destruction. matah-considered. ya-of whom. avatarah-incarnations. Shiva. jagat-of the material universes. Vamana. shri-raghvendrah-Shri Ramacandra. api-also. The words of the Vedas describe Him. maya-the illusory potency Maya. yat-of whom. brahma-Brahma. Lord Nrisimha. and destroys the material universes. Texts 10 and 11 yasya prasadam dharaëi-vilapatah kshiroda-tire vrata-nishthaya sthitah brahmadayah kancana nalabhantas stutvapy upasthana-parah samahitah brahmaëaiva samadhau khe jatam adhigatam hridi yasya prakashyatam ajnam sukhita nikhilah surah . The illusory potency. vibhutayah-the potencies. srsti-creation. yasya-of whom. varyini-going. and the other great demigods can only rarely see Him in a trance of meditation. ca-also. amsha-of the plenary portions.vamanah-Vamana. anye-other. ca-also. vartma-in the pathway. avana-maintenance. Maya. who creates. lesatah-from a portion. Brahma and the other demigods are considered His potencies. yasya-of whom. maintains. rupah-the forms. karinieffecting. is a maidservant on the pathway of His glance. adayah-beginning with. ikshaëa-of the eyes. dasi-a maidservant. and Ramacandra are His plenary portions. and the other incarnations are portions of His plenary portions. ca-and.

na-not. vivikte-in a secluded place. labhantahattaining. yah-who. khe-in the sky. Text 12 kasminn api prajna-varair vivikte gargadibhir yo nibhritam prakashyate narayaëo 'sau bhagavan anena samyam kathancil labhate na caparah kasmin-api-somewhere. In a secluded place the very intelligent sages. Inspired by the lament of Mother Earth. and when Brahma understood it in his own heart. samahitah-assembled. na-not. . ca-also. all the demigods became happy. asau-He is. anena-with Him. hridi-in the heart. prakasyatam-will be manifest. labhate-attains. headed by Garga Muni.yasya-of whom. prakasyate-is revealed. surah-the demigods. although they faithfully worshiped the Lord with prayers. nikhila-all. dharaëi-of the earth. Brahma and the demigods went to the shore of the milk ocean and. kshiraoda-of the ocean of milk. stutva-reciting prayers. prasadam-the mercy. nibhritam-secretly. sthitah-standing. aparah-someone else. bhagavan-the Personality of Godhead. brahmaëa-by Brahma. jatam-produced. vilapatah-from the lament. samadhau-in •meditation. kathancit-in any way. brahma-adayah-the demigods headed by Brahma. kancana-something. Then the order of the Lord was manifested in the sky. sukhitah-jubilant. adhigatam-understood. and no one is His equal. upasthana-parah-worshiping. Lord Narayana. eva-certainly. they could not obtain the Lord's mercy. yasya-of whom. narayaëah-Lord Narayana. prajna-varaih-very intelligent. api-also. tire-on the shore. vrata-nishthaya-with firm faith. gargaadibhih-by Garga Muni and other sages. secretly revealed that He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. samyam-equality. ajnamthe order.

vasa-varti-under the control. santi-peacefulness. yah-who. san-being. shrutah-heard. maha-narayaëahMaha Narayana. .Text 13 atah shri-madhu-puryam yo dirgha-vishëur iti shrutah maha-harir maha-vishëur maha-narayaëo 'pi ca atah-now. api-and. adi-•beginning with. iti-thus. api-even. bhakti-devotional service. ca-also. where He became known as Dirgha-Vishëu. abhut-has become. sah-He. anah-by us. prarthyah-prayed for. shri-madhu-puryam-in the city of Mathura. dirgha-vishëuh-Dirgha Vishëu. MahaVishëu. prasadah-the mercy. maha-harih-Maha Hari. vah-before you. svayam-personally. mauna-of the sages. and Maha-Narayaëa. Text 14 yasya prasadah san maunashanti-bhakty-adi-sadhanaih prarthyo nah sa svayam vo 'bhut prasanno vasha-varty api yasay-of whom. Maha-Hari. prasannahpleased. sadhanaih-by spiritual practices. maha-vishëuh-Maha Vishëu. Then He went to Mathura City.

diyamana-given. we may attain His mercy. adhikarinam-qualified. and engaging in devotional service. Listen. Texts 16 and 17 kalanemir hiraëyaksho hiraëyakashipus tatha ravaëah kumbhakarëash ca tathanye ghatitah svayam . Although in His previous incarnations He gave it to only a chosen few. have already pleased Him and brought Him under your control. this time He gives liberation to everyone. moksha-sthitih-liberation. Text 15 aho shriëuta purvam tu keshancid adhikariëam anena diyamanabhun moksha-sthitir iyam sada aho-ah! shriëuta-listen. tu-indeed.We pray that by spritual activities beginning with vows of silence. being peaceful. purvam-previously. You. iyam-this. abhut-was. anena-by Him. sada-always. kesancit-of some. however.

datta-given. prahladaya-to Prahlada. bhaktih-devotional service. Kumbhakarëa. svayam-by Him personally. kumbhakarëah-Kumbhakarëa. Text 18 hanuman jambavan shriman sugrivo 'tha vibhishaëah guho dasharatho 'py ete nunam katipaye janah raghunathavatare 'smac chuddham bhaktim tu lebhire vishuddhasya tu kasyapi . Pure devotional service was not given to any of them. Ravaëa. ca-also. Hiraëyaksha. tatha-and. hiraëyakasipuh-Hiraëyakshipu. nitah-attained. and many other demons were personally killed by Him. they did not attain liberation. ari-nrisimha-of Lord Nrisimha. Although Kalanemi. ravanah-Ravana. kasmaicit-to someone. anye-others. avataratah-from the incarnation. datta-given. hiraëyakshah-Hiraëyaksha. na-not.muktim na nita bhaktir na datta kasmaicid uttama prahladaya param datta shri-nrisimhavataratah kalanemih-Kalanemi. ghatitah-killed. Hiraëyakashipu. uttama-the highest. muktim-liberation. Devotional service was given only to the demon Prahlada during the advent of Lord Nrisimha. na-not. tatha-and. paramthen.

sthita-is manifest. vishuddhasya-pure. tatha-and. kritah-done. katipaye-some. Now your maternal cousin Krishëa has caused many to become liberated. shuddha-pure. api-and. janah-persons. ete-they. muktah-liberated. shriman-Shri. bhaktim-devotional service. Vibhishaëa. apieven. dasarathah-Dasaratha. nah-of you. Jambavan. guhah-Guha. Many He has given pure devotional service. Although Shri Hanuman. kati-some. asmatfrom Him. na-not. kasya api-of something. jambavan-Jambavan. Guha. nunam-indeed. raghunatha-of Lord Ramacandra. tu-indeed.premëo vartapi na sthita hanuman-Hanuman. and a few others attained pure devotional service from Him. lebhire-attained. Dasharatha. varta-the description. shuddham-pure. atha-then. Sugriva. and many He has filled with pure love of God. premëah-love. sampuritahflooded. sugrivah-Sugriva. bhavadiyena-of you. during the advent of Lord Ramacandra there was not even the briefest mention of the highest stage of pure love of God. avatare-in the advent. matuleyena-by the maternal cousin. prema-love of God. vibhisanah-Vibhisana. bhaktah-devotees. Text 19 idanim bhavadiyena matuleyena no kritah mukta bhaktas tatha shuddhaprema-sampuritah kati idanim-now. tu-indeed. .

Text 20 atmana marita ye ca ghatita varjunadibhih narakarhash ca daiteyas tan-mahimnamritam gatah atmana-by Himself. daiteyahdemons. mahimna-by the glory. Text 21 tapo-japa-jnana-para munayo ye 'rtha-sadhakah vishvamitro gautamash ca vashishtho 'pi tatha pare tam kurukshetra-yatrayam gatva krishëa-prasadatah bhaktitah prarthyatam prapya- . Demons killed by Lord Krishëa. or by the Lord's associates. although they deserved to go to hell. gatah-attained. naraka-for hell. maritah-killed. amritam-immortality. tat-of Him. ye-who. attained a glorious liberation. ca-also. by Arjuna. arhah-deserving. ca-also. ghatitah-killed. arjuna-adibhih-by Arjuna or the other associates of the Lord. va-or.

ye-who. tamHim. pare-others. gatahgone. gautamah-Gautama. Text 22 sthavarash ca tamo-yonigatas taru-latadayah shuddha-sattvika-bhavaptya tat-prema-rasa-varshiëah sthavarah-immobile. sattvika-bhava-ecstatic love. rasa-by the nectar. vasishthah-Vasishtha. parah-devoted.bhavams tad-bhakti-tat-parah tapah-austerity. shuddha-pure. taru-trees. bhakti-on pure devotional service. prarthyatam-prayed for. adayah-beginning with. vines and other immobile living entities in forms of life darkened by ignorance have now attained pure ecstatic love for Lord Krishëa. went to Kurukshetra and by Lord Krishëa's mercy came to desire only pure devotional service. abhavan-became. tat-parah-intent. aptya-by the attainment. prema-of love. prasadatah-from the mercy. api-and. They all became pure devotees. prapya-attaining. jnana-pursuit of knowledge. bhaktitah-from devotion. kurukshetra-to Kurukshetra. artha-the goal of life. and many other sages intently performing austerities. and seeking knowledge. Even trees. tamah-in the darkness of ignorance. Now they are all nourished by the nectar rains of pure love for Him. yoni-in forms of life. japa-chanting of mantras. tat-to Him. Gautama. tatha-in that way. varsinah. gatva-going. ca-and. . Vishvamitra. lata-and vines. visvamitrah-Visvamitra. Vashishtha. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. yatrayam-in the journey. munayah-sages. sadhakah-seeking. chanting mantras. ca-also. tat-for Him.

varëyah-may be described. lila-transcendental pastimes. mahima-glory. gunah-qualities. bharah-abundance. apurva-never before. madhurya-sweetness. vismaya-wonder. eva-indeed. tatha-in that way. vidhayakah-causing. tasya-of Him. rupa-saundarya-lavanya-handsomeness. O cousins of Lord Krishëa.Texts 23 and 24 he krishëa-bhrataras tasya kim varëyo 'purva-darshitah rupa-saundarya-lavaëyamadhuryashcaryata-bharah apurvatvena tasyaiva yo vismaya-vidhayakah tatha lila guëah prema mahima keli-bhur api he-O. qualities. yah-which. how can I describe the great. love. glory. kim-how. bhuh-the place. apurvatvena-because of being unprecedented. ashcaryata-wonderfulness. darshitah-revealed. and pastime-places are unprecedented and wonderful. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. keli-of pastimes. bhratarah-cousins. Text 25 . api-also. never-seen-before wonder of the sweetness of the handsomeness of His transcendental form? His pastimes. prema-love. tasya-of Him.

acita-filled. The great wonder of His sweetness and glory is now displayed to its fullest perfection. paramam-the ultimate.manye 'travatarishyan na svayam evam asau yadi tadasya bhagavattaivabhavishyat prakata na hi manye-I think. asau-He. atra-here. . eva-certainly. abhut-has. sphuta-manifested. madhurisweetness. kastham-limit. visishta-specific. sreni-multitude. evam-in this way. tada-then. na-not. avatarishyan-had descended. abhavishyatwould have been. asya-of Him. the fact that He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead would not have been revealed. mahima-glories. citrita-wonder. prakata-manifest. Text 26 idanim paramam kashtham praptabhut sarvatah sphuta vishishta-mahima-shreëimadhuri-citritacita idanim-now. yadi-if. hi-indeed. sarvatah-in all respects. prapta-attained. bhagavatta-divinity. svayam-personally. na-not. I think that if He had not descended to this world.

Text 27

krishëasya karuëa-kathas tu dure tasya prakashyo bata nigraho 'pi kamsadayah kaliya-putanadya baly-adayah prag api sakshiëo 'tra

krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa; karuna-of mercy; katha-the description; astu-may be; dure-far away; tasya-of Him; prakasyah-may be revealed; bata-indeed; nigrahah-conflict; api-even; kamsa-with Kamsa; adayah-beginning; kaliya-with Kaliya; putana-and Putana; adyah-beginning; bali-with Bali; adayah-beginning; prak-previously; api-also; sakshinah-witnesses; atra-in this.

Let the description of Lord Krishëa's kindnesses stay far away. His mercy is shown even in His fighting. Kamsa, Kaliya, Putana, Bali, and a host of others bear witness to this. Text 28

shri-parikshid uvaca

iti pragayan rasanam munir nijam ashikshayan madhava-kirti-lampatam aho pravrittasi mahattva-varëane prabhor apiti sva-radair vidashya tam

shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit; uvaca-said; iti-thus; pragayan-singing; rasanam-to the tongue; munih-the sage; nijam-own; asikshayat-instructed; madhava-of Lord Krishëa; kirti-for the glorification; lampatam-greedy; aho-aha! pravritta-engaged; asi-you are; mahattva-of the glory; varëane-in the description; prabhoh-of the Lord; api-even; iti-thus; sva-own; radaih-with teeth; vidasya-biting; tam-it.

Shri Parikshit said: After singing these words, Narada Muni instructed his tongue, which was greedy for Lord Krishëa's glories: "Aha! You are chanting the glories of the Lord!" Narada then bit the tongue with his teeth.

Note: Narada feels he is not qualified to say anything about Lord Krishëa.

Text 29

rasane te mahad-bhagyam etad eva yad ihitam kincid uccarayer esham tat-priyaëam sva-shaktitah

rasane-O tongue; te-of you; mahat-the great; bhagyam-good fortune; etat-this; eva-certainly; yat-that; ihitam-was spoken; kincit-something; uccarayeh-please speak; esam-of them; tatpriyanam-of the dear devotees; sva-own; saktibhih-by the potencies.

O tongue, you are very fortunate to have spoken these words. Now, as much as you are able, please glorify the dear devotees of •the Lord.

Text 30

mahanubhava bhavatam tu tasmin pratisvakam yah priyata-visheshah bhavatsu tasyapi kripa-vishesho dhrishtena niyeta sa kena jihvam

maha-anubhava-O great souls; bhavatam-for you; tu-indeed; tasmin-in this; pratisvakam-each; yah-which; priyata-affection; visheshah-specific; bhavatsu-to you; tasya-of Him; api-also; kripamercy; visheshah-specific; dhrstena-bold; niyeta-may be brought; sah-that; kena-by what person? jihvam-to the tongue.

O great souls, what person would be so bold to think that the Lord's kindness and love for you can be actually brought to his tongue?

Text 31

mata pritheyam yadunandanasya snehardram ashvasana-vakyam ekam akrura-vaktrat prathamam nishamya prema-pravahe nimamajja sadyah

mata-mother; prtha-Kunti; iyam-she; yadu-nandanasya-of Lord Krishëa; sneha-with love; ardram-melting; asvasana-of consolation; vakyam-words; ekam-one; akrura-of Akrura; vaktrat-

from the mouth; prathamam-at first; nisamya-hearing; prema-of pure love; pravahe-in the flood; nimamajja-became plunged; sadyah-at once.

When your mother Kunti heard from Akrura's mouth a single sentence of affectionate consolation from Lord Krishëa, she at once became plunged in a great flood of pure love.

Text 32

vicitra-vakyair bahudha ruroda sputen nriëam yac-chravaëena vakshah bhavatsv api sneha-bharam param sa raraksha krishëa-priyatam apekshya

vicitra-wonderful; vakyaih-with words; bahudha-many; ruroda-cried; sphutet-might break; nrnam-of men; yat-of which; sravanena-by hearing; vakshah-the chest; bhavatsu-for you; api-also; sneha-of love; bharam-the abundance; param-great; sa-she; raraksha-protected; krishëa-to Lord Krishëa; priyatam-the state of being dear; apekshya-in relationship.

Lord Krishëa's many wonderful words of consolation made her cry. That cry pierced the chests and hearts of the stoutest men. She loved you so much only because you are so dear to Lord Krishëa.

Text 33

cireëa dvarakam gantum

udyato yadu-jivanah kaku-stutibhir avritya sva-gehe rakshyate 'naya

cirena-for a long time; dvarakam-to Dvaraka; gantum-to go; udyatah-about; yadu-jivanah-Lord Krishëa, the life of the Yadus; kaku-with a voice choked with emotion; stutibhih-with prayers; avritya-turning; sva-own; grihe-in the house; rakshyate-was kept; anaya-by her.

When, after a long time, Lord Krishëa, the life of the Yadus, was about to leave for Dvaraka, she spoke many prayers in a voice choked with emotion and convinced Him to continue to stay as a guest in her home.

Text 34

yudhishthirayapi maha-pratishtha loka-dvayotkrishtatara pradatta tatha jarasandha-vadhadina ca bhimaya tenatmana eva kirtih

yudhishthiraya-to Yudhishthira; api-also; maha-great; pratishtha-fame; loka-worlds; dvaya-in the two; utkrstatara-more excellent; pradatta-given; tatha-in that way; jarasandha-of Jarasandha; vadha-of the killing; adina-by the original cause; ca-also; bhimaya-to Bhima; tena-by Him; atmanah-of the self; eva-certainly; kirtih-glory.

Lord Krishëa made Yudhishthira very famous in both this world and the next. Although Lord Krishëa was Himself the actual cause of Jarasandha's death, He gave all the credit to Bhima.

Text 35

bhagavan ayam arjunash ca tat priya-sakhyena gatah prasiddhatam na puraëa-shataih parair aho mahima stotum amushya shakyate

bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ayam-He; arjunah-Arjuna; ca-and; tat-of Them; priya-dear; sakhyena-by friendship; gatah-attained; prasiddhatam-fame; na-not; puraëa-of Puranas; sataih-by hundreds; paraih-great; aho-aha! mahima-the glory; stotum-to be praised; amusya-of that; sakyate-is able.

Lord Krishëa and Arjuna became famous for Their close friendship. Hundreds of the greatest Puraëas are not able to properly describe the glory of that friendship.

Text 36

nakulah sahadevash ca yadrik-priti-parau yamau agra-puja-vicaradau sarvais tad-vrittam ikshitam

nakulah-Nakula; sahadevah-Sahadeva; ca-and; yadrk-like whom; priti-parau-full of love; yamauthe twins; agra-puja-the ceremony of first-worship; vicara-consideration; adau-in the beginning; sarvaih-by all; tat-of them; vrittam-the action; ikshitam-was seen.

Everyone saw how the twins Nakula and Sahadeva, who are both full of love for Lord Krishëa, recommended that the Lord be worshiped first in the Rajasuya-yajna.

Text 37

shri-draupadi ca hariëa svayam eva rajasuyadishutsava-vareshv abhisikta-kesha sambodhyate priya-sakhity avitatri-putraduhshasanadi-bhayato hrita-sarva-shoka

shri-draupadi-Shrimati Draupadi; ca-also; harina-by Lord Hari; svayam-personally; eva-certainly; rajasuya-with the Rajasuya-yajna; adisu-beginning; utsava-festivals; varesu-in many excellent; abhiskita-anointed; kesa-whose hair; sambodhyate-is addressed; priya-O dear; sakhi-friend; itithus; avita-protected; atri-putra-of Durvasa Muni, the son of Atri; duhsasana-of Duhsasana; adibeginning with; bhayatah-from the fear; hrita-removed; sarva-all; soka-grief.

During the Rajasuya-yajna and other festive occasions, Lord Krishëa personally performed the auspicious ritual of sprinkling water on Draupadi's hair. He used to address her "O, My dear friend." He protected her from the fearful dangers presented by Durvasa, Duhshasana, and others. He removed all her grief.

Text 38

asvadanam shri-viduraudanasya shri-bhishma-niryaëa-mahotsavash ca tat-tat-krita-tvadrisha-paksha-patas-

yapekshayaiveti vicarayadhvam

asvadanam-the tasting; shri-vidura-of Shri Vidura; odanasya-of the boiled rice; shri-bhisma-of Shri Bhisma; niryana-of the departure; maha-the great; utsavah-festival; ca-and; tat-tat-various; krita-performed; tvadrisha-of you; paksha-patasya-of the side; apekshaya-in relation; evacertainly; iti-this thus; vicarayadhvam-please consider.

He accepted the boiled rice offered by Vidura. He performed the funeral-festival of Bhishma. Please consider how many times He has taken your part in a dispute.

Text 39

aho bata mahashcaryam kavinam geyatam gatah bhavadiya-pura-striëam jnana-bhakty-uktayo harau

aho bata-ah! maha-a great; ashcaryam-wonder; kavinam-by great poets and philosophers; geyatam-the state of being glorified; gatah-attained; bhavadiya-of you; pura-in the palace; strinam-of the women; jnana-knowledge; bhakti-of devotional service; uktayah-the statements; harau-for Lord Krishëa.

Ah! It is very wonderful that the learned and devoted prayers the women in your palace offered to Lord Krishëa are now glorified by the greatest poets and philosophers.

Text 40

sahaika-pautreëa kayadhu-nandano 'nukampito 'nena kapindra ekalah sa-sarva-bandhu-svajana bhavadrisha maha-hareh prema-kripa-bharaspadam

saha-with; eka-one; pautrena-grandson; kayadhu-nandanah-Prahlada, the son of Kayadhu; anukampitah-the object of mercy; anena-by Him; kapi-indrah-Hanuman, the king of the monkeys; ekalah-one; sa-with; sarva-all; bandhu-friends; svajanah-and relatives; bhavadrishah-like you; maha-hareh-of Lord Krishëa; prema-of love; kripa-and mercy; bhara-abundance; aspadam-the object.

Although Prahlada, his grandson Bali, and Hanuman received the Lord Hari's mercy, you and all your friends and relatives have received both His great mercy and His sincere love.

Text 41

uddishya yan kaurava-sampadam gatah krishëah samaksham nijagada madrisham ye paëdavanam suhrido 'tha vairinas te tadrisha me 'pi mamasavo hi te

uddisya-in relation; yan-to whom; kaurava-of the Kurush; sampadam-the opulence; krishëahLord Krishëa; samaksham-in the presence; nijagada-said; madrisham-of those like me; yewhoever; paëdavanam-of the Paëdavas; suhridah-the friends; atha-then; vairinah-the enemies; tethey; tadrishah-in the same way; me-to Me; api-also; mama-of Me; asavah-the life-breath; hiindeed; te-they.

When He had just received opulent gifts from the Kurush, Lord Krishëa said to me and my friends: "They who are friends of the Paëdavas are My friends, and they who are their enemies are My enemies. The Paëdavas are My life-breath." Text 42

dharshtyam mamaho bhavatam guëan kila jnatum ca vaktum prabhavet sa ekalah nirëitam etat tu maya maha-prabhuh so 'travatirëo bhavatam krite param

dharshtyam-audacity; mama-of me; aho-ah! bhavatam-of you; gunan-the virtues; kila-indeed; jnatum-to understand; ca-and; vaktum-to describe; prabhavet-is able; sah-He; ekalah-alone; nirnitam-concluded; etat-this; tu-certainly; maya-by me; maha-prabhuh-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sah-He; avatirnah-has descended; bhavatam-of you; krite-for the sake; paramgreatly.

Ah, how bold and arrogant I am! Only the Supreme Lord has the power to know or describe your virtues. I think the Lord descended to this world for your sake only.

Text 43

shri-parikshid uvaca

atha kshaëam lajjayeva

maunam kritvatha nishvasan dharmarajo 'bravin matribhratri-patnibhir anvitah

shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit; uvaca-said; atha-then; kshaëam-for a moment; lajjaya-with embarrassment; iva-as if; maunam-silence; kritva-doing; atha-then; nisvasan-sighing; dharmarajah-Maharaja Yudhishthira; abravit-said; matr-by his mother; bhratr-brothers; patnibhihand wives; anvitah-accompanied.

Shri Parikshit said: After a moment's embarrassed silence, Maharaja Yudhishthira sighed, and, in the company of his mother, brothers, and wives, said:

Text 44

vavaduka-shiro-dharya naivasmasu kripa hareh vicaryabhikshnam asmabhir jatu kapy avadharyate

vavaduka-of eloquent speakers; sirah-dharya-O crest-jewel; na-not; eva-certainly; asmasu-to us; kripa-the mercy; hareh-of Lord Hari; vicarya-considering; abhikshnam-for a moment; asmabhih-by us; jatu-at all; ka api-anything; avadharyate-may be considered.

O crest-jewel of eloquent orators, Lord Krishëa did not give His mercy to me and my brothers. We thought about this for a long time and we decided that He never gave His mercy to us.

Text 45

prakritanam jananam hi madrig-apad-gaëekshaya krishëa-bhaktau pravrittish ca vishvasash ca hrased iva

prakritanam-materialistic; jananam-of men; madrk-like me; apat-of calamities; gana-of the multitude; ikshaya-by the sight; krishëa-to Lord Krishëa; bhaktau-in devotional service; pravrittihthe endeavor; ca-also; visvasah-faith; ca-and; hraset-may diminish; iva-as if.

By seeing the many calamities that have fallen on me and my brothers materialistic men will lose faith in Lord Krishëa and they will become less interested to engage in devotional service to Him.

Text 46

etad evati-kashtam nas tad eka-praëa-jivinam vinannam praëinam yadvan minanam ca vina jalam

etat-this; eva-certainly; ati-great; kastam-suffering; tat-that; eka-sole; praëa-jivinam-the breath of life; vina-without; annam-food; praëinam-living entities; yadvat-as; minanam-fish; ca-also; vinawithout; jalam-water.

If that were to happen it would be a great torment for us. Lord Krishëa is our life and soul. Without Him we are like men without food or fish without water.

Text 47

tato 'rthitam maya yajnasampadana-mishad idam nishtham darshaya bhaktanam abhaktanam api prabho

tatah-then; arthitam-prayed; maya-by me; yajna-of the sacrifice; sampadana-completion; misat-on the pretext; idam-this; nishtham-faith; darshaya-please show; bhaktanam-of the devotees; abhaktanam-of those who are not devotees; api-also; prabho-O Lord.

For this reason I prayed to the Lord: "O Lord, please use this Rajasuya-yajna as a trick to grant to both devotees and non-devotees faith in Your pure devotional service.

Note: The Rajasuya-yajna displayed the opulent position of the devotees. Maharaja Yudhishthira considered that the sight of the devotees' opulence will encourage materialistic men to become devotees.

Text 48

lokayanto yato lokah sarve tvad-bhakta-sampadah

aihikamushmikash citrah shuddhah sarva-vilakshaëah bhutva parama-vishvasta bhajantas tvat-padambujam nirduhkha nirbhaya nityam sukhitvam yanti sarvatah

lokayantah-seeing; yatah-from which; lokah-the people; sarve-all; tvat-of You; bhakta-of the devotees; sampadah-the opulences; aihika-in this world; amusmikah-and the next; citrahwonderful; shuddhah-splendid; sarva-vilakshaëah-extraordinary; bhutva-becoming; paramavisvastah-filled with faith; bhajantah-worshiping; tvat-of You; pada-feet ambujam-the lotus; nirduhkhah-free from suffering; nirbhayah-free from fear; nityam-eternal; sukhitvam-happiness; yanti-attain; sarvatah-in all respects.

"In this way all the people of the world will see the splendid, wonderful, and extraordinary opulences of Your devotees, both in this world and the next. Then the people will become full of faith and they will worship Your lotus feet. In this way they will become free from suffering and fear and they will attain perfect transcendental happiness."

Text 49

sampraty abhaktan asmakam vipakshams tan vinashya ca rajyam pradattam yat tena shoko 'bhut purvato 'dhikah

samprati-now; abhaktan-non-devotees; asmakam-of us; vipakshan-enemies; tan-them; vinasyakilling; ca-and; rajyam-the kingdom; pradattam-given; yat-which; tena-by Him; sokah-grief; abhutis; purvatah-than before; adhikah-greater.

Now that He has given us a kingdom and killed the irreligious men who were our enemies, our grief is greater than before.

Text 50

droëa-bhishmadi-guravo 'bhimanyu-pramukhah sutah pare 'pi bahavah santo 'smad-hetor nidhanam gatah

drona-with Drona; bhisma-and Bhisma; adi-beginning; guravah-teachers; abhimanyu-with Abhimanyu; pramukhah-beginning; sutah-sons; pare-others; api-also; bahavah-many; santah-are; asmat-hetoh-for my sake; nidhanam-to destruction gatah-have gone.

My teachers, headed by Droëa and Bhishma, my sons, headed by •Abhimanyu, and many others also, have entered the realm of death for my sake.

Text 51

sva-jivanadhika-prarthyashri vishëujana-sangatih vicchedena kshaëam catra na sukhamsham labhamahe

sva-own; jivana-life; adhika-greater; prarthya-to be desired; shri-vishëujana-of the devotees of Lord Vishëu; sangatih-the company; vicchedena-by separation from them; kshaëam-for a moment; ca-also; atra-here; na-not; sukha-of happiness; amsha-a fragment; labhamahe-we may obtain.

I wish for the association of the devotees of Lord Vishëu more than I wish to remain alive. Separated from them I cannot for a moment find the smallest amount of happiness.

Text 52

shri-krishëa-vadanambhojasandarshana-sukham ca tat kadacit karya-yogena kenacij jayate cirat

shri-krishëa-of Lord Krishëa; vadana-face; ambhoja-lotus; sandarshana-of seeing; sukham-the happiness; ca-also; tat-that; kadacit-sometime; karya-of duties; yogena-by the connection; kenacit-some; jayate-is manifested; cirat-a long time.

Because we are now pressed with so many duties it has been a long time since we have enjoyed the happiness of seeing Lord Krishëa's lotus face.

Text 53

yadavan eva sad-bandhun dvarakayam asau vasan

sada parama-sad-bhagyavato ramayati priyan

yadavan-the Yadus; eva-certainly; sat-bandhun-His relatives; dvarakayam-in Dvaraka; asau-He; vasan-residing; sada-always; parama-supremely; sat-bhagyavatah-fortunate; ramayati-pleases; priyan-dear.

Now He always stays in Dvaraka, giving pleasure to His dear relatives, the extremely fortunate Yadu dynasty.

Text 54

asmasu yat tasya kadapi dautyam sarathyam anyac ca bhavadbhir ikshate tad bhumi-bhara-kshapaëaya papanashena dharmasya ca rakshaëaya

asmasu-among us; yat-which; tasya-of Him; kadapi-sometimes; dautyam-becoming a messenger; sarathyam-becoming a chariot-driver; anyat-another; ca-also; bhavadbhih-by your lordship; ikshate-was seen; tat-that; bhumi-of the earth; bhara-of the burden; kshapanaya-for removing; papa-of sins; sasena-by the destruction; dharmasya-of genuine religion; ca-also; rakshaëaya-for the protection.

Your lordship personally saw how He became our messenger, chariot-driver, and servant in many other ways. Still, all this was only to protect the principles of religion, and, by vanquishing a host of sins, to remove the burden of the earth.

Text 55

shri-parikshid uvaca

atha shri-yadavendrasya bhimo narma-suhrittamah vihasyoccair uvacedam shriëu shri-krishëa-shishya he

shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit; uvaca-said; atha-then; shri-yadava-indrasya-of Lord Krishëa, the king of the Yadu dynasty; bhimah-Bhima; narma-suhrittamah-the close friend; vihasya-laughing; uccaih-loudly; uvaca-said; idam-this shriëu-please hear; shri-krishëa-of Lord Krishëa; sishyastudent; he-O.

Shri Parikshit said: Then Krishëa's dear friend Bhima laughed aloud and said: O student of Lord Krishëa, please listen to these words.

Text 56

amushya durbodha-caritra-varidher mayadi-hetosh chaturavali-guroh pravartate vag-vyavahara-kaushalam na kutra kim tan na vayam pratimah

amusya-of Him; durbodha-difficult to understand; caritra-of pastimes; varidheh-the ocean; maya-of illusion; adi-the original; hetoh-cause; chatura-of skillful cheaters; avali-of the multitude; guroh-the teacher; pravartate-is; vak-of words; vyavahara-and actions; kausalam-skill; na-not; kutra-where? kim-whether? tat-this; na-not; vayam-we; pratimah-understand or trust.

No one has the power to understand the vast ocean of Krishëa's pastimes. Krishëa is the original creator of all illusions. He is the guru of all skillful liars and cheaters. When has He not been very clever in His words and deeds? We do not understand •Him, and neither do we trust Him.

Text 57

sa-shokam avadan matas tato mama pitamahah krishëa-praëa-sakhah shriman arjuno vishvasan muhuh

sa-with; sokam-grief; avadat-said; matah-O mother; tatah-then; mama-of me; pitamahah-the graëdfather; krishëa-of Lord Krishëa; praëa-sakhah-the dear friend; arjunah-Arjuna; visvasansighing; muhuh-repeatedly.

O mother, repeatedly sighing, my grandfather, Shriman Arjuna, the dear friend of Lord Krishëa, then spoke the following sorrowful words:

Text 58

shri-bhagavan arjuna uvaca

bhavat-priyatameshena bhagavann amuna kritah kripa-bharo 'pi duhkhaya kilasmakam babhuva sah

shri-bhagavan arjunah-Shri Bhagavan Arjuna; uvaca-said; bhavat-of you; priyatam-the most dear; isena-by the Supreme Lord; bhagavan-O lord; amuna-by Him; kritah-done; kripa-of mercy; bharah-the great abundance; api-although; duhkaya-for unhappiness; kila-indeed; asmakam-of us; babhuva-has been; sah-it.

Shri Bhagavan Arjuna said: O Lord Narada, the great mercy your dearmost Lord Krishëa gave us simply led to our suffering.

Text 59

sva-dharmaika-paraih shuddha-jnanavadbhih krita raëe bhishmadibhih prahara ye varma-marma-bhido dridhah te tasyam mat-krite svasya shri-murtau cakrapaëina varyamanena ca maya sodhah svi-kritya varashah

sva-own; dharma-religious duties; paraih-devoted; shuddha-pure; jnana-knowledge; vadbhihpossessing; kritah-done; raëe-in the battle; bhisma-by Bhisma; adbhih-headed; praharah-attacks; varma-armor; marma-and vital organs; bhidah-piercing; drdhah-powerful; te-they; tasyam-in it; mat-krite-for my sake; svasya-of Him; shri-murtau-in the transcendental form; cakra-panina-by

Lord Krishëa, who carries the cakra; varyamanena-warding off; ca-also; maya-by me; sodhahtolerated; svi-kritya-accepting; varasah-again and again.

Bhishma and others, all intent on performing their religious duty as kshatriyas, and all fixed in transcendental knowledge, hurled many powerful weapons at me in the battlefield to break my •armor and pierce my heart. Lord Krishëa, who carries the Sudarshana cakra in His hand, for my sake again and again intercepted all those weapons, allowing them to fall on His own transcendental body instead of mine.

Text 60

tan me cintayato 'dyapi hridayan napasarpati duhkha-shalyam ato brahman sukham me jayatam katham

tat-this; me-of me; cintayatah-thinking; adya-today; api-even; hridayat-from the heart; na-not; apasarpati-goes; duhkha-of pain; salyam-the arrow; atah-then; brahman-O brahmaëa; sukhamhappiness; me-of me; jayatam-may be manifested; katham-how?

Even today, as I think of this act I cannot pull the arrow of grief from my heart. O brahmaëa Narada, how is it possible for me to be happy?

Text 61

karmaëa yena duhkham syan

nija-priya-janasya hi na tasyacaraëam priteh karuëyasyapi lakshaëam

karmana-action; yena-by which; duhkham-suffering; syat-may be; nija-own; priya-janasya-of the dear friend; hi-indeed; na-not; tasya-of that; acaraëam-the action; priteh-of love; karunyasyaof mercy; api-and; lakshaëam-the characteristic.

Action that brings pain to a dear friend is not the symptom of either love or kindness.

Text 62

bhishma-droëadi-hananan nivrittam mam pravartayan maha-jnani-varah krishëo yat kincid upadishtavan

bhisma-Bhisma; drona-and Drona; adi-beginning with; hananat-from the killing; nivrittamrenounced; mam-me; pravartayan-engaging; maha-great; jnani-of philosophers; varah-the best; krishëah-Krishëa; yat-which; kincit-something; upadishtavan.

Originally I refused to fight with Bhishma, Droëa and the others, but then Lord Krishëa, the greatest of philosophers, taught me something that convinced me to fight with them.

Text 63

yatha-shrutartha-shravaëac shushka-jnani-sukha-pradam maha-duhkha-krid asmakam bhakti-mahatmya-jivinam

yatha-as; shruta-heard; artha-the meaning; sravanat-from the hearing; suska-dry; jnanilogicians; sukha-happiness; pradam-giving; maha-great; duhkha-suffering; krit-doing; asmakam-of us; bhakti-of devotional service; mahatmya-the glory; jivinam-living.

Hearing those words Lord Krishëa spoke to me gives great pleasure to the dry impersonalist philosophers. This fact brings great pain to those of us who live by glorifying the path of devotional service.

Text 64

tatparyasya vicareëa kritenapi na tat sukham kincit karoty utamushya vancanam kila bodhayet

tatparyasya-of the meaning; vicarena-by the consideration; kritena-done; api-also; na-not; tatthat; sukham-happiness; kincit-something; karoti-does; uta-indeed; amusya-of Him; vancanamcheating; kila-indeed; bodhayet-arouses.

When I reflect on the words He spoke to me then I do not become happy. Those words were a trick to cheat me.

Texts 65 and 66

yat sada sarvatha shuddhanirupadhi-kripakare tasmin satya-pratijne san mitra-varye maha-prabhau

vishvastasya dridham sakshat praptat tasman mama priyam maha-manoharakaran na para-brahmaëah param

yat-which; sada-always; sarvatha-in all respects; shuddha-pure; nirupadhi-boundless; kripakare-merciful; tasmin-in Him; satya-pratijne-true to His word; sat-mitra-varye-the best of friends; maha-prabhau-the Supreme Personality of Godhead; visvastasya-full of faith; drdham-firm; sakshat-directly; praptat-attained; tasmat-than Him; mama-to me; priyam-dear; maha-very; manohara-enchanting; akarat-whose form; na-not; para-brahmaëah-the Supreme Brahman; param-more.

I always have full faith in the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krishëa, who is supremely pure, boundlessly merciful, always true to His word, and the very best of friends. No one is •more dear to me than the Supreme Brahman, Lord Krishëa, whose glorious transcendental form completely enchants the heart and mind.

Texts 67 and 68

shri-nakula-sahadevav ucatuh

yad vipad-gaëato dhairyam vairi-varga-vinashanam ashvamedhadi casmakam shri-krishëah samapadayat

yac ca tena yasho rajyam puëyad apy anya-durlabham vyatanod bhagavams tena nasya manyamahe kripam

shri-nakula-Shri Nakula; sahadevau-and Sahadeva; ucatuh-said; yat-which; vipat-of calamities; ganatah-from the host; dhairyam-peacefulness; vairi-varga of enemies; vinasanam-the destruction; asvamedha-the Asvamedha-yajna; adi-beginning with; ca-also; asmakam-of us; shrikrishëah-Shri Krishëa; samapadayat-fulfilled; yat-which; ca-also; tena-by Him; yasah-fame; rajyama kingdom; punyat-by many pious deeds; api-even; anya-for others; durlabham-unattainable; vyatanot-manifested; bhagavan-O Lord; tena-by Him; na-not; asya-of Him; manyamahe-we consider; kripam-the mercy.

Shri Nakula and Sahadeva said: Lord Krishëa gave us the power to be peaceful in the midst of a host of calamities. He killed our enemies. He enabled us to perform the ashvamedha-yajna and other Vedic rituals. He gave us great fame. He gave us a kingdom others could not attain even with

a host of pious deeds. O Lord Narada, we do not consider any of these acts to be Lord Krishëa's kindness to us.

Text 69

kintv aneka-maha-yajnotsavam sampadayann asau svi-kareëagra-pujaya harshayan nah kripa hi sa

kintu-however; aneka-many; maha-great; yajna-of Vedic sacrifices; utsavam-the festival; sampadayan-making a success; asau-He; svi-karena-by acceptance; agra-pujayah-of the ceremony of first-worship; harshayan-pleasing; nah-to us; kripa-mercy; hi-indeed; sa-that.

By accepting the offering of first-worship He brought us great happiness and made our festival of many great Vedic sacrifices a grand success. That was His mercy to us.

Text 70

adhuna vancitas tena vayam jivama tat katham tad-darshanam api brahman yan no 'bhud ati-durghatam

adhuna-now; vancitah-cheated; tena-by Him; vayam-we; jivama-are able to live; tat-then; katham-how? tat-of Him; darshanam-the sight; api-even; brahman-O brahmaëa; yat-because; nahfor us; abhut-has become ati-very; durghatam-difficult.

Now it is difficult even to see Him! We have been cheated by Him! How is it possible for us to remain alive?

Text 71

shri-parikshid uvaca

tac chrutva vacanam tesham draupadi shoka-vihvala samstabhya yatnad atmanam krandanty aha sa-gadgadam

shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit; uvaca-said; tat-this; shrutva-having heard; vacanam-the words; tesam-of them; draupadi-Draupadi; soka-with grief; vihvala-overwhelmed; samstabhyacomposing; yatnat-with great effort; atmanam-herself; krandanti-crying; aha-spoke; sa-with; gadgadam-a choked voice.

Shri Parikshit said: By hearing these words Draupadi became overwhelmed with grief. Composing herself with a great effort, she still continued to cry as she spoke the following words in a voice choked with emotion:

Text 72

shri-krishëovaca

shri-krishëena mama praëasakhena bahudha trapa nivaraëiya dushtash ca maraëiyah kiledrishah

shri-krishëa-Shri Draupadi; uvaca-said; shri-krishëena-by Lord Krishëa; mama-of me; praëasakhena-the dear friend; bahudha-many times trapa-embarrassment; nivaraëiya-was removed; dustah-demons; ca-also; maraëiyah-were killed; kila-indeed; idrsah-like this.

Shri Draupadi said: Many times my dear friend Shri Krishëa rescued me from great embarrassment. Many times He killed the demons who were my enemies.

Text 73

kartavyo 'nugrahas tena sadety asin matir mama adhuna patitas tatabhratri-putradayo 'khilah

kartavyah-is to be done; anugraha-mercy; tena-by Him; sada-always; iti-thus; asit-was; matihthe conception; mama-of me; adhuna-now; patitah-fallen; tat-father; bhratr-brothers; putra-sons; adayah-beginning with; akhilah-all.

I always thought He would be merciful to me. Now my father, brothers, sons, and everyone else have fallen on the battlefield.

Text 74

tatrapi vidadhe shokam na tad-icchanusariëi kim caiccham praptum atmeshtam kincit tat-tac-chalat phalam

tatrapi-nevertheless; vidadhe-I do; sokam-grief; na-not; tat-of Him; iccha-the desire; anusarinifollowing; kim-what? ca-also; aiccham-I desired; praptum-to obtain; atma-by me; ishtam-desired; kincit-something; tat-tat-on various; chalat-pretexts; phalam-the fruit.

I do not lament. I am surrendered to His will. What shall I desire? On the pretext of these calamities, He grants a great benediction that fulfills all desires.

Text 75

tena santvayitavyaham hata-bandhujana svayam shri-krishëenopavishyatra mat-parshve yukti-patavaih

tena-by Him; santvayitavya-consoled; aham-I; hata-killed; bandhujana-relatives; svayampersonally; shri-krishëena-by Lord Krishëa; upavisya-sitting; atra-here; mat-of me; parsve-by the side; yukti-of eloquent arguments; patavaih-with exertize.

When all my relatives had been killed, Lord Krishëa personally sat by my side and consoled me with many eloquent words.

Text 76

tani tani tatas tasya patavyani maya sada madhuraëi manojnani smita-vakyamritani hi

tani tani-they; tatah-then; tasya-of Him; patavyani-to be drunk; maya-by me; sada-always; madhuraëi-sweet; manojnani-beautiful; smita-smiling; vakya-words; amritani-nectar; hi-•indeed.

I pray that I may always drink the charming sweet nectar of His smiling words in this way.

Text 77

tad astu dure saubhagyan mama purvavad apy asau

nayaty ato daya kasya mantavya mayaka mune

tat-therefore; astu-may be; dure-far away; saubhagyat-from the good fortune; mama-of me; purvavat-as before; api-even; asau-He; na-does not; ayati-come; atah-therefore; daya-mercy; kawhat? asya-of Him; mantavya-may be considered; mayaka-to me; mune-O sage.

I am very far from any good fortune. He no longer comes as He came to us before. O sage, what kind of mercy is this?

Text 78

shri-parikshid uvaca

shokarteva tatha kunti krishëa-darshana-jivana sasram sa-karuëam praha smaranti tat-kripakripe

shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit; uvaca-said; soka-with grief; arta-pained; iva-as if; tath-then; kuntiKunti; krishëa-of Lord Krishëa; darshana-the sight; jivana-life; sa-with; asram-tears; sa-with; karunam-pathos; praha-spoke; smaranti-remembering; tat-of Him; kripa-kindness; akrpe-and unkindness.

Shri Parikshit said: Kunti, for whom the sight of Lord Krishëa was her life and soul, became stricken with grief. Shedding tears as she remembered Lord Krishëa's kindness and cruelty, she spoke the following pitiful words:

anumitahconsidered. Shri Kunti said: Lord Krishëa repeatedly delivered me. samyak-complete. asakrit-again and again. visheshah-specific. For this reason I thought He was more kind to me than He was to His own mother. maya-by me. Text 79 shri-prithovaca anathayah sa-putraya mamapad-gaëato 'sakrit tvaraya mocanam samyag devaki-matrito 'pi yah kripa-visheshah krishëasya svasyam anumito maya shri-prtha-Shri Kunti. tvaraya-quickly.Note: Kunti considered Lord Krishëa's staying in Dvaraka. sa-with. api-even. a helpless widow with sons. Devaki. mama-of me. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. from a host of calamities. devaki-Devaki. yahwhich. putrayah-sons. . apat-of calamities. matrtah-than mother. svasyam-to me. anathayah-a helpless widow. uvaca-said. where she could not have His continued association. mocanam-deliverance. kripa-mercy. ganatah-from a multitude. to be His cruelty to her.

strinam-of the women. Now both in my own home as well as in the homes of others I can hear the wailing of the women whose relatives are now dead. api-also. jatu-ever. maha-great. sarvatah-everywhere. atmanah-of ourself. rodhana-of the crying. Text 81 atas tad-darshana-tyaktah sampadah parihritya vai apadah prarthitas tasmin maya tad-darshanapikah . samshruteh-from hearing. My heart does not see this as mercy. bandhunam-whose relatives. prapnoti-attains. ca-also. padam-the state.Text 80 sa cadhunatmano 'nyesham api geheshu sarvatah striëam nihata-bandhunam maha-rodana-samshruteh manasy api padam jatu na prapnoti kiyan mama sah-that. manasi-in the heart. na-not. anyesam-of others. gehesu-in the homes. kiyat-how little? mama-of me. adhuna-now. api-also. nihata-killed.

and I shall pray for a host of calamities to bring Him again within my sight. mayaby me. Now He stays always at Dvaraka. tat-of Him. darshana-apikah-bringing the sight. dvarakayam-in Dvaraka. the Paëdavas are now happy. rajyam-a kingdom. tyaktah-abandoned. adhuna-now. vihaya-abandoning. pandhavah-the Paëdavas. sampadah-good fortune. Text 83 ato 'tra tasyagamane 'py asha me 'pagata bata . "Because I have given them an unrivaled kingdom. avasthitam-stays. asman-us. matva-considering. tat-of Him. tasmin-in that. apadah-calamities." He has abandoned us. niskantakam-without thorns. Thinking. parihritya-abandoning. iti-thus. prarthitah-prayed for. sukhitah-happy. Text 82 dattva nishkaëtakam rajyam paëdavah sukhita iti matvadhuna vihayasman dvarakayam avasthitam dattva-having given. vai-indeed. darshana-the sight.atah-therefore. I shall abandon this prosperous condition that robs me of the sight of Lord Krishëa.

. severed by friction with the strong family ties Krishëa keeps with the Yadu dynasty. asa-of hope. sambandha-family ties. tasya-of Him. api-also. anugraham-the mercy. tantuh-the rope. adhuna-now. sighramfor a long time. atra-here. yadhubhih-with the Yadus. agamane-in the arrival. me-of me. marshaëat-by the friction. atmanah-of the self. yah-which. trutyet-may break. maraëam-death. tat-of Him.manye 'dhunatmanah shighram maraëam tad-anugraham atah-therefore. apagata-has gone. ca-also. The rope of hope that is the thought "Krishëa is our dear friend" is now broken. asa-the hope. tasya-of Him. Text 84 bandhu-vatsala ity ashatantur yash cavalambyate sa trutyed yadubhis tasya gadha-sambandha-marshaëat bandhu-vatsalah-dear relative. bata-indeed. avalambyate-is suspended. Gone is the hope that He will return here. manye-I consider. For a long time I thought my death would be His mercy to me. iti-thus. gadha-intense. sah-that.

you know their incomparable greatness. yahi-please go. janasi-know. vayam-we. nirupama-incomparable. eva-certainly.Text 85 tad yahi tasya parama-priya-varga-mukhyan shri-yadavan nirupama-pramadabdhi-magnan tesham mahattvam atulam bhagavams tvam eva janasi tad vayam aho kim u varëayema tat-therefore. They are plunged in a great ocean of incomparable transcendental bliss. mahattvam-the greatness. parama-most. tasya-of Him. mukhyan-the most important. magnan-plunged. varga-of the groups. They are most dear to Lord Krishëa. atulam-•incomparable. varëayema-shall describe. O lord Narada. What can we say to describe it? Text 86 shri-parikshid uvaca bho yadvendra-bhagini-suta-patni matah shri-dvarakam muni-varas tvaraya gato 'sau daëda-praëama-nikaraih pravishan purantar durad dadarsha subhagan yadu-pungavams tan . aho-ah! kim-what? u-indeed. shri-yadavan-the Yadavas. tvam-you. paramada-of transcendental bliss. Please go to visit the Yadu dynasty. bhagavan-O Lord Narada. abdhi-into the ocean. tesam-of them. priya-dear. tat-therefore.

bhoh-O. shri-sudharmayam-Sudharma. srak-with garlands. Shri Parikshit said: O mother. praëama-obeisances. O wife of the son of the sister of Lord Krishëa. They were very richly ornamented with the handsomeness of their bodily forms. acitam-decorated. shridvarakam-to Dvaraka. Narada saw the members of the Yadu dynasty comfortably sitting in their own seats in the Sudharma assembly-house. the king of the Yadu dynasty. durat-from far away. pungavan-the leaders. antah-within. tan-them. He repeatedly fell down like a stick to offer respectful obeisances. gatah-went. sukha-comfortably. . asinan-seated. tvaraya-with haste. yatha-kramam-in their own seats. adhyan-enriched.shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. muni-of sages. danda-falling down like a stick. bhusha-ornaments. yadava-indra-of Lord Krishëa. saundarya-with handsomeness. matah-O mother. pravisan-entering. subhagan-the fortunate. Text 87 sabhayam shri-sudharmayam sukhasinan yatha-kramam nija-saundarya-bhushadhyan parijata-srag-acitan sabhayam-in the assembly. at that moment the great sage Narada quickly went to Dvaraka. parijata-of parijata flowers. uvaca-said. patni-O wife. bhagini-of the sishter. He entered the palace and saw in the distance the exalted leaders of the Yadu dynasty. dadarsha-saw. nikaraih-with many. They wore garlands of parijata flowers. varah-the best. yadu-of the Yadu dynasty. purathe palace. nija-own. asau-he. suta-of the son.

divya-splendid. Text 89 anyonyam citra-narmoktikelibhir hasato muda suryam akramatah svabhih prabhabhir madhurimayan anyonyam-with each other. ca-also. ati-very. vandibhih-by poets. kelibhih-with pastimes. They were entertained by splendid and festive music and dance. madhurimayan-charming. ukti-words. prabhabhih-splendor. sevyamanan-served. sangita-music. stuyamanan-glorified. muda-with happiness. uktya-with words. utsavaih-with festivities. parama-great.Text 88 divyati-divya-sangitanrityadi-paramotsavaih sevyamanan vicitroktya stuyamanamsh ca vandibhih divya-splendid. adi-beginning with. akramatah-defeating. hasatah-laughing. citra-wonderful. vicitra-wonderful. suryam-the sun. nrtya-dancing. narma-joking. . and they were glorified by poets with wonderful words. svabhih-with their own.

vibhushaëa-with ornaments. apitan-manifesting. vicitritanwonderfully ornamented. esu-among them. even the very old. Text 90 nana-vidha-maha-divyavibhushaëa-vicitritan kamshcit pravayaso 'py eshu nava-yauvanam apitan nana-various. navayauvanam-fresh youthfulness. was in the prime of youth. Everyone. kamscit-some. pravayasah-very old. api-even. divya-splendid. vidha-kinds. They were very charming and the splendor of their forms eclipsed the sun.They spoke wonderful joking words among themselves and laughed. They were wonderfully decorated with many kinds of very splendid ornaments. maha-very. Text 91 shri-krishëa-vadanambhojasudha-triptan abhikshnashah ugraseëam maha-rajam parivritya cakasatah pratikshyamanan shri-krishëa- .

Countless millions of Yadus waited. ambhoja-of the lotus flower. trptan-satisfied. katha-topics.devagamanam adarat shri-krishëa-of Shri Krishëa. locanan-and eyes. adarat-respectfully. cakasatah-were manifested. vyagraintent. vadana-of the face. Text 93 . iksha-glance. tat-of Him. Surrounding Maharaja Ugrasena. eagerly talking about Lord Krishëa. they respectfully waited for the arrival of Lord Krishëadeva. •pratikshyamanan-waiting. sudha-by the nectar. koti-millions. manasa-hearts. kathana-conversing. asaktanattached. agamanam-for the arrival. Text 92 tad-antah-pura-vartmekshavyagra-manasa-locanan tat-katha-kathanasaktan asankhyan koti-kotishah tat-antah-pura-to the residential quarters of the palace. ugrasenam-Ugrasena. maha-rajamMaharaja. and their hearts and eyes fixed on the path coming from Lord Krishëa's residential quarters. shrikrishëadeva-of Lord Krishëadeva. asankhyan-countless. kotisah-of millions. abhikshnasah-at every moment. For them the greatest happiness was always to drink the nectar of Lord Krishëa's lotus face. parivritya-surrounding. vartma-path.

Everyone at once sat around him. antaram-into. tam-of him. lifted him up. sabha-the assembly-hall. tat-of him. eva-certainly. He was offered a great and splendid throne. anupavishtam-not sitting down. asane-on a throne. but he would not •sit on it. svayam-personally. akulah-agitated. upaveshya-sitting. Becoming aware of Narada's presence. abhyetya-approaching. sambhrama-with haste. . divya-splendid. panauon the hand. dhavantahrunning. Text 94 maha-divyasane datte 'nupavishtam tad-icchaya bhumav evopaveshyamum paritah svayam asatah maha-a great. By his own wish he sat on the floor. bhumau-on the floor. the Yadavas hastily ran to him. yadavah-the Yadus. datte-was offered. dhritva-holding. icchaya-by the desire. utthapya-lifting up. paritah-all around. and at once led him by the hand into the assembly-hall. prasabham-at once.jnatva tam yadavo 'bhyetya dhavantah sambhramakulah utthapya prasabham paëau dhritva ninyuh sabhantaram jnatva-becoming aware. amum-he. asatah-sitting. ninyuh-they led.

aha-said. pravarah-the best. samahritam-brought. maha-great. abja-of the lotus. and addressed them: Text 96 bhoh krishëa-padabja-mahanukampita lokottara mam adhuna dayadhvam yushmakam evaviratam yathaham kirtim pragayan jagati bhrameyam bhoh-O. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. Narada. anukampitah-O objects of mercy.Text 95 devarshi-pravaro 'mibhih puja-dravyam samahritam natva sanjalim utthaya vinito muhur aha tan devarsi-of divine sages. dayadhvam-please be kind. natva-bowing down to offer respects. dravyamarticles. the humble leader of the divine sages. aham-I. puja-for worship. kirtim-the glory. jagati-in the universe. muhuh-repeatedly. mam-to me. eva-certainly. yatha-as. bowed down before them with folded hands. vinitah-humble. tan-to them. loka-uttarah-extraordinary. utthaya-rising. aviratam-without cessation. pragayan-singing. anjalim-folded hands. sa-with. . pada-feet. amibhih-by them. bhrameyam-I may wander. yusmakam-of you. adhuna-now. When they brought paraphernalia to worship him. stood up.

kulam-dynasty. lokah-world. Text 97 aho alam shlaghyatamam yadoh kulam cakasti vaikuëtha-nivasito 'pi yat manushya-loko yad-anugrahad ayam vilanghya vaikuëtham ativa rajate aho-ah! alam-very. Text 98 vritta dharitri bhavati saphala-prayasa yasyam janur-vasati-keli-caya kilaisham yesham maha-harir ayam nivasan griheshu . Ah. anugrahat-because of the mercy. yat-because. By the mercy of •the Yadus this world of men has become more glorious than Vaikuëtha. shlaghyatamam-the most glorious. cakasti-is manifested. vilanghya-jumping over. rajate-shines. vaikuëtham-Vaikuëthaloka. nivasitah-than the residents. please be kind to me and allow me to wander through this universe always singing your glories. ativa-greatly. ayam-this. manusya-of men. yadoh-Yadu. yat-of whom. vaikuëtha-of Vaikuëthaloka. the Yadu dynasty is the most glorious. The Yadus are more glorious than the residents of Vaikuëtha.O great souls who have obtained the mercy of Lord Krishëa's lotus feet. api-even.

and enjoy pastimes on your surface. caya-multitude. vasati-residence. yasyam-on whom. Now the Supreme Personality of Godhead resides on your surface in the homes of the Yadus. yesam-of whom. esam-of them. kila-indeed. ramate-enjoys.kutrapi purvam akritai ramate viharaih vritta-become. purvam akritaih-unprecedented. keli-pastimes. ayam-He. saphala-prayasa-fruitful. januhbirth. kutrapi-somewhere. maha-harih-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. dharitri-O earth. Texts 99 and 100 yesham darshana-sambhashasparshanugamanasanaih bhojanodvaha-shayanais tathanyair daihikair dridhaih dushchedaih prema-sambandhair atma-sambandhato 'dhikaih baddhah svargapavargeccham cchittva bhaktim vivardhayan . O earth. bhavati-is. viharaih-with pastimes. nivasan-residing. reside. now your life is a great success. and enjoys with them many unprecedented transcendental pastimes. for now the Yadus have taken birth. grihesu-in the homes.

navam-and newer. and greatly increased their •pure devotion to Him. Lord Krishëa bound the Yadavas with unbreakable bonds of intense love stronger than the love they bore for their own selves. apavarga-and for impersonal liberation. drdhaih-firm. adhikaih-greater. eating with them. baddhah-bound. darshana-by the sight. By placing Himself before the eyes of the Yadavas. anugamana-following. vivardhayan-increasing. asanaih-sitting. svarga-for residence in the celestial material realm. udvaha-ties of marriage. arranging for marriages between their families. In this way He broke their desire for impersonal liberation or residence in the celestial material planets. prema-of love. sitting with them. Text 101 krishëo vismrita-vaikuëtho vilasaih svair anukshaëam navam navam anirvacyam vitanoti sukham mahat krishëah-Lord Krishëa. anukshaëam-at every moment. vismrta-forgotten. bhojana-eating. vilasaih-with pastimes. duschedaihunbreakable. navam-newer. sparsha-touch. sukham-pleasure. vitanoti-gives. tatha-in that way. bhaktim-devotion. sambhasha-by conversation. svaih-own. anyaih-with others. mahat-great. anirvacyamindescribable. sambandhaih-by bonds. daihikaih-in relation to the body. atma-sambandhatah-than what is in relation to the self. . chittva-breaking. by conversing with them.yesam-of whom. vaikuëthah-Vaikuëtha loka. iccham-the desire. sleeping with them. touching them. sayanaih-sleeping. following them. and in many other ways.

walking.By enjoying transcendental pastimes in their company. atana-walking. krishëa-for Lord Krishëa. api-even though. vartamanah-being engaged. ye-who. and a host of other activities. snana-bathing. gives to the Yadus an indescribable and intense transcendental pleasure that is newer and newer at every moment. Even though engaged in sleeping. svan-themselves. bathing. api-although. Text 103 maha-rajadhirajayam ugraseëa mahadbhutah maha-saubhagya-mahiman bhavatah kena varëyatam . premëa-with pure love. alapa-talking. adisu-beginning. eating. asana-eating. na-not. asana-sitting. smarantiremember. Text 102 shayyasanatanalapakrida-snanasanadishu vartamana api svan ye krishëa-premëa smaranti na sayya-sleeping. sitting. they are so absorbed in love for Lord Krishëa they cannot remember anything except Him. who has now forgotten Vaikuëthaloka. playing. krida-engaged in various diversions. talking. Lord Krishëa.

maha-hareh-of the Supreme Lord. adbhutawonderful. pashya-see. Text 105 yadu-raja bhavantam yan . ugrasena-O Maharaja Ugrasena.maha-raja-adhiraja-great king. para-vasyamunder the control. kena-by whom? varëyatam-may be described. bhavatah-of you. akaram-the reservoir. O great king Ugrasena. priyajana-of His dear devotees. bhara-abundance. maha-very. it is very wonderful! It is a great jewel-mine of wonders! The Supreme Personality of Godhead allows Himself to be controlled by the love of His devotees. Ah. mahima-glory. priti-of the love. maha-great. saubhagya-of good fortune. who is able to describe the wonderful glory of your great good fortune? Text 104 aho mahashcaryataram camatkara-bharakaram pashya priyajana-pritipara-vashyam maha-hareh aho-ah! maha-ashcaryataram-very wonderful. ayam-this. camatkara-of wonder.

abhisksnam-continually. sevaka-a servant. namah-obeisances. iti-thus. raja-O king. and anyone connected with you.nishaëëam paramasane agre sevakavat tishthan sambodhayati sadaram yadu-of the Yadus. For this reason I offer my respectful obeisances to all your relatives. agre-in the presence. "O my lord. servants. bhavadbhyah-to you. bhavantam-to you. tishthan-standing. bhavat-of you. please be kind to Me. namah-obeisances. please order Me. Lord Krishëa stands before you like a servant. friends. vat-like." and "I am your servant. adisaplease order. sambodhayati-addressed. mam-me. . sa-with. tat-therefore." For this reason I offer my respectful obeisances to you again and again. ca-also. bhrityam-servant. deva-O lord. iti-thus. yat-because. adaram-respect. O king of the Yadus. nidharaya-hear my words. sambandhine-in relationship. and respectfully says: Text 106 bho nidharaya deveti bhrityam mam adisheti ca tad bhavadbhyo namo 'bhikshëam bhavat-sambandhine namah bhoh-O. when you are seated on the throne. paramaasane-on the throne. nisannam-seated.

Text 107 shri-parikshid uvaca tato brahmaëya-devanuvartino yadavo 'khilah sa-pada-grahaëam natva matar ucur maha-munim shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. anuvartinah-the followers. grahanam-grasping. who are great devotees of Lord Krishëa. ucuh-said. and said: Text 108 shri-yadava ucuh shri-krishëasyapi pujyas tvam asmadiya-maha-prabhoh katham asman maha-nican nicavan namasi prabho . matah-O mother. yadavah-the Yadus. Shri Parikshit said: Then all the Yadus. the deity of the brahmaëas. bowed down before the great sage Narada. brahmaëya-deva-of Lord Krishëa. the Deity of the brahmaëas. pada-of the feet. natva-bowing down. akhilah-all. uvaca-said. munim-sage. sa-with. touched his feet. tatah-then. maha-to the great.

that what you have said about us is not untrue. yadava-indra-of Lord Krishëa. maha-great. nica-a lowly person. prabhoh-Lord. O eloquent orator who has defeated even Lord Brahma. prabho-O lord. namasi-you bow down to offer respects. the king of the Yadavas. yat-which. ucuh-said. O lord. prabhavatah-by the power. maha-who are very. idam-this nah-to us. The Yadavas said: "Even our master. katham-how? asman-to us. the king of the Yadus. vak-pati-of Brahma. tvaya-by you. vat-like. it is only because of the great power of Lord Krishëa. uditam-spoken. nican-lowly and fallen. who are so lowly and unimportant? Text 109 jita-vakpati-naipuëya yad idam nas tvayoditam tad asambhavitam na syad yadavendra-prabhavatah jita-defeated. the great Lord Krishëa. naipunya-expertise.shri-yadavah-the Yadavas. Text 110 . worships you. tat-that. tvam-you. asmadiya-our. shri-krishëasya-by Lord Shri Krishëa. na-not. api-even. asambhavitam-impossible. why do you bow down like a lowly person to offer respects to us. pujyah-to be worshiped. syat-may be.

. akarah-a jewel-mine. He is the best friend of everyone.tasya kenapi gandhena kim va kasya na siddhyati maha-dayakaro yo 'yam nirupadhi-suhrittamah tasya-of Him. anatha-shelterless. sadhakah-causing to attain. ayam-this. kasya-of whom? na-not. maha-great. dina-poor. kena api-with something. mahima-of glory. akhila-all. what person will not attain perfection? Lord Krishëa is a jewel-mine of great mercy. saranam-shelter. sense-gratification and liberation. With the slightest scent of Lord Krishëa's association. daya-of mercy. Text 111 maha-mahima-pathodhih smrita-matrakhilarthadah dinanathaika-sharaëam hinarthadhika-sadhakah maha-great. economic development. yah-which. artha-benefits. eka-sole. hina-to the lowly. nirupadhi-without limit. suhrit-tamah-best friend. kim-whether? va-of. artha-the four goals of religiousity. adhika-greater. siddhyati-•becomes perfect. matra-only. dah-granting. pathodhih-the ocean. smrta-remembered. gandhena-a slight scent.

yah-who. yadava-indrasya-of Lord Krishëa. paramatranscendental. economic-development. priyah-dear friend. Text 113 asman vihaya kutrapi yatram sa kurute prabhuh na hi tad duhkham asmakam drishte 'py asminn apavrajet . Text 112 kintv asmasuddhavah shriman paramanugrahaspadam yadavendrasya yo mantri shishyo bhrityah priyo mahan kintu-however. servant. Remembering Him grants all the goals of one's life. aspadam-the object. uddhavah-Uddhava. or liberation. asmasu-among us. mahan-great. He is the only shelter of the poor and shelterless. the king of the Yadavas. anugraha-of mercy. sishyah-student. disciple. To the humble and lowly He gives a benediction far more valuable than material piety. Uddhava is Lord Krishëa's counselor. and dear friend. among us the fortunate Uddhava is the real object of Lord Krishëa's great mercy. sense-gratification.He is an ocean of great transcendental glory. However. bhrityah-servant. mantri-the advisor. shriman-fortunate.

nityam-always. janimah-we understand.asman-us. prabhuh-the Lord. apieven. nivasanresiding. esah-He. sah-H kurute-does. Text 114 na janimah kada kutra punar esha vrajed iti uddhavo nityam abhyarëe nivasan sevate prabhum na-not. abhyarëe-near. Uddhava. iti-thus. punah-again. The Lord sometimes leaves us and goes traveling. vrajet-may go. vihaya-abandoning. kada-when? kutra-under what circumstances. always stays with Him and serves Him. kutra api-somewhere. apavrajet-goes. We do not know when or where He will go again. drishte-is seen. sevate-serves. He goes away. duhkham-the suffering. Not •noticing our suffering. na-not. prabhum-the Lord. asmakam-of us. however. uddhava-Uddhava. hi-indeed. asmin-that. Text 115 sva-gamya eva vishaye preshayad bhagavan amum . yatram-a journey.

visaye-in the circumstance. kvacit-sometimes. avrita-taken. sambiya-of Samba. bhagavan-the Lord. Uddhava alone regularly obtains the maha-prasadam remnants of Lord Krishëa's meals. nityam-always. krida-of pastimes. tishthan-standing. Uddhava stays nearby. kaurava-by the Kauravas. eva-certainly. bhojana-of eating. kautuka-of eagerness. maha-prasadam-Maha-prasadam. hareh-of Lord Krishëa. Sometimes the Lord sends Uddhava to go accomplish something that should actually be done by the Lord Himself. labhate-attains. adi-beginning with. amum-He. presayatdispatched. When the Lord enjoys the pastime of taking His meals. Uddhava's going to deliver Samba is an example of such a mission. ucchostamremnants. ekalah-alone.kauravavrita-sambiyamocanadi-krite kvacit sva-gamye-to be gone by Himself. Text 116 yas tishthan bhojana-kridakautukavasare hareh maha-prasadam ucchishtam labhate nityam ekalah yah-who. Text 117 . mocana-deliverance. krite-for the deed. avasare-at the time.

muda-with transcendental happiness. shlaghanabhavaih-praises. parisadi-in the assembly. manojnaih-beautiful. sarvan-all. kvacit-sometimes. mantra-of counsels. sukhayati-delights. sva-own. tatthem. nah-of us. api-also. sukha-into the happiness. ca-also. kridayam-in pastimes. dvandvam-pair. Uddhava happily massages the Lord's lotus feet. vicitraih-wonderful. ca-also. mahan-great. Uddhava enters the happiness of sleep with the Lord's feet pressed against his chest. prayati-goes. bhagavatah-the Lord. aravinda-lotus. narma-of joking words. atra-here. nidhaya-placing. amatyah-counselor. varanbenedictions.padaravinda-dvandvam yah prabhoh samvahayan muda tato nidra-sukhavishtah shete svanke nidhaya tat pada-feet. oghaih-with a great flood. anke-on the chest. sasangeaccompanies. avishtah-entered. . samvahayanmassaging. sete-lies down. prapayati-fulfills. yah-who. tatah-then. manibhih-with jewels. nidra-of sleep. Text 118 rahah-kridayam ca kvacid api sasange bhagavatah prayaty atramatyah parishadi mahan mantra-maëibhih vicitrair narmoghair api hari-krita-shlaghana-bhavair manojnaih sarvan nah sukhayati varan prapayati ca rahah-confidential. krita-done. hari-by Lord Krishëa. api-also. prabhoh-of the Lord.

Uddhava delights us and fulfills all our desires. who speaks many jewels of good counsel to the Lord. ayam-he. Text 119 kim tasya saubhagya-kulam hi vacyam vatulatam prapa kilayam evam ashaishavadyah prabhu-pada-padmaseva-rasavishtatayocyate 'jnaih kim-whether? tasya-of him. rasa-into the nectar.Sometimes Uddhava accompanies the Lord in His confidential pastimes. pada-of the feet. evam-in this way. vacyamdescribable in words. By repeating Lord Krishëa's many wonderful joking words and charming words of praise. kulam-abundance. avishtataya-by the state of having entered. In the government assembly-hall Uddhava is the prime minister. prabhu-of the Lord. kila-indeed. Text 120 aho sada-madhava-pada-padmayoh prapatti-lampatya-mahattvam adbhutam ihaiva manushya-vapushy avapa . vatulatam-madness. asaisava-since childhood. hi-indeed. saubhagya-of good fortune. padma-to the lotus flower. prapa-attained. For this reason a host of ignorant fools proclaims him a madman. seva-of service. ajnaih-by the ignorant. Is it possible to describe his great good fortune? Since childhood he has always been rapt in service to the Lord's lotus feet. ucyate-is said. adyah-beginning with.

sva-rupam utsrijya hareh sva-rupatam aho-ah! sada-always. manusya-human. asman-us. utsrjya-abandoning. sandarshanena-by seeing. makara-shark-shaped. . sva-rupatam-own form. satatam-always. vapusi-in a forms. dayitatarah-more dear. ramya-more handsome. srak-with a garland. uttamsa-earrings. eva-certainly. vanya-of forest flowers. adbhutam-wonderful. rupam-form. Because he has attained the wonderful glory of always intensely desiring the Lord Krishëa's lotus feet. pita-yellow. hara-with necklaces. prabhu-to the Lord. padmayoh-to the two lotus flowers. Text 121 pradyumnad ramya-rupah prabhu-dayitataro 'py esha krishëopabhuktair vanya-srak-pita-patöyamshuka-maëi-makarottamsa-haradibhis taih nepathye bhushito 'sman sukhayati satatam devaki-nandanasya bhrantya sandarshanena priya-jana-hridayakarshanotkarsha-bhaja pradyumnat-than Pradyumna. bhaja-possessing. greedy desire. mani-with jeweled. utkarsha-excellence. hridaya-of the heart. bhushitah-decorated. avapaattainede. sva-own. esah-he. api-also. rupah-whose form. upabhuktaih-enjoyed. taihwith them. mahattvam-the glory. krishëa-by Lord Krishëa. Uddhava has now abandoned his human material form and attained a transcendental form resembling that of Lord Krishëa. adibhih-beginning. lampatya-of intense. the son of Devaki. hareh-of Lord Krishëa. pattya-amsuka-with silken garments. devai-nandanasya-of Lord Krishëa. akarshaëa-attracting. pada-of the feet. bhrantya-by the illusion. prapatti-attainment. nepathye-in the dressing room. madhava-of Lord Krishëa. iha-here. priya-jana-of dear friends. sukhayati-pleases.

vikara-the symptoms of ecstacy. saubhagyam-good fortune. harsha-prakarshatah-out of great happiness. Texts 122 and 123 shri-parikshid uvaca matar ity adikam shrutva maha-saubhagyam uttamam uddhavasya munir geham gantum harsha-prakarshatah utthaya tasya dig-bhagavartma datum samudyatah jnatvokto yadu-rajena citra-prema-vikara-bhak shri-parikshti-Shri Parikshit. citra-wonderful. gantum-to go. and also more dear to Lord Krishëa. iti-thus. Uddhava delights us by bewildering us into thinking that instead of him we are actually seeing before us Lord Krishëa. utthaya-rising. jeweled shark-shaped earrings. uktah-addressed.Uddhava is more handsome than Pradyumna. shrutvahaving heard. bhakpossessing. uddhavasya-of Uddhava. maha-great. . jnatva-knowing. rajena-by the king. matah-O mother. prema-of transcendental love. munih-the sage. uvaca-said. garlands of forest flowers and necklaces of jewels that had all been worn at one time by Lord Krishëa. uttamam-transcendental. dik-bhaga-to the direction. whose handsome splendor attracts the hearts of His devotees. adikam-beginning. tasya-of him. Always wearing yellow silk garments. datumto take. samudyatah-about. vartma-the path. geham-to the residence. yadu-of the Yadus.

please hear something for a moment. Narada began to walk on the path to Uddhava's place when Maharaja Ugrasena. and already knowing the way. ekam api kvacit-something. vina-without.Shri Parikshit said: When he heard these words describing Uddhava's transcendental good fortune. Overwhelmed with wonderful ecstatic love for Lord Krishëa. eva-certainly. anyatra-in any other place. said: Text 124 shri-ugraseëa uvaca bhagavan uktam evasau kshaëam ekam api kvacit nanyatra tishöhatishasya krishëasyadeshato vina shri-ugrasenah-Shri Ugrasena. bhagavan-O lord. Narada Muni became very eager to go to Uddhava's home. uvaca-said. kshaëam-for a moment. krishëasya-Krishëa. uktam-spoken. na-not. the king of the Yadus. Without the Lord's express command. isasya-of the Lord. Uddhava never leaves Lord Krishëa's company. adesatah-the order. Text 125 yathaham prarthya tat-sangasthitim napnomi karhicit . asauthis. Shri Ugrasena said: My lord. tishöhati-stays.

rajya-of the kingdom. hinahwithout. apnomi-I attain. gaurava-respect. matra-only. Text 127 . ca-also. yatha-as. I cannot associate with Him whenever I wish. I am happy to execute His order. eka-sole. aham-I. palana-protecting. tan-maha-labhatah-from that great attainemnt. adara-respect. uvaca-said. karhicit-somehow. asatyaya-unreal. utsavah-happiness. vancitah-cheated. ajna-order. tat-sangah-His company. yantraëam-checking.tan-maha-labhato hino 'satyaya rajya-rakshaya yatha-as. sthitim-situation. Text 126 ajna-palana-matraikasevadara-kritotsavah yatha ca vancito nitva mithya-gaurava-yantraëam shri-parikshid-Shri Parikshit. na-not. but still I am cheated by the false respect He offers me. mithya-lie. krita-done. prarthya-appealing. •rakshaya-protection. nitva-brought. seva-service. The temporary maintenance of the kingdom robs me of that great attainment.

gatva-having gone. seva-service. sandesham-message. tat-parshva-his side. tatra-there. mahasukhi-very happy. ca-also. na-not. kadapi-ever. bhavata-by you. natham-Lord. tatha-so. adya-now. Text 128 tat tatra gatva bhavatashu madrisham sandesham etam sa nivedaniyah adyatyagad agamanasya vela sva-natham adaya sabham sanathaya tat-that. etam-this. is very happy. Uddhava. sabhamassembly. . ashu-at once. he is never cheated by Lord Krishëa. Because he has the good fortune always to serve at the Lord's side. atyagadabandoned. uddhavah-Uddhava. saubhagyad-from the good fortune. syat-is.krishëena ca tatha kashcid uddhavash ca maha-sukhi tat-parshva-seva-saubhagyad vancitah syat kadapi na krishëena-by Krishëa. adaya-taking. however. agamanasya-arrived. nivedaniyah-should be requested. sanathaya-make with a master. vancitahcheated. madrisham-like me. kashcid-someone. sva-own. sah-He. vela-limit. ca-also.

Please give the royal-assembly its Lord. Tell him: "The time for the Lord's arrival is already past.Please go there at once and give my message to Uddhava. Please bring the Lord." Chapter Six: Priyatama (The Most Dear Devotees) Text 1 shri-parikshid uvaca tac chrutvarye maha-premarasavesheëa yantritah maha-vishëu-priyo viëahasto 'sau vismritakhilah sada dvaravatavasabhyastantah-pura-vartmana prabhu-prasada-deshantahpraveshashcarya-vahina purvabhasad ivabhyasam prasadasya gato munih bhutavishöo mahonmadagrihitash ca yathetarah .

prabhu-of the Lord. praveshaentrance. Text 2 bhumau kvapi skhalati patati kvapi tishöhaty aceshöah kvapy utkampam bhajati luöhati kvapi rodity athartah kvapy akroshan plutibhir ayate gayati kvapi nrityan sarvam kvapi shrayati yugapat prema-sampad-vikaram bhumau-on the ground. prasada-palace. patati-falls. tat-that. iva-as. Sometimes he trembled. akhilah-everything. arye-O noble lady. sadaalways. antah-pura-within the palace. walked on the path to the inner rooms of the Lord's palace. nrityandancing. kvapi-sometimes. yatha-as. prema-of love. akroshan-weeping. luöhati-rolls about. sarvam-every. skhalati-stumbles. utkampam-trembling. kvapi-sometimes. vismrita-forgotten. ashcarya-vahina-filled with wonder. Sometimes he cried out. itarah-other. after hearing these words. Sometimes he stood motionless. hastah-in hand. yugapat-at the same time. overwhelmed with love. atha-then. Sometimes wept . and like a man possessed. roditi-cries. prasadasya-to the palace. forgetting everything. mahonmadagrihitah-a madman. munih-the sage. ayate-is. viëa-vina. asau-he. plutibhih-with floods. abhyasta-been. shrutva-hearing. Sometimes he rolled about. bhajati-does. avesheëa yantritah-filled. artah-distressed. aceshöah-motionless. avasa-residence. vikaram-transformation. kvapi-sometimes. Shri Parikshit said: O noble lady. purvabhasat-before. vartmana-by the path. tishöhati-stands. Lord Maha-Vishëu's dear devotee Narada. kvapih-sometimes. mahaprema-of great love. ca-also. antah-within. bhutavishöah-entered. abhyasam-manifest. kvapi-sometimes. maha-vishëu-to Lord Maha-Vishëu. Sometimes he stumbled. sampat-treasure. a path full of wonders that he had travelled many times before. desha-place. rasa-nectar. gayati-sings.shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. Sometimes he fell to the ground. who holds a viëa in his hand. shrayati-rests. kvapi-sometimes. dvaravata-at Dvaravaka. gatah-gone. priya-dear. kvapi-sometimes.

idanim-now. savadhanatara bhava-please be attentive. please be attentive. idam-this. sa-dhairyam-with soberness. svayam-personally.floods of tears. Sometimes he sang and danced. shriëulisten. tvam-you. Text 3 he man-matar idanim tvam savadhanatara bhava sthiratam prapayanti mam sa-dhairyam shriëv idam svayam he man-matah-O my mother. Text 4 tasminn ahani kenapi vaimanashyena veshmanah antah-prakoshöhe suptasya prabhoh parshvam vihaya sah adurad dehali-prante . sthiratam-steadiness. prapayanti-cause to attain. Sometimes in a single moment he manifested together all the symptoms of the treasure of ecstatic love. O my mother. Please carefully hear someting that makes me become stunned with love. mam-me.

rukmiëi-Rukmiëi. devaki-Devaki. Rohiëi. padmavati-Padmavati. sa-she. tatra-there. Kamsa's gossipy mother Padmavati. aikshanta-saw. ahani-day. prabhoh-of the Lord. tushëim bhutah-silent. aparah-others. tatha-then. the other queens headed by Satyabhama. kenapi-with a certain. rohiëi-Rohiëi. ca-and. te-they. Rukmiëi. kamsa-mataKamsa's mother. praptam-attained. tatha-then. vartamanah-being. sa-with. shrimad-uddhavah-Shri Uddhava. devyah-queens. as Lord Krishëa morosely slept in His bedroom. ca-and. vaimanasyena-unhappiness. baladevah-Baladeva. suptasya-sleeping. Devaki. apurva-unprecedented. . satyabhama-adayah-headed by Satyabhama. vismayam-wonder. dasah-srvants. ca-and. parshvam-the side.nivishöah shrimad-uddhavah baladevo devaki ca rohiëi rukmiëi tatha satyabhamadayo 'nyash ca devyah padmavati sa ca pravritti-hariëi kamsamata dasas tathaparah tushëim bhutash ca te sarve vartamanah sa-vismayam tatra shri-naradam praptam aikshantapurva-ceshöitam tasmin-that. and many others became silent and with wonder they gazed at Narada. veshmanah-filled. antah-prakoshöhe-in the inner room. Then Baladeva. adurat-not far away. anyah-other. ca-also. vihaya-leaving. On that day. shri-naradam-Narada. the servants. ceshöitam-deeds. who was acting in a way never seen before. pravritti-hariëi-gossiping. Shriman Uddhava left His side and came to the doorway. sarve-all. nivishöah-entered. dehali-prante-the entrance. sah-he.

" Text 6 shri-parikshid uvaca . upavisha-sit. What has suddenly happened to you? Please sit quietly for a moment. kshaëam-for a moment. kshaëena-in a moment. tam-Him. we have never seen anything like this. tushëim-silent. adya-now. Rising. nitva-bringing. yatnat-with effort. aniya-bringing. klinna-wet.Text 5 utthaya yatnad aniya svasthyam nitva kshaëena tam premashru-klinna-vadanam prakshalyahuh shanair laghu adrishöa-purvam asmabhih kidrisham te 'dya ceshöitam akasmikam idam brahmams tushëim upavisha kshaëam utthaya-rising. purvam-before. laghu-softly. prakshalya-wiping. prema-of love. brahman-O Brahmana. idam-this. adrishöa-not seen. ahuh-said. akasmikamsuddenly. asmabhih-by us. te-of you. svasthyam-natural state. they made him wash his face and brought him to his natural condition. ceshöitam-done. Slowly and softly they said: "O brahmaëa. kidrisham-like what?. vadanam-face. ashru-with tears. shanaih-slowly.

sa-kampa-with trembling. bharet-may hold. eka-sole. . ashru-tears. and his bodily hairs erect. milita-met. with great effort he opened his eyes flooded with tears. Shri Parikshit said: Bowing down. pada-feet. me-of me. tada-then. locane-eyes. va-or. maya-me. trembling. yatnat-with difficulty. unmilayan-opening. tadiya-of Him. bhajanam-object. saubhagya-good fortune. dhara-flood. pulaka-acitah-anmd hairs standing up in ecstasy. atha-then. manojna-beautiful. uvacasaid. sangamayadhvai-I meet. and with a voice choked with emotion said: Text 7 shri-narada uvaca manojna-saubhagya-bharaika-bhajanam maya samam sangamayadhvay uddhavam tadiya-padaika-rajo 'tha va bharet tadaiva shantir bata me 'ntaratmanah shri-narada uvaca-Shri Narada said. samam-with. uddhavam-Uddhava.sa-gadgadam uvacashrudhara-milita-locane yatnad unmilayan natva sa-kampa-pulakacitah shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. shantih-peace. eka-sole. antaratmanah-in the heart. sa-gadgadam-with words choked with emotion. rajah-dust. natva-bowing down. bharaabundance. eva-indeed. bata-indeed.

Text 8 puratanair adhunikaish ca sevakair alabdham apto 'lam anugraham prabhoh mahattamo bhagavateshu yas tato maha-vibhutih svayam ucyate ca yah puratanaih-ancient. yah-who. adhunikaih-contemporary. prabhoh-of the Lord. maha-vibhutih-very powerful and opulent.Shri Narada said: Please bring me to supremely fortunate Uddhava. The Lord Himself has described his glories. has attained the great mercy of the Lord he has attained. ca-also. ca-and. either in ancient times or today. The dust of his feet will bring peace to my heart. No devotee. He is the greatest of devotees. yah-who. alam-abundantly. bhagavateshu-among the devotees. sevakaih-by servants. Text 9 purve pare ca tanayah kamalasanadyah sankarshaëadi-sahajah suhridah shivadyah bharya ramadaya utanupama sva-murtir na syuh prabhoh priyatama yad-apekshayaha . aptah-attained. alabdham-not attained. tatah-then. svayam-personally. anugraham-mercy. ucyate-is said. mahattamahgreatest.

prathitani-famous. sandoha-abundance.purve-before. sva-murtih-own form. pare-great. Text 10 bhagavad-vacanany eva prathitani puratanah tasya saubhagya-sandohamahima-vyanjakany alam bhagavat-of the Lord. rama-adayah-headed by the goddess of fortune. His ancient and recent sons headed by Brahma. and even His own transcendental form are not as dear to the Lord as Uddhava is. uta-indeed. His brothers headed by Balarama. His friends headed by Shiva. na-not. saubhagya-of good fortune. priyatama-more dear. Text 11 . bharyas-wives. His wives headed by the goddess of fortune. vacanani-the statements. The Lord's words since ancient times show the great glory of Uddhava's good fortune. eva-certainly. mahima-glory. prabhoh-to the Lord. aha-said. tanayah-sons. yadapekshaya-in that matter. shiva-adyah-headed by Shiva. The Lord Himself has said this. sankarshaëa-adi-headed by Sankarshaëa. syuh-is. puratanah-in ancient times. suhridah-friends. kamalasana-adyah-headed by Brahma. ca-and. alam-greatly. anupamapeerless. tasya-of Him. sahajah-brothers. vyanjakani-revealing.

sakalam-all. jatani-born. gitani-sung. vilakshaëani-extraordinary. samakramya-entering. lunöhanti-plunders. shri-krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. Today the extraordinary wonders of this mercy were sung by the best of the Yadus. haöhat-violently. hrit-of the heart. api-also. Passing through the door of my ears. jagat-in the world. adya-now. dvareëa-by the door. Text 12 pravishya karëa-dvareëa samakramya hrid-alayam madiyam sakalam dhairyadhanam lunöhanti ha haöhat pravishya-entering. dhanamwealth. prasada-from the mercy. ha-indeed. . dhairya-of peaceful composure. alayam--the realm. that description has now plundered all the wealth of my peaceful composure.tasmin prasada-jatani shri-krishëasyadbhutany api jagad-vilakshaëany adya gitani yadu-pungavaih tasmin-in this. yadupungavaih-by the best of the Yadus. adbhutaniwonders. and entering my heart. karëa-of the ears. madiyam-my.

bhak-possessing. tat-padau-his feet. bhagavat-of the Lord. atyanta-very. aha-said. nidhaya-placing. . sambhrantahbewildered. gatah-attained. sampatti-vibhava-opulence. utthaya-rising. abhipretya-understanding. janah-persons. prapta-attained. rodanaih-with crying. sattvikat-transcendental. vivashah-overcome. munim-the sage. drutam-quickly. smritiyantritah-remembering. tat-tat-various. gatam-gone. prasada-mercy. yatnat-with effort. shritah-taken shelter. bhara-abundance. samalingya-embracing. uddhavah-Uddhava. hritheart. avadhapya-embracing. tasya-of him. matsaryat-out of envy. tadiya-His. dhairyam-peacefulness. dinah-poor.Text 13 shri-parikshid uvaca uddhavo 'tyanta-sambhranto drutam utthaya tat-padau nidhayanke samalingya tasyabhipretya hrid-gatam hrit-prapta-bhagavat-tat-tatprasada-bhara-bhag-janah tadiya-prema-sampattivibhava-smriti-yantritah rodanair vivasho dino yatnad dhairyam shrito munim avadhapyaha matsaryat sattvikat pramudam gatah shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. hrit-heart. anke-on his chest. pramudam-happiness. prema-love.

bhagavat-to the Lord. yat-what. With a great struggle regaining his peacefulness. bhakti-of devotional service. prabhah-O lord. Shriman Uddhava said: O all-knowing one. iha-here. and was overcome with tears. remembered the great souls who had attained the Lord's great mercy. tvaya-by you. O lord. because you are the first teacher of the path of devotional service to the Lord. happy with transcendental envy. satya-vak-shreshöha-O best of the truthful. O best of the great sages. understood what was in (Narada's) heart. O best of the truthful. marga-the path. sarvajna-O all-knowing one. placed Narada's feet on his chest. Text 15 . guruëa-by the teacher. Uddhava at once stood up. embraced them. uktam-said. he said to Narada Muni: Text 14 shrimad-uddhava uvaca sarvajna satya-vak-shreshöha maha-muni-vara prabho bhagavad-bhakti-margadiguruëoktam tvayeha yat shrimad-uddhava uvaca-Shri Uddhava said. maha-muni-vara-O best of the great sages. adi-first.Shri Parikshit said: Bewildered. what you say is certainly true.

. I know this and others also know. me-my. dhruvam-indeed. curëatam-the state of being ground into dust. manah-pride. satyam-truth. vraje-in Vraja. sphuöam-manifested. maya-by me. gatah-attained. iti-thus. vartata-is. adhikam-more. gatva-having gone. All that you have said and more is true of me. tatah-then.tat sarvam adhikam casmat satyam eva mayi sphuöam vartateti maya jnatam asid anyair api dhruvam tat-that. sarvam-all. anyaih-by others. Recently I went to Vraja and saw something that ground into dust my pride in my own great good fortune. kim api-something. yat-what. ca-also. asmat-than this. mayi-in me. Text 16 idanim yad vraje gatva kim apy anvabhavam tatah maha-saubhagya-mano me sa sadyash curëatam gatah idanim-now. jnatam-known. maha-saubhagya-great good fortune. anvabhavam-I experienced. sadyah-at once. sah-it. api-also. eva-indeed. asit-was.

api-indeed. eva-indeed. tat-prasadasya-of His mercy. maya-by me. Text 18 tad-darshanenaiva gato 'ti-dhanyatam tarhy eva samyak prabhunanukampitam tasya prasadatishayaspadam tatha matva svam ananda-bharapluto 'bhavam tad-darshanena-by seeing this. samyak-completely. hi-indeed. aplutah-flooded. tarhi-then. jnata-known. gatah-gone. tasya-of Him. tadvatamof they who are like that. His mercy. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. adbhuta-wonderful. tat-premëah-of His love. ananda-of bliss.Text 17 tata eva hi krishëasya tat-prasadasya cadbhuta tat-premëo 'pi maya jnata madhuri tadvatam tatha tatah-then. matvaconsidering. caand. prabhuna-by the Lord. svam-personally. madhuri-sweetness. prasada-mercy. aspadam-object. His love. bhara-by an abundance. tatha-then. anukampitam-become the object of mercy. . atishaya-great. eva-indeed. eva-indeed. dhanyatam-to good fortune. ati-great. There I could understand the wonderful sweetness of Lord Krishëa. tatha-then. and His devotees. abhavamI became.

tat-that. shravaëa-hearing. sarvesham-of all. I yearned to become their follower. tattad-vritta-these things. I cannot say more. kakubhih-with plaintive words. rasatah-from the nectar. viramam-stopping. maya-by me. Text 20 shri-parikshid uvaca . O best of sages. yat-what. I became flooded with bliss. yat-what. tatah-then.By seeing them I became very fortunate and attained all the Lord's mercy. samshrayetha-take shelter. I bow before you again and again. natva-and bowing. With plaintive words I beg you: Don't be so eager to hear of this. gayam-and singing. itah-then. na-not. su-viditam-understood. shakyate-is able. natva-bowing. yad-abhilashata-desire. Thinking that I had attained the Lord's great mercy. tvam-you. Singing about them again and again. Everyone knew. Text 19 gayam gayam yad-abhilashata yat tato 'nushöhitam yat tat sarvesham su-viditam itah shakyate 'nyan na vaktum natva natva muni-vara maya prarthyase kakubhis tvam tat-tad-vritta-shravaëa-rasatah samshrayetha viramam gayam-singing. anyat-another. prarthyase-you are requested. anusthitamfollowed. muni-vara-O best of sages. vaktum-to be said.

who having stayed for a long time in Gokula was dearly loved by the people there. vasena-with residence. uvaca-said. gokula-in Gokula. tearfully said: Text 21 shri-rohiëy uvaca astan shri-hari-dasa tvam maha-durdaiva-maritan saubhagya-gandha-rahitan nimagnan dainya-sagare tat-tad-vadava-vahny-arcistapyamanan vishakulan kshaëacinta sukhinya me ma smriteh padavim naya . Shri Parikshit said: Understanding the meaning of what Uddhava said. tatratya-there. tad-vakya-of hsi words.tad-vakya-tattvam vijnaya rohiëi sasram abravit cira-gokula-vasena tatratya-jana-sammata shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. abravit-said. sammata-dear. sa-with. jana-the people. asram-tears. rohiëi-Rohiëi. cira-for a long time. vijnayaknowing. tattvam-the truth. Rohiëi.

rodanaih-crying. sukhinya-happy. Please don't place on the path of my memory they whom misfortune has destroyed. nimagnan-plunged. mahartayah-tormented. gravah-hard. saubhagya-of good fortune. api-even. tvam-you. samanita-honored. ashaneh-than a thunderbolt. padavim-to the path.shri-rohiëi-Shri Rohiëi. who are set aflame by a host of burning volcanoes. roditi-cries. acinta-without worry. . Text 22 aham shri-vasudevena samanita tato yada yashodaya mahartayas tadanintana-rodanaih gravo 'pi rodity ashaner apy antair dalati dhruvam jivan-mritanam anyasam vartam ko 'pi mukham nayet aham-I. tadanintana-then. tatah-then. kshaëa-a moment. maha-durdaiva-by great misfortune. sagare-in an ocean. dalati-breaks. tat-tad-vadavavahny-•arcih-the fire of a submarine volcano. who are plunged in an ocean of sorrows. who have not the slightest scent of good fortune. api-although. me-me. yashodayah-of Yashoda. astan-are. Shri Rohiëi said: O servant of Lord Hari. I am happy. yada-when. ma-don't. shri-hari-dasa-a servant of Lord Hari. gandha-the scent. antaih-within. tapyamanan-tormented. visha-akulan-poisonous. dainya-of sorrow. I have not a moment's worry. naya-bring. rahitan-without. maritan-destroyed. who are poisoned. uvaca-said. smriteh-of the memory. shri-vasudevena-by King Vasudeva.

When Maharaja Vasudeva took me (to Mathura) Yashoda cried so bitterly her tears broke what is harder than thunderbolts. akathayam-I say. tat-that. nayet-place. When your master returned from His guru's home I. tvat-your. Text 24 na hi komalitam cittam tenapy asya yato bhavan . grihat-from the home. On his mouth who can place the news of the other women there. jivan-living. sankshepeëa-in summary. agatam-arrived. briefly and sadly told Him their story. mukham-on the mouth. ku-dhih-a fool. kincana-something. who were like the living dead? Text 23 athagatam guru-grihat tvat-prabhum prati kincana sankshepeëaiva tad-vrittam duhkhad akathayam ku-dhih atha-then. vartam-news. prati-to. prabhummaster.dhruvam-indeed. eva-indeed. being a fool. guru-of the guru. anyasam-of others. ko 'pisomething. mritanam-of the dead. vrittamnews. duhkhat-out of grief.

sandesha-of messages. komalitam-softened. then. an eloquent speaker of messages. Text 25 ayam eva hi kim teshu tvat-prabhoh paramo mahan anugraha-prasado yas tatparyeëocyate tvaya ayam-this. preshitahsent. teshu-among them. eva-indeed. param-then. but in His stead) sent you. hi-certainly. yatah-because. api-also. ucyate-is said. Why. hi-indeed. tvat-prabhoh-of yoru master. tena-by Him. caturi-vidya-pragalbhah-eloquent. for (He did not return. bhavan-you.sandesha-caturi-vidyapragalbhah preshitah param na-not. paramah-better. do you say that your master has given His best mercy to them? Text 26 . mahan-great. anugraha-prasadah-mercy. kim-whether?. tvaya-by you. His heart was not softened. tatparyeëa-by the meaning. cittam-heart. yah-ehich. asya-of Him.

from demons beginning with Putana and ending with Keshi. from a serpent and other creatures. tu-indeed. jatah-born. from demigods beginning with Varuëa and Indra. sviya-own. vrajaVraja.mama pratyeksham evedam yada krishëo vraje 'vrajat tato hi putanadibhyah keshy-antebhyo muhur muhuh daityebhyo varuëendradidevebhyo 'jagaraditah tatha cirantana-sviyashakaöarjuna-bhangatah ko va nopadravas tatra jato vraja-vinashakah tatratyas tu janah kincit te 'nusandadhate na tat mama-of me. kincit-something. vinashakah-destroying. keshi-antebhyah-ending with Keshi. kah-who?. varuëendra-adi-beginning with Varuëa. daityebhyah-from the demons. anusandadhate-became worried. muhur muhuh-again and again. cirantana-old. tatratyah-there. va-or. tat-that. vraje-to Vraja. eva-indeed. yada-when. hi-certainly. idam-this. bhangatah-breaking. avrajat-went. from the breaking . arjuna-arjuna trees. upadravah-calamity. ajagara-aditahbeginning with a serpent. shakaöa-cart. tethey. tatha-then. tatah-then. tatra-there. putana-adibhyah-beginning with Putana. pratyeksham-before the eyes. janah-the people. devebhyah-the demigods. na-not. krishëahKrishëa. na-not. When Krishëa was in Vraja.

krishëasya-of Krishëa. It was as if they had become enchanted. tatra tatrawherever. hi-indeed. what calamity did not attack Vraja before my own eyes? Still. na-not. Text 27 mohita iva krishëasya mangalam tatra tatra hi icchanti sarvada sviyam napekshante ca karhicit mohitah-charmed.of the old cart and the arjuna trees. sarvada-always. ca-also. karhicit-at all. the people there were not troubled. apekshante-they consider. iva-as if. They always wished for Krishëa's welfare and they never considered their own. sviyam-for themselves. mangalam-auspiciousness. icchanti-they desire. Text 28 sva-bhava-sauhridenaiva yat kincit sarvam atmanah asyopakalpayante sma nanda-sunoh sukhaya tat .

eva-indeed. prabhuna-by the Lord. idanim-now. atmanah-personally. done out out of love. sukhaya-for the happiness. Before your master did not do anything for their welfare. tat-that. amisham-of them. kincit-something. Everything they did was for Krishëa's happiness. tat-that. yat-what. api-also. tat-that. kva-where?. vacmi-I say. na-not. Text 29 tadanim api namisham kincit tat prabhuna kritam idanim sadhita-svartho yac cakre 'yam kva vacmi tat tadanim-then. upakalpayante sma-they considered. cakre-did. kritam-done. kincit-something. asya-of Him. ayam-that. nanda-sunoh-of Nanda's son. yat-what.sva-bhava-sauhridena-by natural friendship. How can I describe what He does now that His goals are fulfilled? Text 30 shri-parikshid uvaca . sarvamall. a-sva-arthah-without considering their own welfare. sadhita-done.

vicara-thinking. ceshöita-actions. tat-that. said: Text 31 shri-padmavaty uvaca aho batacyutas tesham gopanam akripavatam abalyat kaëöakaraëye palayam asa go-gaëan shri-padmavati uvaca-Shri Padmavati said. tesham-of them. janani-the mother. kaëöaka-of thorns. . sa-with. akripavatam-merciless. abalyat-from childhood. dhrishöa-arrogant. acyutah-Krishëa. hata-destroyed. shaking her head. wicked Kamsa's arrogant and senile mother. dushöa-wicked. kamsasya-of Kamsa. kampam-shaking. shirah-head. Shri Parikshit said: Hearing this.tac chrutva dushöa-kamsasya janani dhrishöa-ceshöita jara-hata-vicara sa sa-shirah-kampam abravit shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. sa-she. go-gaëanthe cows. srutva-hearing. aho bata-aha!. araëye-in the forest. jara-by old-age. palayam asa-protected. abravit-said. gopanam-the gopas.

bhakshayet-fed. striyah-the women. daduh-they gave. tortured by hunger. go-rasam-milk. kshudhaturahungry. kincit-something. They never gave Him even shoes! When. tat-then. na-not. tasmai-to Him. badhnanti-bound. the women tied Him up! Text 33 akroshanti ca tad duhkham kala-gatyaiva kritsnashah krishëena sodhum adhuna kim kartavyam bataparam . ca-also. He drank a little milk.Shri Padmavati said: Alas! From childhood Krishëa protected in a forest of brambles the cows of these merciless cowherds! Text 32 paduke na dadus tasmai kadacic ca kshudhatura go-rasam bhakshayet kincid imam badhnanti tat striyah paduke-shoes. kadacit-ever. imam-this.

prajna-gambhirya-sampurëa-whose intelligence is very deep. kim-why?. vakyam-the statement. rohiëi-Rohiëi. krishëena-by Krishëa. samvriëoti-chose. aparam-more. ca-and. Deeply intelligent Rohiëi. Krishëa suffered so much in the course of time. tat-that. prastutam-to glorify. bata-indeed. anadrityaignoring. What must He do for them now? Text 34 shri-parikshid uvaca prajna-gambhirya-sampurëa rohiëi vraja-vallabha tasya vakyam anadritya prastutam samvriëoti yat shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. duhkham-unhappiness. yat-what. vallabha-dear. kritsnashah-completely. Text 35 . tasyah-of her. gatya-by the movement. ignored her words and chose to glorify (the people of Vraja). who was very dear to Vraja. Let them cry. eva-indeed. sodhum-to tolerate. vraja-to Vraja.akroshanti-they cry. kala-of time. adhuna-now. kartavyam-should be done.

Shri Rohiëi said: Krishëa went to the Yadus' capitol. rajadhanim-the capitol. raja-rajeshvarah-the king of the kings of the kings. tesham-of them. ishvarah-master. upakrita-served. citte-in His heart. Text 36 nirjitopakritasheshadevata-vrinda-vanditah aho smarati citte 'pi na tesham bhavad-ishvarah nirjita-defeated. ayam-this. smarati-remembers. yadunam-of the Yadus. vishrantah-rested. hata-killed. and then became the happy king of kings of kings. ca-also. api-even. . devata-vrinda-by the demigods. shri-mathuram-Shri Mathura. na-not. bhavatyour. praptah-attained. abhavat-did. ari-vargah-enemies. ahah-oh. ashesha-all. killed His enemies.shri-rohiëy uvaca rajadhanim yadunam ca praptah shri-mathuram ayam hatari-vargo vishranto raja-rajeshvaro 'bhavat shri-rohiëi uvaca-Shri Rohiëi said. vanditah-bowed down. Mathura.

Your master. Text 37 shri-parikshid uvaca tad-vaco 'sahamanaha devi krishëasya vallabha sada krita-nivasasya hridaye bhishma-nandini shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. Shri Parikshit said: Unable to tolerate these words. tad-vacah-her words. sada-always. who always stays in His heart. nivasaresidence. hridaye-in the heart. the daughter of King Bhishmaka. krishëasya-of Krishëa. bhishma-nandini-Rukmiëi. in His heart does not remember them. ahasaid. to whom the defeated demigods bow down. asahamana-not tolerating. devi-the queen. vallabha-beloved. krita-done. Krishëa's beloved queen Rukmiëi. said: Text 38 shri-rukmiëy uvaca bho matar navanitati- . asya-of Him.

without understanding how His heart is softer than fresh butter. kincit-something. Shri Rukmiëi said: O mother. evam-thus. ucyate-is spoken. hi-indeed. tvaya-by you. katham-how?. can you speak in this way? Text 39 yuyam shriëuta vrittani tarhi tarhi shrutani me kim api kim api brute ratrau svapann api namabhih madhura-madhuram pritya dhenur ivahvayati kvacit uta sakhi-gaëan kamshcid gopan ivatha manoharan samabhinayate vamsivaktram tri-bhanga-parakritim . ati-very.mridu-svantasya tasya hi avijnayantaram kincit katham evam tvayocyate shri-rukmiëi uvaca-Shri Rukmiëi said. svantasya-whose heart.fresh butter. avijnaya-not understanding. tasya-of Him. how. antaramthen. bho matah-O mother. mridu-soft. navanita.

vaktram-mouth. When He sleeps at night sometimes He sweetly and lovingly calls many cows by name and sometimes he calls His charming gopa friends. lalita-O Lalita. kadacit-sometimes. sambodhayati-calls out. dhenuh-a cow. manoharan-enchanting. kim api kim api-something. as He sleeps. samabhinayate-brings near. vamsi-flute. ahvayati-He calls. me-My. kadapi-sometimes. vrittani-story. uta-indeed. tu-indeed. kvacit-somewhere. "Mother. iti-thus. He softens the pillow with many tears. ratrau-at night. matahmother. namabhih-with names. me-my. tarhi tarhi-then. vadet-may say. parakritim-transcendental form. shri-radhe-O Shri Radha. candravali-Candravali. gopan-gopas. pritya-with love. iva-as if. asrasaraih-with many tears. sakhi-gaëan-girl friends. navanitam-fresh butter. madhura-madhuram-very sweetly. idam-this. patam-garment. shayanatah-sleeping. iva-as if. “Shri Radha! Lalita!" Sometimes He says. iti-thus. kamshcit-some. tulim-the pillow. karshati-pulls. brute-He said. kim api-somehow. Sometimes His transcendental form bends in three places and He pretends to place the flute to His mouth. Text 40 . atha-then. All of you please hear what I have heard. mridulayati-softens. api-even. kadacitsometimes. why?" and tugs at my garment. Sometimes. vitara-give. me-by me. mam-to me. kadapi-sometimes. shriëuta-listen. give Me some fresh butter!" Sometimes He calls to me. svapan-sleeping. Sometimes He says. tri-bhanga-three fold bending. "Candravali. shrutani-heard.kadacin matar me vitara navanitam tv iti vadet kadacid chri-radhe lalita iti sambodhayati mam kadapidam candravali kim api me karshati paöam kadapy asrasarair mridulayati tulim shayanatah yuyam-you.

Text 41 adyapi drishöva kim api svapan nishi krandan shucasau vimanaskataturah dattvambaram murdhani suptavat sthito nityani krityany api nacarad bata adya-today. and by this we become plunged in an ocean of tormented grief. kim api-something. yena-by whom. duhkha-of suffering. arta-of pain. roditi-cries. svapan-as He slept. sthitah-stayed. Suddenly rising from the bed. ambaram-cloth. maha-great. utthaya-rising. aturah-overcome. atha-then. krityani-duties. bata-indeed. shuca-with grief. making sounds of grief. . He weeps. sadyah-at once. drishöva-having seen. arëave-in an ocean. na-not. dattva-placing. acarat-did. api-even. tatha-then. vimanaskata-with melancholy. shoka-of grief. nishi-at night. nimajjamah-plunged. murdhani-on His head. suptavat-as if asleep. svaraihwith sounds. api-also. asau-He. vayam-we. krandan-crying. nityani-regular.svapnad utthaya sadyo 'tha rodity arta-svarais tatha vayam yena nimajjamo duhkha-shoka-maharëave svapnat-from sleep.

shri-rukmiëi-Shri Rukmiëi.Seeing something in a dream last night. Today He has not done any of His regular duties. He covers His head with a blanket and pretends to sleep. Queen Satyabhama jealously said: O Shri Rukmiëi. sa-sapatni-gaëa-with her co-wives. satyabhama-Satyabhama. He has become very depressed. why do you say "at night"? Text 43 kim api kim api kurvan jagrad apy atma-citte shayita iva vidhatte tadrisham tadrisham ca vayam iha kila bharya namato vastutah syuh . iti-thus. aha-said. Weeping in grief. nidrayam-in sleep. tvam-did you. Surrounded by her co-wives. he-O. Text 42 shri-parikshid uvaca sa-sapatni-gaëa sershyam satyabhamaha bhamini he shri-rukmiëi nidrayam iti kim tvam prajalpasi shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikit said. sa-with. bhamini-noble lady. prajalpasi-say. irshyam-envy. kim-why?.

glorious Balarama. pashupa-yuvati-dasyah-the young gopi maidservants. asmat-than us. jagrat-waking. vidhatte-places. asya-to Him. syuh-are. bharyah-wives. shayita-rests. tah-they. tad-vacah-these words. ca-also. Rohiëi's son. Awake He is dazed. as if in His heart He sleeps. tadrisham-like that. tadrisham-like that. rusha-angrily. who was the life-friend of Gokula. Text 44 shri-parikshid uvaca asaktas tad-vacah sodhum gokula-praëa-bandhavah rohiëi-nandanah shriman balaramo rushabravit shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. shriman balaramah-Shri Balarama. and again and again He (laments) as when He slept. Shri Parikshit said: Unable to tolerate these words. iha-here. vayam-we. kim api-something. abravit-said.pashupa-yuvati-dasyo 'py asmad asya priyas tah kim api-something. praëa-life. iva-as if. sodhum-to bear. We are His wives in name only. api-even. vastutah-in truth. atma-citte-in His heart. api-also. kurvan-doing. kila-indeed. rohiëi-nandanah-Rohiëi's son. gokula-of Gokula. His young gopi maidservants are more dear to Him than we. bandhavah-friend. ashaktah-unable. namatah-in name. angrily said: . priyahmore dear.

dainyahumble. tatratya-there. aparan-others. His talk of the sorrows of the the people there (in Vraja) is only His expert skill at cheating others. kapaöa-in tricks. Shri Baladeva said: Girls. varta-katha-news.Text 45 shri-baladeva uvaca vadhvah sahaja-tatratyadainya-varta-kathaparan asman vancayato bhratur idam kapaöa-paöavam shri-baladevah uvaca-Shri Baladeva said. My brother is tricking us. idam-this. vancayatah-cheating. vadhvah-girls. paöavam-expertise. bhratuh-brother. asman-us. sahaja-naturally. Text 46 tatra masa-dvayam sthita tesham svasthyam cikirshata tan na shaktam maya kartum vagbhir acaritair api .

with my words and deeds I was not able to do it. maya-by Me. shapathaih-promises. masa-months. kartumto be done. shaktam-able.tatra-there. tvaraya-quickly. sthita-stayed. Although. dvayam-stwo. balat-by force. tat-that. yatnat-with great effort. shataih-hundreds. tan-them. vikshya-seeing. api-even. ashvasya-comforting. acaritaih-with actions. agatam-returned. na-not. tat-that. vagbhih-with words. sadhyam-able to be done. Seeing that no one but Krishëa could help them. I stayed (in Vraja) for two months. atra-here. with hundreds of promises I comforted them a little. and then I quickly returned here. svasthyam-an auspicious condition of life. ishat-a little. vividhaih-with various. tesham-of them. cikirshata-desire. Text 48 kataryad gaditam krishëa sakrid goshöham kayapi tat . Text 47 ananya-sadhyam tad vikshya vivdhaih shapathaih shataih tan yatnad ishad ashvasya tvarayatragatam balat ananya-not by anyone else. wishing to bring the (people there) to an auspicious condition of life.

sakrit-at once. sakshi-witness. hridayam-the heart. His deeds bear witness to the real condition of His heart. rakshaplease protect. "I will go. krishëa-O Krishëa.gatva prasanga-sangatya raksha tatratya-jivanam kataryat-out of anxiety. ca-also. Text 50 . I anxiously said: "Krishëa. His mouth said. iti-thus. goshöham-to Vraja. tadrisham-like that. bhavetmay be. tat-that. jivanam-the life. tatratya-of the people there. nanot. hi-indeed. gatva-having gone. brute-speaks. go at once to Vraja and with Your company save the lives of the people there. prasanga-sangatya-by meeting them. prayojanam-actions. bhavasya-of the condition." but His heart did not say it. gaditam-spoken. kayapi-with a certain. manasasya-of the heart." Text 49 gantasmiti mukhe brute hridayam ca na tadrisham manasasya hi bhavasya bhavet sakshi-prayojanam gantasmi-I will go. mukhe-on the mouth.

netrabhyam-with eyes. Shri Parikshit said: Hearing this. uccaih-loudly. idam-this. bhagavan-the Lord. akarëya-hearing. suddenly rose from bed and. idam-this. sa-gadgadam-with a choked voice. prema-by the love. anugraha-with compassion. jagada-said. ashrunitears. padma-lotus flower. utthayarising. dharaya-in a stream. bahih-outside.shri-parikshid uvaca idam akarëya bhagavan utthaya shayanad drutam priya-prema-paradhino rudann uccair bahir gatah shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. who is conquered by His dear devotees' love. katarah-tormented. priya-of His dear devotees. shayanat-from bed. drutam-quickly. rudan-crying. the Supreme Personality of Godhead. paradhinah-controlled. weeping loudly. para-for others. Text 51 praphulla-padma-netrabhyam varshann ashruni dharaya sa-gadgadam jagadedam paranugraha-katarah praphulla-blossoming. went outside. varshan-raining. . gatah-went.

My heart does not break in two. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Through struck by the greatest thunderbolt. maha-vajra-sareëa-by a great thunderbolt. idam-this. ghaöitam-struck. yat-which.Overcome with compassion. na-not. adya-now. api-even. hridayamheart. and raining streams of tears from His blossoming lotus eyes. Text 53 balyad arabhya tair yuktam palanam vihitam ciram . in a choked voice He said: Text 52 shri-bhagavan uvaca satyam eva maha-vajrasareëa ghaöitam mama idam hridayam adyapi dvidha yan na vidiryate shri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said. dvidha-in two. satyam-truth. eva-indeed. vidiryate-is split. mama-My.

kritam-done. vismritam-forgotten. mridula-atmanam-of the soft-hearted. ciram-for a long time. duhkham-suffering. May they somehow become happy. taih-by them. asadharaëam-extraordinary. sarvam-all. maya-by Me. palanam-protection.apy asadharaëam prema sarvam tad vismritam maya balyat-from childhood. arabhya-beginning. uta-indeed. atyantam-great. krureëacruelly. Text 54 astu tavad dhitam tesham karyam kincit kathancana utatyantam kritam duhkham krureëa mridulatmanam astu-may be. vihitam-done. tesham-of them. karyam-duty. hitam-auspiciousness. I have forgotten their extraordinary love for Me and how they protected Me for a long time since I was a child. api-also. kathancana-somehow. tavat-then. Text 55 . prema-love. yuktam-engaged. I have cruelly brought great suffering to they whose hearts are gentle. kincitsomething. tat-that.

drutam-at once. iti-thus. priya-the dear. nanda-of Nanda. putra-tp her son. dearest friend. suhrittamaih-the best of friends. idam-this. brother Uddhava. . samuddhara-deliver.bhratar uddhava sarvajna preshöha-shreshöha vada drutam karavaëi kim ity asmac chokabdher mam samuddhara bhratah-O brother. All-knowing. preshöha-of the beloved. vatsala-affectionate. mam-Me. aha-said. ishyate-is desired. karavaëi-I shall do. vada-say. Lift Me up from this ocean of grief. shreshöha-O best. kim-what?. diyatam-should be given yad yat-whatever. sakhifriend. devaki-Devaki. patni-of the wife. shoka-of grief. taih-by them. uddhava-O Uddhava. sarvajna-O all-knowing one. what should I do? Please tell Me at once. Text 56 shri-parikshid uvaca nanda-patni-priya-sakhi devaki putra-vatsala ahedam diyatam yad yad ishyate taih suhrittamaih shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. asmat-from this. abdheh-from the ocean.

sva-bhartuh-of her husband.Shri Parikshit said: Then Devaki. prabhoh-of the Lord. rajya-of the kingdom. parihasavat-as a joke. as if joking. ashravaëat-not from hearing. padmavati-Padmavati. rakshitum-to protect." Text 57 tatah padmavati rajyadana-bhita vimudha-dhih mahishi yadu-rajasya vriddha matamahi prabhoh apy uktashravaëat purvam rama-matravahelita sva-bhartu rakshitum rajyam caturyat parihasavat tatah-then. Text 58 . yadu-rajasya-of the Yadu's king. who is the Lord's old grandmother and Yaduraja Ugrasena's senile queen. dhih-intelligence. rajyam-the kingdom. Then Padmavati. api-also. vimudhabewildered. and who felt insulted because Balarama's mother would not listen to her words. matamahi-the grandmother. who feared that now the kingdom would be given away in charity. vriddha-elderly. rama-matra-from Balarama's mother. purvam-before. avahelita-scolded. dana-gift. cleverly spoke. caturyat-cleverly. said: "You should give Your dear friends whatever they wish. mahishi-the queen. who loved her son and who was the dear friend of Nanda's wife.in order to protect her husband's kingdom. bhita-fearing. ukta-heard.

yaduvamshi-eka-shravaëam-the only shelter of the Yadu dynasty. abravit-said.vyahara-paripatyanyacittatapadanena tam yadu-vamshy-eka-shravaëam vidhatum svastham abravit vyahara-paripatya-by her words. vidhatum-to place. anya-cittatapadanena-by changing the mind. With her words to change His mind and bring an auspicious condition to Him. she said: Text 59 shri-padmavaty uvaca tvayanutapyate krishëa katham man-mantritam shriëu yad ekadashabhir varshair nanda-gopasya mandire dvabhyam bhratribhyam upabhuktam hi vartate tatra dadyan na dadyad va . the only shelter of the Yadu family. svastham-in an auspicious condition. tam-Him. Lord Krishëa.

tvaya-by You. vartate-is. deyam-should be given. kaëanushah-every particle. tad-garga-of Garga Muni. tatra-there. ekadashabhih-with 11. tasmai-to him. go-rakshajivanam-whose livelihood is protecting the cows. varshaih-years. hi-indeed. dvi-guëi-kritya-doubled.go-rakshajivanam sa te sarvam tad-garga-hastena gaëayitva kaëanusah dvi-guëi-kritya mad-bhartra tasmai deyam shape svayam shri-padmavati uvaca-Shri Padmavati said. shriëu-listen. na-not. dvabhyam-with both. Then I promise that my husband (Ugrasena) will give him (Nanda) twice that. svayam-personally. mandire-in the house. With his own hand Garga Muni will calculate every morsel of food You two brothers ate for the eleven years You protected the cows in Nanda's home. bhratribhyam-brothers. gaëayitvaenumerating. anutapyate-troubled. va-or. dadyat-should give. sarvam-everything. I promise this. Shri Padmavati said: Krishëa. shape-I promise. mad-bhartra-by my husband. upabhuktam-eaten. dadyat-should give. katham-why?. te-of You. krishëa-O Krishëa. Text 60 shri-parikshid uvaca tac ca shri-bhagavan kritva shrutam apy ashrutam yatha ajanann iva papraccha . mantritam-advice. yat-what. nanda-gopasya-of Nandagopa. sahhe. mat-of me. why are You troubled? Listen to my advice. hastena-by the hand.

out of grief the Supreme Personality of Godhead spoke to Uddhava. kritva-having done. Shri Parikshit said: As if He both heard and did not hear. bho vidvad-vara-O best of the wise. avilambitam-without delay. tatratya-of the people there. shrutam-heard. tat-that. vegat-by the power. vit-understanding. iva-as if. tell Me at once what they wish of Me. tat-that. bhavan-you. shoka-of grief. papraccha-asked. abhipraya-intentions. . ashrutam-not heard. and as if He did not understand at all. atha-then. ca-also. ajanannot understanding. me-to Me. uddhavam-to Uddhava. kim-what?. abhishöam-desired.shoka-vegad athoddhavam shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. O you who know all the wishes of Vraja's people. kathayatu-please say. tesham-of them. api-also. shri-bhagavan-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O best of the wise. Text 61 shri-bhagavan uvaca bho vidvad-vara tatratyakhilabhipraya-vid bhavan tesham abhishöam kim tan me kathayatv avilambitam shri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said. yatha-as. akhila-all.

He sighed and unhappily said to Him: Text 63 shrimad-uddhava uvaca na raja-rajeshvarata vibhutir na divya-vastuni ca te bhavattah na kamayante 'nyad apiha kincid . tam-to Him. tat-that. vakyam-the statement. kshaëam-for a moment. jagada-said. nishvasya-sighing. uddhavah-Uddhava. Uddhava became filled with wonder and unhappy at heart. Shri Parikshit said: Hearing the Lord's words. shrutva-having heard. anutapam-sadness. vismerah-surprised. bhagavat-of the Lord. duhkhitah-unhappy. hridi-in his heart.Text 62 shri-parikshid uvaca tac chrutva bhagavad-vakyam uddhavo hridi duhkhitah kshaëam nishvasya vismerah sanutapam jagada tam shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. sa-with.

I will speak. and then You may consider what should be done. kamayante-desire. Text 65 . yat-what. yatha-as. api-also. prasadah-mercy. vicarya-considering. They do not wish anything but You in this life or the next. Shriman Uddhava said: They do not wish the opulences of the king of the kings of kings. na-not. svayam-personally. anyat-another.amutra ca prapyam rite bhavantam shrimad-uddhavah uvaca-Shri Uddhava said. They do not wish from You any glorious valuables. iha-here. Please give me the mercy of Your attention. kincit-something. jnapayami-I will inform. divya-vastuni-transcendental things. te-they. ucitam-proper. Text 64 avadhana-prasado 'tra kriyatam jnapayami yat pashcad vicarya kartavyam svayam eva yathocitam avadhana-of attention. vibhutih-opulences. ca-also. kriyatam-should be done. bhavattah-of You. na-not. pashcat-then. prapyam-to be attained. kartavyam-to be done. bhavantam-You. raja-rajeshvarata-of being the king of the kings of kings. ca-also. eva-indeed. rite-without. na-not. amutra-in the next life. atra-here.

drishöva-having seen. te-Your. adini-beginning with. ambudhau-in an ocean. sangatya-by meeting. bhavata-by You. preshitani-sent. they became plunged in an ocean of grief and said: Text 66 aho bata mahat kashöam vayam etad abhipsavah etat-prasada-yogyash ca jnatah krishëena samprati tad asmaj-jivanam dhig dhik tishöhet kaëöhe 'dhunapi yat nanda-gopamsh ca dhig dhig ye tam tyaktvaitany upanayan . ucuh-said. mithahtogether. bhushaëa-ornaments.) saw the ornaments and other things You had sent back with Nanda. nandasya-of Nanda. magnah-plunged.purvam nandasya sangatya bhavata preshitani te bhushaëadini drishövocur mitho magnah shucambudhau purvam-previously. Previously (when the people of Vraja. shuca-of lamentation.

Text 68 . anashanam-fasting. mahat-great. jivanam-the life. jnatah-known. bhavan-You. adhuna-now. "Alas! Alas! Alas! Now Krishëa thinks we want these things (and giving them to us) is His mercy! Miserable! Miserable is the life-breath that still stays on our throats! Miserable! Miserable are Nanda and the gopas. ca-and. etat-this. tam-Him. gamana-going.aho bata-alas. kaëöhe-on the neck. nanda-gopan-Nanda's gopas. Yashoda. the people of Vraja. asham-hope. prasada-mercy. dhik-fie!. tyaktva-abandoning. matra-by Your mother. samprati-now. etatHis. etani-they. Now they have begun a great fasting (until death). asmat-of us. mrita-praya-almost dead. dhik-fie!. yogyah-suitable. krishëena-by Krishëa. are on the verge of death. ca-also. saha-with. Now that they have given up hope that You will return. ye-who. upanayan-gave. yat-what. hitva-abandoning. tishöhet-may stand. mahat-great. abhipsavah-desiring. dhik-fie!. along with Your mother. yashodaya-Yashdoda. vayam-we. rebhirebegan. who left Krishëa behind and brought us these things!" Text 67 tatas tvad-gamanasham ca hitva saha yashodaya mrita-praya bhavan-matra rebhire 'nashanam mahat tatah-then. ca-also. tvat-of You. api-also. kashöam-calamity. dhik-fie!. tat-this.

ashaktah-unable. nandah-Nanda. Then.kritaparadhavan nando vaktum kincid dina-trayam ashakto 'tyanta-sokarta vraja-praëan avan gatan bhavatas tatra yanoktim grahayan shapathotkaraih darshayan yukti-caturyam amun evam ashas tv ayat krita-done. shapathotkaraih-with promises. tatra-there. avan-protecting. amun-them. Text 69 shri-nanda uvaca dravyaëy adau prema-cihnani putra etany atra prahinot satya-vakyah . ayat-did. grahayan-taking. kincit-something. atyanta-sokarta-overcome with grief. tu-indeed. praëan-the life. gatan-gone. Nanda could not speak for three days. explaining with great reason. bhavatah-of You. evam-thus. dina-days. caturyamskill. uktim-statement. Overcome with grief. vraja-of Vraja. aparadhavan-offense. trayam-three. He gave hope to the people of Vraja and saved their lives. darshayan-showing. vaktum-to say. yukti-at logic. ashah-hope. and repeating Your promise to return. and thinking he had committed an offense. yana-going.

they placed them on their bodies. avashyam-inevitably. tatratyam-there. etani-these. dadhuh-placed.shighram pashcad agamishyaty avashyam tatratyam sva-prastutartham samapya shri-nandah uvaca-Shri Nanda said. Shri Nanda said: My son sent these things as tokens of His love. Shriman Uddhava said: Hearing these words. sarve-all. pashcat-then. samalocya-seeing. sva-prastutaartham-explanation. shighram-quickly. the simple-hearted people of Vraja believed them. He will keep His word. alankaran-ornaments. samapya-concluding. He will quickly return as soon as He finishes His duties there. Text 70 shrimad-uddhava uvaca shrutva te tatra vishvasya sarve sarala-manasah bhavat-pritim samalocyalankaran dadhur atmasu shrimad-uddhava uvaca-Shri Uddhava said: shrutva-having heard. manasah-hearts. Seeing these ornaments as signs of Your love. sarala-simple. atmasu-on themselves. cihnani-signs. putrah-son. satya-truthful. pritim-love. vishvasya-having faith. agamishyati-will return. dravyani-things. vakyah-words. te-they. prema-of love. prahinot-sent. adau-first. bhavat-for You. . tatra-there. atra-here.

nihatah-dead.Text 71 shri-krishëo 'tra samagatya prasada-dravya-sangrahat vikshyajna-palakan asman nitaram kripayishyati shri-krishëah-Shri Krishëa. iva-as if. samarpya-giving. tu-but. babhuvuh-became. . svayam-personally. dravya-things. They thought: "When He returns. prasada-mercy. nitaram-very. ajna-palakan-following the order. samagatya-returning. te-they. prahinot-sen. sandesham-message. sangrahat-by taking. kripayishyati-will be kind. atra-here. yah-who. tena-by that. vikshya-seeing. mam-to me. Krishëa will see that we followed His order by wearing these prasadam-ornaments and He will be very kind to us. asman-us. sarve-all. agatva-not going." Text 72 bhavan svayam agatva tu yah sandesham samarpya mam prahinot tena te sarve babhuvur nihata iva bhavan-You.

they all became as if dead. jivayitva-bringing to life. gamanam-going. prayatnat-with great effort. bhavatah-of You. maya-by me. Seeing this. samagatam-arrived. Text 74 tvat-praptaye 'tha sannyastasamasta-vishayashrayah prapur yadrig avastham te tam pricchaitam nijagrajam . pratijnaya-promising. but only sent me with a message. tatra-there. I promised You would return. and with a great effort I saved their lives.When You did not personally return. drishöya-with a glance. tan-them. dhruvam-certainly. Text 73 tatha drishöya maya tatra bhavato gamanam dhruvam pratijnaya prayatnat tan jivayitva samagatam tatha-so.

karpara-pots. To attain You they have renounced all sense pleasures. adhahdown. devaki-bhishmaja-adinam-odf the queens headed by Rukmiëi and Satyabhama. sa-sneham-with love. praptaye-to attain. sah-He. vyagrah-agitated. asraëi-tears. maha-great. mridula-soft. prapuh-attained. samasta-all. vilokya-seeing. Ask Your elder brother what condition they have attained. yadrik-like which. etam-this. samjnayaby name. te-they. sannyasta-renounced. ayacatah-begged. vishaya-sense pleasures. avastham-state. patraëi-pages. sankaya-with the fear. agrajam-elder brother. tamthat. Text 75 shri-parikshid uvaca tad-viccheda-maha-duhkhasankaya mlapitani sah devaki-bhishmajadinam mukhany avanatany adhah ksharad-asraëi sa-sneham vilokya mridulashayah masi-karpara-patraëi vyagro 'yacatah samjnaya shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. . ksharat-flowing. atha-then. ashrayah-shelter. avanatani-bowed. priccha-ask. tad-viccheda-in separation from Him. nija-own. masi-black ink. mlapitani-wilted. mukhani-the faces. duhkha-suffering.tvat-You. ashayahhearts.

bandhavanfriends. O dear friends. patram-the object. sva-hastena-with His own hand. Rukmiëi and the others were terrified of being separated from Him and their bowed faces were wilting and shedding tears out of love. iti-thus. aham-I." With His own hand He wrote this comforting letter of love to make their faith strong. janita-please know. samadhaya-completing. eva-indeed. . pratitaye-for convincing. mat-priyah-O you who are dear to Me. ashvasya-consoling. Krishëa's heart became softened and. please know this.Shri Parikshit said: Seeing that Devaki. I will soon return. "After I finish My duties and have comforted My friends here. preshayitum-to send. ashvasanam-consolation. Text 76 prastutartham samadhayatratyan ashvasya bandhavan esho 'ham agata-praya iti janita mat-priyah evam ashvasanam premapatram preshayitum vraje sva-hastenaiva likhitam tac ca gadha-pratitaye prastutartham-duty. vraje-to Vraja. ca-also. agata-prayah-almost come. atratyan-here. eshah-He. He suddenly called for leaf-pages and a pot of ink. tat-that. evam-thus. likhitam-written. agitated. gadha-deep. prema-of love.

shubha- . Knowing what Krishëa had done. atyanta-great. artimdistress. manoh-the heart. uddhavah-Uddhava. idam-this. abhipretya-understanding. padabja-yugasya-of the lotus feet.Text 77 tasyehitam abhipretya prapto 'tyantartim uddhavah vraja-vasi-mano-'bhijno 'bravit sa-shapatham rudan tasya-of Him. prabhah-O lord. tvadiya-Your. su-nirëitam-decided. uvaca-said. abhijnahunderstanding. rudan-explaiming. Uddhava became very unhappy and exclaimed: Text 78 shrimad-uddhava uvaca prabho su-nirëitam idam pratihi tvadiya-padabja-yugasya tatra shubha-prayanam na vinasya jived vrajah kathancin na ca kincid icchet shrimad-uddhavah-Shri Uddhava. abravit-said. pratihi-please know. praptah-attained. and also knowing the hearts of the people of Vraja. ihitam-done. vraja-vasi-of the residents of Vraja. sa-shapatham-with a vow. tatra-there.

vrajah-Vraja. Please understand the conclusion. sa-hasam-with a smile. kathancit-somehow. asya-of that. Shriman Uddhava said: Lord. dhunvati-shaking. kamsa-mata-Kamsa's mother.prayanam-for auspiciousness. now I understand! Now I understand! Text 80 . kumatih-senile. icchet-may desire. jivet-may live. shirah-her head. maya-by me. "Ah! Ah! Foolish Devaki. the people of Vraja cannot remain alive. Shri Parikshit said: Shaking her head and laughing. buddham-understood. ca-also. buddham-understood. They do not desire anything but this. Text 79 shri-parikshid uvaca kumatih kamsa-mataha sa-hasam dhunvati shirah hum hum devaki nirbuddhe buddham buddham mayadhuna shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. vina-without. na-not. nirbuddhe-foolish. senile Padmavati said. aha-said. kincit-something. hum-Ah!. devaki-Devaki. Without the auspicious return of Your lotus feet. hum-Ah!. na-not. adhuna-now. Kamsa's mother.

te-they. durgameimpassable. dhurtah-rascals. sattva-creatures.ciram go-rasa-danena yantritasyoddhavasya te sahayyat tvat-sutam gopa nayayitva punar vane bhishaëe durgame dushöasattva-jushöe sa-kaëöake samrakshayitum icchanti dhurtah pashu-gaëan nijan ciram-for a long time. pashu-gaëan-cows." Text 81 shri-parikshid uvaca tac chrutva kutsitam vakyam ashakta sodhum anjasa . jushöe-filled. bhishaëe-terrible. uddhavasya-of Uddhava. dushöa-wicked. samrakshayitum-to protect. danena-by the gift. These rascals want Him to protect their cows in the terrible. nijan-own. go-rasa-of milk. sa-kaëöake-with brambles. gopah-the cowherd people. bramble-filled forest filled with wild animals. "By giving him milk again and again the cowherd people bewitched Uddhava so he would bring your son Krishëa back to Vraja to help them. vane-in the forest. punah-again. impassable. tvat-sutam-your son. icchanti-desire. nayayitva-making bring. yantritasya-engaged. sahayyat-because of being a help.

niyujyate-is engaged. ah-O. vakyamstatement. ca-also. kopita Shri Parikshit said: Unable to bear hearing these horrible words. adrishöah-not seen. ayam-this. priyasakhi-the dear friend. ashakta-unable. . rama-of Balarama. what is this about Krishëa being used to protect the cows? If they do not see Him. who was Balarama's mother and Yashoda's dear friend. became angry and spoke. kim-what?. gah-cows. anjasa-at once. na-not. the people in Vraja cannot live for a moment. jivyate-lives. kamsa-matah-mother of Kamsa. mata-the mother. Shri Rohiëi said: O mother of Kamsa. yashodayah-of Yashoda. tat-this. tatratyaih-by the people there. shrutva-hearing. Text 82 shri-rohiëy uvaca ah kamsa-matah kim ayam go-rakshayam niyujyate kshaëa-matram ca tatratyair adrishöo 'smin na jivyate shri-rohiëi uvaca-Shri Rohiëi said. kutsitam-horrible. asmin-here. rakshayam-protection. aha-said. sodhum-to tolerate.yashodayah priya-sakhi rama-mataha kopita shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. kshaëa-matram-for a moment. Rohiëi.

antarite-within. lavah-moment. vraja-sthitanam-of the people of Vraja. syat-is. kacin-a certain. eka-one. maha-pluta-svaraih-with loud sounds. kadacit-sometimes. muralim-flute. eva-certainly. shri-krishëa krishëa-Shri Krishëa Krishëa. ravim-the sun. tuindeed. Without Krishëa every moment of the day and night became like a yuga for the people of Vraja. ca-and. iti-thus. akulata-overcome. sa-rodana-with crying. shriëvatam-should be heard. Again and again they looked for the sun or the pathway of dust or listened for the flute. ahvana-of calling Him. dasha-state. bhavet-is. vartma-path. muhuh-again and again. yugam-a millenium. saha-cariëam-of companions. tu-indeed. ca-also. When Krishëa was behind a tree or something else.Text 83 vrikshadibhis tv antarite kadacid asmin sati syat saha-cariëam bhrisham shri-krishëa krishëeti maha-pluta-svarair ahvana-bhangyakulata sa-rodana vraja-sthitanam tv ahar eva kalaratrir bhaved eka-lavo yugam ca ravim rajo-vartma sa pashyatam muhur dasha ca kacin muralim ca shriëvatam vriksha-adibhih-beginning with the trees. kala-ratrih-night. asminin that. sati-being. bhangyawith waves. ahah-day. His friends would call out. ca-also. "Shri Krishëa! Krishëa! with a loud sound. rajah-of dust. pashyatam-should be seen. . sah-that. bhrisham-greatly.

saha-with. They looked to see how soon the sun would set (the time of Krishëa's return). svayampersonally. they looked in the distance for signs of dust raised by the cows' hooves (the harbinger of Krishëa's return). aöitum-to wander. kamah-desiring.Note: When during the day Krishëa was protecting the cows in the pasturing ground. sangatah-in the company. prayati-goes. Text 84 ayam hi tat-tad-vipineshu kautukad vihartu-kamah pashu-sangha-sangatah vayasya-vargaih saha sarvato 'öitum prayati nityam svayam agrajanvitah ayam-this. sarvatah-everywhere. pashu-sangha-of the cows. vayasya-vargaih-with friends. agraja-elder brother. He would happily wander with His elder brother. tat-tad-vipineshu-in the various forests. Text 85 yatrati-mattambu-vihanga-malakuli-kritaly-avali-vibhrameëa vicalitanam kamalotpalanam saramsi gandhair vilasaj-jalani . His friends. Eager to play. vihartu-to play. hi-certainly. and the cows through many forests. and they listened for the sound of Krishëa playing the flute. kautukat-happily. anvitah-with. nityam-always. the people of Vraja anxiously waited for His return.

sangini-touching. There are many splendid lakes fragrant with lotus flowers moving with the pastimes of many intoxicated water-birds and bumblebees. vibhrameëa-by wandering. Text 86 tat-tat-taöam komala-balukacitam ramyam sada nutana-shadvalavritam svabhavika-dvesha-visarjanollasanmanojna-nana-mriga-pakshi-sankulam divya-pushpa-phala-pallavavalibhara-namrita-lata-taru-gulmaih bhushitam mada-kalapi-kokila- . matta-intoxicated.tatha mahashcarya-vicitrata-mayi kalindaja sa vraja-bhumi-sangini tatha-vidha vindhya-nagadi-sambhavah parash ca nadyo vilasanti yatra ca yatra-where. vicalitanam-moving. vihanga-of birds. kalindaja-Yamuna. ca-also. kamalotpalanam-of lotus flowers. ambu-water. jalani-waters. There many other rivers like the Yamuna gloriously flow from the Vindhya Hills and other places. tatha-vidha-like that. yatra-there. vilasanti-shine. ali-avali-bees. vilasat-sparkling. parah-other. mala-garlands. saramsi-waters. ca-and. There the very wonderful Yamuna touches the land of Vraja. vraja-bhumi-the land of Vraja. kulikrita-gathered. vindhya-naga-adi-sambhavah-born from the Vindhya Hills and other places. gandhaih-with fragrances. tatha-so. sa-it. ati-very. nadyah-rivers. mahashcarya-vicitrata-mayi-very wonderful.

rahitewithout. nutana-new. avritam-covered. kalapi-peacocks. va-or. ullasat-splendid. naditam-sounding. pushpa-flowers. gatva-gone. sankulam-filled. govardhane-on Govardhana Hill. pakshi-and birds. taru-trees. namrita-bowed down. bhushitam-decorated. lata-vines. gavam-of the cows. and bushes bowing down with the great weight of many splendid fruits. phalafruits. and musical with the sounds of maddened peacocks and cuckoos. rakshakasya-protecting. ayanti-go. nanavarious. api-also. decorated with many vines. stuti-of prayers. mahishi-adi-yuktah-with buffaloes and other animals. covered with fresh grass. sa-with. patram-the object. shadvala-with grass. aja-of Brahma. The charming river and lake shores are filled with delicate bakula flowers.shreëi-naditam aja-stuti-patram tat-tat-taöam-the various shores. tatrathere. Text 87 vrindaraëye vraja-bhuvi gavam tatra govardhane va nasti himsa-haraëa-rahite rakshakasyapy apeksha gavo gatvoshasi vipinatas ta mahishy-adi-yuktah svairam bhuktva sa-jala-yavasam sayam ayanti vasam vrindaraëye-in Vrindavana forest. na-not. apeksha-in relation. komala-delicate. flowers. mriga-animals. sada-always. bhuktva-eating. svabhavikanatural. bhara-weight. acitam-filled. dvesha-enmity. vasam-home. and blossoming twigs. svairam-as they wish. visarjana-abandonment. ushasi-at sunrise. baluka-with bakula flowers. divya-splendid. yavasam-and grass. haraëa-theft. jala-water. gavah-to the cows. They are the object of Brahma's prayers. shreëi-many. vipinatah-from the forest. gulmaih-bushes. manojna-beautiful. trees. vraja-bhuvi-in the land of Vraja. crowded with many different birds and animals free from natural feelings of enmity. . asti-is. tah-they. avali-multitudes. mada-intoxicated. kokilacuckoos. himsa-violence. pallava-blossoming twigs. sayam-in evening. ramyam-charming.

Note: The people of Vraja have no need to lure Krishëa back to protect the cows that can take care of themselves and need no protector. adhuna-now. Text 88 shri-vriddhovaca are baleti vacale tat katham te gavadayah adhuna rakshakabhavan nashöa iti nishamyate shri-vriddha uvaca-the old lady said. abhavat-because of non-existence. gava-adayah-headed by the cows. are-O. buffaloes. or on Govardhana Hill. nishamyate-is heard. eat grass and drink water to their heart's content. tat-that. te-they. iti-thus. and other animals go in the morning. rakshaka-protection. the cows. katham-how?.In the land of Vraja. places where there is no danger of their being killed or stolen. then why have we heard that now. vacale-talkative. nashöah-destroyed. bala-child. for want of protection. and then voluntarily return to their homes in the evening. iti-thus. The old lady said: O talkative child. many of the cows and other animals have died? . in Vrindavana forest.

Text 90 . tormented with fears. vedinah-aware. Shri Parikshit said: Hearing this. jata-antas-tapatah-tormented at heart. bewildered. baladevasya-of Baladeva. Lord Krishn. shushyat-dried up. akulah-tormented. His heart burning with pain. and His lotus face withered. mukham-at the face. shrimad-gopaladevah-Shr• Krishëa. of Vraja. prathama-first. kalinah-times. vraja-of Vraja. sambhranti-yantritah-bewildered. tearfully looked at the face of Balarama. who knew all the news. tat-that. ashrukam-tears. apara-other. shankaya-with fears. shrutvahearing.Text 89 shri-parikshid uvaca shrimad-gopaladevas tac chrutva sambhranti-yantritah jatantas-tapatah shushyanmukhabjah shankayakulah prathamapara-kalinavraja-vrittanta-vedinah mukham alokayam asa baladevasya sashrukam shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. vrittanta-news. mukhabjah-lotus face. alokayam asalooked. past and present. sa-with.

sva-dhairya-His own peaceful composure. Unable to remain peaceful as He remembered Vraja. prarudan-crying. Balarama understood His brother's condition. rakshaëa-protection. weeping.rohiëi-nandano bhratur bhavam buddhah smaran vrajam sva-dhairya-rakshaëashaktah prarudann abravit sphuöam rohiëi-nandanah-Rohiëi's son. abravit-said. He spoke. bhratuh-of His brother. ashaktah-unable. vrajam-Vraja. Text 91 shri-baladeva uvaca gavam keva katha krishëa te te 'pi bhavatah priyah mriga vihanga bhaëdirakadambadyash ca padapah lata-nikunja-kunjani shadvalany api jivanam bhavaty evarpayam asuh kshiëash ca sarito 'drayah . smaran-remembering. sphuöam-clearly. bhavam-the condition. buddhahunderstanding.

nikunja-forest. arpayam asuh-gave. kunjani-groves. ca-also. api-also. trees headed by the bhaëdiras and kadambas. mrigah-the deer.shri-baladevah uvaca-Shri Balarama said. eva-indeed. kathadescription. satyavakyatah-from the promise. The deer. Brother. Text 92 manushyah katicid bhratah param te satya-vakyatah jatashayaiva jivanti neccha shrotum atah param manushyah-humans. nourished by the hope that You will keep Your promise. bhratah-O brother. gavam-of the cows. eva-certainly. what can I say about the cows? Everyone in Vraja is dear to You. padapah-trees. Shri Balarama said: O Krishëa. and even the grass have now given up their lives for Your sake. Even the hills and rivers have withered and gone dry. jata-born. forest groves. ka-what?. lata-vines. vihangah-the birds. You don't wish to hear any more. krishëa-O Krishëa. saritah-rivers. atah param-more. jivanam-life. iva-like. icchadesire. ca-also. . te te-they. ashaya-with hope. api-also. bhaëdira-kadamba-adyah-the trees headed by Bhandira and kadamba trees. te-of You. shadvalani-the grass. adrayah-hills. bhavatah-to You. na-not. param-further. a few humans remain alive. birds. bhavati-is. vines. kshiëah-withered. katicit-some. priyah-dear. jivanti-live. shrotum-to hear.

u-indeed. tat-that. tvaya-by You. . ni-vishah-free of poison. tesham-of them. shriëu-please hear. yadi-if. anugrahishyati-will be kind. api-even. vegena-quickly. anukampate-are compassionate. Text 94 yat tatra ca tvayakari nivishah kaliya-hradah shoko 'yam vipulas tesham shoke 'nyat karaëam shriëu yat-what. vipulah-greater. yamah-Yama. idanim-now. ayam-that. tatra-there. tada-then. then death will quickly be kind to them.Text 93 kintv idanim api bhavan yadi tan no 'nukampate yama eva tada sarvan vegenanugrahishyati kintu-however. karaëam-cause. anyatanother. shoke-in grief. If You are not kind to them now. bhavan-You. shokah-grief. na-not. akari-done. sarvan-all. kaliya-hradahKaliya lake. ca-also. eva-indeed.

Now please hear another reason for their lamentation. svahown. tvaya-by You. govardhanah-Govardhana Hill. It is almost dry. dhritah-held. jala-water. Text 96 na yanty anashanat praëas tvan-namamrita-sevinam param shushka-maharaëyadavagnir bhavita gatih . Govardhana Hill. yah-who. The Yamuna river has very little water. ajani-has become. shushka-dry. abhut-has become. yamuna-the Yamuna.That You removed the posion from Kaliya lake makes them lament bitterly. which You personally held. Text 95 tatratya yamuna sv-alpajala shushkeva sajani govardhano 'bhun nico 'sau svah prapto yo dhritas tvaya tatratya-there. sa-it. asau-it. praptah-attained. has become stunted. alpa-little. su-very. iva-as if. nicah-low.

ashru-of tears. gentle Krishëa was overwhelmed with grief. anga-ragah-what was anointing His body. Text 98 .na-not. tvat-of You. svabhavakah-nature. maha-great. agnih-fire. Clinging to Balarama's neck. shushka-dry. Their future is a fire in the great dry forest. grihitva-grasping. The stream of His tears washed away the ointments decorating His body. dhauta-washed. He loudly wept as if He were the most miserable person. amrita-by the nectar. anashanat-from not eating. shriëvan-hearing. mridula-gentle. Text 97 shri-parikshid uvaca shriëvann asau tat-para-duhkha-katarah kaëöhe grihitva mridula-svabhavakah ramam maha-dina-vad ashru-dharaya dhautanga-rago 'rudad ucca-su-svaram shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. ucca-su-svaram-loudly. They do not eat. sevinam-served. maha-dina-vat-as a very poor person. yanti-go. param-then. but because they still drink the nectar of Your name death does not leave them. nama-of the name. praëah-life. bhavita-will be. ramam-Balarama. Shri Parikshit said: Hearing this. kaëöhe-on the neck. asau-He. gatih-destination. araëya-dava-forest. arudat-wept. dharaya-with a stream. tat-para-duhkha-katarahovercome with grief.

apurva-unprecedented. vikalatam-devastation. Rohiëi. rohiëi-Rohiëi. madana-of Pradyumna. rudantah-weeping. mumoha-fainted. muhuh-at every moment. antah-pura-vasinahresidents of the palace. ca-and. sarve-all. then Krishëa and Balarama rolled about on the ground and. Seeing the unprecedented nature of Their weeping and pain. and everyone else in the palace's inner rooms became overwhelmed with grief. luloöha-rolled. after a moment. rodana-weeping. bhejuh-attained.pashcad bhumi-tale luloöha sa-balo matar mumoha kshaëat tadrig rodana-duhsthatanubhavatash capurva-vrittam tayoh rohiëy-uddhava-devaki-madana-su-shri-satyabhamadayah sarve 'ntah-pura-vasino vikalatam bheju rudanto muhuh pashcat-after. They wept again and again. tayoh-of Them both. tadrik-like that. anubhavatah-by experiencing. uddhava-Uddhava. Satyabhama. shri-satyabhama-Shri Satyabhama. devaki-Devaki. vrittam-action. Devaki. Text 99 shrutvantah-purato 'py apurva-kalitakrandam maharta-svarair dhavanto yadavo javena vasudevenograseëadayah tatragatya tatha-vidham prabhu-varam drishövarudan vihvala vipra garga-mukhas tatha pura-janash capurva-drishöekshaya . fainted. matah-O mother. sa-balah-with Balarama. O mother. duhsthatasuffering. su-the mother. bhumi-tale-on the ground. kshaëat-in a moment. adayah-beginning with. Rukmiëi.

brahmaëdam-the universe. maha-great. ati-rodanaih-with great weeping. Hearing from the palace's inner rooms screams of grief never heard before. arta-suffering. . adayah-headed. the people of the city and the brahmaëas headed by Garga Muni also wept. tatha-then. they wept. ca-also. Vasudeva and the Yadavas headed by Ugrasena quickly ran there. arudan-cried. sanjato-born. matasO mother. kshaëat-at once. pura-janah-the citizens. apurva-kalitanever seen before. prabhu-varam-the Supreme Lord. vyapyapervading. tatha-vidham-like that. akrandam-crying. svaraih-with sounds. which had never been seen before. ugraseëa-by Ugrasena. tasya-of Him. ittham-thus. yadavah-Yadavas. Chapter Seven: Purëa (The Perfect Devotees) Text 1 shri-parikshid uvaca ittham sa-parivarasya matas tasyati-rodanaih brahmaëdam vyapya sanjato mahotpata-cayah kshaëat shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. vasudevena-with Vasudeva. and seeing their Lord in that way. vihvalah-overcome with grief. tatra-there. agatya-arriving. antah-puratah-from the inner rooms of the palace. viprah-the brahmaëas.shrutva-hearing. By seeing this sight. api-also. drishöva-seeing. mahotpata-cayah-great calamities. sa-parivarasya-with His associates. Arriving. overcome with grief. mukhah-headed. dhavantahrunning. apurva-drishöaikshaya-by a sight never seen before. gargaby Garga Muni. javena-quickly.

vrito-accompanied. personally came (to Dvaraka). the demigods and the scriptures headed by the Vedas and Puraëas. anya-others. the great weeping of the Lord and His associates filled the universe and at once created a great host of terrible calamities.Shri Parikshit said: Mother. svayampersonally. Text 3 tam apurva-dasha-bhajam preshöha-praëaya-kataram nigudha-nija-mahatmya- . Because no one (but Krishëa) could have brought these calamities. veda-puraëa-adyaih-by the Vedas. api-also. bodhaka-creator. agat-came. parivaraih-companions. abhavat-because of the non-existence. caturmukhah-Brahma. accompanied by His associates. Brahma. surair-demigods. Puraëas and other scritpures. Text 2 tatranya-bodhakabhavat svayam agac caturmukhah vrito veda-puraëadyaih parivaraih surair api tatra-there.

gurum-guru. was in a wonderful. upayam-method. unprecedented condition of heart. mahatmya-bharagreat glories. anantaram-then. atmanam-himself. dhvasta-destroyed. Lord Maha-Narayaëa who. maha-narayaëam-Maha Narayaëa. alokyaseeing. praëaya-with love. dhairyo-peaceful. pitaram-father. brahmaBrahma. arudat-cried. Text 4 samstabhya yatnad atmanam svasthyam janayitum prabhoh upayam cintayam asa prapa canantaram hridi samstabhya-composing. prapaattained. hridi-in the heart. yatnad-with effort. prakaöana-uddhatam-manifestation. tortured with love for His dearest devotees and His most secret glories openly displayed. preshöha-for His dear devotees. ca-and. janayitum-to create.bhara-prakaöanoddhatam maha-narayaëam brahma pitaram gurum atmanah sa-camatkaram alokya dhvasta-dhairyo 'rudat kshaëam tam-to Him. atmanah-personally. sa-camatkaram-with wonder. kshaëam-continually. apurva-dasha-bhajam-in an unprecedented condition. Brahma lost all composure and for a moment wept. nigudha-hidden. . svasthyam-a normal condition. cintayam asa-considered. prabhoh-of the Lord. •kataram-tortured. nija-own. Gazing with wonder on his father and guru.

vinaöasutam-Garuda. rudantam-weeping. Addressing Garuda. sabodhi-kritya-gaining his attention. Text 5 tatraiva bhagavat-parshve rudantam vinaöa-sutam uccaih sambodhya yatnena sabodhi-kritya so 'vadat tatra-there. bhagavat-of the Lord. so-he. parshve-by the side. who loudly wept by the Lord's side. in his heart he found the way. Then. Text 6 shri-brahmovaca yac chri-vrindavanam madhye raivatadri-samudrayoh shriman-nanda-yashodadi- . avadat-said. and with great effort gaining his attention. he thought how to bring the Lord to an auspicious condition. Brahma spoke.Carefully composing himself. eva-indeed. uccaih-loudly. sambodhya-addressing. yatnena-with effort.

shriman-nanda-yashoda-adiheaded by Nanda and Yashoda. agatam-come. go-yuthaiswith many cows. and many cows. It is as if Vrindavana itself had come there. sakshad-directly. iva-as if. Text 7 tatremam sagrajam yatnad yathavastham shanair naya kevalam yatu tatraisha rohiëy anyo na kashcana . madhye-in the midst. pratima-statue. racitam-made. yuktam-endowed. vrindavanamVrindavana. samudrayoh-and the ocean. tadrishair-like that. Shri Brahma said: Built by Vishvakarma and decorated with deities of Nanda. shri-vrindavanam-Shri Vrindavana. mathuram-Mathura. antaram-within. a district of Mathura is splendidly manifest between Mount Raivata and the ocean. the other cowherd people. rajate-is splendidly manifest. Yashoda.pratimalankritantaram go-yuthais tadrishair yuktam racitam vishvakarmaëa rajate mathuram sakshad vrindavanam ivagatam shri-brahma uvaca-Shri Brahma said. alankrita-decorated. yat-what. raivatadri-Mount Raivata. vishvakarmaëa-by Vishvakarma.

mandam mandam-very gently and slowly. prishöhe-on his back. the king of birds. eshashe. rohiëi-Rohiëi. as His delicate state allows. kashcana-anyone. Carefully and slowly. na-not. sa-with. nito-brought. sas-he. yatha-as. but no one else. avastham-the state. who is the king of birds and the best of the wise and skilfull. imam-this. Garuda. tatra-there. svasthatam-to an auspicious condition. Rohiëi may also come. very gently placed the two of Them (Krishëa and Balarama) on his back. Text 9 . tau-Them both. brahmaëa-by Brahma. agrajam-His elder brother. shanair-gradually. nyadhatta-placed. bring Krishëa there with His elder brother.tatra-there. Text 8 shri-parikshid uvaca prayatnat svasthatam nito brahmaëa sa khageshvarah visharada-varah prishöhe mandam mandam nyadhatta tau shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. naya-bring. Shri Parikshit said: Carefully brought by Brahma to his normal state. kevalam-only. anyo-another. yatu-may go. prayatnat-with great care. khageshvarah-Garuda. visharada-varah-the most expert. yatnad-carefully.

Balarama seemed to regain His original cosciousness. tad-gopa-gopikahthe gopas and gopis. bhejire-attained. sthanam-place. caturvaktreëa-by Brahma. Text 10 shri-nanda-nandanas tatra paryanke sthapitah shanaih sakshad ivavatishöhas te yatra tad-gopa-gopikah shri-nanda-nandanas-Krishëa. sarve-all. yatra-where. te-they. . iva-as if. ramas-Balarama.sva-sthanam bhejire sarve caturvaktreëa bodhitah samjnam ivapto ramas tu niyamano garutmata sva-own. iva-as if. sthapitah-placed. avatishöhas-stood. samjnam-consciousness. tu-indeed. shanaihgradually. bodhitahknown. paryanke-on the lap. As He was being carried by Caruda. apto-attained. tatra-there. sakshad-directly. garutmata-By Garuda. Brahma brought everyone to their natural states and they all returned to their own places. Then Lord Krishëa was gently put in that place. It was as if the gopas and gopis stood around Him. niyamanobeing brought.

Text 12 naradas tu kritagaskam . sa-she. rukmiëi-Rukmiëi. tadrik-like that. pathe-on the path. went there. agatam-attained. niliya-entering. and •the queens headed by Rukmiëi and Satyabhama. padmavatiPadmavati. dasha-condition. agatya-arriving. atishöhan-stood. satyabhama-and Satyabhama. unable to leave Krishëa in that state. devaki-Devaki. vatsala-loving.Text 11 uddhavena sahagatya devaki putra-vatsala rukmiëi-satyabhamadya devyah padmavati ca sa tadrig-dashagatam krishëam ashaktas tyaktum anjasa durad drishöi-pathe 'tishöhan niliya brahma-yacnaya uddhavena-Uddhava. yacnaya-by the request. brahma-of Brahma. staying far from the path of Krishëa's eyes. Padmavati. Devaki. putra-Her son. devyah-the queens. anjasa-at once. durad-from far away. By Brahma's order they hid. who dearly loved her son. drishöi-of the vision. adyah-headed by. saha-with. Uddhava. krishëam-Krishëa. ashaktas-unable. ca-and. tyaktum-to abandon.

ekam-one. sah-he. Tightening his yoga-garment. Text 14 . bhutva-becoming. kutuhalat-eagerly. nivishöo-entered. ceshöa-the activities. atmanam-himself. Text 13 viyaty antar hrito bhutva baddhaikam yoga-paööakam nivishöo bhagavac-ceshöamadhuryanubhavaya sah viyati-the sky. ca-also. baddha-bound. devanam-of the demigods. amanyataconsidered. anubhavaya-to see. yogapaööakam-path of yoga. yadavanam-of the Yadavas. agat-went. bhagavat-of the Lord. antar-within. tu-also. Narada. did not follow the demigods and Yadavas. kritagaskam-an offender.ivatmanam amanyata devanam yadavanam ca sange 'gan na kutuhalat naradas-Narada. na-not. madhuryathe sweetness. iva-as if. Thinking himself an offender. he stayed in the sky to see the sweetness of the Lord's pastimes. sange-in the company. hrito-taken.

acaran-going.garudash copari vyomnah sthitva pratyaksham atmanah pakshabhyam acaramsh chayam anvavartata tam prabhum garudas-Garuda. ca-also. tam-Him. anvavartatafollowed. Text 15 atha krishëagrajah praptah kshaëena svasthatam iva tam sarvartham abhipretya vicakshaëa-shiromaëih kshipram svasyanujasyapi sammarjya vadanambujam vastrodarantare vamshi shringa-vetre ca kakshayoh . sthitva-standing. upari-above. pratyaksham-before the eyes atmanah-own. Garuda also went into the sky where he followed the Lord. giving shade with his wings. prabhum-the Lord. chayam-shadow. vyomnah-the sky. pakshabhyam-with wings.

a peacock feather on His head. Balarama. vesham-dress. navam-new. vastrodarantare-in the garment. dhritva-held. . svasya-own. Krishëa's elder brother. svasthatam-His natural condition. kshaëena-in a moment. barhapidam-a peacock feather. sarva-all. tvashöri-by Vishvakarma. karëayor-on His ears. artham-meaning. api-also. kakshayohunder His arms. shringa-horn-bugle. murdhani-on His head. vicakshaëa-of the wise. nidadhe-placed. anujasya-of the brother. vamshi-flute. abhipretyaunderstanding. ambujam-lotus. shanaih-slowly. abravid-said. balad-forcibly. Text 16 racayitva vanya-vesham tvashöri-kalpita-vastubhih balad utthapayan dhritvabravid uccatara-svaraih racayitva-creating. ca-also. praptah-attained. a horn-bugle and stick under His arms. gunjavatamsam-gunja earrings. quickly attained His original consciousness and understood everything. krishëagrajah-Krishëa's elder brother. the crest-jewel of philosophers. and new guna earrings on His ears. vanya-forest. utthapayan-lifting. vetre-stick. iva-as if.kaëöhe kadamba-malam ca barhapidam ca murdhani navam gunjavatamsam ca karëayor nidadhe shanaih atha-then. ca-also. uccatarasvaraih-with a loud voice. ca-also. vastubhih-with things. tam-that. sammarjya-wiping. a kadamba garland on His neck. ca-also. kadamba-malam-a garland of kadamba flowers. kalpita-created. kaëöhe-on the neck. At once He covered Krishëa's lotus face and gently placed a flute in His belt. shiromaëih-the crest jewel. vadana-face. kshipram-at once.

uttishöha-rise. Text 17 shri-baladeva uvaca shri-krishëa krishëa bho bhratar uttishöhottishöha jagrihi pashyadya velatikranta vishanti pashavo vanam shri-baladevah uvaca-Shri Balarama said. Shri Balarama said: Shri Krishëa! Krishëa! Brother! Rise! Rise! Wake up! Look! It is late! The cows already entering the forest! Text 18 shridamadya vayasyash ca sthita bhavad-apekshaya . bhratar-brother. adya-now. krishëa-Krishëa. bho-O. Balarama picked up Krishëa and loudly spoke. jagrihi-awaken.Having thus dressed Krishëa with forest-garments fashioned by Vishvakarma. uttishöha-rise. pashya-look. pashavo-the cows. vela-the boundary. shri-krishëa-Shri Krishëa. vishanti-enter. atikranta-gone past. vanam-the forest.

ambhojam-lotus. mukha-face. parasparam-among themselves. Your friends headed by Shridama are waiting for You! Overcome with love. vadantyas-saying. snehena-with love. na-not. hi-indeed. Gazing at Your lotus face and whispering in each other's ear. kincid-something. te-Your. karëakarëitaya-ear-to-ear. bhashitum-to speak. ca-also. tvam-at You. imas-the.snehena pitarau kincin na shaktau bhashitum tvayi shridama-adyas-headed by Shridama. vayasyas-Your friends. hasanti-smile. shaktauable. the gopis smile at You. sthitas-standing. bhavadapekshaya-waiting for You. Text 20 . tvayi-to You. kincit-anything. gopyah-gopis. pitarau-parents. Your parents have no power even to speak to You! Text 19 pashyantyas te mukhambhojam ima gopyah parasparam karëakarëitaya kincid vadantyas tvam hasanti hi pashyantyas-gazing.

ittham-thus. Krishëa stood up. shiva-good!. Filled with wonder. rameëa-with Balarama.shri-parikshid uvaca ittham prajalpatabhikshëam namabhish ca sa-lalanam ahuyamano hastabhyam calyamano balena ca rameëotthapyamano 'sau samjnam iva cirad gatah vadan shiva-shiveti drag udatishöhat sa-vismayam shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. affectionately called Krishëa's names. iva-as if. utthapyamano-made to stand. balena-with Balarama. asau-He. shiva-good!. gatah-attained. ca-also. and saying. Shri Parikshit said: In this way Balarama spoke again and again. Text 21 . calyamano-made to go. vadan-saying. iti-thus. samjnam-consciousness. prajalpata-talking. drak-at once. ahuyamano-being called. cirad-after a long time. and lifted Krishëa with His hands and made Him stand up. ca-and. abhikshëam-agaun and again. After a long time Krishëa regained consciousness. hastabhyamwith hands. namabhis-with names. sa-lalanam-with love. udatishöhat-stood. “Good! Good!". sa-vismayam-with wonder.

kamale-lotus. and gazing at Her face with unblinking eyes. tam-to him.unmilya netra-kamale sampashyan parito bhrisham smayamanah puro nandam drishöva hriëo nanama tam unmilya-opening. parito-everywhere. nyasta-placed. . bhrishambroadly. and looking in all directions. hriëo-embarrassed. iva-as if. Seeing (the deity of) Nanda before Him. snehat-out of love. drishöva-seeing. Seeing (the Deity of) Yashoda by His side. nanama-bowed down. nandam-Nanda. smayamanah-smiling. muda-happily. ca-and. He became shy and bowed down to him. He happily smiled and spoke. sampashyan-looking. nirëimesha-unblinking. hasan-smiling. yashodam-Yashoda. Text 22 abravit parshvato vikshya yashodam ca hasan muda snehat tad-anana-nyastanirëimeshekshaëam iva abravit-said. ikshaëam-glance. vikshya-seeing. puro-before. tad-anana-on her face. parshvato-at His side. He smiled broadly. netra-eyes. Opening His lotus eyes.

Text 23 shri-bhagavan uvaca adya prabhato bho matar asminn eva kshaëe maya citra kati kati svapna jagrateva na vikshitah shri-bhagavan uvaca-the Lord said. this morning how many wonderful dreams unlike My waking life have I seen! Text 24 madhu-puryam ito gatva drishöah kamsadayo hatah jarasandhadayo bhupa nirjitah sukhitah surah . kshaëe-moment. iva-as if. jagrata-awake. na-not. kati kati-how many?. maya-by Me.bho matar-O mother. prabhato. adya-today. asmin-at this. eva-certainly. vikshitah-seen. citras-wonderful. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O mother. svapnasdreams.

nirjitah-conquered. na-not. Text 26 anena svapna-vighnena dirghena svanta-hariëa . and the demigods made happy. surah-the demiogds. Jarasandha and other kings defeated. kamsa-by Kamsa. adayo-headed. javat-quickly. drishöah-seen. gatva-having gone. dvarakakhya-named Dvaraka. maha-puri-a great city. shakyante-are able.madhu-puryam-in Mathura City. hatah-killed. anya-other. ambhonidhes-of the ocean. kathayitum-to speak. sukhitah-made happy. vrittani-stories. adhuna-now. I went to Mathura City and I saw Kamsa and many others killed. bhupas-kings. I built I great city named Dvaraka on the seashore. ito-from here. jarasandha-adayo-headed by Jarasandha. Text 25 nirmitambhonidhes tire dvarakakhya maha-puri nanya-vrittani shakyante 'dhuna kathayitum javat nirmita-made. I cannot now tell all the other stories. tire-on the shore.

cet-if. •anya-another. On no other day did I wake from sleep with a dream like this very long. asambhavyam-impossible. svanta-heart. bhavata-by You.anya-vasaravat kale shayanan notthitam maya anena-now. manyate-is considered. nanot. maya-by Me. utthitam-risen. shayanat-from sleep. gatva-having gone. O noble one. svapna-of the dream. dirghena-long. nanot. vistarat-in detail. kale-at the time. vighnena-by the interruption. Text 27 bho arya tan mahashcaryam asambhavyam na manyate bhavata cet tad-araëye gatva vakshyami vistarat bho-O. if You do not think this great wonder is completely incomprehensible. arya-noble one. tat-this. mahashcaryam-very wonderful. hariëa-chsrming. vakshyami-I will tell. vat-like. vasara-day. when We have gone to the forest I will tell it to You Text 28 . so charming to the heart dream. tad-araëye-in this forest.

Text 29 shri-rohiëy uvaca bho vatsa tava matadya tvan-nidradhikya-cintaya tvad-eka-putra duhstheva tad alam bahu-vartaya . ati-abhijnaya-with perfect awareness. vana-in the forest. ipsurdesiring. bhogya-lunch. sambhashya-talking. Shri Parikshit said: After saying these words. rohiëya-by Rohiëi. then spoke. evam-thus.shri-parikshid uvaca evam sambhashya jananim abhivandya sa sadaram vana-bhogyepsur alakshya rohiëyokto 'ty-abhijnaya shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. Wise Rohiëi. seeing that He wished for a lunch to bring in the forest. jananim-His mother. sas-He. ukto-said. He offered obeisances to His mother. sadaram-repsectfully. abhivandya-greeting. alakshya-seeing.

is worried because You slept so long. eka-only. alam-what is the need?. iva-as if. Text 31 shri-parikshid uvaca . vana-madhyein the forest. duhstha-in •an inauspicious condition. sambhogyam-lunch. putrachild. gopan-the gopas. mata-mother. today Your mother. tvam-You. tad-that. gas-the cows. ca-also. Quickly follow the gopas. maya-by me. I will make Your lunch and have it sent to the forest. O child. nidra-of sleep. cintaya-with worry. drutam-quickly. who has only You as a son. praheshyate-will be sent. The cows have already left. tvad-You. nihsrita-have gone. What is the need for speaking many words to her? Text 30 agrato nihsrita gas tvam gopamsh canusara drutam mayopaskritya sambhogyam vana-madhye praheshyate agrato-ahead. tvatof You. tava-Your. adya-today. bho vatsa-O child. anusarashould follow.shri-rohiëi uvaca-Shri Rohiëi said. bahuvartaya-with a great description. adhikya-by the greatness. upaskritya-made.

kara-tale-in the palm of His hand. ghriëi-kind. agre-in the presence. Because He had not yet come to the cows. nija-own. eva-indeed. Text 32 bhogyam madhyahnikam caöupaöavena sva-matarau samprarthya purato gatva . sah-He. tatha-thus. na-not. kind Krishëa did not eat (the butter). gatam-gone. aprapya-not attaining. samadaya-taking. samahvayan-calling. sange-in the company. navanitam-fresh butter. su-snigdham-very affectionate. ca-also. and called out to His elder brother. rohiëim-Rohiëi. shanair-gently. gavam-of the cows. hasan-smiling. gently smiled as He stole the fresh butter placed in His mother's hand.tatha vadantim su-snigdham rohiëim cabhivadya sah sthitam kara-tale matur navanitam shanair hasan cauryeëaiva samadaya nija-jyeshöham samahvayan aprapyagre gavam sange gatam na bubhuje ghriëi shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. sthitam-standing. jyeshöham-elder brother. cauryeëa-as if stealing. abhivadya-offering obeisances. vadantim-speaking. Shri Parikshit said: As affectionate Rohiëi spoke these words. matur-of His mother. bubhuje-ate. Krishëa offered obeisances to her.

and then He came to Radhika. narmabhih-with jokes. smitam-smile. gatva-having gone. labdhva-attaining. veëu-nadair-with flute music. Text 33 shri-nanda-nandana uvaca praëeshvari rahah praptam bhaktam ekantinam ca mam sambhashase katham nadya tat kim vrittasi manini . who was surrounded by Her friends. spoke. He stopped the cows with His flute. agrato-before. sva-matarau-His mother. caöu-paöavena-with eloquent sweet words. sa-narma-joking. abravit-said. sambhashyaspeaking. Then He went to the gopis and joked with them. radhikam-Radha. vartamanam-going. With sweet words he asked His mother (to arrange for lunch). gas-the cows. purato-before. samprarthya-asking. rundhano-stopping. and with a joking smile.gopih sambhashya narmabhih rundhano veëu-nadair ga vartamanam sahalibhih radhikam agrato labdhva sa-narma-smitam abravit bhogyam madhyahnikam-lunch. saha-with. alibhih-friends. gopih-to the gopis.

tat tat-that. mama-of Me. jnatam-understood. vritta asi-You are. ca-also. Text 35 tvam vihayanyato gatva vivaha bahavah kritah . now You have met Your sincere devotee in this secluded place. Have I offended You. Why do You not speak? Are You angry with Me? Text 34 aparaddham maya kim te nunam jnatam aho tvaya sarvajne 'dyatana-svapnavrittam tat tan mamakhilam aparaddham-committed an offense. tat-that. ishvari-O queen. tvaya-by You. Shri Krishëa said: O queen of My life. na-not. te-to You. katham-why?. adyatana-todays.shri-nanda-nandanah uvaca-Krishëa said. rahah-in a secluded place. nunam-indeed. adya-today. maya-by Me. svapna-vrittam-dream. kim-why?. praptam-attained. aho-Oh. akhilam-everything. O all-knowing one. bhaktam-devotee. You must know all about the dream I had last night. sarvajne-with know everything. kim-whether?. sambhashase-You speak. mam-Me. manini-jealous. praëa-of life. ekantinam-single goal.

this evening You will enjoy with Me. santoshade-giving happiness.tasam kshitipa-putriëam udyantinam mritim prati putra-pautradayas tatra janita dura-vartina tvam-You. mritim prati-for death. Now I must quickly go to the forest. pautra-grandchildren. tasam-of them. putra-children. gatva-going. modayishyase-will enjoy. tvaraya-quickly. kshitipa-putriëam-princesses. tavad-then. Text 36 astu tavad idanim tad gamyate tvaraya vane santoshade pradoshe 'dya maya tvam modayishyase astu-may be. idanim-now. bahavah-many. I left You and married many princesses who were on the verge of death. kritah-done. gamyate-is gone. tad-that. tvamYou. tatra-there. adayas-beginning with. maya-with Me. vane-in the forest. O delightful one. dura-vartina-far away. udyantinam-preparing. . anyato-elsewhere. I begot many children and grandchildren. adya-today. janitas-born. pradoshe-in the evening. vivahas-marriages. So be it. vihaya-leaving.

drishöva-looking. kissed and embraced Her. Shri Parikshit said: After saying these words He threw flowers on Her and. sa-pushpa-of flowers. agratahahead. Then He rejoined the cows and gopas. disho-in directions. go-gopaih-with the cows and gopas. vadan-speaking.Text 37 shri-parikshid uvaca ittham sa-pushpa-vikshepam vadan drishöva disho 'khilah tam sa-cumbanam alingya go-gopaih sangato 'gratah shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said: ittham-thus. after first looking in all directions. akhilah-all. tam-Her. vikshepam-throeing. Text 38 adrishöa-purvam vraja-vesham adbhutam maha-manojnam murali-ravanvitam yadanvabhut sneha-bhareëa devaki tadaiva vriddhapy ajani snuta-stani . sangato-in the company. alingya-embracing. sa-cumbanam-with a kiss.

hanya-killing. karhicit-somehow. dhairya-peacefulness. vraja-of Vraja. snuta-flowing. Devaki became filled with love and. sneha-bhareëa-with great love. Text 39 rukmiëi-jambavaty-adyah puranutthena karhicit maha-premëagata moham dhairya-hanyapatan kshitau rukmiëi-jambavaty-adyah-headed by Rukmiëfi and jambavati. Text 40 vriddha ca matta saha satyabhamaya . The queens headed by Rukmiëi and Jambavati lost all composure. When she saw Krishëa playing the flute and charmingly dressed as a gopa. vriddha-old. mohambewilderment. fainted out of love. adbhutam-wonderful.adrishöa-not seen. pura-before. yada-when. kshitau-to the ground. stani-breasts. tada-then. apatan-fell. even though she was very old. ajani-became. agatas-come. murali-ravanvitam-playing the flute. maha-premëa-with great love. out of love milk flowed from her breasts. and fell to the ground. devaki-Devaki. api-although. eva-indeed. anutthenaspontaneously. vesham-garments. maha-manojnam-very beautiful. things she had never seen before. purvam-before. anvabhut-saw.

iva-as if. adhavat-ran. matta-maddened. aditya-suta-Kaindi. saha-with. prajna-vara-very intelligent. avarurodha-stopped. the daughter of the sun-god. alinganamembraces. bahuyugam-arms. harim-Lord Krishëa. Peaceful because she had seen this feature of the Lord before. With their arms forward they ran to Krishëa to •kiss and embrace Him. kamasya-of amorous desire. muhuh-again and again. api-also. vikrishya-dragging. samam-with. dve-both. te-them. Satyabhama and mad old Padmavati became overwhelmed with amorous desires. anukurvati-imitating. kathancid-somehow. vegad-by the power. satyabhamaya-Satyabhama. tad-artha-this feature. Text 41 pura tad-arthanubhavad ivasau kathancid aditya-sutavalambya shamam samam prajna-varoddhavena balad vikrishyavarurodha te dve pura-previously. balad-by force. Kalindi and very intelligent Uddhava forcibly stopped them and pulled them away. prasarya-extending. shamam-peace. uddhavena-Uddhava. anubhavad-beecause of having seen. avalambya-attaining. . ca-and. cumbanam-kisses. asau-she. dhartum-to hold.kamasya vegad anukurvati muhuh alinganam cumbanam apy adhavat dhartum harim bahu-yugam prasarya vriddha-old.

viharaya-for playing. samajuhava-called. purastadahead. manyamano-thinking. tu-certainly. herding the cows. yamunam-the Yamuna. gatah-went. As He walked. gas-the cows. tam-it. sakhin-His friends.Text 42 govindadevas tv anucarayan ga gatah purastad udadhim nirikshya tam manyamano yamunam pramodat sakhin viharaya samajuhava govindadevas-Krishëa. pramodat-out of happiness. anucarayan-herding. udadhim-the ocean. Krishëa saw the ocean. He happily called His friends (to come and) play: Text 43 gatah kutra vayasyah stha shridaman subalarjuna sarve bhavanto dhavanto vegenayam tu harshatah krishëayam payayitva ga viharama yatha-sukham madhuramala-shitambu- . Thinking it the Yamuna. nirikshya-seeing.

shita-cool. amala-pure. vahinyam-flowing. payayitva-causing the drink. dhavanto-running. . maha-great. harshatah-out of happiness.vahinyam avagahya ca gatah-gone. kutra-where. vayasyah-friends. gobhir-with the cows. ambudher-the coean. and then We will play as We like! We will dive into the river flowing with sweet. kallola-of waves. saran-going. krishëayam-the Yamuna. agre-in the presence. subala-O Subala. Going ahead with the cows. "Where are My friends? Shridama! Subala! Arjuna! Everyone happily run here! We will make the cows drink from the Yamuna. sarve-all. •viharama-let us play. ayam-this. cool water!" Text 44 evam agre saran gobhir ambudhe nikaöe gatah maha-kallola-malabhih kolahalavato 'cyutah evam-thus. which made a tumultuous sound with its garlands of great waves. yatha-as. kolahalavato-with a great sound. avagahya-plunging. arjuna-O Arjuna. madhura-sweet. gatah-gone. nikaöe-near. malabhih-with garlands. ambu-water. sukham-we please. gas-the cows. tu-indeed. ca-also. pure. shridaman-O Shridama. acyutah-the infallible Lord. bhavanto-you. stha-are. vegena-quickly. the infallible Lord came near the ocean.

aha-said. He became astonished and said: "What is that? Where am I? Who am I?" Text 46 ity evam sa-camatkaram muhur jalpan maharëavam purim calocayan proktah shrimat-sankarshaëena sah iti-thus. muhur-again and again. shrimatsankarshaëena-by Balarama. idam-this. . sah-He. vikshya-looking. vismitah-astonished. evam-thus. maharëavam-the great ocean. From the shore looking in all directions and seeing His own great city. svam-own. kim-what?. proktah-said. purim-the city. kva-where. aham-I. aham-I. jalpan-saying. ko-who?. alocayan-seeing. alakshya-seeing. iti-thus. sa-camatkaram-with wonder. tat-tire-on the shore. ca-and. prakaöam-manifest. maha-purim-great city.Text 45 sarvato vikshya tat-tire prakaöam svam maha-purim alakshya kim idam kvaham ko 'ham ity aha vismitah sarvato-everywhere.

amaraih-by the demigods. avatirëo-descended. jnapito-requested. please understand who You are.Saying this again and again. bhu-of the earth. Text 47 shri-baladeva uvaca atmanam anusandhehi vaikuëöheshvara mat-prabho avatirëo 'si bhu-bharaharaya jnapito 'maraih shri-baladevah uvaca-Shri Balarama said. mat-prabho-O My Lord. O My Lord. anusandhehi-know. He gazed with wonder at the great ocean and the city. asi-You have. bhara-the burden. haraya-to remove. atmanam-Yourself. vaikuëöheshvara-O Lord of Vaikuëöha. Then Shriman Balarama spoke to Him. Shri Balarama said: O king of Vaikuëöha. Text 48 dushöan samhara tac-chishöan paripalaya samprati yajnam paitri-svaseyasya . Requested by the demigods. You have descended to remove the burden of the earth.

samhara-finish. the saintly king. santanu-perform. tat-shishöan-remaining. bibheti-fears. . eva-indeed. Note: The others are the devotees. anushalva-with Anushalva. adi-beginning. asau-he. Kill the demons. vara-vikramat-from great prowess. samprati-now. Perform the sacrifice of Your cousin.dharma-rajasya santanu dushöan-demons. yajnam-sacrifice. tvaya-by You. Protect the others. paitri-svaseyasya-of Your cousin. dushöanam-of the demons. Text 49 pratishöhitas tvayaivasau cakravarti yudhishöhirah anushalvadi-dushöanam bibheti vara-vikramat pratishöhitas-established. paripalaya-protect. Make Yudhishöhira the emperor and with your great power frighten the demons headed by Anushalva. The sacrifice is the Rajasuya-yajna and the saintly king is Yudhishöhira. dharma-rajasya-saintly king. cakravarti-emperor. yudhishöhirah-Yudhishöhira.

yatasva-endeavor. Text 50 tat tatra gatva tan hantum yatasva yadubhih saha tavaiva vairatas te hi tavakan pidayanti tan tat-therefore. with the Yadavas' help please kill these demons that out of hatred torment Your devotees. vairatas-out of enmity.Note: Anushalva is Shalva's younger brother. tavakan-your own devotees. hantum-to kill. tan-them. yadubhih saha-with the Yadus. hi-indeed. Now that You have come here. Text 51 shri-parikshid uvaca evam rasantaram nitvanujam sva-sthayitum vacah yad uktam balaramena . tatra-there. eva-certainly. pidayanti-torment. gatva-having gone. tan-them. te-they. tava-Your.

te-they. uktams-spoken. adhuna-now. vacah-words. maya-by Me. yad-what. ekena-alone. Text 53 .shrutva bhavantaram gatah shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. varakas-insignificant. evam-thus. shalvanuja-adayah-headed by Shalva's younger brother. hantavyas-should be killed. who are these tiny creatures headed by Shalva's younger brother? I will go there now and kill them by Myself. shrutva-hearing. bhagavan-the Lord. the Lord entered a different mood. the Lord said: "O brother. kruddho-angry. antaram-another. gatah-attained. Now angry. Text 52 jagada bhagavan kruddho bhratah shalvanujadayah te ke varaka hantavya gatvaikena mayadhuna jagada-said. rasa-mellow. nitvabringing. bhratah-O brother. ke-who?. antaramanother. Shri Parikshit said: When He heard these words Balarama spoke to bring Him to His original consciousness. anujam-younger brother. balaramena-by Balarama. bhava-condition. sva-sthayitum-to bring to His normal condition. gatva-having gone.

prabhuh-the Lord. ittham-thus. Again and again looking in every direction. idam-this. sampratijnam-vow. atmanam-Himself. tada-then. shrimad-dvaravatishvaram-the king of Dvaraka." In this way. He understood that He was the master of Dvaraka and the king of the Yadavas. me-of Me. the Lord abandoned His bewilderment. satyam-truth. jahau-abandoned. "You should know that this vow of Mine will be true. mugdha-bewildered. pratyabhijnatavanunderstood. muhur-again and again. shri-yadavendram-the kin gof the Yadavas.bhavan pratyetu satyam me sampratijnam idam vacah ittham prasanga-sangatya mugdha-bhavam jahau prabhuh bhavan-You. pratyetu-should know. because of (Balarama's) presence. prasanga-sangatya-by association. . bhavamcondition. alokya-looking. Text 54 parito muhur alokya shrimad-dvaravatishvaram shri-yadavendram atmanam pratyabhijnatavams tada parito-everywhere. vacah-statement.

kare-in the hand. avekshya-seeing. palanam-protection. agrajasya-of the elder brother. hridi-in His heart. apto-attained. svasya-own. bhavayan-thinking. ca-also. vanyavesham-forest garments. drishöavan-saw. sasmara-remembered. jahasalaughed. seeing the flute in His hand and His brother's forest-garments. . Text 56 purya bahih prayanena go-palanam avekshya ca vismayam samshayam capto jahasa hridi bhavayan puryas-the palace.Text 55 prasadabhyantare suptam sasmaratha kare sthitam vamshim svasyagrajasyapi vanya-vesham ca drishöavan prasadabhyantare-in the palace. sthitam-placed. vamshim-flute. samshayam-doubt. ca-also. suptam-asleep. ca-also. He remembered how He had fallen unconscious in the palace. bahih-outside. api-also. go-the cows. prayanena-by going. Then. atha-then. vismayam-wonder.

he became filled with doubt and wonder. Text 57 tato haladharah smitva tadiya-hridayangamah sarvam brahma-kritam tasyakathayat tat sa-hetukam tato-then. tasya-of it. Thinking in his heart.Seeing how He had left the palace and gone to protect the cows. who was very dear to His heart. haladharah-Balarama. Then Balarama. Text 58 tato hriëa iva jyeshöhamukham pashyan smitam shritah rameëodvartya tatrabdhau snapito dhuli-dhusharah . sarvam-everything. brahma-by Brahma. smiled and told Him how Brahma had arranged for everything. tat-that. kritam-done. He smiled and laughed. smitva-smiling. tadiya-His. sa-hetukam-with the reasons. akathayat-told. hridayangamah-pleasing to the heart.

Text 60 sarvajnenoddhavenatha . snapito-bathed. udvartya-going. abdhau-in the ocean. Text 59 tadanim eva sampraptam bhagavad-bhava-kovidam aruhyalakshitas tarkshyam nija-prasadam agatah tadanim-then. His body covered with dust. He looked at His brother's face and smiled. eva-indeed. bhava-teh condition. bhagavad-of the Lord. He and Balarama went and bathed in the ocean. iva-as if. tatra-there. who was expert at understanding ther Lord's moods. unseen by anyone. dhusharah-covered. the Lord. jyeshöha-of His elder brother. hriëas-embarrassed. prasadam-to the palace. nija-own. tarkshyam-Garuda. pashyan-seeing. climbing on Garuda. Embarrassed. Then. returned to His •own palace. rameëa-with Balarama. mukham-the face. alakshitas-unseen. agatah-went.tato-then. dhuli-with dust. kovidam-expert. sampraptam-attained. smitam shritah-smiled. aruhya-rising.

devyothe queens. bhagavat-of the Lord. apitah-went. antah-pure-in the inner rooms of the palace. bhoga-meal. ca-also. atha-then. parshvam-to the side. sampadanaya-to prepare. the women headed by Devaki and Rukmiëi went to the Lord's side in the inner rooms of the palace. Informed of everything by all-knowing Uddhava. uddhavena-with Uddhava. asya-of Him. devaki-Ddvaki. kala-the time. aware of the time. quickly went to prepare His meal. abhinandyagreeting. Mother Devaki greeted her son with words of blessing and then. abhijnaknowing. . tam-Him. drutam-quickly.devaki-rukmiëi-mukhah prabodhyantah-pure devyo bhagavat-parshvam apitah sarvajnena-all-knowing. Text 61 mata ca devaki putram ashirbhir abhinandya tam bhoga-sampadanayasya kalabhijna drutam gata mata-mother. putram-son. devaki-rukmiëi-mukhah-headed by Devaki and Rukmiëi. prabodhya-informing. ashirbhir-with blessings. gata-went.

antaritah-hiding behind. uddhavam-Uddhava. atishöhan-stood. The Lord's dear and pious queens were also there. tam-about her. devyo-queens. Text 63 shri-hari-dasa uvaca vrindavane yada jato vijayo raivatarcite prabhos tadatanam bhavam abudha-bhramakam param kam apy alokya devibhih saha tatraiva duratah . agat-went. and Lord Krishëa asked Uddhava about her. apricchad-asked. however. na-not. adi-beginning. satyo-pious. tatra-there. prabhu-to the Lord. satyabhama-Syabhama. did not come there. krishëo-Krishëa. priyah-dear.Text 62 stambhady-antaritah satyo devyo 'tishöhan prabhu-priyah satyabhama na tatragat tam krishëo 'pricchad uddhavam stambha-with pillars. Satyabhama. hiding behind pillars and other things.

wicked Padmavati. durbhage-unfortunate. avare-lowly. atanam-manifested. uce-said. alokya-seeing. duratah-far away. durbuddhir-foolish. bhavam-nature. bhramakam-bewilderment. who with Your queens was hiding far away. then foolish. . O Rukmiëi. puëya-hine-impious. re re rukmiëi-O. Lord Krishëa's servant Uddhava said: When the Lord enjoyed His glorious pastimes at the Vrindavana by Mount Raivata. hanta-indeed.sthita niliya durbuddhir uce padmavati khala shri-hari-dasah uvaca-Lord Hari's servant. kam api-something. saha-with. tatra-there. which bewilders the foolish. saw Your ecstatic state. devibhih-the queens. jambavaty-adayo-headed by Jambavati. vrindavane-in Vrindavana. vijayo-victory. Uddhava. said. eva-indeed. abudha-of fools. raivata-on Mount Raivata. padmavatiPadmavati. prabhos-of the Lord. paramgreat. satyabhame-O Satyabhama. sthita-standing. arcite-worshiped. she said: Text 64 devaky are puëya-hine re re rukmiëi durbhage satyabhame 'vare hanta jambavaty-adayo 'varah pashyatedam ito 'rvak svam abhimanam vimuncata abhiriëam hi dasyaya tapasyam kurutottamam devaki are-O Devaki. tadathen. niliya-hiding. jato-born. khala-wicked. yada-when.

bhutaya-became. jagad-of universes. devakya-by Devaki.avarah-lowly ones. adhara-the resting place. hi-indeed. abhimanampride. dasyaya-for servitude. tapasyam-austerity. said: Text 66 ashcaryam atra kim murkhe . abhijnaya-wise. pashyata-look. O lowly Satyabhama. kuruta-you should do. abhiriëam-of cowherd girls. nishamya-hearing. idam-this. arvak-below. the resting place of all the universes. uktam-said. look! Give up your pride and perform great austerities to become maidservants of some cowherd girls! Text 65 tad-durvaco nishamyadau devakyoktam abhijnaya samasta-jagad-adharabhavad-adhara-bhutaya tad-durvaco-her wicked words. uttamam-great. bhavad-of You. vimuncata-abandon. O. wise Devaki. svam-own. ito-there. who became the resting place of You. samasta-all. adau-at first. Hearing these wicked words. O lowly queens headed by Jambavati. O impious Devaki. adharathe resting place. O unfortunate Rukmiëi.

tat-that. shri-vasudevena-Shri Vasudeva. nanda-yashodabhyam-by Nanda and Yashoda. Nanda and Yashoda begged Lord Brahma to grant them devotion to Krishëa. bhaktih-devotion. That is why the king of all who give blessings became our son. in our previous birth Vasudeva and I peformed great austerities to get Krishëa as our son. vidhimrule. tapah-austerity. ishvarah-the master. varada-of the givers of benedictions. sutaya-for a son. Text 67 tasyaitad-bhakta-varyasya tadrishena vareëa tau avabhyam api mahatmyam praptau sa-parivarakau . avayoh-by us. atra-here. purva-previous.purva-janmani yat tapah samam shri-vasudevena mayakari sutaya tat ato 'yam avayoh praptah putratam varadeshvarah tasmin nanda-yashodabhyam bhaktih samprarthita vidhim ashcaryam-wonderful. samprarthita-prayed. yat-what. ato-then. putratam-the state of being a son. murkhe-O fool. janmani-in the birth. Why do you speak these astonishing words? Fool. tasmin-in Him. ayam-He. kim-whether?. maya-by me. samam-with. praptah-attained. akaridone.

asya-of Him. vareëabest. asya-of Him. tayor-of them. sneha-bhareëa-with great love. They lovingly protected Krishëa in many ways. By the blessings of Brahma. Text 69 atha shri-rukmiëi-devi . api-also. me-to me. bhakta-varyasya-the best of devotees. sa-parivarakauwith associates. etad-of Him.tasya-of him. palanam-protection. tat-tadihitam-various activities. Text 68 tabhyam sneha-bhareëasya palanam tat-tad-ihitam ato 'syaitadrisho bhavas tayor yukto hi me priyah tabhyam-by them. ato-then. priyah-dear. yukto-proper. tadrishena-like him. tau-they. bhavas-love. etadrisho-like that. •they (Nanda and Yashoda) and their associates attained a glory greater even than ours. hi-indeed. praptau-attained. mahatmyam-glory. who is the best of devotees. avabhyam-by us. I greatly admire the love they felt for Him.

sa-harsham-happily. To the gopis. Text 70 ya bhartri-putradi vihaya sarvam loka-dvayarthan anapekshamanah rasadibhis tadrisha-vibhramais tadrityabhajams tatra tam enam artah yah-who. tad-ritya-in this way. abravit-said. tadrisha-vibhramais-with these pastimes. sarva-bhaktanam-of all devotees. tormented with love. idam-this. By hearing her words the love of all the devotees increased. artah-distressed. tatra-there. who renounced everything. arthan-vaulables. bhartri-husbands. loka-dvaya-of both worlds. . . yad-vakya-these words. vardhate-increases. who did not care for the best things in both spiritual and material worlds. worshiped Krishëa in rasa dances and many other pastimes. who. rasaadibhis-begionning with the rasa dance.sa-harsham idam abravit yad-vakya-shravaëat sarvabhaktanam prema vardhate atha-then. putra-children. prema-love. . anapekshamanah-not considering. sarvameverything. vihaya-renouncing. shravaëat-by hearing. tam enam-Him. beginning with husbands and children. adi-beginning with. Then Rukmiëi-devi happily spoke. . abhajan-worshiped. shri-rukmiëi-devi-Shri Rukmiëi-devi.

sat-sadhana-spiritual practices. atha-then. padatvam-the state. agatah-attained. . bhava-varo-better love. Text 72 tasv etasya hi dharma-karma-suta-pautragara-kritadishu vyagrabhyo 'smad athadaraih patitaya seva-karibhyo 'dhikah yukto bhava-varo na matsara-padam codvaha-bhagbhyo bhavet samslaghyo 'tha ca mat-prabhoh priya-janadhinatva-mahatmya-krit tasu-to them. . dharma-religion. bahu-many.Text 71 ato hi ya no bahu-sadhanottamaih sadhyasya cintyasya ca bhava-yogatah maha-prabhoh prema-vishesha-palibhih sat-sadhana-dhyana-padatvam agatah ato-then. . prema-vishesha-palibhih-with great love. krita-done. patitaya-fallen. seva-karibhyo-servants. ca-also. sadhana-spiritual practices. . vyagrabhyo-intent. ca-also. etasya-of Him. udvahabhagbhyo-married. yas-who. sadhyasya-attainable. matsara-padam-envious. adhikah-greater. hi-indeed. na-not. yukto-engaged. mat-prabhoh-of . na-not. . pautragrandchildren. ca-also. adaraih-with respect. karma-duties. bhava-yogatah-by love. adishu-beginning with. asmad-than us. hi-indeed. samslaghyo-praiseworthy. maha-prabhoh-of the Lord. agara-homes. bhavet-may be. cintyasya-conceivable. u-indeed. . dhyana-meditation. uttamaih-with the best. atha-then. suta-children. who meditated on the Lord with a love so great it is cannot be attained or even imagined by performing many great spiritual activities.

children. grandchildren. satrajiti-the daughter of Satrajit. Text 74 shri-parikshid uvaca . priya-jana-dear devotees. ca-also. avishat-entered. kritdoes. tadthen.my Lord. etad-this. who could not tolerate these words. homes. adhinatva-of being under the dominion. even though we are His wives. who are better servants and better lovers of Krishëa than we because we are attached to pious rituals. anyabhis-by other. . the Lord shows His glory of being submissive to His dear devotees. toward whom we feel no jealousy. asaha-unable to tolerate. devibhir-queens. and whom the Lord praises more than us. anumoditamapproved. entered the realm of jealous anger. . mahatmya-glory. param-great. eva-indeed. mana-jealous anger. Text 73 tato 'nyabhish ca devibhir etad evanumoditam satrajiti param manageham tad asahavishat tato-then. The other queens agreed. But Satyabhama. . geham-home. and a host of other things.

angrily said: "Bring that foolish princess here at once!" Text 75 shreshöha vidagdhasv abhimana-sevacaturyato nandayitum pravritta gopala-nari-rati-lampaöam tam bhartaram atyanta-vidagdha-tatyam dasibhyas tadrishim ajnam tasyakarëya vicakshaëa utthaya marjayanty angam tvaraya tatra sa gata . raja-suta-princess. drutam-at once. nathahthe Lord. adishat-instructed. who is the Lord of the gopis' lives. praëa-of the life.shrimad-gopijana-praëanathah sa-krodham adishat sasamadiyatam atra murkha-raja-suta drutam shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. sa-krodham-with anger. murkha-foolish. sasamadiyatam-she should be brought. Shri Parikshid said: Then Shri Krishëa. atrahere. shrimad-gopijana-of the gopis.

samrambha-aveshatah-filled with anger. seva-service. sphuöam-clearly. sthita-standing. with the expert skill of her jealous devotional service. caturyato-becasue of expertise.shreshöha-the best. to please her very intelligent husband by arousing His love for the gopis. vicakshaëa-expert. Embarrassed and frightened. dasibhyas-maidservants. gata-went. atyanta-vidagdha-tatyam-great intelligence. anvita-with. The Lord saw her and angrily spoke. gopala-nari-gopis. prabhuna-by the Lord. was trying. ratilove. antardhapya-concealing. vidagdhasu-among the intelligent. prokta-addressed. tatrathere. deham-body. tadrishim-like this. the intelligent girl washed her body and quickly went to Him. bhartaram-husband. samlakshya-being seen. tam-Him. Text 76 stambhe 'ntardhapya deham svam sthita lajja-bhayanvita samlakshya prabhuna prokta samrambhaveshatah sphuöam stambhe-behind a pillar. lajjaembarrassment. nandayitum-to please. angam-body. tasya-of Him. ajnam-order. pravritta-engaged. sa-she. she hid her body behind a pillar. abhimana-jealous. who was the most intelligent of girls. Satyabhama. Text 77 . svam-her. lampaöam-eagerness. tvaraya-quickly. marjayanti-wiped. utthaya-rising. akarëyahearing. •bhaya-and fear. When from the maidservants she heard His order.

citte-intelligence. avarelowly. anusariëamfollowing. mam-Me. praëayad-out of love.shri-bhagavan uvaca are satrajiti kshiëacitte mano yatha tvaya kriyate rukmiëi-praptaparijatadi-hetukah tatha vraja-janeshv asmin nirbhara-praëayad api avare kim na janasi mam tad-icchanusariëam shri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Lord said. tad-iccha-their desires. kim-whether. mano-jealous anger. asmin-them. prapta-attained. parijata-with the Parijata flower. adi-beginning. so you are now jealous of the people of Vraja. tatha-so. nirbhara-great. as you were jealous many times before. janasi-you know. kshiëa-slender. are satrajiti-O daughter of Satrajit. vrajajaneshu-to the people of Vraja. rukmiëi-by Rukmiëi. O insignificant girl. O girl whose intelligence is very slight. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O daughter of King Satrajit. do you not know that out of great love for them I am their servant and I fulfill their every wish? Text 78 krite sarva-parityage . hetukah-cause. yatha-as. tvaya-by You. api-also. kriyate-done. na-not. beginning with the time when Rukmiëi got a parijata flower.

What Brahma said as he offered prayers is not false. ashakto-am unable. I have no power to repay My debt to the people of Vraja. riëi-debtor. eva-indeed. shape-I vow. aham-I. tatha-so. . manyate-is thought. sarva-of everything. I swear that at this moment I speak the truth. tesham-of them. bhadram-good. satyam-truth. pratyupakare-to repay. kshaëe-moment. yad-which. yadi-if. te-they. kriyate-is done. ato-therefore. mrisha-false. na-not. maya-by me. vriddha-vakyam-mature words. brahmaëa-by Brahma. tair-by them. tat-that. I would leave all of you. Text 79 stuvata brahmaëoktam yad vriddha-vakyam na tan mrisha tesham pratyupakare 'ham ashakto 'to maha-riëi stuvata-praying. I am deeply in their debt.tair bhadram yadi manyate shape te 'smin kshaëe satyam tathaiva kriyate maya krite-done. If the people of Vraja thought it good. maha-a great. asm-at this. parityage-renunciation. uktam-said.

bhavyam-considered. kim api-something. tesham-them. na-not. ca-also. daihikam-of the body. . tathapi-still. ikshaëad-from the sight. vigadha-deep. yami-I go. Text 81 mad-ikshaëad eva vigadha-bhavodayena labdhva vikala vimoham na daihikam kincana te na deham vidur na catmanam aho kim anyat mad-of Me. svasthyam-welfare. vimoham-fainting. aham-I. kim-what?. If to please them I go and live with them I do not see that will be for their welfare.Text 80 yadi ca pritaye tesham tatra yami vasami ca tathapi kim api svasthyam bhavyam nalocayamy aham yadi-if. alocayami-see. anyat-other. deham-body. na-not. na-not. vasami-I live. labdhva-attaining. atmanam-self. na-not. vikalas-tormented. kincana-something. vidur-knew. eva-indeed. te-they. ahoOh. udayena-by the rising. ca-and. ca-also. pritaye-to please. bhava-love. tatra-there.

yo-who. tat-that. api-even. kriyate-is done. or their surroundings. akulita-filled. tesham-of them. na-not. atmanam-hearts. Text 83 adrishyamane ca mayi pradiptaviyoga-vahner vikalah kadacit mrita ivonmada-hatah kadacid vicitra-bhavam madhuram bhajante . duhkhamunhappiness. vai-certainly. but then they will be overcome with fear of being separated again. In this way what fate created for their happiness will only double their pain. na-not. their bodies.By seeing Me they will faint. viccheda-breaking. They will no longer be aware of themselves. mayi-in Me. cinta-anxiety. harshaya-for happiness. When they see Me they may become free of suffering. vidhir-fate. shamyet-may become pacified. sadyo-at once. duhkhamunhappiness. What more can I say? Text 82 drishöe 'pi shamyen mayi tan na duhkham viccheda-cintakulitatmanam vai harshaya tesham kriyate vidhir yo duhkham na sadyo dvi-guëi-karoti drishöe-seen. overcome with deep love. dvi-guëi-karoti-doubles.

What more can I say to describe them? Text 85 . unmada-by madness. which is like the color of Me. adi-beginning with. mayi-Me. dhiya-with the thought. hatah-struck. Thinking it really is Me. upamam-comparison. madiya-My. mritas-dead. ca-also. ikshyate-is seen. viyoga-of separation. vikalah-tormented. varëaniyam-to be described. mad-of Me. vahner-by the fire. param-greatly. nu-indeed. varëa-status. bhajanteattain. tat-that. punja-worship. parirabhyate-is embraced. yad-what. iva-as if. kincitsomething. pradipta-blazing. kadacid-soemtimes. bhavam-love. taih-by them. vicitra-astonishing. eva-indeed. In this way they are filled with wonderful sweet love. kva-where?. they kiss and embrace it. kadacit-sometimes. Because of not seeing Me sometimes they are tortured by the blazing fire of separation and sometimes they are almost dead with madness. madhuram-sweet. Text 84 tamisra-punjadi yad eva kincin madiya-varëopamam ikshyate taih sa-cumbanah tat parirabhyate maddhiya param tat kva nu varëaniyam tamisra-of darkness. Sometimes they worship the darkness. tat-that.adrishyamane-not seen. sacumbanah-with kisses.

I had no desire to marry. Now hear the reason why I married you. tatra-there. na-not. yushmad-you. artham-the reason. svasya-own. na-not. when I was living in Mathura City and I was separated from them. iccha-desire. sthitim-condition. mathura-purein Mathura City. udvahe-I marry. maya-by Me. vivaha-of marriage. kacid-something. gamyate-is gone. shriëu-hear. drishöva-seeing. manini-O proud and jealous girl. O proud and jealous girl.ata eva maya svasya sthitim apy asthiteh samam drishöva na gamyate tatra shriëv artham yushmad udvahe atah eva-therefore. Text 86 tasam abhave purvam me vasato mathura-pure vivaha-karaëe kacid icchapy asin na manini tasam-of them. abhave-in the absence. . karaëe-the reason. me-of Me. samam-equal. api-also. I do not go there. asthiteh-not the condition. Seeing that My presence and absence are the same. purvam-before. asit-was. vasato-living. api-also.

I removed the pride of a host of demon kings. asyas-of her. vijnapti-appeal. darpa-pride. rukmiëya-by Rukmiëi. dushöa-evil. tu-certainly. who was on the verge of suicide. vipra-of a brahmaëa. nripashreëi-kings.Text 87 madanaptya tu rukmiëya vanchantyah praëa-mocanam shrutvasya vipra-vadanad arti-vijnapti-patrikam maha-dushöa-nripa-shreëidarpa-samharata maya paëir grihitah sangrame hritva rajnam prapashyatam madana-amorous desire. maha-very. vanchantyahdesiring. praëa-mocanam-suicide. shrutva-hearing. grihitah-accepted. maya-by Me. aptya-attained. hritva-taking. When from a brahmaëa's mouth I heard the pathetic letter of passionate Rukmiëi. vadanadfrom the mouth. Text 88 asyah sandarshanat tasam . paëir-hand. patrikam-a letter. took her away in the midst of a battle as the kings looked on. sangrame-in battle. and accepted her hand. arti-of pain. prapashyatam-seeing. samharata-removing. rajnam-of the kings.

tasam-of them. adhikyena-greater. When I see her I remember the gopis and I become filled with grief. sandarshanat-from seeing. bhavat-is.adhikyena smriter bhavat maha-shokarti-janakat paramakulatam agat asyah-of her. Text 89 shodashanam sahasraëam sa-shatanam mad-aptaye krita-katyayani-pujavratanam gopa-yoshitam nidarshanad iva sviyam kincit svasthayitum manah tavatya eva yuyam vai mayatraita vivahitah ahi bhamini janihi tat tan mama maha-sukham . maha-shoka-arti-great grief. smriter-of remembrance. agat-attained. janakat-from the creation. paramaakulatam-great suffering.

puja-worship.mahimapi sa mam hitva tasthau tatrocitaspadam shodashanam sahasraëam sa-shatanam-16. iva-as if. manahheart. ananda-of bliss. sukham-happiness. api-also. ahi-O. sangat-because of the company. eva-indeed. atra-here. O noble lady. loka-people. sas-that. rucirair-charming. tatra-there. patha-from the ocean. mad-aptaye-to attain Me. kincit-something. gopa-yoshitam-gopis. ucita-proper. na-not. tavatya-your. . mahagreat. eta-they. I married you all. mama-My. mahima-glory. even so. vivahitah-married. aspadam-abode. hitva-placing. magnah-plunged. tasthau-stood. vai-indeed. vratanam-vow. tani-them. sviyam-own. nidarshanad-from the sight. udhita-risen. ajnasisham-I knew. ratri-nights. Note: The better place is Vraja. To heal my heart by reminding it of the 16. janihi-you know. krita-did. yuyam-you. ranga-place.100 gopis who with a vow worshiped goddess Katyayani to attain Me. tat-tan-maha-mohana-very charming. bhamini-noble lady. dinani-and days. katyayaniof goddess Katyayani.100. mayat-by Me. happiness and glory have left Me and gone to a better place. svasthayitum-to put in the original state. Text 90 citrati-citrai rucirair viharair ananda-pathodhita-ranga-magnah najnasisham ratri-dinani tani tat-tan-maha-mohana-loka-sangat citra-ati-citrais-supremely wonderful. •viharair-with pastimes. tat tat-that. mam-Me.

eva-indeed. Text 91 balya-krida-kautukenaiva te te daitya-shreshöha maritah kaliyo 'pi dushöo nirdamyashu nihsarito 'sau paëau savye 'dhari govardhanah sah balya-childhood. Plunged in an ocean of bliss. I did not understand how the days and nights were passing. nihsarito-went. In the happiness of My childhood pastimes I killed many demons. conquered and sent away wicked Kaliya. govardhanah-Govardhana. asau-he.When I was in Vraja I enjoyed supremely wonderful and beautiful pastimes with the charming people there. krida-pastimes. maritah-killed. dushöo-evil. shreshöhas-the best. Text 92 tadrik santosharëave 'ham nimagno yena stotram kurvatam vandanam ca brahmadinam bhashaëe darshane ca . daityaof demons. savye-in the left. adhari-I held. nirdamyasubduing. te te-they. and held Govardhana Hill in My left hand. kautukena-with the happiness. ashu-quickly. sah-it. paëau-hand. kaliyo-Kaliya. api-also.

aham-I. I thought the words and sight of Brahma and the other demigods as they offered obeisances and prayers were painful. vandanam-obeisances. rava-of music. te-the. bhareëa-with an abundance. krityam-the mission. Let them stay far away. ca-also. nimagno-was plunged. kurvatam-doing.manvano 'gham vyasmaram deva-krityam tadrik-like that. brahma-by Brahma. Text 93 rupeëa vesheëa ravamritena vamsyash ca purvanuditena vishvam sammohitam prema-bhareëa kritsnam tishöhantu dure vraja-vasinas te rupeëa vesheëa-with handsomeness. adinam-headed. vishvam-the world. agham-pain. ca-and. I charmed the universe and filled it with great love. dure-far away. ca-also. bhashaëe-in speaking. With My handsomeness and the unprecedent nectar music of My flute. vamsyas-of the flute. vyasmaram-forgot. amritena-with nectar. deva-of the demigods. manvanoconsidering. sammohitam-charmed. vraja-of Vraja. santosha-of happiness. (For the moment let us not even consider) the residents of Vraja. purva-previously. I forgot My mission on behalf of the demigods. arëave-in an ocean. kritsnam-completely. vasinas-residents. . darshane-in seeing. In this way I was plunged in an ocean of happiness. premaof love. tishöhantu-may stand. yena-by which. stotram-prayer. anuditena-not said.

calves. nadyo-rivers. pravahastreams. meghah-clouds. the cows. Candra. gulma-bushes. prema-of love. Indra. all became plunged in an ocean of love. they left their own natures and attained the opposite nature. ca-also. bushes. vatsa-gaëas-calves. deer. apuh-attained. sa-cetana-conscious. tatha-so. trees. vidhi-rudra-shakrah-Brahma. and Indra. ca-also. latas-vines. birds. and the conscious and unconscious. sacarah-moving. Brahma. Shiva. sva-sva-svabhavat-by their own natures. bulls. khagas-birds. sthiras-unmoving. atha-then. mrigas-deer. gavo-cows.acetanakah-unconscious. deva-gaëas-the demigods. ruddhas-overcome. vines. grass. rivers. vrishas-bulls. anye-others. uttha-risen. parivrittim-opposite. Shiva. shashi-the moon. siddhah-the siddhas. prapancah-material. triëani-grass. . the moving and unmoving creatures. vikara-with transformations. and clouds. Overcome with ecstasy.Text 94 akasha-yana vidhi-rudra-shakrah siddhah shashi deva-gaëas tathanye gavo vrisha vatsa-gaëa mrigash ca vrkshah khaga gulma-latas triëani nadyo 'tha meghah sacarah sthirash ca sa cetanacetanakah prapancah prema-pravahottha-vikara-ruddha sva-sva-svabhavat parivrittim apuh akasha-yanas-airplanes. vrkshah-trees. the siddhas and demigods flying in airplanes.

vraja-jana-the people of Vraja. •kalindi-Kalindi. svaira-voluntary. Ask Kalindi. asatyam-untruth. satyam-truth. ya-who. Text 96 adhuna tu sa evaham sva-jnatin yadavan api netum narhami tam bhavam narma-krida-kutuhalaih .Note: For example the moving creatures became stunned and motionless and the unmoving creatures trembled with ecstasy. She personally saw the bliss of My pastimes with the people of Vraja. iyam-she. sakshiëi-witness. Text 95 etat satyam asatyam va kalindi pricchyatam iyam ya tad vraja-jana-svairaviharananda-sakshiëi etat-this. tad-that. (You may doubt. vihara-pastimes. pricchyatam-should be asked. thinking My words may be) true or not true. ananda-bliss. va-or.

arhami-I am able. even with the bliss of playful joking pastimes. to that same kind of ecstatic love. mana-of pride.adhuna-now. aham-I. me-by Me. eva-indeed. tu-indeed. bhavam-love. priya-dear. I cannot bring My relatives. sas-He. Text 97 dushkaram me babhuvatra tvadrisham mana-bhanjanam ato 'tra murali tyakta lajjayaiva maya priya dushkaram-difficult to do. netum-to lead. atra-here. maya-by Me. yadavan-the Yadavas. tyakta-abandoned. tvadrisham-like you. bhanjanam-breaking. api-also. sva-jnatin-own relatives. krida-pastimes. kutuhalaih-with the delight. At the present. narma-joking. atra-here. the Yadavas. Text 98 aho bata maya tatra kritam yadrik sthitam yatha . murali-the flute. babhuva-are. Because it is very difficult to break the pride here of people like you. lajjaya-out of embarrassment. ato-then. tam-that. na-not. eva-indeed. with shame I have put down My dear flute.

nirvaktum-to be described. tad-that. maha-great. adah-then. sva-sannibhe-near you. prema-of love. yadrik-like which. kincana-something. me-to Me. kritam-done. sthitam-stood. badarayanir-Shrila Shukadeva Gosvami. prabhavatah-by the power. tad-that. shakyate-is able. majjivite-My life. Vyasa's son Shukadeva. vraja-loka-vat-like the people of Vraja. vakshyati-will speak. bhara-abundance. tatra-there. ca-also. atra-here. yatha-as. with great love will describe something of it to his disciple (Parikshit). priyas-dear. na-not. maya-by Me. astu-may be. whose life I once saved.tad astu kila dure 'tra nirvaktum ca na shakyate aho bata-indeed. kila-indeed. The situation there cannot even be described here. Text 99 ekah sa me tad vraja-loka-vat priyas tadrië maha-prema-bhara-prabhavatah vakshyaty adah kincana badarayanir maj-jivite shishya-vare sva-sannibhe ekah-alone. dure-far away. shishya-vare-O best of students. who is dear to Me as the people of Vraja. tadrik-like that. sas-he. Text 100 .

Shri Parikshit said: Fearing that by glorifying the good fortune of Vraja. bhagyavaibhavam-the good fortune. maha-prabhoh-of the Lord. minister Uddhava called for the queens to come. the Lord would again become overcome with ecstatic love. nivesha-entrance. etadrisham-like this. tatha-so. tah-them. Text 101 sarva mahishyah saha satyabhamaya bhaishmadayo drag abhisritya madhubhih padau grihitva ruditardra-kakubhih samstutya bhartaram ashishamamsh chanaih sarvar-all. vraja-of Vraja. bhava-of ecstatic love. abhisritya-coming. mantri-vareëa-by the minister.shri-parikshid uvaca etadrisham tad vraja-bhagya-vaibhavam samrambhatah kirtayato maha-prabhoh punas tatha bhava-nivesha-shankaya tah prerita mantri-vareëa samjnaya shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. padau-feet. madhubhih-sweet. grihitva- . punas-again. drak-at once. samjnaya-by name. shankaya-with the fear. tad-that. satyabhamaya-Satyabhama. preritas-sent. bhaishma-adayoheaded by Rukmiëdi. saha-with. kirtayato-describing. samrambhatah-beginning. mahishyah-the queens.

iti-thus.grasping. and offering prayers with sweet and plaintive words wet with tears. . kakubhih-with plaintive words. sahite-with. Then he brought in Balarama. pana-and drink. rohiëiRohiëi. praveshyaentering. Uddhava quickly brought in Devaki and Rohiëi with the Lord's meal. krita-done. bhartaram-to their husband. devaki-Devaki. tatra-there. tishöhed-stands. naradas-Narada. ca-also. balaramam-Balarama. snanam-bath. headed by Rukmiëi and including Satyabhama. kritina-by a devotee. dvarante-at the door. vibhuh-the Lord. rudita-with tears. who had just bathed. gradually pacified their •husband. eva-certainly. artham-purpose. ardra-wet. samstutya-praying. praveshite-entered. Quickly coming. tada-then. shighram-quickly. tena-by Him. adi-beginning with. Then he told the Lord that Narada was standing at the door. tatha-so. anna-food. grasping His feet. vijnapito-informed. the queens. shanaih-slowly. Text 102 bhojanartham ca tenaiva devaki rohiëi tatha anna-panadi-sahite tatra shighram praveshite balaramam krita-snanam praveshya kritina tada dvarante naradas tishöhed iti vijnapito vibhuh bhojana-meal. ashishaman-pacified.

" Text 104 pratyuvacoddhavah smitva prabho bhityapi lajjaya tato brahmaëya-devena svayam uktah praveshya sah pratyuvaca-answered. antara-within. nanda-nandanah-the son of Nanda. praha-said. praveshya-brought in. smitva-smiling. atma-the heart. . yatwhich. uktah-addressed. bhitya-with fear. svayam-personally. Then Nanda's son. uddhavah-Uddhava.Text 103 sarvantaratma-drik praha sa-smitam nanda-nandanah adya kena niruddho 'sau yan nayaty atra purvavat sarva-of all. purvavat-as before. sa-with. "Why was he stopped today? This is not the way he came before. adya-today. smitam-a smiling. kena-why?. Lord Krishëa. said. sah-he. brahmaëya-devena-by the Lord of the brahmaëas. tato-then. api-also. niruddho-stopped. nayati-brings. who sees within everyone's heart. lajjaya-with shyness. asau-he. atra-here. drik-seeing. prabho-O Lord.

Dear friend Shri Narada. personally went (to Narada). Text 105 shri-bhagavan uvaca mat-prity-utpadana-vyagra shri-narada-suhrittama hitam evakritatyantam bhavan me rasikottama shri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said. hitamauspiciousness. and brought him in. mat-prity-utpadana-vyagra-O you who are overcome with love for Me. out of timidness and shyness (he does not come). the master of the brahmaëas. O best of they who taste nectar. rasika-of they who taste nectar. Texts 106 and 107 . shri-narada-suhrittama-O dear friend Narada. eva-indeed. me-of Me. O saint overcome with love for Me. bhavan-you. atyantam-great. You have done Me a great favor. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said. uttama-O best. akrita-done.Uddhava smiled and said: "Lord." Then Krishëa. spoke to him.

It is an ocean of ecstatic love. tad-that. Although in the forest fire of separation My gopi-beloveds are filled with pain. duranta-great. prema-love. tathapi-nevertheless. manoramahenchanting. duhkham-pain. eka-only. shoka-grief. santapa-from pain. rasika-by they who taste nectar. ko 'pi-something. pariëamato-from transformation. sphuret-manifest. sambhoga-of enjoyment. sukhad-than the happiness. kritat-done. vicchedaseparation. stutah-praised. gadham-deeply. dhruvam-certainly. tatra-there. bhavati-is. yadyapi-although. iva-like.prag yadyapi prema-kritat priyaëam viccheda-davanala-vegato 'ntah santapa-jatena duranta-shokavesheëa gadham bhavativa duhkham tathapi sambhoga-sukhad api stutah sa ko 'pi nirvacyatamo manoramah premoda-rashih pariëamato dhruvam tatra sphuret tad rasikaika-vedyah prak-before. udarashih-ocean. vesheëa-entering. priyaëam-of the beloveds. prema-of love. davanala-of a forest fire. vedyah-to be known. sas-that. Text 108 tac-choka-duhkhoparamasya pashcac cittam yatah purëataya prasannam . antah-within. Only they who are learned in tasting the mellows of spiritual love can understand it. nirvacyatamo-indescribable. that pain is more glorious than the happiness of directly meeting Me. apieven. It is indescribable and enchanting. vegato-from the power. jatena-born.

cittam-the heart. uparamasya-cessation. Text 109 icchet punas tadrisham eva bhavam klishöam kathancit tad-abhavatah syat yesham na bhatiti mate 'pi tesham gadhopakari smritidah priyaëam icchet-desires. sambhoga-of meeting. When the pain of their grief ends they become filled with happiness. tishöhati-stands. pashcat-afterwards. shoka-of grief. sampraptaattained. prasannam-satisfied. bhati-is manifested.samprapta-sambhoga-maha-sukhena sampannavat tishöhati sarvadaiva tat-of them. . smritidah-reminding. punas-again. sampannavat-like the fortunate. a happiness greater than what they feel by directly meeting Me. gadhadeep. sukhena-with happiness. kathancit-somehow. eva-certainly. duhkha-suffering. klishöamdistresed. eva-indeed. If one desires this kind of anxious ecstatic love. purëataya-from being full. priyaëam-of the beloved gopis. mate-considered. tad-abhavatah-because of the non-existence. make My dear lovers always think of Me. I do not remain present before him. upakari-helpful. sarvada-always. The thought "He is not here". na-not. tadrisham-like that. yatah-because. api-even. syat-is. bhavam-love. iti-thus. maha-great. yesham-of whom. tesham-of them.

Text 110 kathancana smaraëam eva tesham avehi taj-jivana-danam eva tesham yato vismaraëam kadacit praëadhikanam maraëac ca nindyam kathancana-somehow. smritih-remembrance. Text 111 na sambhaved asmaraëam kadapi sva-jivananam yad api priyaëam tathapi kenapi visheshaëena smritih praharshaya yatha su-jivitam na-not. For they who think Me more dear than life. jivana-life. avehi-please know. api-also. yad-what. eva-certainly. tat-to them. adhikanam-greater. yato-from which. visheshaëena-by the description. praharshaya-for happiness. kadapi-ever. tathapi-still. eva-indeed. asmaraëam-not remembering. danam-gift. priyaëam-dear. . vismaraëamforgetting. smaraëam-memory. tesham-of them. nindyam-more reprehensible. maraëat-than death. forgetting Me for a moment is worse than death. su-jivitam-a festival. jivananamlife. sambhaved-may be. yatha-as. kenapi-somehow. sva-own. ca-also. praëa-than like. kadacit-ever. tesham-of them. Know that remembering Me keeps them alive.

I am very pleased with you. evam-thus. varan-benedictions. asmi-I am. vriëu-choose. adya-today. te-to you. mahangreat. tat-that. Text 112 ity evam upakaro 'dya bhavatakari me mahan tat te 'smi parama-prito nijabhishöan varan vriëu iti-thus. You have done Me a great favor. nija-own. Remembering Me in any way brings them a great festival of happiness. abhishöan-desired. parama-prito-very pleased. me-to Me.The dear devotees who think of Me as their very life cannot forget Me at any time. upakaro-help. bhavata-by you. Text 113 shri-parikshid uvaca munir jaya-jayodghoshaih sa-viëa-gitam aidata vraja-kridottha-namadhyah . akari-done. Please choose some benedictions that you wish.

shrimad-anugraheëa-by the Lord's mercy. munir-the sage. aidata vraja-kridottha-namadhyah kirtanaish ca vara-pradam Shri Parikshid said: Calling out "Glory! Glory!". kamo-desiring. jaya-jaya-of glory! glory!. purëa-fulfilled. vipra-with brahmaëas. vishaye-in the realm. elaborately describing the Lord's pastimes in Vraja. and playing the viëa. matah-O mother. arthatam-desires. prayagasya-of Prayaga. sa-viëa-of the viëa. sakshat-directly. dvaravati-parante-up to Dvaraka. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. muniof sages. adinam-beginning with. hridyam-dear to . evacertainly.kirtanaish ca vara-pradam shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. udghoshaihwith sounds. etan-them. Text 114 svayam prayagasya dashashvamedhatirthadike dvaravati-parante sambhashitanam vishaye bhramitva purëarthatam shrimad-anugraheëa vipradinam shrotu-kamo munindro harshat krishëasyananad eva sakshat etan matah prarthayam asa hridyam tasmin ramyodara-simhe varam prak svayam-personally. gitam-with music. sambhashitanam-speaking. bhramitva-wandering. shrotu-to hear. prarthayam asa-prayed. chanting the holy names. dashashvamedha-tirtha-adike-beginning with Dashashvamedha-tirtha. Narada Muni chose a benediction. indro-the king. harshat-happily. ananad-from the mouth.

and the bliss that comes from serving You. varam-benediction. triptir-satiation. udara-generous. the following benediction. premëi-in ecstatic love. requested from the Lord. ca-and. ananda-bhajane-full of bliss. devotional service to You. may I never become jaded to Your mercy. api-also. Narada. astu-may be. bhavato-of You. tasmin-in that. "O Shri Krishëacandra. and now desiring to hear the final goal of spiritual life from Shri Krishëa's own mouth. Having wandered from Dashashvamedha-tirtha to Dvaraka. bhaktau-in devotional service. love for You. kadapiever." Text 116 shri-bhagavan uvaca . prakfirst. which is very pleasing to the heart: Text 115 shri-krishëacandrakasyapi triptir astu kadapi na bhavato 'nugrahe bhaktau premëi cananda-bhajane shri-krishëacandrakasya-of Lord Krishëacandra.the heart. na-not. having heard the explanations of many brahmaëas. anugrahe-in the mercy. the king of sages. simhe-lion. ramya-charming. who is the lion of all who are generous.

nama-indeed. what kind of benediction is that? My mercy. and love for Me are by nature like that. matahconsidered. ayam-this. vyakto-manifest. premëamand love. vidagdha-nikara-acarya-O teacher of the philosophers. devotional service to Me. yat-what. Text 117 prayaga-tirtham arabhya bhramam bhramam itas tatah atragatya ca ye drishöah shrutash ca bhavata mune sarve samapta-sarvartha . ko-what?. varo-benediction. ayam-this. bhakti-devotional •service. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O teacher of the wise. eva-indeed.vidagdha-nikaracarya ko namayam varo matah svabhavo mat-kripa-bhaktipremëam vyakto 'yam eva yat shri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Personality of Godhead said. Note: These things never make one jaded. mat-My. kripa-mercy. svabhavo-own nature.

ca-also. shritahaccepting. atra-here. api-even. O sage. varan-benedictions. samapta-attained. sarva-all. you have wandered here and there and you have seen and heard from many devotees. mat-kripavishayah-who have attained my mercy. bhramam bhramam-wandering and wandering. itah tatah-here and there. varan-benedictions. param-then. grihaëa-please take. arabhya-beginning. ca-also. tripyati-is jaded. Text 118 tathapi tesham eko 'pi na tripyati kathancana tad grihaëa varan anyan matto 'bhishöa-varan varan tathapi-still. agatya-coming.jagan-nishöarakash ca te mat-kripa-vishayah kincit taratamyam shritah param prayaga-tirtham-with Prayaga-tirtha. tad-that. taratamyam-hierarchy. arthas-goals of life. na-not. drishöah-seen. sarve-all. eko-a single one. kathancanaat all. kincit-something. abhishöadesired. starting at Prayaga-tirtha. nistarakas-transcending. Some are greater and some lesser. ye-who. ca-and. shrutas-heard. te-they. . mune-O sage. jagat-the universe. anyan-other. All have crossed beyond the material world. varan-benedictions. For all of them every desire is fulfilled. All are the objects of My mercy. tesham-of them. matto-from Me. bhavata-by you.

Benedictions that you wish. Shri Parikshit said: Happily dancing. tam-to Him. jagada-said. vara-of benedictions. maëimjewel. sad-transcendental. Please take from Me some other benedictions. Text 120 shri-narada uvaca sva-danatripta vritto 'ham . nartitva-dancing. harshad-happily. as if begging alms. idam-this. yacamanobegging. shiro-the crest. dvayam-a pair. Narada. narado-Naarada. asked two benedicitions of He who is the crest jewel of the generous. vadanya-of the generous. Text 119 shri-parikshid uvaca nartitva narado harshad bhaikshyavat sad-vara-dvayam yacamano jagadedam tam vadanya-shiro-maëim shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said.Still. Many benedictions. not one of them is ever jaded. bhaikshyavat-as charity.

aptavan-attained. . uttamoutlimate. yace-I request. ca-own. cirantanam-eternal. dana-charity. Shri Narada said: O Lord who after giving Himself away in charity still thinks He has not given enough. hardam-mercy. vijnanam-knowledge. maha-great. karuëa-of mercy. jana-people. shramah-fatigued. udara-of the generous. idanim-now. anugrahas-mercy.idanim sa-phala-shramah tvan-maha-karuëa-patrajana-vijnanam aptavan shri-narada uvaca-Shri Narada said. atripta-unsatisfied. I request Your mercy eternally. O king of the generous. prapto-attained. sa-phala-with the result. vritto-engaged. now I am perfectly successful. patra-object. Now I understand who is the great object of Your mercy. eva-indeed. Text 121 ayam eva varah prapto 'nugrahash cottamo matah yace tathapy udarendra hardam kincic cirantanam ayam-this. varah-benediction. matah-considered. tvat-Your. kincit-something. I think Your mercy is the best of benedictions. sva-own. aham-I. tathapi-still. indra-O king.

bhuvo-of the world. nama-of thr name. angair-with limbs. . O swan staying in the lake of the love of Vraja's people. tattad-various. bhramaëi-I shall wander. sakrid-once. payam-and drinking. gokula-of Gokula. tah-the. aviratam-without stopping. te-they. shrutya-with hearing. ishöam-worshipable. va-or. ceshöo-the activities. vacasa-with words. matta-of a madman. ujjrimbhitam-manifested. api-even. lokan-people. vapi-at the lake. carita-nikara-pastimes. marala-O swan. amritam-nectar. drinking again and again the nectar of Your holy name and the sweetness of Your form and pastimes in the nectar ocean of Gokula. vraja-jana-gaëa-of the people of Vraja. apialso. va-or. mishöam-sweet.Text 122 payam payam vraja-jana-gaëa-prema-vapi-marala shriman-namamritam aviratam gokulabdhy-utthitam te tat-tad-vesha-carita-nikarojjrimbhitam mishöam ishöam sarvan lokan jagati ramayan matta-ceshöo bhramaëi payam-drinking. Text 123 tvadiyas tah kridah sakrid api bhuvo vapi vacasa drisha shrutyangair va sprishati krita-dhih kashcid api yah sa nityam shri-gopi-kuca-kalasa-kashmira-vilasattvadiyanghri-dvandve kalayatutaram prema-bhajanam tvadiyas-Your. sarvan-all. and giving bliss to everyone in the world. abdhi-from the ocean. drisha-with a glance. kridah-pastimes. prema-of pure love. may I wander like a madman. jagati-in the universe. ramayan-pleasing. shrimat-of the Lord. utthitam-risen. vesha-features.

Text 124 shri-parikshid uvaca tatah shri-hasta-kamalam prasarya paramadarat evam astv iti sanandam gopinathena bhashitam shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. shri-hasta-kamalam-the Lord. api-even. sas-he. shri-gopi-of the gopis. tvadiya-Your.sprishati-touches. kalayatutaram-may see." Text 125 . prema-of love. or limbs touch Your pastimes. bhajanam-the object. kalasa-waterpots. which are splendid with kunkuma from the beautiful gopis' waterpot breasts. kuca-breasts. the master of the gopis. iti-thus. May they who. Lord Krishëa. attain eternal spiritual love for Your lotus feet. with their words. bhashitam-said. dhih-intelligence. astu-may be. krita-done. sanandam-blissfully. “So be it. tatah-then. in this world. hearing. gopinathena-by the master of the gopis.'s lotus hand. anghri-dvandve-two feet. yah-who. even only once. affectionately and blissfully said. prasarya-holding out. evam-thus. nityam-always. •paramadarat-with great respect. glance. kashmira-kunkuma. Shri Parikshit said: Raising His lotus hand. vilasatshining. kashcid-something.

tato maha-paranandarëave magno munir bhrisham gayan nrityan bahu-vidham krishëam cakre su-nirvritam

tato-then; maha-great; para-spiritual; ananda-of bliss; arëave-in the ocean; magno-plunged; munir-the sage; bhrisham-greatly; gayan-singing; nrityan-dancing; bahu-vidham-in many ways; krishëam-Krishëa; cakre-did; su-nirvritam-happiness.

Then Narada Muni became plunged in a great ocean of spiritual bliss. Singing and dancing, he greatly pleased Lord Krishëa.

Text 126

bubhuje bhagavadbhyam sa paramannam sa-panakam devaki-rohiëi-drishöam rukmiëya pariveshitam

bubhuje-enjoyed; bhagavadbhyam-with the two Lords; sas-he; paramannam-divine food; sapanakam-and drink; devaki-Devaki; rohiëi-and Rohiëi; drishöam-seen; rukmiëya-by Rukmiëi; pariveshitam-entered.

As Devaki and Rohiëi looked on, Narada and the two Lords (Krishëa and Balarama) enjoyed delicious foods and drinks served by Rukmiëi.

Text 127

uddhavena smaryamanam vijitam satyabhamaya anyabhir mahishibhish ca ranjitam tat-tad-ihaya

uddhavena-by Uddhava; smaryamanam-reminded; vijitam-fanned; satyabhamaya-by Satyabhama; anyabhir-by the other; mahishibhis-queens; ca-also; ranjitam-pleased; tat-tad-ihayaby their activities.

Uddhava gave the Lord advice, Satyabhama fanned Him, and the other queens pleased Him in different ways.

Text 128

acanto lepito gandhair malabhir maëdito munih alankarair bahu-vidhair arcitash ca murariëa

acanto-sipped; lepito-anointed; gandhair-with fragrances; malabhir-with garlands; maëditodecorated; munih-the sage; alankarair-with ornaments; bahu-vidhair-of many kinds; arcitasworshiped; ca-also; murariëa-by Krishëa.

After He rinsed His mouth, the Lord personally anointed Narada Muni with fragrant scents and decorated him with garlands and many ornaments.

Text 129

atha prayage gatva tan mad-apeksha-vilambitan munin kritarthayaniti samanujnapya madhavam

svayam yad-bhakti-mahatmyam anubhutam itas tatah sanandam viëaya gayan sa yayau bhakti-lampaöah

atha-then; prayage-to Prayaga; gatva-having gone; tan-them; mad-apeksha-vilambitan-waiting for Me; munin-sages; kritarthayani-successful; iti-thus; samanujnapya-asking permission to leave; madhavam-Lord Krishëa; svayam-personally; yad-bhakti-mahatmyam-the glory of devotional service; anubhutam-seen; itas tatah-here and there; sanandam-blissfully; viëaya-with his viëa; gayan-singing; sas-he; yayau-went; bhakti-for devotional service; lampaöah-eager.

Saying "I should go to Prayaga and make successful the lives of the sages waiting there for me," Narada took Lord Krishëa's permission to leave. Having personally seen the glories of devotional service, and now very eager to engage in devotional service, Narada wandered here and there, playing his viëa ‘ and singing.

Text 130

te 'pi tan-mukhatah sarvam shrutva tat-tan-mahadbhutam sara-sangrahino 'shesham anyat sadyo juhur dridham

te-they; api-aslo; tat-of him; mukhatah-from the mouth; sarvam-everything; shrutva-hearing; tat-tat-of that; maha-great; adbhutam-wonder; sara-the best; sangrahino-accepting; asheshamcomplete; anyat-another; sadyo-at once; juhur-abandoned; dridham-firmly.

Hearing all the wonderful descriptions from Nrada's mouth, the wise sages, who could undersatand the highest truth, firmly gave up everything but devotional service.

Text 131

kevalam parama-dainyam avalambyasya shikshaya shriman-madana-gopalacaraëabjam upasate

kevalam-only; parama-great; dainyam-humbleness; avalambya-attaining; asya-of him; shikshaya-by the instruction; shriman-madana-gopala-of Lord Madana-Gopala; caraëa-feet; abjam-lotus; upasate-worship.

By Narada's teachings they very humbly worshiped the lotus feet of Lord Madana-Gopala.

Text 132 matar gopa-kishoram tam tvam ca rasa-rasambudhim tat-prema-mohitabhih shrigopibhir abhito vritam

amusham dasyam icchanti tadrisha-prema-bhangibhih nityam bhajasva tan-namasankirtana-parayaëa

matar-O mother; gopa-cowherd; kishoram-boy; tam-Him; tvam-you; ca-also; rasa-odf the rasa dance; rasa-of nectar; ambudhim-the ocean; tat-for Him; prema-by love; mohitabhih-enchanted; shri-gopibhir-by the gopis; abhito-everywhere; vritam-surrounded; amusham-of them; dasyamdevotional service; icchanti-desire; tadrisha-like that; prema-of love; bhangibhih-with waves; nityam-always; bhajasva-please worship; tat-of Him; nama-the name; sankirtana-glorification; parayaëa-devoted.

O mother, please become devoted to chanting the Lord's holy names and eager to serve the gopis. Worship the Lord who in the nectar ocean of the rasa dance is a cowherd boy surrounded by gopis enchanted with love for Him.

Text 133

gopinam mahima kashcit tasam eko 'pi shakyate na maya sva-mukhe kartum merur makshikaya yatha

gopinam-of the gopis; mahima-glory; kashcit-someone; •tasam-of them; eko 'pi-alone; shakyate-is able; na-not; maya-by me; sva-own; mukhe-on the mouth; kartum-to place; merurMount Meru; makshikaya-by a bee; yatha-as.

As a small bee has no power to swallow Mount Meru, so I have no power to describe even one of the gopis' glories.

Text 134

aho krishëa-rasavishöah sada namani kirtayet krishëasya tat-priyaëam ca bhaishmyadinam gurur mama

gopinam vitatadbhuta-sphuöatara-premanalarcis-chaöadagdhanam kila nama-kirtana-kritat tasam visheshat smriteh tat-tikshëa-jvalanocchikhagra-kaëika-sparshena sadyo mahavaikalyam sa bhajan kadapi na mukhe namani kartum prabhuh

aho-oh; krishëa-of Lord Krishëa; rasa-in the nectar; avishöah-entered; sada-eternally; namaniholy names; kirtayet-may glorify; krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa; tat-priyaëam-of His beloveds; ca-also; bhaishmya-adinam-of they who are headed by Rukmiëi, the daughter of King Bhishmaka; gururguru; mama-my; gopinam-of the gopis; vitata-expanded; adbhuta-wonderful; sphuöataramanifested; prema-of love; anala-of the fire; arcis-flame; chaöa-multitude; dagdhanam-burned; kila-indeed; nama-of the holy name; kirtana-glorification; kritat-from being done; tasam-of them; visheshat-specific; smriteh-of the memory; tat-that; tikshna-sharp; jvalana-fire; ucchikhagrakaëika-by sparks; sparshena-by the touch; sadyo-at once; maha-great; vaikalyam-distress; sas-he; bhajan-worshiping; kadapi-sometimes; na-not; mukhe-on the mouth; namani-names; kartum-to do; prabhuh-able.

Plunged in the nectar of Lord Krishëa, my guru (Shrila Shukadeva Gosvami) always chants the names of Lord Krishëa and His dear queens headed by Rukmiëi-devi. Tormented by burning sparks of love whenever he does it, he has no power to place on his mouth the names of the gopis, who burn with great flames of a very wonderful love.

Text 135

tasam natham ballavinam sametam tabhih premëa samshrayanti yathoktam matah matyam tat-prasadan mahattvam tasam jnatum shakshyasi tvam ca kincit

tasam-of them; natham-the Lord; ballavinam-of the gopis; sametam-met; tabhih-with them; premëa-love; samshrayanti-take shelter; yatha-as; uktam-said; matah-O mother; matyam-to be considered; tat-prasadat-by His mercy; mahattvam-the greatness; tasam-of them; jnatum-to know; shakshyasi-are able; tvamyou; ca-also; kincit-somewhat.

O mother, with love taking shelter of the gopis' Lord, who is surrounded by them, by His mercy you will be able to understand a little of their greatness.

Text 136

etan mahakhyana-varam maha-hareh karuëya-saralaya-nishcayarthakam yah shraddhaya samshrayate kathancana prapnoti tat-prema tathaiva so 'py aram

etat-this; mahakhyana-varam-great narration; maha-hareh-of Lord Krishëa; karuëya-of mercy; saralaya-abode; nishcayarthakam-conclusion; yah-who; shraddhaya-with faith;• samshrayatetakes shelter; kathancana-somehow; prapnoti-attains; tat-prema-love for Him; tatha-as; evacertainly; so 'pi-someone; aram-greatly.

A person who with faith takes shelter of this great narration describing the search to find the object of the Lord's greatest mercy will attain pure love for Lord Krishëa.

Shri Goloka-mahatmya (The Glory of Shri Goloka)

Chapter One: Vairagya (Renunciation)

Invocation

namah shri-krishnaya bhagavate vasudevaya

namah-obeisances; shri-krishnaya bhagavate-to Lord Sri Krishna; vasudevaya-the son of Vasudeva.

Obeisances to Lord Shri Krishna, the son of Vasudeva.

Text 1

shri-janamejaya uvaca

satyam sac-chastra-vargarthasarah sangrihya durlabhah gudhah sva-matre pitra me krishna-premna prakashitah

shri-janamejayah uvaca-Shri Janamejaya said; satyam-truth; sat-sastra-varga-of the scriptures; artha-meaning; sarah-essence; sangrihya-compiling; durlabhah-rare; gudhah-hidden; sva-matre-to mother; pitre-and father; me-my; krishna-premna-love of Krishna; prakashitah-manifest.

Shri Janamejaya said: My father, who dearly loved Lord Krishna, taught the rare, secret meaning of the scriptures to my mother.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami begins his Dig-darshini Tika commentary with the following prayers:

krishna-shravana-pashat tvam niryato dhyana-rajjubhih grahyas tabhyash ca niryato nama-kirtana-shrnkhalaih

tvad-bhakti-lolitenadya na maya jatu mokshyase vrito dhrito 'si gadham tvam pita-kausheya-vasasi

O Lord dressed in yellow silk, I, who am full of love for You, have tied You with the ropes of hearing about Krishna, the ropes of meditating on You, and the chains of chanting Your names. Now I hold You tightly. You will never escape.

namah shri-gopinathaya

shrimac-chaitanyadevaya

tasmai bhagavate namah yad-rupa-manim ashritya citram nrityaty ayam jadah

Obeisances to Lord Shri Gopinatha. Obeisances to Lord Shri Chaitanyadeva. By taking shelter of the jewel of His form, even this dull and foolish person dances wonderfully.

Text 2

shrimad-bhagavatambhodhipiyusham idam apiban na tripyami muni-shreshtha tvan-mukhambhoja-vasitam

shrimad-bhagavata-of Shrimad-Bhagavatam; ambhodhi-of the ocean; piyusam-nectar; idamthis; apiban-drank; na-not; trpyami-I am satiated; muni-shreshtha-O best of sages; tvan-mukhaambhoja-your lotus mouth; vasitam-scented.

O best of sages, as I drink the Bhagavatam-ocean's nectar, which is fragrant with the lotus flower of Your mouth, I am still not satiated.

Text 3

tan-mata-putrayor vidvan

samvadah kathyatam tayoh sudha-saramayo 'nyo 'pi krishna-padabja-lubdhayoh

tan-mata-of mother; putrayor-and son; vidvan-O wise one; samvadah-conversation; kathyatamshould be said; tayoh-of them; sudha-saramayo-most nectarean; anyo-another; api-also; krishnapadabja-after Lord Krishna's lotusa feet; lubdhayoh-greedy.

O wise one, please relate more of the nectarean conversation of mother and son, who both relished the nectar of Lord Krishna's lotus feet.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the mother is Uttara and the son Maharaja Parikshit.

Text 4

shri-jaiminir uvaca

naitat sva-shaktito rajan vaktum jnatum ca shakyate sarva-jnanam ca durjneyam brahmanubhavinam api

shri-jaiminir uvaca-Shri Jaimini said; na-not; etat-this; sva-shaktito-by own potency; rajan-O king; vaktum-to say; jnatum-to know; ca-also; shakyate-is able; sarva-jnanam-of they who know

everything; ca-also; durjneyam-difficult to be known; brahma-anubhavinam-by the seers of Brahman; api-even.

Shri Jaimini said: O king, what they said even the all-knowing sages and the seers of Brahman cannot know or describe by their own powers.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the topic of their conversation was the glory of Goloka Vrindavana.

Text 5

krishna-bhakti-rasambhodheh prasadad badarayaneh parikshid-uttara-parshve nivishto 'shrausham anjasa

krishna-to Lord Krishna; bhakti-of devotion; rasa-nectar; ambhodheh-of the ocean; prasadadfrom the mercy; badarayaneh-of Vyasa's son; parikshid-King Parikshit; uttara-of Uttara; parshveon the side; nivishto-entered; ashrausham-I heard; anjasa-at once.

By the mercy of Shukadeva Gosvami, who is an ocean of the nectar of devotion to Krishna, I stayed by the side of King Parikshit and Uttara-devi and directly heard what they said.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that only the mercy of a great devotee can one understand or speak the nectar of Shrimad-Bhagavatam.

Text 6

param gopyam api snigdhe shishye vacyam iti shrutih tac chruyatam maha-bhaga goloka-mahimadhuna

param gopyam-supremely hidden; api-although; snigdhe-afectionate; shishye-to a disciple; vacyam-may be said; iti-thus; shrutih-the Sruti-sastra; tat-that; shruyatam-should be heard; mahabhaga-O fotunate one; goloka-of Goloka; mahima-the gloru; adhuna-now.

O fortunate one, now please hear the glory of Goloka, which although a great secret, the Vedas say may be revealed to an affectionate disciple.

Text 7

shri-krishna-karuna-sarapatra-nirdhara-sat-katham shrutvabhut paramanandapurna tava pitamahi

shri-krishna-karuna-the mercy of Lord Krishna; sara-best; patra-object; nirdhara-determination; sat-spiritual; katham-conversation; shrutva-having heard; abhut-became; paramananda-purna-full of bliss; tava-your; pitamahi-grandmother.

When she heard this description of Lord Krishna's great mercy, your grandmother became filled with bliss.

Texts 8 and 9

tadrig-bhakti-visheshasya gopi-kanta-padabjayoh shrotum phala-vishesham tadbhoga-sthanam ca sattamam

vaikunthad api manvana vimrishanti hridi svayam tac canakalayanti sa papraccha shri-parikshitam

tadrig-like this; bhakti-of devotional service; visheshasya-described; gopi-kanta-padabjayoh-of the lotus feet of Lord Krishna; shrotum-to hear; phala-fruit; vishesham-specific; tad-bhoga-of enjoyment; sthanam-place; ca-and; sattamam-greater; vaikunthad-than Vaikuntha; api-even; manvana-considering; vimrishanti-thought; hridi-in the heart; svayam-personally; tat-that; ca-and; anakalayanti-not seeing; sa-she; papraccha-asked; shri-parikshitam-King Pariksit.

Wishing to hear of (1) the result of great devotion to Lord Gopikanta and (2) the Lord's pastimeplace above Vaikuntha, and not fully understanding them in her heart, she asked Shri Parikshit:

Text 10

shrimad-uttarovaca

kaminam punya-kartrinam trailokyam grihinam padam agrihanam ca tasyordhvam sthitam loka-catushtayam

shrimad-uttara uvaca-Shri Uttara said; kaminam-desiring; punya-kartrinam-of they who perform pious deeds; trailokyam-the three worlds; grihinam-of householders; padam-position; agrhanam-of they who are not householders; ca-also; tasya-of that; urdhvam-above; sthitamsituated; loka-catushtayam-four worlds.

Shri Uttara said: Three worlds are abodes for materialistic householders who perform pious deeds. Above them are four worlds that are abodes for they who are not householders.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the three worlds are the Bhuh, Bhuvah, and Svah planets. The householders here wish to enjoy the fruits of their work. Householders that have no material desires, by performing prescribed duties may go to Maharloka or the other higher planets, and, when their hearts are pure, may become liberated. This is described in ShrimadBhagavatam (4.24.29):

sva-dharma-nishthah shata-janmabhih puman virincatam eti tatah param hi mam avyakritam bhagavato 'tha vaishnavam padam yathaham vibudhah kalatyaye

"A person who executes his occupational duty properly for one hundred births becomes qualified to occupy the post of Brahma, and if he becomes more qualified, he can approach Lord Shiva. A person who is directly surrendered to Lord Krishna, or Vishnu, in unalloyed devotional service is immediately promoted to the spiritual planets. Lord Shiva and other demigods attain these planets after the destruction of this material world."*

The persons who are not householders are the naishtika-brahmacaris, vanaprasthas, and sannyasis. The four realms they attain are Maharloka, Janaloka, Tapoloka, and Satyaloka. The ultimate fate of these renounced souls is described in shrimad-Bhagavatam (2.6.20):

padas trayo bahish casan aprajanam ya ashramah antas tri-lokyas tv aparo griha-medho 'brihad-vratah

"The spiritual world, which consists of three-fourths of the Lord's energy, is situated beyond this material world, and it is especially meant for those who will never be reborn. Others, who are attached to family life and who do not strictly follow celibacy vows, must live within the three material worlds."*

Text 11

bhogante muhur avrittim ete sarve prayanti hi mahar-adi-gatam kecin mucyante brahmana saha

bhoga-enjoyment; aante-after; muhur-again; avrittim-return; ete-they; sarve-all; prayantiattain; hi-certainly; mahar-adi-gatam-beginning with Maharloka; kecin-some; mucyante-are liberated; brahmana-Brahma; saha-with.

When their enjoyments are ended they all return. Some who go to Maharloka and the other higher planets become liberated with Lord Brahma.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains they who have material desires again take birth, but they who have no material desires and only act out of duty become liberated.

Text 12

kecit kramena mucyante bhogan bhuktvarcir-adishu labhante yatayah sadyo muktim jnana-para hi ye

kecit-some; kramena-gradually; mucyante-become liberated; bhogan-enjoyments; bhuktvahaving enjoyed; arcir-adishu-beginning with Arcirloka; labhante-attain; yatayah-sannyasis; sadyoat once; muktim-liberation; jnana-paras-devoted to knowledge; hi-indeed; ye-who.

Some, after enjoying on Arcirloka and other planets, attain liberation. The renounced souls devoted to transcendental knowledge attain liberation at once.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Arcih is the demigod of fire and the other planets here are the planets in the Shishumara circle. This is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 2.2.24-31.

Text 13

bhakta bhagavato ye tu sa-kamah svecchayakhilan bhunjanah sukha-bhogams te vishuddha yanti tat-padam

bhaktas-the devotees; bhagavato-of the Lord; ye-who; tu-indeed; sa-kamah-with desires; svecchaya-by their own wish; akhilan-all; bhunjanah-enjoying; sukha-bhogan-happinesses; te-they; vishuddhas-purified; yanti-attain; tat-padam-that abode.

The Lord's devotees that have material desires enjoy according to their own desires and when they become purified they also attain that abode.

Text 14

vaikuntham durlabham muktaih sandrananda-cid-atmakam nishkama ye tu tad-bhakta labhante sadya eva tat

vaikuntham-Vaikuntha; durlabham-difficult to attain; muktaih-by the liberated souls; sandrananda-cid-atmakam-filled with spiritual bliss; nishkamas-who have no material desires; yethey who; tu-certainly; tad-bhaktas-devotees; labhante-attain; sadyas-at once; eva-indeed; tatthat.

The devotees that have no material desires at once attain the blissful spiritual realm of Vaikuntha, which even the liberated souls cannot attain.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami here quotes the description of Vaikuntha in Shrimad-Bhagavam 2.2.17-18, 2.9.9-10, and 10.28.14-15.

Text 15

tatra shri-krishna-padabjasakshat-seva-sukham sada bahudhanubhavantas te ramante dhik-kritamritam

tatra-there; shri-krishna-padabja-of Lord Krishna's lotus feet; sakshat-direct; seva-service; sukham-happiness; sada-always; bahudha-in many ways; anubhavantas-experiencing; te-they; ramante-enjoy; dhik-krita-eclipsing; amritam-nectar.

Eternally and in many different ways experiencing there the happiness of direct service to Lord Krishna's lotus feet, a happiness that eclipses impersonal liberation, they feel great bliss.

Text 16

jnana-bhaktas tu teshv eke shuddha-bhaktah pare 'pare prema-bhaktah pare premaparah prematurah pare

jnana-in knowledge; bhaktas-devotees; tu-certainly; teshu-among them; eke-some; shuddhapure; bhaktah-devotees; pare-others; apare-others; prema-in love; bhaktah-devotees; pareothers; prema-parah-in great love; prema-by love; aturah-overwhelmed; pare-others.

Some are devotees situated in knowledge (jnana-bhakta), some are pure devotees (shuddhabhakta), some are devotees situated in love (prema-bhakta), some are devotees situated in great love (premapara-bhakta), and some are overwhelmed by love (prematura-bhakta).

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that here four and a half, with the jnana-bhaktas the half, kinds of love are described. The devotion of the jnana-bhaktas is mixed with the desire for knowledge. The knowledge here is not the pathetic liberation of the impersonalists, but rather the

awareness of the glories of serving the Lord's lotus feet. Maharaja Bharata is an example of the jnana-bhaktas. The shuddha-bhaktas are devoted to the nine pocesses of devotional service. Their devotion is not distracted by frutive work, the desire for knowledge, or non-devotional renunciation. Maharaja Ambarisha is an example of the shuddha-bhaktas. The prema-bhaktas want only to serve the Lord's lotus feet with love. Hanuman is an example of the prema-bhaktas. The premapara-bhaktas are the Lord's affectionate associates who by the Lord's boundless mercy are tied by the chains of affectionately gazing at the Lord, gazing at the Lord with the longings of love, friendship with the Lord, and close friendship where they joke with the Lord. The Pandavas are examples of the premapara-bhaktas. The prematura-bhaktas are always overwhelmed by the treasure of wonderful love. Uddhava and the Yadavas are examples of the prematura-bhaktas. Although Vaikuntha cannot be attained without love for the Lord, there are varying degrees of that love. Thus the prema-bhaktas are better than the shuddha-bhaktas, the premapara-bhaktas better than the prema-bhaktas, and the prematura-bhaktas better than the premapara-bhaktas.

Text 17

taratamyavatam esham phale samyam na yujyate taratamyam tu vaikunthe kathancid ghatate na hi

taratamyavatam-gradations of higher and lower; esham-of them; phale-fruit; samyam-equality; na-not; yujyate-is engaged; taratamyam-gradations of higher and lower; tu-but; vaikunthe-in Vaikuntha; kathancid-somehow; ghatate-is; na-not; hi-certainly.

These different kinds of devotees do not attain the same results. Still, in Vaikuntha one is not considered better than the others.

Text 18

paryavasyati sarupyasamipyadau ca tulyata na shruyate param prapyam vaikunthad adhikam kiyat

paryavasyati-concludes; sarupya-samipya-adau-beginning with sarupya and samipya; ca-also; tulyata-equality; na-not; shruyate-is heard; param-better; prapyam-to be attained; vaikunthadthan Vaikuntha; adhikam-better; kiyat-how much?

Sarupya-mukti, Samipya-mukti, and the other kinds of liberation are also all equal. What place is better than Vaikuntha? The Vedas do not say.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that sarupya-mukti is the liberation where one attains a four-armed form like the Lord's, and samipya-mukti is the liberation where one always stays near the Lord.

Text 19

tat-pradesha-vishesheshu sva-sva-bhava-visheshatah

sva-sva-priya-visheshaptya sarvesham astu va sukham

tat-pradesha-vishesheshu-in different places; sva-sva-bhava-visheshatah-accroding to different kinds of love; sva-sva-priya-vishesha-aptya-by attaining different objects of love; sarvesham-of all; astu-may be; va-or; sukham-happiness.

Each in his own part of Vaikuntha, each according to his own kind of love, and each attaining his own object of love, everyone is happy.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Ayodhya, Dvaraka, and the many other abodes of the Lord are situated in Vaikuntha. This is described in the Vedic literatures:

ya yatha bhuvi vartante puryo bhagavatah priyah tas tatha santi vaikunthe tat-tal-lilartham adritah

The Lord's many favorite cities that rest on the earth also exist in Vaikuntha so the Lord may enjoy different pastimes in them.

Text 20

param kashtam gatam tat-tadrasa-jatiyatocitam athapi rasa-krit-tadrigbhaktanam astu ka gatih

param kashtam-the highest point; gatam-attained; tat-tad-rasa-jatiyata-ucitam-according to the various mellows; atha-then; api-also; rasa-krit-of the Lord who performs the rasa dance; tadrigbhaktanam-of the devotees; astu-is; ka-what?; gatih-goal.

The devotees in the different mellows have all attained the highest happiness. Still, what is the destination of they who are devoted to the Lord who performs the rasa-lila?

Texts 21 and 22

ye sarva-nairapekshyena radha-dasyecchavah param sankirtayanti tan-nama tadrisha-priyatamayah

anyesham iva tesham ca prapyam ced hrin na tripyati aho nanda-yashodader na sahe tadrishim gatim

ye-who; sarva-nairapekshyena-with indifference to all; radha-dasya-the service of Shri Radha; icchavah-desiring; param-the Supreme; sankirtayanti-glorify; tan-nama-His name; •tadrisha-like this; priyatamayah-most dear; anyesham-of others; iva-like; tesham-of them; ca-also; prapyam-to be attained; ced-if; hrit-the heart; na-not; tripyati-is satisfied; aho-oh; nanda-yashoda-aderbeginning with Nanda and Yashoda; na-not; sahe-attains; tadrishim-like that; gatim-goal.

My heart is not happy if others attain the same destination attained by the loving devotees who chant the holy names and who, indifferent to all material goals, yearn to become Shri Radha's maidservants. I cannot tolerate that others attain the same destination as that attained by Nanda, Yashoda, and their associates.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the “others" here are the Pandavas and Yadavas.

Text 23

vividhanam mahimnam hi yatra kashthah parah parah kotinam paryavasyanti samudre sarito yatha

vividhanam-various; mahimnam-glories; hi-certainly; yatra-where; kashthah parah parah-the highest; kotinam-of millions; paryavasyanti-find their end; samudre-in the ocean; sarito-rivers; yatha-as.

The most sublime of millions of glories rest in them as many rivers enter the ocean.

Text 24

tad-artham ucitam sthanam ekam vaikunthatah param apekshitam avashyam syat tat-prakashyoddharasva mam

tad-artham-for this reason; ucitam-proper; sthanam-place; ekam-one; vaikunthatah paramabove Vaikuntha; apekshitam-in relation; avashyam-necessarily; syat-is; tat-that; prakashyashowing; uddharasva-please lift; mam-me.

The must have their own place above Vaikuntha. Please show it to me and rescue me.

Note: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word “prakashya" means "please show me by describing it" and "uddharasva" means "please rescue me from this ocean of unhappiness filled with waves of doubts and whirlpools of illusions". The description of the glories of Goloka Vrindaavana, which is above the material worlds, which is not destroyed at the time of cosmic devastation, and which is above even the realms of Vaikuntha, is the answer to this question of Uttara-devi.

Text 25

shri-jaiminir uvaca

matur evam maha-ramyaprashnenananditah sutah tam natva sashru-romancam arebhe pratibhashitum

shri-jaiminir-Shri Jaimini; uvaca-said; matur-of the mother; evam-thus; maha-ramya-very beautiful; prashnena-by the question; ananditah-delighted; sutah-the son; tam-to her; natvabowing; sashru-with tears; romancam-and hairs erect; arebhe-began; pratibhashitum-to speak.

Shri Jaimini said: Delighted by his mother's beautiful question, the son bowed before her and, shedding tears and the hairs of his body erect in ecstasy, began to speak.

Text 26

shri-parikshid uvaca

shri-krishna-jivite matas tadiya-virahasahe tavaiva yogyah prashno 'yam na krito yash ca kaishcana

shri-parikshit uvaca-Shri Parikshit said; shri-krishna-Lord Krishna; jivite-life; matas-O mother; tadiya-from Him; virah-separation; asahe-unbearable; tava-of you; eva-indeed; yogyah-suitable; prashno-question; ayam-this; na-not; krito-done; yas-which; ca-and; kaishcana-by someone.

Shri Parikshit said: O mother for whom Lord Krishna is your very life and who cannot bear separation from Him, you can ask such a question. Others cannot.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word “Krishna-jivite" may also mean "you whom Krishna rescued from Ashvatthama's brahmastra-weapon". That Uttara could not bear separation from Lord Krishna is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 1.10.9-10. That Lord Krishna is her very life and that she cannot bear separation from Him show that Uttara is a very exalted devotee. For this reason it is proper for her, and not others, to ask this question.

Text 27

nija-priya-sakhasyatra shri-subhadra-pater aham yena pautrataya garbhe tava saj-janma lambhitah

nija-own; priya-dear; sakhasya-of the friend; atra-here; shri-subhadra-pater-of Subhadra's husband; aham-I; yena-by whom; pautrataya-by being the grandson; garbhe-in the womb; tava-of you; sat-pious; janma-birth; lambhitah-attained.

In your womb I have taken a very pious birth as the grandson of Subhadra's husband, who was your dear friend.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Subhadra was Lord Krishna's sister and her husband was Arjuna.

Texts 28-32

garbhantare ca dhrita-cakra-gadena yena brahmastrato 'ham avitah sahito bhavatya balye nareshu nija-rupa-parikshanam ca nito muhuh parama-bhagavatocitam yat

yenanuvarti mahatam gunaih krito vikhyapito 'ham kali-nigrahena sampadya rajya-shriyam adbhutam tato nirvedito bhusura-shapa-dapanat

tac-chishya-rupena ca mat-priyam tam samshravya shapam nilayandha-kupat shri-vasudevena vikrishya nitah prayopaveshaya matim dyu-nadyam

munindra-goshthyam upadeshya tattvam shukatmana yena bhayam nirasya pramodya ca sva-priya-sanga-danat kathamritam samprati ca prapayye

krishnam pranamya nirupadhi-kripakaram tam samvardhya vipra-vacanad arato grihitam svasyanta-kalam idam eka-mana bruve te prashnottaram sakala-vaishnava-shastra-saram

garbha-the womb; antare-in; ca-and; dhrita-cakra-gadena-holding the club and cakra; yena-by whom; brahmastrato-from the brahmastra; aham-I; avitah-protected; sahito-with; bhavatya-you; balye-in childhood; nareshu-among men; nija-own; rupa-form; parikshanam-search; ca-also; nitoled; muhuh-again; parama-bhagavata-great devotees; ucitam-suitable; yat-which; yena-by whom; anuvarti-followed; mahatam-of the great souls; gunaih-by the virtues; krito-done; vikhyapitocelebrated; aham-I; kali-nigrahena-by the grasp of Kali; sampadya-attaining; rajya-royal; shriyamopulence; adbhutam-wonderful; tato-then; nirvedito-explained; bhusura-shapa-dapanat-by the curse of the brahmana; tat-sishya-rupena-in the form of his disciple; ca-also; mat-priyam-dear to me; tam-Him; samshravya-describing; shapam-curse; nilayandha-kupat-from a blind well; shrivasudevena-by Lord Krishna; vikrishya-pulled; nitah-brought; prayopaveshaya-for sitting down and fasting until death; matim-thoughts; dyu-nadyam-on the Ganges; munindra-goshthyam-in teh assembly of great sages; upadeshya-teaching; tattvam-the truth; shukatmana-by the heart of Sukadeva; yena-by Him; bhayam-fear; nirasya-dispelling; pramodya-delighting; ca-also; sva-priyasanga-danat-by giving the association of the dear devotees; katha-talks; amritam-nectar; sampratinow; ca-and; prapayye-I give; krishnam-to Lord Krishna; pranamya-offering obeisances; nirupadhikripakaram-whose mercy has no limit; tam-Him; samvardhya-glorifying; vipra-of the brahmana; vacanad-from the words; arato-near; grihitam-taken; svasya-own; anta-end; kalam-time; idamthis; eka-mana-one heart; bruve-I speak; te-of you; prashna-of the question; uttaram-the answer; sakala-all; vaishnava-Vaishnava; shastra-scriptures; saram-the essence.

Bowing down before Lord Krishna who, holding a club and cakra, in your womb protected both you and me from the brahmastra, who in my childhood made me search, as the great devotees do, again and again for His form in the world of men, who gave me the virtues of the great souls, who made me famous for subduing Kali, who gave me wonderful royal opulence, who filled me with despair by arranging a bramana's curse, who in the form of His disciple told me of the curse, which I welcomed, who as Lord Vasudeva dragged me from the blind well of my home and made me sit by the Ganges, fasting until death, who in the form of Shri Shukadeva Gosvami taught me the truth in the assembly of sages, dispelled my fears, and delighted me, who by giving me the company of His dear devotee now makes me drink the nectar of words about Him, and who is kind

2. samshaya-doubts. vacyani-the words.8-9. and 1. vyakta-artham-to manifest. an answer that contains the essence of all Vaishnava scriptures.19. 10. I. adau-beginning.37.9. Texts 33 and 34 shruti-smritinam vacyani sakshat-tatparyato 'py aham vyakhyaya bodhayitvaitat tvam santoshayitum kshamah tathapi sva-guroh praptam prasadat samshaya-cchidam atretihasam adau te vyaktartham kathayamy amum shruti-of Sruti. smritinam-and Smrti. sakshat-tatparyato-from the direct meaning. nourished by the brahmana's words. kshamah-able. 1. with a single heart. sva-guroh-of my own guru.18. at this. itihasam-Itihasa. chidam-cutting.12. my last moment. aham-I. amumthis.14. etat-this. te-you. praptam-attained. atra-here. prasadat-from the mercy. will speak the answer to your question. api-also.19.12. bodhayitva-explaining.19-25. 1.12. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these activities of King Parikshit are described in the following verses of Shrimad-Bhagavatam: 1. 1. kathayami-I speak. santoshayitum-to satisfy.1.30. tathapi-nevertheless.12. 1. . vyakhyayas-of the explanation.without limit. 1.6. tvamyou.

shastra-artho-the meaning of the scriptures. pragjyotishe pure-in Pragjyosia-pura. a story that will explain this and dispel all doubts. bahu-dravina-kamyaya-with a desire for great wealth. nishkincanah-penniless. tatratya-devim-the . but instead I will tell I story I got from the mercy of my guru. Texts 35-37 vipro nishkincanah kashcit pura pragjyotishe pure vasann ajnata-shastrartho bahu-dravina-kamyaya tatratya-devim kamakhyam shraddhayanudinam bhajan tasyah sakashat tushtayah svapne mantram dashaksharam lebhe madana-gopalacaranambhoja-daivatam tad-dhyanadi-vidhanadhyam sakshad iva maha-nidhim vipro-a brahmana. kashcit-someone.I could satisfy you by quoting and explaining the Shruti and Smriti. vasan-living. ajnata-not knowing. pura-in ancient times.

tushtayah-pleased. vivikte-in a secluded place. anudinam-every day. tam mantram-this mantra. dasha-ten. Text 38 devy-adeshena tam mantram vivikte satatam japan dhanecchaya nivritto 'bhul lebhe ca hridi nirvritim devi-adeshena-by the teaching of the goddess. dhana-for wealth. In ancient times a certain penniless brahmana who lived in Pragjyotisha-pura. a mantra that was spoken with instructions on its use in meditation and various kinds of worship and was like a great treasure. icchaya-with the desire. hridi-in his heart. bhajan-worshiping. svapne-in a dream.demigoddess there. mahanidhim-great treasure. By the goddess' instruction always chanting the mantra in a secluded place. japan-chanting. aksharam-syllables. iva-as if. nivrittorenounced. who had no knowledge of the scriptures. satatam-always. daivatam-the Deity. in a dream received from the satisfied goddess a ten-syllable mantra for the worship of Lord Madana-Gopala's lotus feet. madana-gopalacaranambhoja-of the lotus feet of Lord Madana Gopala. lebhe-attained. tasyah-from her. mantram-a mantra. . nirvritim-happiness. and who with the desire for great wealth daily worshiped goddess Kama-devi there with faith. kama-akhyam-named Kama-devi. he gave up all desire for wealth and became happy at heart. lebhe-attained. abhut-became. shraddhaya-with faith. sakashat-directly. tad-dhyana-adividhanadhyam-with many activities beginning with meditation. sakshad-directly. ca-also.

in a second dream. amanyata-considered.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that. the brahmana did not at once chant the mantra. sas-he. Only when she instructed him again. anabhijno-not knowing. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that although formerly he had no interest in anything spiritual. ca-also. by the power of the mantra. Text 40 grihadikam parityajya bhramams tirtheshu bhikshaya . Text 39 vastu-tattvanabhijno 'nyat sa kincit para-laukikam sadhanam kila sadhyam ca vartamanam amanyata vastu-tattva-the truth. kincit-something. anyat-another. vartamanambeing. Although he could not understand the truth. kila-indeed. thinking it only a dream. did he chant it. he thought there was both a spiritual goal to be attained and a way to attain it. now. sadhyam-attainemnt. he had faith in a spiritual goal and a way to attain it. paralaukikam-spiritual. sadhanam-method.

he came to the place where the Ganges meets the ocean. sva-dharma-acara-niratan-devoted to performing their duties. parityajya-renouncing. bahun-many. tirtheshu-in the holy places. Renouncing his home and other things. . and maintining his body by begging as he wandered to the holy places. nirvahayan-maintaining. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that as he traveled to the holy places he became free from sin and material desires. apashyat-saw. ganga-sagara-sangamam-to the place where the Ganges meets the ocean. sarva-vidyavisharadan-learned in all knowledge. deham-his body. ganga-of the Ganges. bhikshaya-by begging. prayasho-mostly.gato nirvahayan deham ganga-sagara-sangamam griha-house. Text 41 vipran ganga-tate 'pashyat sarva-vidya-visharadan sva-dharmacara-niratan prayasho grihino bahun vipran-the brahmanas. tate-on the shore. bhraman-wandering. grihino-householders. adikam-beginning with. gato-went.

the Vedangas. Text 42 tair varnyamanam acaram nitya-naimittikadikam avashyakam tatha kamyam svargam sushrava tat-phalam tair-by them. kamyam-desirable. tatha-then. adikam-beginning. nitya-regular. naimittika-and for special occasions. svargam-Svargaloka. varnyamanam-being described. the Mimamsa. . phalam-the fruit. and the Puranas. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the branches of knowledge these brahmanas knew are described in the Vishnu Purana: angani vedash catvaro mimamsa nyaya-vistarah dharma-shastram puranam ca vidya hy etash caturdasha The fourteen branches of knowledge are: the four Vedas. acaram-duties. the many nyaya-shastras. avashyakam-necessarily. sushrava-heard. the dharma-shastras.At the Ganges' shore he saw many dutiful brahmanas who were learned in all knowledge and were mostly householders. tat-of that.

he also had faith and he acted on their teachings. taih-by them.He heard them describe the regular and occasional ritual duties by which one attains material things and goes to Svargaloka. shikshitah-taught. tad-anusthana-nishthatamfaith in that. sas-that. Text 43 nana-sankalpa-vakyaish ca tad-anusthana-nishthatam drishtva tatrodita-shraddhah pravrittah shikshitah sa taih nana-various. vakyais-with words. Text 44 devy-ajnad arato mantram api nityam raho japan tat-prabhavan na lebhe 'ntahsantosham teshu karmasu . sankalpa-conceptions. ca-also. shraddhah-faith. udita-arose. drishtva-seeing. pravrittah-engaged. Seeing their faith in these various duties. tatra-there.

Text 46 vishveshvaram pranamyadau gatva prati-matham yatin . mantram-the mantra. tat-prabhavat-by the power of it. karmasu-works. na-not. vivadinah-debating. bahu-desha-janpeople from many countries. Text 45 sa nirvidya gatah kashim dadarsha bahu-desha-jan yati-prayan janams tatradvaita-vyakhya-vivadinah sas-he. tatra-there. By the mantra's power his heart was not satisfied with these karma-rituals. mostly sannyasis. arato-not engaged. advaita-of monism. dadarsha-saw. lebheattained. By the goddess' order he regularly chanted the mantra in secret. api-also. debating the theories of monism. antah-inside. nityam-regularly. yati-sannyasis. kashim-to Varanasi. he went to Varanasi. gatah-went. where he saw many people from different coutnries. santosham-happiness. nirvidya-dissatisfied. prayan-mostly. vyakhya-the explanations. Dissatisfied. teshu-in these. japan-chanting. raho-in secret. janan-people.devi-ajnad-by the order of the goddess.

they spoke as if liberation stood in the palms of their hands. moksham-liberation. vat-as if. Their intelligence clear in the Vedas. vishramam-rest. saram-the essence. vakyaih-with words. sas-he. prati-matham-to every monastery. pranamya-offering obeisances. adau-first. . natva-bowing. tat-matam-of their philosophy. stha-standing. Text 47 vadeshu shuddha-buddhinam tesham pani-tala-stha-vat moksham bodhayatam vakyaih saram mene sa tan-matam vadeshu-in the Vedas. tala-in the palm. going to each monastery. tesham-of them. sah-he. offered obeisances to the sannyasis. buddhinam-intelligence.natva sambhashya vishramam tesham parshve cakara sah vishveshvaram-to Lord Vishveshvara. conversed with them. tesham-of them. He offered obeisances to Lord Vishveshvara and then. bodhayatam-explaining. mene-considered. and rested by their side. gatva-having gone. sambhashyaspeaking. parshve-by the side. yatin-to the sannyasis. He thought about the essence of their views. pani-of the hand. cakara-did. shuddha-pure.

he wished to take sannyasa. aviratam-continually. ishta-desired. vishveshvaram-Lord Vishveshvara. mani-karnyam-in the Ganges. tesham-of them. bhunjanah-enjoying. sah-he. which proclaim the superiority of impersonal liberation. pashyan-seeing. bathing at the Manikarna-ghata. tebhyo-from them. snanam-bath. Text 50 sva-japyam gauravad devyas . samacaran-doing. happily staying among them. nyasa-from renunciation. sange-in the company. bhogan-enjoyments. ishtavan-desired. aprayasatah-without effort. sannyasam-sannyasa. gazing at Lord Vishveshvara. kartum-to do.Texts 48 and 49 shrinvann aviratam nyasamokshotkarsha-parani sah tebhyo vedanta-vakyani mani-karnyam samacaran snanam vishveshvaram pashyams tesham sange 'prayasatah mishteshta-bhogan bhunjanah sannyasam kartum ishtavan shrinvan-hearing. vedanta-vakyani-the words of Vedanta. utkarsha-parani-superiority. and eating many sweets. Again and again hearing from them the words of Vedanta. mokshat-of liberation. mishtasweet.

lebhe-obtained. Then one night in a dream he saw the Deity of the mantra. tatha-then. Attracted by the Deity's great handsomeness. Now his heart had no power to do anything but chant. apashyat-saw. . devyas-from the goddess. tat-japa-the chanting. hicertainly. Because it brought happiness to his heart. tan-mantra-devatam-the Deity of his mantra. akrishtah-attracted. na-not. Text 51 tan-maha-ramyatakrishtah paramananda-gocarah taj-japanya-pravrittau hi na lebhe sa mano-balam tat-of Him. maha-ramyata-by the great handsomeness. gauravad-repsectfully. balam-strength. manah-of the mind. labhatah-by obtaining. anya-pravrittau-in other activities. sah-he.tathantah-sukha-labhatah atyajann ekada svapne 'pashyat tan-mantra-devatam sva-japyam-to be chanted by him. he became filled with bliss. paramanandagreat bliss. antah-inside. svapne-in a dream. he did not stop respectfully chanting the mantra the goddess gave. gocarah-perception. ekada-one day. sukha-happiness. atyajan-not renouncing.

Text 52 iti kartavyata-mudho dinah san svapnam agatah taya devya sahagatya tatradishtah shivena sah iti-thus. taya-by her. “Should I take sannyasa. saha-with. adishtah-instructed. devya-the goddess. shivena-by Lord Shiva. svapnam-dream. agatah-came. Lord Shiva appeared in a dream and gave him this instruction: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that he thought. dinah-poor. accompanied by the goddess. or other activities.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that his heart was no longer attracted to sannyasa. san-being. or should I chant this mantra?" Text 53 ma murkha kuru sannyasam . The poor fellow was bewildered about what to do. sah-he. tatrathere. ritual bathing. kartavyata-about what should be done. Then. agatya-coming. mudhah-bewildered.

vraja-go. vrindavane-in Vrindavana. tam-that. your desires will be fulfilled. utkanthah-yearnings. and glorifying it again and again. tad-desha-that country. Eager to go to Mathura. shri-mathuram-to Shri Mathura. "Fool. murkha-O fool. drutam-at once. sannyasam-sannyasa. tatra-there. in Vrindavana. vartmani-on the path. kuru-do. . avashyam-necessarily. disham-the direction. as he went there he came to Prayaga. There. sah-he. tvam-you. mathuram-Mathura. kirtayan-glorifying. bhavishyasi-will become. purna-full. arthah-goal." Text 54 sotkantho mathuram gantum muhus tam kirtayams tatah sa tad-desha-disham gacchan prayagam prapa vartmani sa-with. don't take sannyasa! At once go to Shri Mathura. gantum-to go. prayagam-Prayaga. prapa-attained. tatah-then. gacchangoing.drutam shri-mathuram vraja tatra vrindavane 'vashyam purnarthas tvam bhavishyasi ma-don't. muhuh-again.

snanaya-to bathe. yamuna-Yamuna. "O Mathura! O Mathura! qith great love. which was beautiful with the Ganges and Yamuna. magha-in the month of Magha. There he saw hundreds of saintly persons who had come at sunrise in the month of Magha to bathe there at that king of holy places. ganga-on the Ganges. satashah-hundreds. padme-lotus. tri-three. lasat-glistening. Text 56 tesham sada gita-nati-stavadibhih shri-vishnu-pujotsavam aikshatabhitah tan-nama-sankirtana-vadya-nartanaih premnarta-nadair uditaish ca shobhitam . dadarsha-saw. madhava-of Lord Madhava. ushasi-at sunrise. sadhun-saintly persons. ashrita-shelter. Text 55 tasmil lasan-madhava-pada-padme gangashrita-shri-yamuna-manojne snanaya maghoshasi tirtha-raje praptan sa sadhun satasho dadarsha tasmin-there. tirtha-raje-the king of holy places. and which was touched by Lord Madhava's glistening lotus feet. manojne-beautiful. praptanattained. pada-feet. sah-he.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that again and again he called out.

utsavam-festival. prayers. obeisances. Texts 57-59 so 'budho vismayam prapto vaishnavan pricchati sma tan he gayaka vandino re dandavat-patino bhuvi bho vadaka nartaka re rama-krishneti-vadinah rodaka ramya-tilakas caru-mala-dhara narah bhavataikam kshanam svastha na kolahalam arhatha vadatedam vidhaddhe kim . nama-sankirtana. shobhitambeautiful. stava-prayers. arta-nadaih-with sounds. nati-obeisances. adibhih-beginning with. instrumental music. Everywhere he saw them. puja-worship. and dancing.tesham-of them. premna-with love. vadya-instrumental music. shri-vishnu-of Lord Vishnu. aikshata-saw. uditaih-said. gita-songs. sada-always. observing a beautiful festival of the worship of Lord Vishnu. nartanaihwith dancing. with songs. sankirtana-chanting. tan-nama-the holy names. ca-also. abhitaheverywhere.

vidhaddhe-places. O musicians. vadaka-reciters. he-O. upahasanti sma-laughed. abruvan-said. ke api-some. sa-with. dina-to the poor fellow. bhah-O. iti-thus.kam varcayatha sadaram sah-he. praptah-attained. ekam-one. ucuh-said. and tell me: what are you doing? Whom are you worshiping with such reverence?" Text 60 tac chrutvopahasanti sma kecit tam kecid abruvan re mudha tushnim tishtheti ke 'py ucur dina-vatsalah tat-that. idam-this. vandinah-poets. stop making so much noise. bhavata-be. . kshanam-moment. kam-whom?. bhuvi-to the ground. caru-beautiful. krishna-and Krishna. ramya-beautiful. tam-at him. vatsalah-kind. be quiet for a moment. rodakah-calling out. va-or. iti-thus. he asked the Vaishnavas: "O singers. abudhah-ignorant. re-O. adaram-reverence. O you wearing a beautiful garland. O reciters of prayers. re-O. kecit-some. tan-them. vaishnavan-the Vaishnavas. nartakahdancers. tushnim tishtha-be quiet. vadata-say. dharah-wearing. dandavat-patinahofferers of obeisances falling as sticks. O you who fall to the ground as sticks. na-not. svasthah-nice. O you crying. rama-Rama. pricchati sma-asked. O you calling out Rama! Krishna!. O you with beautiful tilaka. mala-garlands. arcayathaworship. narah-men. arhathahshould do. kolahalam-a tumult. shrutva-hearing. vadinah-saying. gayakah-singers. kecit-some. and struck with wonder. re-O. kim-why?. vismayam-wonder. Ignorant. tilakah-with tilaka. mudha-fool.

mudha-bewildered. evam-thus. Text 62 bhagavantam ime vishnum nityam vayam upasmahe guror grihita-dikshaka yatha-mantram yatha-vidhi . dhih-intelligence. and don't talk to them in this way. vipra-ja-born in a brahmana family. Your intelligence is confused. vishnu-of Lord Vishnu. bataindeed. kind to the poor fellow. be quiet!". Don't again and again call out to the Vaishnavas. ma-not. punah-again. ca-also. some said. "O son of a brahmana. janasi-you know. sambodhaya-call. "Fool. na-not. and some. bhaktan-the devotees. kincit-anything.Hearing this. said: Text 61 aye vipra-ja janasi na kincid bata mudha-dhih vishnu-bhaktan punar maivam sambodhaya na jalpa ca aye-O. some laughed at him. na-not. you don't know anything. jalpa-talk.

we always worship Lord Vishnu. evam-in this way. raghunatham-Lord Rama. apare-others. rupam-forms. guroh-from the guru. kecit-some. nityamalways. some Lord Ramacandra. the Supreme Personality of Godhead. and some Lord Gopala. dvija-uttama-O best of brahmanas. vishnum-Lord Vishnu. grihita-accepted.bhagavantam-the Supreme Personality of Godhead. "Initiated by a guru in mantras and rules of worship. nana-various. tathathen. gopalam-Lord Gopala. dikshakahinitiation. vidhi-rules. yatha-as. mantram-mantra. iti-thus. Text 63 shri-nrisimha-tanum kecid raghunatham tathapare eke gopalam ity evam nana-rupam dvijottama shri-nrisimha-tanum-the form of Lord Nrisimha. yatha-as. upasmahe-worship. We worship Lord Vishnu. ime-they. who has many forms. vayam-we. some of us worship the form of Lord Nrisimha. eke-some." Text 64 shri-parikshid uvaca . "O best of brahmanas.

kvacit-somewhere. "Where does He live? What benediction can He give?" Text 65 shri-vaishnava ucuh sada sarvatra vasati bahish cantash ca sa prabhuh kashcin na sadrishas tena kathancid vidyate kvacit shri-vaishnavah-the Vaishnavas.tato 'sau lajjito vipro 'pricchat sa-prashrayam muda kuto vasati kidrik sa kam vartham datum ishvarah shri-parikshit-Shri Parikshit. kutah-where?. lajjitah-embarrassed. sah-He. ca-and. ishvarah-is able. tena-by Him. kathancit-something. ca-and. datum-to give. apricchat-asked. ucuh-said. uvaca-said. viprah-the brahmana. sarvatra-everywhere. artham-benediction. asau-he. prabhuh-the master. muda-happily. sa-prashrayam-humbly. tatah-then. vidyate-is. sada-always. antah-inside. . sadrishah-like. bahih-outside. vasati-resides. vasati-resides. va-or. kidrik-like this. the brahmana humbly and cheerfully asked. Shri Parikshit said: Embarrassed. kam-what?. kashcit-someone. sah-He. nanot.

He is within and He is without. sevakebhyah-to His servants. manoramah-handsome. api-even. He gives Himself as a gift to His servants. jagat-of the worlds. sada-eternally. the Supersoul in everyone's heart. No one is like Him. cit-full of knowledge. ishvara-of the masters. the master of the demigods that control the universes. sat-eternal. knowledge and bliss. ananda-and bliss. prayacchati-gives. He. ishvarah-the master. yah-who. prakatah-manifested. yah-who. Text 67 shruti-smriti-stuyamanah kenasya mahimocyatam tad atra vacyamanani puranani muhuh shrinu .The Vaishnavas said: "He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. svam-Himself. vaikuntha-loke-in Vaikunthaloka. ghanah-full. vaset-resides. atma-the soul. He lives everywhere eternally. the handsome person whose form is full of eternity. Text 66 sarvantaratma jagad-ishvareshvaro yah sac-cid-ananda-ghano manoramah vaikuntha-loke prakatah sada vased yah sevakebhyah svam api prayacchati sarva-everything. eternally lives in Vaikunthaloka. aantara-within.

svayam-personally. asya-of Him. sarvam-all. puranani-the Puranas. The Shruti and Smriti offer prayers to Him. kena-by whom?. and soon you will understand everything. Gaze on Lord Madhava. . stuyamanah-glorified with prayers. idam-this. muhuh-again and again. smriti-and Smriti. atra-here. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the question in the second sentence is answered in the third. ca-and. ca-also. paramthen. mahima-the glory. tatah-then. jnasyasi-you will understand. acirat-quickly. the Deity form of the Lord of the universes. nama-the name. shrinu-please hear. vacyamanani-may be said. Text 68 madhavam nama calokya prati-rupam jagat-prabhoh tato 'cirad idam sarvam param ca jnasyasi svayam madhavam-Madhava. jagat-prabhoh-of the Lord of the universe. prati-rupam-the Deity form. ucyatam-may be said.shruti-by the Shruti. alokya-seeing. tat-that. Who can speak His glories? In this place again and again you may hear the Puranas that describe Him.

he saw that Madhava and the Madana-Gopala he meditated on in his mantra were the same person. sah-he. vikshyaseeing. svajape-in the chanting. kincana-something. cintyamana-thinking. vyacashta-saw. naman-bowing. sarupyam-the same form.Text 69 shri-parikshid uvaca tatah shri-madhavam vikshya namams tasmin vyacashta sah sarupyam svajape cintyamana-devasya kincana shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. shri-madhavam-Shri Madhava. Text 70 tatra kincit puranam sa shrinoti saha vaishnavaih tair arcyamana vividha vishnu-murtish ca pashyati . tatah-then. Shri Parikshit said: Gazing at Lord Madhava and bowing down. devasya-of the Lord. tasmin-there.

He thought: The Lord of my mantra is the the Lord of the universes. near the Deity of Lord Madhava" and "kincit" means "the Magha-mahatmya and other passages". puranam-Purana. pashyati-sees. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word “tatra" means "in Prayaga. prabhuh-the Lord. madhavahMadhava. vividha-various. acetasahnot thoughtful. mad-devah-my Lord. kincit-something. sah-he. satam-of the devotees. arcyamanah-worshiped. ca-and. and Lord Madhava is the Lord of the devotees. and still not understanding. There he heard some passages of the Purana in the Vaishnavas' company and he saw the many forms of Lord Vishnu they worshiped. vaishnavaihthe devotees. na-not. pratyabhijneyam-understanding. shrinoti-hears.tatra-there. vishnu-of Lord Vishnu. tasya-of him. murtih-the forms. . Bewildered. jagad-ishah-the Lord of the universes. api-although. taih-by them. syat-is. saha-with. ayam-He. Text 71 tathapi pratyabhijneyam tasya na syad acetasah mad-devo jagad-isho 'yam madhavo 'pi satam prabhuh tathapi-nevertheless.

and the Deity of Lord Madhava were the same person. the Deity of His mantra. Text 72 idam sa vimrishaty esham upasyo jagad-ishvarah sa eva madhavash cayam mayanyah ko 'py upasyate idam-this. madhavah-Madhava. upasyate-is worshiped. Madhava. the Lord of the universes? Text 73 shankha-cakra-gada-padmavibhushita-catur-bhujah na mad-devas tatah kasmat pratiyeta sa madhavah . sah-he. eva-certainly. kah api-someone. sah-He. ca-and. ayam-He. anyah-another. vimrishati-thinks. jagad-ishvarah-the Lord of the universes.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that he did not understand that Lord Madana-Gopala. esham-by them. upasyah-worshiped. maya-by me. He wondered: Is the Lord I worship a person different from the Lord they worship.

This Lord has four arms decorated with conch. ayam-He. boar. cakra. rupavan-having forms. mat-my. vibhushita-decorated. mina-a fish. na-not. How can my Lord be the same person as Lord Madhava? Text 74 nayam narardha-simhardharupa-dhari ca mat-prabhuh na vamano 'py asau minakurma-koladi-rupavan na-not. bhujaharms. My Lord does not have a form half-man and half-lion. madhavah-Madhava. asau-He. and lotus. na-not. pratiyeta-is thought. api-also. kasmat-how. tatah-then. kola-a boar. narardha-simhardha-rupa-dhari-manifesting a form half-man and half-lion.shankha-conch. prabhuh-Lord. He does not have forms of a fish. adi-beginning with. kurma-a tortoise. sah-He. vamanah-a dwarf. tortoise. club. devah-Lord. gada-club. padma-lotus. Text 75 napi kodanda-panih syad . mat-my. He is not a dwarf. My Lord is not like He. catuh-four. or other animals. cakra-disc. ca-also.

who is a king and holds a bow in His hand. Text 76 manye 'thapi madiyo 'yam na bhavej jagad-ishvarah nasti tal-lakshanam maghamahatmyadau shrutam hi yat manye-I think. He is like the Gopala worshiped here by some. Still. gopalena-by a cowherd boy. lakshanah-the nature. ayam-He. keshancit-of some. sadrik-like. astu-is. .raghavo raja-lakshanah keshancid esham pujyena gopalenastu va sadrik na-not. jagad-ishvarah-the Lord of the universes. esham-by them. na-not. bhavet-is. kodanda-a bow. I don't think my Lord is the Lord of the universes. va-or. tal-lakshanam-His nature. shrutam-heard. panih-in His hand. api-also. pujyena-worshiped. syat-is. hi-certainly. yat-which. madiyah-my. asti-is. raja-of a king. raghavah-Ramacandra. He is not like the Lord I heard of in the Magha-mahatmya and the other passages. athapi-still. magha-mahatmya-adau-in the passages beginning with the Magha-mahatmya. na-not. He is not Ramacandra.

arbha-boys. vargaih-by the gorups. kadapi-ever. jahyam-should be renounced. Holding a flute to His mouth. vane-in the forest. labhe-attain. satam-of the pious. gah-the cows. vanya-with forest flowers. sakhibhih-by friends. na-not. etan-mantra-japam-mantra-chanting. anandam-bliss. mukhah-to His mouth. and decorated with forest flowers. gopangana-varga-with the gopis. sahHe. prabhavat-by the power. dharmam-religion. vilasa-pastimes. lampatah-a rake. vamshi-the flute. A rake who enjoys pastimes with the gopis. na-not. enam-this. aradhane-in worship. bhushanah-decorated. ca-also. yatha-as.Text 77 goparbha-vargaih sakhibhir vane sa gah vamshi-mukho rakshati vanya-bhushanah gopangana-varga-vilasa-lampato dharmam satam langhayati-taro yatha gopa-cowherd. asya-of Him. Text 78 devyah prabhavad anandam asyapy aradhane labhe tan na jahyam kadapy enam etan-mantra-japam na ca devyah-of the goddess. api-although. . rakshati-protects. He jumps over the religion of the pious. He protects the cows with His cowerd-boy friends. langhayati-tarah-jumps over. tan-that.

sakshat-directly. prabhavatah-by the power. iva-as if. nijam-own. satam-of the devotees. japan-chanting. iksheta-may see. Chanting his mantra in a secluded place. by the power of associating with the devotees he saw his Lord. tam-that. purva-vat-as before. Text 79 evam sa purva-van-mantram tam japan nirjane nijam devam sakshad iveksheta satam sanga-prabhavatah evam-thus. nirjane-in secret. devam-Lord. Text 80 vastu-sva-bhavad anandamurcham apnoti karhicit vyutthaya japa-kalapagamam alakshya shocati . sah-he.By the power of the goddess I found bliss in worshiping Him. sanga-of the association. I will never give Him up or stop chanting His mantra. mantram-mantra.

ananda-bliss. mahan-great.vastu-sva-bhavat-by His own nature. japah-chanting. karhicitsomehow. samaptah-attained. adyatanah-now to be done. vyutthaya-rising. me-for me. me-my. vighnahimpediment. ratri iyam-night. murcham-fainting. Text 82 kim nidrabhibhavo 'yam me . alakshya-seeing. na-not. shocati-laments. apagamam-passing. apnoti-attains. kila-certainly. kah-what?. japa-of chanting. kala-time. When somehow he again stood. Night has come. anujatah-manifested. but I have not completed my chanting. he lamented that so much time for chanting had been lost: Text 81 upadravo 'yam ko me 'nujato vighno mahan kila na samapto japo me 'dyatano ratriyam agata upadravah-catastrophe. How has this calamity happened to me? This is a great obstacle. ayam-this. agata-arrived. He fainted in ecstasy.

I am so wretched that even in this misfortune my heart somehow feels happy. hrit-of the heart. tatha-thus. bhojanah-meal. yatwhich. sukham-happiness Was I overcome by sleep? Was I possessed by a ghost? Ah. Lamenting and fasting. madhavena-by Lord Madhava. kim-whether?. abhibhavah-defeated. idam-this. shocan-lamenting. duh-svabhavah-misfortune. nidranah-sleeping. Lord Madhava then consoled him. Text 83 ekada tu tathaivasau shocann akrita-bhojanah nidrano madhavenedam samadishtah sa-santvanam ekada-one day. athava-or. akrita-not taken. he fell asleep. mat-my. shoka-sthane-in misfortune. nidra-by sleep. ayam-this. abhibhavah-defeated. asau-this. ahah-oh. api-elaos. bhutaby a ghost. sa-santvanam-with consolation.kim bhutabhibhavo 'thava aho mad-duh-svabhavo yacchoka-sthane 'pi hrit-sukham kim-whether?. saying: . eva-indeed. samadishtahinstructed. me-me. tu-indeed.

. pathi-on the path. kathancana-anything. vishveshvarasya-of the sumpreme master of the universes. kurusva-do. the words of Lord Shiva. uma-pateh-of Uma's husband. matprasadatah-by My mercy. ma-don't. Go on the Yamuna's path to Shri Vrindavana. O brahmana. tira-to the shore. asadharanam-extraordinary. vraja-go. Text 85 tatrasadharanam harsham lampyase mat-prasadatah vilambam pathi kutrapi ma kurusva kathancana tatra-there.Text 84 vipra vishveshvarasyanusmara vakyam uma-pateh yamuna-tira-margena tac chri-vrindavanam vraja vipra-O Brahmana. shri-vrindavanam-to Shri Vrindavana. lampyase-you will attain. the master of the kings of the universe and the husband of Uma. harsham-happiness. margena-by the path. Remember. yamuna-of the Yamuna. vakyam-the words. tat-that. anusmararemember. kutrapi-somewhere. vilambam-stay.

vishranta-tirthake-at Visrama-tirtha. snatah-bathed. praptah-attained. He rose early in the morning and.By My mercy you will find uncommon happiness there. prasthitah-set out. hrishtah-happy. shriman-madhu-purim-Mathura City. san-being. utthaya-rising. Gradually he reached Mathura City and he bathed at Vishrama-tirtha. sah-he. Don't delay. kramat-gradually. Text 86 tatah sa pratar utthaya hrishtah san prasthitah kramat shriman-madhu-purim praptah snato vishranta-tirthake tatah-then. a happy man. pratah-in the morning. began his journey. Text 87 gato vrindavanam tatra dhyayamanam nije jape tam tam parikaram prayo vikshyabhikshnam nananda sah .

vikshya-seeing. Then he heard crying east of Keshi-tirtha. . dhyayamanam-meditating. nananda-rejoiced. At every moment he rejoiced. tatra-there. bhraman-wandering.fn 1 Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that he saw the very beauitful cows. Text 88 tasmin go-bhushite 'pashyan kam apitas tato bhraman keshi-tirthasya purvasyam dishi sushrava rodanam tasmin-there. purvasyam dishieast. in meditation he saw the Lord's associates. . jape-in chanting. bhushite-decorated. vrindavanam-to Vrindavana. keshi-tirthasya-from Kesi-tirtha. and other associates of the Lord. As He chanted. cowherd people. he wandered here and there. apashyan-not seeing. gah-with cows. abhikshnam-at every moment. tam tam parikaram-the Lord's associates. nije-own.gatah-gone. kam api-something. Then he went to Vrindavana. sah-he. rodanam-crying. prayah-mostly. sushrava-heard. Not seeing anyone in that land decorated with cows. kadamba trees. itas tatah-here and there.

Hearing a human lovingly chanting the holy names. . He went in that direction. where Lord Hari rested. again and again he searched for him. and Vishrama-tirtha. Mathura-mahatmya: ganga-shata-guna prokta yatra keshi nipatitah keshyah shata-guna prokta yatra vishramito harih "Keshi-tirtha. muhuh-again and again. tatra-there. tam manushyam-a person. gatah-gone. is hundreds of times more sacred than the Ganges." Text 89 tad-dig-bhagam gatah premna nama-sankirtanair yutam tad akarnya muhus tatra tam manushyam amargayat tad-dig-bhagam-in that direction. nama-sankirtanair yutam-with chanting the holy names. Keshi-tirtha is glorified in the Varaha Purana. where Keshi died. premna-with love. only cows. is hundreds of times more sacred than Keshi-tirtha. tad akarnya-hearing that. amargayat-sought.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that he did not see any people.

unmukhah-eager. yamuna-tiram-to the Yamuna's shore. apashyan-not seeing. . nikunja. Text 91 tatra nipa-nikunjantar gopa-vesha-paricchadam kishoram su-kumarangam sundaram tam udaikshata tatra-there. udaikshata-saw. sah-he. nirdharya-dtermining. sundaramhandsome. kishoram-a youth. sthanam-the place. gopa-vesha-paricchadamdressed a s a cowherd boy. su-kumarangam-with a delictae body. antah-within. Concluding that the sound was coming from the Yamuna's shore. avrajat-went. andhakara-blinding darkness. he eagerly went there.Text 90 ghanandhakararnyantah so 'pashyan kancid unmukhah nirdharya tad-dhvani-sthanam yamuna-tiram avrajat ghana-think. Because of the forest's blinding darkness he could not see anyone. kancit-anyone. tam-Him. nipa-of kadamba trees.agrove. arnyantah-from the forest. tad-dhvani-of that sound.

bhrantya-with bewilderment. papata-fell. Text 92 nijeshta-devata-bhrantya gopaleti maha-muda samahvayan pranamaya papata bhuvi dandavat nija-his own. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the brahmana thought this person was Krishna because of his dress and ornaments. danda-a stick. Mistakenly thinking this was his worshipable Deity. iti-thus. samahvayan-calling out.There. maha-muda-with great happiness. buffalo-horn bugle. in great happiness he called out. stick. in a kadamba grove. ishta-devata-worshipable Deity. vat-like. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the youth wore a peacock-feather crown and was holding a flute. bhuvi-to the ground. O Gopala! and to offer respects fell as a stick to the ground. and other objects. he saw a handsome youth with delicate limbs dressed as a cowherd boy. gopala-O Gopala. . pranamaya-to offer obeisances.

drishtih-vision.Texts 93 and 94 tato jata-bahir-drishtih sa sarvajna-shiromanih jnatva tam mathuram vipram kamakhyadesha-vasinam shriman-madana-gopalopasakam ca samagatam nihsritya kunjad utthapya natvalingya nyaveshayat tatah-then. alingya-embracing. this person. could understand that this was a brahmana of Mathura living in Kama-desha and engaged in the worship of Lord Madana-Gopala. kamakhyadesha-vasinam-a resident of Kma-desha. shirah-crest. vipram-to the brahmana. who was the crest-jewel of they who know everything. lifted his guest up. natva-bowing down. samagatam-come. He came out from the forest grove. utthapya-lifting up. shriman-madana-gopala-of Shri Madana-Gopala. jata-manifested. sah-he. nyaveshayat-made sit down. bahih-external. Returning to external vision. and made him sit by his side. bowed before him. . mathuram-Mathura. nihsritya-leaving. manih-the jewel. embraced him. tam-him. sarvajna-of they who know all. ca-and. jnatva-knowing. upasakam-a worshiper. kunjat-the grove.

to gain his trust. Text 96 buddhva gopa-kumaram tam labdhvevatma-priyam muda vishvasto 'kathayat tasmin sva-vrittam brahmano 'khilam buddhva-knowing. santoshya-pleasing. atma-to himself. akhilam-everything. kincitsomething. priyam-dear. anubhutam-experienced. . sah-he. iva-as if. labdhva-having attained. with a smile revealed something of what he had seen in life. vishvasa-utpadanaya-for faith. sasmitam-smiling. vishvastah-trusting. tena-by him. Text 95 athatithyena santoshya vishvasotpadanaya sah kincit tenanubhutam yad vyanjayam asa sa-smitam athatithyena-as a guest. tasmin-there. sva-vrittam-own actions. yat-what. muda-with happiness. brahmanah-the brahmana. tam-him.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this person could understand that his guest had been sent by Shri Radha. He pleased him with hospitality and. gopa-kumaram-the cowherd boy. akathayat-said. vyanjayam asa-manifested.

the brahmana. sattamam-the best of the devotees. idam-this. ca-also. matva-considering. sarvajna-varam-the best of they who know all. tam-to him. Text 98 shri-brahmana uvaca shrutva bahu-vidham sadhyam sadhanam ca tatas tatah . happily narrated the story of his entire life. the humble brahmana plaintively said to the exalted cowherd-boy. and thinking him his dearmost friend. asau-he. punah-again. abravit-said. Thinking him the best of they who know everything. gopa-nandanam-a cowherd boy. prashritah-humble.Aware that this was a cowherd boy. full of faith. Text 97 sa-karpanyam idam casau prashritah punar abravit tam sarvajna-varam matva sattamam gopa-nandanam sa-karpanyam-with pathos.

sadhanam-methods. na-not. ca-and. prapyam-to be attained. maya-for me. shakyate-is possible. api-also. krityam-to be done. karma-action. sadhyamgoals. na-not. and some of the methods to attain them are karma (pious fruitive work) and jnana (philosophical speculation). kim-what?. kincit-anything. ca-also. tat-that. shrutva-hearing. ajnaya-by the order. The brahmana had heard of these at the Ganges' shore. nityashah-regularly.prapyam krityam ca nirnetum na kincic chakyate maya shri-brahmana uvaca-the brahmana said. and at other places. but I do not have the power to determine what goal should be sought and how it is attained. phalam-result. kincit-something. at Varanasi. tatas tatah-then. devi-of the goddess. ca-and. . The brahmana said: I have heard of many goals of life and many ways to attain them. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that some of the goals here are attainment of Svargaloka and attainment of impersonal liberation. katamat-what?. ca-also. tasya-of that. bahu-vidham-many kinds. Text 99 yac ca devy-ajnaya kincid anutishthami nityashah tasyapi kim phalam tac ca katamat karma vedmi na yat-what. vedmi-I know. nirnetum-to determine. anutishthami-I follow.

Thinking my life wasted. madhavasya-of Lord Madhava. kamaye-I desire. What am I doing? What will be the result? I don't know. jivami-I live. param-then. manvanah-thinking. Text 101 tayaivatradya sarvajnam dayalum tvam svadevavat prapya hrishtah prapanno 'smi . mritim-death. Text 100 tenedam viphalam janma manvanah kamaye mritim param jivami kripaya shivayor madhavasya ca tena-by this. kripaya-by the mercy.I always follow the goddess' order. I yearn for death. janma-birth. viphalam-fruitless. idam-this. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the two Shivas here are Lord Shiva and Goddess Kamadevi (Parvati). shivayoh-of the two Shivas (Shiva and Parvati). It is only by the mercy of Lord Madhava and the two Shivas that I live. ca-and.

adya-today. . sa-adaram-with respect. Please rescue me. who know everything. or "please rescue me from the ocean of repeated birth and death". nishamya-hearing. mam-me. sarvajnam-all-knowing. and who are like my own Lord. atra-here. who are very kind. samuddhara-please lift up. etasya-of him. sah-he. Text 102 shri-parikshid uvaca nishamya sadaram tasya vacanam sa vyacintayat etasya krita-krityasya jata purnarthata kila shri-parikshid uvaca-Shri Parikshit said. kila-certainly. tasya-his. dayalum-merciful. Here today I have attained you. tvam-you.kripanam mam samuddhara taya-by her. asmi-I am. prapannahsurrendered. jata-manifested. I am surrendered to you. prapya-attaining. eva-indeed. vyacintayat-thought. svadevavat-like •my own Lord. hrishtah-happy. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word “svadevavat" means "like Lord MadanaGopala" and the word "samuddhara" means "please rescue me from the ocean of doubt". vacanam-statement. arthata-meaning. purna-full. kripanam-a miser. a wretched man. krita-krityasya-what should be done.

he thought: This person has attained the goal of life. arhati-is able. He should not attached to chanting mantras. He should be attached to chanting the Lord's holy nmaes. He has attained all that is good. Text 103 kevalam tat-padambhojasakshad-ikshavashishyate taj-jape 'rhati nasaktim kintu tan-nama-kirtane kevalam-only. asaktim-attachment. tan-nama-kirtane-in chanting the holy names. avashishyate-remains. For him only the direct sight of the Lord's lotus feet remains. tat-padambhoja-sakshad-iksha-the direct sight of the Lord's lotus feet. Texts 104 and 105 shriman-madana-gopalapadabjopasanat param nama-sankirtana-prayad .Shri Parikshit said: Respectfully hearing these words. taj-jape-in mantra-chanting. na-not. kintu-but.

sandarshana-by the sight. There is no way other than the worship of Shri Madana-Gopala's lotus feet. eva-indeed. pradat-giving. a worship that consists mostly of glorification of His holy names. phala-fruit.vanchatita-phala-pradat tal-lila-sthala-palinam shraddha-sandarshanadaraih sampadyamanan nitaram kincin nasty eva sadhanam shriman-madana-gopala-of Lord Madnaa-Gopala. sthala-the places. sadhanam-the means. and that should be performed with faithful and respectful seeing of the places where the Lord enjoyed pastimes. nitaram-greatly. upasanat-by worshiping. pada-feet. na-not. that gives a result beyond what one can desire. tal-lila-of His pastimes. palinamprotecting. nama-sankirtana-prayat-by chanting the holy names. abja-lotus. param-then. Text 106 sanjata-premakac casmac catur-varga-vidambakat tat-padabja-vashi-karad anyat sadhyam na kincana . asti-is. kincit-something. sampadyamananestablished. shraddha-with faith. adaraih-with faith. vancha-desire. atita-beyond.

which mocks the four goals of life and conquers the Lord's lotus feet. tat-padabja-vashi-karat-being overwhelmed for His lotus feet. pratipadaye-I explain. and liberation. anyat-other. nikhilam-everything. Text 107 iti bodhayitum casya sarva-samshayanodanam sva-vrittam eva nikhilam nunam prak pratipadaye iti-thus. There is no goal other than pure love. sva-vrittam-my own story.sanjata-premakat-than pure love. prak-before. sense gratification. Text 108 . nunam-indeed. na-not. ca-and. Therefore to enlighten him and remove his doubts I will tell •all of my own story. ca-and. asya-of him. bodhayitum-to enlighten. eva-certainly. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the four goals of life are material piety. sadhyamgoal. sarva-all. catur-varga-vidambakat-mocking the four goals of life. economic development. asmat-this. samshayanodanam-remove doubt. kincana-anything.

pravrittah-began. na-not. atma-own. gaditum-to relate. na-not.svayam eva sva-mahatmyam kathyate yan na tat satam sammatam syat tathapy asya nanyakhyanad dhitam bhavet svayam-personally. rishi-to the sages. sammatam-the conclusion. pauranikah-the Puranic sages. tathapinevertheless. mahanubhavah-very experienced. eva-indeed. yat-which. sva-own. kathyate-is said. satam-of the great souls. hitam-good. anubhutamexperience. tat-that. . Text 109 evam vinishcitya mahanubhavo gopatmajo 'sav avadhapya vipram atmanubhutam gaditum pravrittah pauraniko yadvad rishi-puranam evam-thus. akhyanat-story. avadhapya-giving attention. syat-is. there is not another story that will be good for him. bhavet-will be. asya-of him. anya-another. Although the great souls think a person should not speak his own glories. mahatmyam-glorification. vinishcitya-thinking. gopatmajah-cowherd boy. vipram-to the brahmana. puranam-in the Puranas. yadvat-as. asau-he.

controls his senses.Thinking in this way. very austere. the very experienced cowherd boy turned to the brahmana and. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami quotes Devala Muni's definition of a sage: urdhva-retas tapasy-ugro niyatashi ca samyami shapanugrahayoh shaktah satya-sandho bhaved rishi "A sage is one who is celibate. and has the power both to curse and to forgive. as a sage speaking the Puranas to a company of sages." Text 110 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca atretihasa bahavo vidyante 'thapi kathyate sva-vrittam evanusmritya mohadav api sangatam . speaks the truth. who eats little. began to tell of his own experience.

atra-here. anusmritya-remembering. moha-ectsasy. sangatam-met. bahavah-many. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word "moha" means "what I experienced in the trance of love for the Lord" and "adi" means "and other very confidential topics". sva-vrittam-my own story. as I remember. Still. api-also. athapi-still. itihasah-histories. vidyante-are. Texts 111 and 112 gopala-vrittair vaishyasya govardhana-vilasinah putro 'ham idrisho balah purah gash carayan nijah tasmin govardhane krishnatire vrindavane 'tra ca mathure mandale balaih samam vipra-vara sthitah . adau-beginning with. The cowherd boy Gopa-kumara said: For this there are many histories in the scriptures. I will tell the story of my own life and what I experienced in ecstatic trance. eva-indeed. kathyate-is said.shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-the cowherd boy Gopa-kumara said.

mathure mandale-in the circle of Mathura. the young son of a vaishya cowherd of Govardhana Hill.tire-on the shore of the Yamuna. carayan-herding. nijah-own. here in Vrindavana forest. vara-O best. gah-the cows. He also notes that later in the book it will be revealed that Gopakumara's eternal rasa is as a cowherd boy. atra-here. sthitah-situated. samam-with. aham-I. vaishyasya-of a vaishya. krishna. vrindavane-in Vrindavana. and in the circle of Mathura. the Yamuna's shore. ca-and. O best of brahmanas. balaih-boys. idrishah-like. tend my cows on Govardhana. tasmin-there. accompanied by young friends. balah-a boy.gopala-vrittaih-with the activities of a cowherd. govardhana-vilasinahenjoying pastimes on Govardhana Hill. purahbefore. vipra-of brahmanas. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami here quotes the description of the activities of the cowherd boys in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10. putrah-the son.24.21. govardhane-on Govardhana. Texts 113-116 vana-madhye ca pashyamo nityam ekam dvijottamam divya-murtim viraktadhyam paryatantam itas tatah kirtayantam muhuh krishnam japa-dhyana-ratam kvacit nrityantam kvapi gayantam . I.

adhyamrich. nityam-always. divya-murtim-splendid form. madhye-in the midst. sometimes muddying the gorund with a stream of tears of love. bhumau-to the ground. itas tatah-here and there. virakta-with renunciation. sometimes rolling on the ground as a madman. kvacit-sometimes. rajamsi-the dust. sometimes dancing. sometimes laughing loudly. kvapi-sometimes. hasaparam-laughing. rudantam-calling out. pashyamah-we see. gavam-of the cows. mattavat-as a madman. kvacit-sometimes. gayantam-singing. kvapi-sometimes. ca-also. bhuvion the ground. vikroshantam-crying. lunthantam-rolling. kvapi-sometimes. paryatantam-wandering. pankayantam-muddying. muhuh-again and again. and who wanders here and there again and again chanting the holy names of Lord Krishna. kvacitsometimes. and sometimes lying as a corpse on the dust of the cowpath. kvacit-sometimes. dvijottamam-best of brahmanas. mritavat-like a corpse. who is rich in renunciation. kutrapi-sometimes.kvapi hasa-param kvacit vikroshantam kvacid bhumau skhalantam kvapi mattavat lunthantam bhuvi kutrapi rudantam kvacid uccakaih visamjnam patitam kvapi shlesha-lalashru-dharaya pankayantam gavam vartmarajamsi mritavat kvacit vana-of the forest. uccakaih-greatly. skhalantam-falling. sometimes falling to the ground. sometimes crying. shlesha-lalashru-dharaya-with streams of tears of love. sometimes louldy calling out. kvapi-sometimes. patitam-fallen. . nrityantam-dancing. ekam-one. kvacit-sometimes. sometimes engaged in japa and meditation. vartma-on the path. In the middle of the forest we always see a great brahmana whose form is splendid. japa-dhyana-ratam-devoted to chanting and meditayion. kirtayantam-glorifying. krishnam-Krishna. visamjnam-unconscious. sometimes singing. sometimes fainting unconscious.

sa-with. When we come he bows down to us with devotion. bhaktitah-with devotion. sarva-all. shaknoti-is able. cumbanam-kissing. tu-indeed. Text 118 gadham ashlishyati premna sarvangeshu sa-cumbanam parityaktum na shaknoti madrishan priya-bandhuvat gadham-firmly. premna-with love. priyabandhuvat-like a dear friend. amum-to him. ashlishyati-embraces. balah-boys. vayam-we. vikshitum-to see. . sah-he. namatibows. labdhva-attaining. angeshu-limbs. Out of curiousity we boys always go to see him. nah-us. madrishan-like us. sada-always. parityaktum-to leave.Text 117 kautukena vayam bala yamo 'mum vikshitum sada sa tu gopa-kumaran no labdhva namati bhaktitah kautukena-with curiousity. na-not. gopa-kumaran-cowherd boys. yamah-go.

He was pleased by my gifts of milk and other services. ekada-once. go-rasa-of milk. finding me on the Yamuna's shore. prapya-attaining. adi-beginning with.Out of love he tightly embraces us and kisses our bodies. jagada-said. prasaditah-is pleased. One day. mam-to me. asau-he. dana-gifts. Text 119 maya go-rasa-danadisevayasau prasaditah ekada yamuna-tire prapyalingya jagada mam maya-by me. sevaya-with service. he embraced me and said: Text 120 vatsa tvam sakalabhishtasiddhim icchasi ced imam prasadam jagad-ishasya snatva keshyam grihana mat . tire-on the shore. alingya-embracing. yamuna-of the Yamuna. As if we were his dearest friends. he cannot leave us.

tvam-you. Then. mantram-mantra. jagad-ishasya-of the Lord of the universes. anapekshyah-indifferent. prasadam-mercy. the crest jewel of the merciful. keshyamat Kesi-tirtha. snataya-bathed. . siddhim-perfections.vatsa-O child. kamah-desires. cet-if. he. api-although. me-me. taught me your mantra. sakala-all. purna-fulfilled. icchasi-desire. upadidesha-taught. sah-he. etam-this. imam-this. Text 121 evam etam bhavan-mantram snatayopadidesha me purna-kamo 'napekshyo 'pi sa dayalu-shiromanih evam-thus. abhishta-desired. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this was the same ten-syllable mantra the brahmana chanted. mat-from me. if you wish the the perfection desired by all. grihana-take. Child. bhavat-of you. although he was indifferent ot all material things had all his desires fulfilled. when I had bathed. then bathe in Keshi-tirtha and you may take from me the mercy of the Lord of the universes. dayalushiromanih-the crest-jewel of the merciful. who. snatva-bathing.

dhyeyam-to be meditated. agat-went. virahini-a woman separated from her beloved. iva-as. atha-then. Then.Text 122 puja-vidhim shikshayitum dhyeyam uccarayan jape premakulo gato moham rudan virahiniva sah puja-of worship. vidhim-the method. bhiya-with fear. . maya-by me. gatah-gone. and crying as a woman separated from her lover. vimanaskah-upset. utthaya-rising. moham-into a trance. uccarayan-speaking. the object of meditation. sah-he. shikshayitum-to teach. Overcome with love. rudan-crying. jape-in chanting. nah-he. na-not. to teach the method of worship he began to describe the Lord. kvapi-somewhere. praptah-attained. shaktah-able. kincit-something. punah-again. praptah-attained. prashtum-to ask. Text 123 samjnam prapto 'tha kincin na prashtum shakto maya bhiya utthaya vimanasko 'gat kvapi praptah punar na sah samjnam-consciousness. sah-he. prema-akulah-overcome by love. he suddenly fainted in ecstasy.

tu-indeed. What had I obtained? What result would it bring? How should the mantra be chanted? I did not know anything. va-or. asya-of it. labdham-attained. kim-what?. kim-what?. Text 125 tad-vakya-gauravenaiva mantram tam kevalam mukhe kenapy alakshito 'jasram japeyam kautukad iva . na-not. phalam-the result. jnatam-known. kincana-anything. sadhaniya-practiced. His mind fixed on something else. mantrah-the mantra. eva-certainly. he suddenly rose and left. Text 124 maya tu kim idam labdham kim asya phalam eva va mantrah katham sadhaniya iti jnatam na kincana maya-by me. iti-thus.When he became conscious again I was too frightened to ask him anything. idam-this. katham-how?. I never met him again.

citta-of the heart. me-of me. eva-indeed. tam-the. api-also. ajasram-always. ca-also. mantram-mantra. By the power of that great person my heart became purified as I chanted. Unnoticed by anyone. mukhe-on my mouth. I eagerly chanted it at every moment. shraddha-faith. eva-certainly. kenapi-by anyone. japeyam-to be chanted. shuddhih-purification. prabhavat-by the power. iva-like. maha-purushasya-of the Supreme Person. .tad-vakya-gauravena-out of respect for his words. Then I developed faith. kevalam-only. The word "kautukat" may also mean “filled with wonder". tatra-there. Out of respect for his words this mantra alone was on my mouth. Text 126 tan maha-purushasyaiva prabhavat tadrishena ca japena citta-shuddhir me tatra shraddhapy ajayata tat-that. japena-by chanting. kautukat-with eagerness or wonder. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that he chanted the mantra silently. alakshitah-not seen. ajayata-was born. tadrishena-like that.

agam-I went. japa-parah-devoted to chanting. mantram-mantra. jagad-ishah-the Lord of the universes. manyamanah-remembering. tushyan-satisfied. jahnavim-to the Ganges. vakyam-words. maya-by me. anusandhaya-to search. . va-or. ca-and. Thinking of his words I decided that this mantra would lead me to the Lord of the universes. Text 128 kidrisho jagad-isho 'sau kada va drishyatam maya tad-eka-lalaso hitva grihadin jahnavim agam kidrishah-like what?. tad-eka-lalasah-intent only on Him. tam-that. hitva-leaving. kada-when?. grihaadin-home and other things. drishyatam-will be seen.Text 127 tad-vakyam canusandhaya jagad-ishvara-sadhakam tam mantram manyamano 'ham tushyan japa-paro 'bhavam tat-his. I became happy and I was dedicated to chanting it. aham-I. abhavam-became. jagad-ishvara-of the Lord of the universes. asau-He. sadhakam-qualified.

tatpadam-that place. Seeing a brahmana worshiping a Shalagramashila. shrutva-having heard. vipram-a brahmana. pulinam-to the shore. anamamI bowed down. dhvanim-the sound. arcakam-a worshiper. gatah-gone. I bowed down in respect. vikshya-seein. shalagrama-shila-of a Shalagrama-shila. Hearing a chonchshell I went to the riverbank. I left my home and everything and went to the Ganges. Text 129 durac chankha-dhvanim shrutva tat-padam pulinam gatah vipram vikshyanamam tatra shalagrama-shilarcakam durat-from far away. tatra-there. Text 130 kam imam yajasi svaminn iti prishto maya hasan so 'vadat kim na janasi balayam jagad-ishvarah .I thought: What is the Lord of the universes like? When will I see Him? Intent only on Him. sankha-of a conchshell.

bandhum-friend. When I heard this I became happy as a penniless man who finds a treasure or a man who finds his long-lost dearest friend. su-sampraptah-attained. yajasi-you worship. Text 132 jagad-isham muhuh pashyan dandavac chraddhayanamam . shrutva-hearing. don't you know? This is the Lord of the universes. jagad-ishvarah-the Lord of the universes. bala-O chaild. hasan-smiling. Text 131 tac chrutvaham su-samprapto nidhim labdhveva nirdhanah nashtam va bandhavo bandhum paramam mudam aptavan tat-this. ayamHe. nashtam-destroyed. kim-why?. bandhavah-friend. svamin-O Svami. whom are you worshiping? He smiled and said: Child. labdhva-attained. prishtah-asked.kam-what?. paramam-great. iti-thus. nirdhanah-a poor man. na-not. aptavan-attained. mudam-happiness. avadat-said. I asked him: O Svami. aham-I. nidhim-a treasure. maya-by me. imam-this. sah-he. va-or. iva-like. janasi-you know.

saasram-with tears. I gazed at the Lord of the universes and with faith I fell down as a stick to offer respects. When he was about to go home he put the Lord of the universes to rest in a box. muhuh pashyan-gazing. gantum-to go. anamam-I bowed. vilokya-seeing. When I saw this I became very unhappy and. apnuvam-I attained. artah-unhappy. jagad-isham-the Lord of the universes. pada-the feet. sa-nirmalyamprasadam. Text 133 udyatena griham gantum karande tena shayitam jagad-isham vilokyarto vyalapam sasram idrisham udyatena-risen. shedding tears. dandavat-as a stick. udakam-the water. By the brahmana's mercy I got the water of the Lord's feet and the prasadam offered to Him. griham-home. idrisham-like this.padodakam sa-nirmalyam viprasya kripayapnuvam jagad-isham-on the Lord of the universes. kripaya-by the mercy. karande-in a box. shayitam-rested. viprasya-of the brahmana. tena-by him. vyalapam-I lamented. I lamented: Text 134 . sraddhaya-with faith.

How can He sleep if He is hungry? Text 135 prakrityaiva na janami mathura-brahmanottama asmad vilakshanah kashcit kvapy asti jagad-ishvarah prakritya-by nature. eva-indeed. kim api-something. vilakshanah-unique. kashcit-one.ha ha dhritah karandantar asthane parameshvarah kim apy asau na cabhunkte nidra tu kshudaya katham ha-alas. ca-also. nidra-sleep. na-not. kvapianywhere. parameshvarah-the Supreme Lord. dhritah-held. janami-I understand. He has not eaten anything. abhunkte-ate. na-not. asmat-of him. brahmanottama-O great brahmana. asti-is. asau-He. . jagad-ishvarah-the Lord of the universes. tu-indeed. karandantah-in a box. ha-alas. asthane-not the right place. mathura-of Mathura. kshudaya-with hunger. katham-why? Alas! Alas! The Supreme Lord is put in a very unsuitable box.

who was sincerely aggreived. Me. I did not understand. mam-me. santapam-distress. aturam-overwhelmed. brahmanah-the brahmana. Text 136 ity akritrima-santapam vilapaturam abravit brahmanah santayitva mam hrinavad vinayanvitah iti-thus.O best of brahmanas. that there might be another Lord of the universes in another place. santayitva-comforting. vilapa-by lamentation. the humble brahmana. as if embarrassed. abravit-said. hrinavat-as if embarrassed. akritrima-sincere. comforted and said: Text 137 nava-vaishnava kim kartum daridrah shaknuyam param arpayami sva-bhogyam hi jagad-ishaya kevalam . vinayanvitah-humble.

sva-bhogyam-what I eat. O new Vaishnava. Texts 138-140 yadi pujotsavam tasya vaibhavam ca didrikshase tadaitad desha-rajasya vishnu-pujanuraginah maha-sadhoh purim yahi vartamanam aduratah tatra sakshat samikshasva durdarsham jagad-ishvaram hrit-purakam mahanandam sarvathanubhavishyasi idanim etya mad-gehe bhunkshva vishnu-vinoditam . daridrah-a poor man. kim-what?. kevalam-only. what more can I. do? I offer to the Lord of the universes only what I myself can eat. shaknuyam-I can do.nava-vaishnava-O new Vaishnava. hi-indeed. arpayami-I offer. jagad-ishaya-to the Lord of the universes. a poor man. kartum-to do. param-more.

puja-of worship. gehe-in the home. tam purim-to that palace. tasya-of Him. bhunkshva-eat. jagad-ishvaram-the Lord of the universes. aduratah-not far away. but I bowed down before him and. purakamfilling. api-even. at once went to the palace. who loves to worship Lord Vishnu. anuraginah-loving. There you will see your heart filled with bliss. rajasya-of the king. . If you wish to see His opulence and a great festival of His worship. ananditah-delighted. idanim-now. durdarsham-rare to see. kshuditah-hungry. vaca-by teh words. sarvatha-in all respects. Even though I was hungry I did not go to his home. tada-then. There you will directly see the Lord of the universes. agatva-not going. utsavam-a great festival. yahi-go. agam-I went.yadi-if. For now come to my home and eat the food that Lord Vishnu has enjoyed. anandam-bliss. vishnu-vinoditam-what was enjoyed by Lord Vishnu. vartmana-by the path. then to the nearby palace of this country's saintly king. tam-to him. vaibhavam-the opulence. vishnu-of Lord Vishnu. etat-this. maha-sadhoh-great saint. anubhavishyasi-you will experience. etya-going. samikshasvasee. tad-alayam-to his home. purim-to the city. puja-worship. tad-uddishta-showed by him. desha-of the country. sakshat-directly. following the path he showed. I was delighted to hear his words. maha-great. who is so difficult to see. tatra-there. didrikshase-you wish to see. mat-my. vartamanam-now. caand. Text 141 tad-vacanandito 'gatva kshudito 'pi tad-alayam tam pranamya tad-uddishtavartmana tam purim agam tat-his. pranamya-bowing down. hrit-the heart.

tumulam-tumult. durat-from afar. deva-kule-in the temple. The questions asked may have been "Where is the Lord of the universes?" or “What are these sounds?" Text 143 vijnaya tatra jagad-ishvaram ikshitum tam kenapy avarita-gatih sa-javam pravishya sankhari-pankaja-gada-vilasat-karabjam shrimac-caturbhujam apashyam aham samaksham . I asked questions of the people there. jagad-isha-of the Lord of the universes. janan-some people. arcana-dhvanim-the sound of worship. amum-this. From far away I heard unprecedented tumultuous sounds of the worship of the Lord of the universes. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the sounds were wonderful singing and instrumental music. apriccham-I asked.Text 142 antah-pure deva-kule jagad-isharcana-dhvanim apurvam tumulam durac chrutvapriccham amum janan antah-pure-in the palace. apurvam-unprecedented. srutva-hearing.

shrimat-handsome. where the Lord of the universes was. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that he understood either: 1. sundarataram-very handsome. kantim-splendor. abja-lotus. Text 144 sarvanga-sundarataram nava-megha-kantim kausheya-pita-vasanam vana-malayadhyam sauvarna-bhushanam avarnya-kishora-murtim purnendu-vaktram amrita-smitam abja-netram sarva-all. vana-malayadhyam-rich with a garland of forest flowers. jagad-ishvaram-the Lord of the universes. a conchshell. Without being stopped by anyone. . I. amrita-of nectar. netram-eyes. sa-javam-quickly. kishora-youthful. There before my eyes I saw Him. lotus and club in the splendid hands of His four handsome arms. gada-and club.vijnaya-knowing. . . kausheya-silk. tatra-there. ikshitum-to see. nava-new. pankaja-lotus. abjamlotus flower. sankha-conchshell. where the sounds were coming from. apashyam-saw. avarnya-indescribable. vaktram-face. . quickly entered to see Him. pita-yellow. kara-hands. purna-full. anga-limbs. sauvarna-bhushanam-with golden ornaments. avarita-gatih-without being stopped. Understanding that the Lord of the universes was there. ari-cakra. aham-I. samakshambefore my eyes. bhujam-arms. tamHim. pravishya-entering. smitam-a smile. vilasat-glistening. vasanam-garments. murtim-form. or 2. indu-moon. megha-cloud. kenapi-somehow. disc. he quickly entered the temple. catuh-four. not stopped ny anyone.

. tishthantam-standing. .all His limbs very handsome. His youthful form beyond description. decorated with golden ornaments. asana-vare-on a beautiful throne. . His face a full moon. . vrinda-multitude. . . anusakta-devoted. anubhavantam-experiencing.. paricaraka-servants. splendid as a new cloud. vastu-vargaih-with substances. durlabha-rare. Text 145 sampujita-vividha-durlabha-vastu-vargaih sevanusakta-paricaraka-vrinda-jushtam nrityadikam ca purato 'nubhavantam arat tishthantam asana-vare su-paricchadaugham sampujita-worshiped. adikam-beginning with. arat-near. su-paricchada-of paraphernalia. jushtam-served. dressed in yellow silk. His eyes lotus flowers. . sitting on a wonderful throne. worshiped by His devoted servants with a host of rare and glorious things. aughamwith a flood. sevaservice. vividha-various. ca-also. . and served with a flood of paraphernalia. nritya-dancing. Text 146 paramananda-purno 'ham pranaman dandavan muhuh vyacintayam idam svasya- . seeing the dancing and other entertainments played before Him. rich with a garland of forest flowers. His smile nectar. puratah-in the presence.

janma-of my birth. dandavat-like a stick. adyatoday. Texts 148 and 149 . sukham-happily. Text 147 samprapto janma-saphalyam na gamishyamy atah kvacit vaishnavanam ca kripaya tatraiva nyavasam sukham sampraptah-attained. na-not. kripaya-by the mercy. I thought: Today I saw what I wished to see. By the Vaishnavas' mercy I happily lived there. apashyam-I saw. ca-also. idam-this. pranaman-bowing. vaishnavanam-of the devotees. purnah-filled. atah-from here. nyavasam-I live. svasya-own. gamishyami-I will go. eva-indeed. again and again I fell down as a stick to offer obeisances. didrikshitam-what I wished to see. Filled with bliss. I will never leave this place. aham-I. tatrathere. vyacintayam-I thought. kvacit-ever. muhuh-again and again. saphalyam-the fruit.pashyam adya didrikshitam paramananda-of great bliss. Now my birth is a success.

I ate the prasadam of Lord Vishnu. apasripati-goes. pashyan-seeing. tat-that. na-not. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami quotes the following verse glorifying the prasadam of Lord Vishnu: shadbhir masopavasais tu . sukham-the happiness. heard the glories of worshiping Him. shrinvan-hearing. hridayat-from the heart. kadacit-ever. O brahmana. mantram-the mantra. utsavam-festival. shrih-the beauty.bhunjano vishnu-naivedyam pashyan puja-mahotsavam shrinvan pujadi-mahatmyam yatnan mantram raho japan asyas tu vraja-bhumeh shrir gopa-krida-sukham ca tat kadacid api me brahman hridayan napasripati bhunjanah-eating. japan-chanting. Still. tu-indeed. puja-worship. naivedyam-the prasadam. adi-beginning with. vraja-bhumeh-land of Vraja. vishnu-of Lord Vishnu. maha-the great. saw the great festival of His worship. krida-of the pastimes. asyah-of that. brahman-O brahmana. api-also. gopa-of the gopas. yatnat-with effort. me-of me. ca-also. rahah-in secret. puja-of the worship. and secretly chanted my mantra with great care. mahatmyam-the glorification. from my heart the beauty of Vrajabhumi and the happiness of playing as a cowherd boy never left my heart.

I developed a great yearning to worship the Lord in that way. lalasa-yearning. puja-vidhane-in the offering of worship. parama-great. tatra-there. me-of me.yat phalam parikirtitam vishnor naivedya-sikthannam bhunjatam tat kalau yuge "In Kali-yuga they who eat Lord Vishnu's prasadam attain the same result said to be gained by fasting for six months. katicit-some. dinani-days. tishthatah-staying. tadrik-like that. ajani-became. Happily staying there for some days. sanandam-blissfully." The word "kadacit" here means "awake or even asleep". Text 151 . Text 150 evam dinani katicit sanandam tatra tishthatah tadrik-puja-vidhane me parama lalasajani evam-thus.

muda-happiness. ca-also. seeing my good character. aputrah-sonless. tad-annaih-by his food. apialthough. affectionately considered me his adopted son even though I was a foreigner. raja-king. adhika-increased. soon died.athaputrah sa raja mam vaideshikam api priyat su-shilam vikshya putratve parikalpyaciran mritah atha-then. sadhavah-saintly devotees. ca-and. mam-to me. and who. The king. mritah-died. . vikshya-seeing. labdhva-obtained. vaideshikam-a foreigner. sah-that. tad-rajyam-his kingdom. Text 152 maya ca labdhva tad-rajyam vishnu-puja-mudadhika pravartita tad-annaish ca bhojyante sadhavo 'nv-aham maya-by me. acirat-soon. vishnu-puja-of the worship of Lord Vishnu. anu-aham-every day. who was sonless. priyat-out of love. parikalpya-considering. su-shilam-good character. bhojyante-eaten. pravartita-begun. putratve-as a son.

nirvahayan-doing. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that by the mantra's power he remained unattached to the royal opulences there. Text 154 rajno 'sya parivarebhyah pradam rajyam vibhajya tat . and that only to maintain his body. Text 153 svayam ca kvacid asaktim akritva purvavad vasan japam nirvahayan bhunje prasadannam prabhoh param svayam-personally. prabhoh-of the Lord. Every day many saintly devotees enjoyed His prasadam. Not attached to any of this. purvavat-as before. japam-chanting. bhunje-I ate. akritva-not doing. vasan-residing. I chanted my mantra and I ate the Lord's prasadam. I remained as before. param-then. asaktim-attachment. peniless person.Inheriting his kingdom. ca-and. He continued to live as an unattached. as he had before he inherited the kingdom. He accepted only the Lord's prasadam. I increased the bliss of the worship of Lord Vishnu. prasadannam-prasadam food. kvacit-somewhere.

vibhajya-dividing. tathapi-nevertheless. cakravartinah-of the emperor. para-rashtrat-of other kingdoms. Text 155 kadapi para-rashtrad bhih kadacic cakra-vartinah vividhadesha-sandohapalanenasvatantrata kadapi-sometimes. pradam-given. udbhavat-arose. tat-that. rajyamkingdom. asya-of him.tathapi rajya-sambandhad duhkham me bahudhodbhavat rajnah-of the king. parivarebhyah-to teh associates. sambandhat-in relationship. Sometimes the emperor's orders curtailed my independence. still it made me very unhappy. Although I divided the kingdom among the king's associates. adesha-sandoha-palanena-by following the orders. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that a kingdom does not please an intelligent Vaishnava. asvatantrata-not independent. bhih-fear. Sometimes I was afraid of other kingdoms. vividha-various. me-of me. rajya-of the kingdom. bahudha-great. duhkham-unhappiness. . kadacit-sometimes.

anyena kenacit-by someone else. sprishtam-touched. bhunkte-eats. na-not.Text 156 jagad-ishvara-naivedyam sprishtam anyena kenacit nitam bahir va sandigdho na bhunkte ko 'pi saj-janah jagad-ishvara-naivedyam-the prasadam of the Lord of the universes. saj-janah-pious person. or carried outside. ko 'pi-someone. Sometimes a pious person would not eat the prasadam of the Lord of the universes because it had been touched by someone else. va-or. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these bewildered brahmanas were concerned that the prasadam may have been touched by a non-brahmana. bahih-outside. nitam-brought. sandigdhah-defiled. This is confirmed by the following words of the Vishnu Purana: naivedyam jagadishasya anna-panadikam ca yat bhakshyabhakshya-vicaras tu nasti tad-bhakshane dvija . The prasadam of the Lord never becomes contaminated.

praptamattained. shalyena-by an arrow. These offerings are spiritual as Lord Vishnu Himself is spiritual. They go to a hell from which they do not easily return. me-of me. one should not consider whether it is proper to eat or not to eat the food. nirvedah-despondent." Text 157 marma-shalyena caitena nirvedo me mahanubhut neshe didrikshitam sakshatpraptam tyaktum ca tat-prabhum marma-in the heart. .brahmavan nirvikaram hi yatha vishnus tathaiva tat vicaram ye prakurvanti bhakshane tad dvijatayah kushta-vyadhi-samayuktah putra-dara-vivarjitah nirayam yanti te vipra yasman navartate punah "O brahmana. ca-and. tat-prabhum-the Lord. etena-by this. na-not. mahanubhut-became. Brahmanas who make such distinctions in eating the Lord's prasadam become afflicted with disease and bereft of wife and children. didrikshitam-to see. sakshat-directly. ishe-I am able. tyaktum-to leave. drink. ca-and. or other things offered to the Lord of the universes.

At this time some saintly pilgrims come from the southern countries said: Text 159 daru-brahma jagannatho bhagavan purushottame kshetre nilacale kshararnava-tire virajate . samaye-time. eva-certainly. tatra-there. I could not leave the Lord I so yearned to see. Still. tairthikaih-by pilgrims.At this my heart was wounded by a arrow and I became despondent. Text 158 etasmin eva samaye tatra dakshina-deshatah samagataih sadhu-varaih kathitam tairthikair idam etasmin-at this. dakshina-deshatah-from the south. samagataih-come. sadhu-varaih-by great saintly persons. kathitam-said. idam-this.

nilacale-in Nilacala. brahma-Brahman. In Purushottama-kshetra Nilacala. by the shore of the salt-water ocean. in Purushottama-kshetra. bhagavan-Lord. jagannathah-Jagannatha. the Lord of the universes (Jagannatha) is splendidly manifest in a spiritual form of wood. purushottame kshetre-at Purushottama-kshetra. virajate-is splendidly manifest. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami quotes the Padma Purana's description of Lord Jagannatha: samudrasyottare tire aste shri-purushottame purnananda-mayam brahma daru-vyaja-sharira-bhrit "On the northern shore of the ocean. the supremely blissful Personality of Godhead pretends to be made of wood.daru-wooden. kshararnava-tire-on the shore of the saltwater ocean." The Vishnu Purana explains: niladrau cotkale deshe kshetre shri-purushottame daruny aste cid-anando .

palayan-protecting. He loves His servants. He is glorious. svayam-personally." Text 160 maha-vibhutiman rajyam autkalam palayan svayam vyanjayan nija-mahatmyam sada sevaka-vatsalah maha-vibhutiman-possessing great opulences and powers. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami quotes the Tattva-yamala: bharate cotkale deshe . He personally protects the kingdom of Orissa. autkalam-of Orissa. vyanjayan-manifesting. mahatmyamglories. vatsalah-affectionate. rajyam-the kingdom. Opulent and powerful. the spiritual and blissful Personality of Godhead appears as the wooden Deity named Lord Jagannatha.jagannathakhya-murtina In the country of Orissa. in Nilacala in Purushottama-kshetra. nija-His own. sada-always. sevaka-to His servants.

and who grants liberation.bhu-svarge purushottame daru-rupi jagannatho bhaktanam abhaya-pradah nara-ceshtam upadaya aste mokshaka-karakah "In Bharata-varsha. dattam-given. dayaluna-merciful. annam-the food. in Bhu-svarga. labhyate-is obtained." Text 161 tasyannam pacitam lakshmya svayam bhuktva dayaluna dattam tena sva-bhaktebhyo labhyate deva-durlabham tasya-of Him. which even the demigods cannot obtain. When He has eaten. in the country of Orissa. lakshmya-by the goddess of fortune. who makes the devotees fearless. tena-by Him. to His devotees. in Purushottama-kshetra. the Lord of the universes (Jagannatha). svayampersonally. the merciful Lord gives His remnants." . appears in a form of wood. The goddess of fortune personally cooks for Him. pacitam-cooked. whose pastimes are like those of a human being. veda-durlabham-difficult for the demigods to obtain. bhuktva-eating. sva-bhaktebhyo-to His devotees.

ca-and. bhujyate-is eaten. sprishtam-touched. tat-that. avicarena-without consideration. Text 162 maha-prasada-samjnam ca tat sprishtam yena kenacit yatra kutrapi va nitam avicarena bhujyate maha-prasada-samjnam-named mahaprasadam. Although the Lord eats all that is offered to Him. kutrapi-somewhere. and leaves no remnants. yena kenacit-by someone. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami quotes the Vedic literatures: yad annam pacayel lakshmir bhoktah ca purushottamah sprishtasprishtam na mantavyam . He mercifully makes it as full as before and then gives it to His devotees. should be eaten without considering who has touched them or from where they were brought. yatra-where. va-or. These remnants. called mahaprasadam. how is anything left? The answer is found in the word "dayaluna" (merciful). nitam-brought.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the question may be asked: If the Lord eats the food.

yatha vishnus tathaiva tat "The food." -Skanda Purana antya-varnair hina-varnaih sankara-prabhavair api sprishtam jagat-pater annam bhuktam sarvagha-nashanam . dried-up. the prasadam of the Lord removes all sins. that the Supreme Personality of Godhead eats. or already tasted by someone else. cooked by the goddess of fortune." -Vedic literature cirastham api samshushkam nitam va dura-deshatah yatha-yathopabhuktam sat sarva-papapanodanam "Whether old. is like Lord Vishnu Himself. One should not consider whether some unworthy person has touched it or not.

without considering whether it is the proper time."Whether touched by people of the lowest caste." -Bhavishya Purana nasti tatraiva rajendra sprishtasprishta-vivecanam yasya samsprishta-matrena yanty amedhyah pavitratam "O king. food once eaten by the Lord of the universes destroys all sins. for by once touching it even the most unworthy person is at once purified." -Tattva-yamala na kala-niyamo vipra vrate candrayane yatha prapta-matrena bhunjita yadicchen moksham atmanah "O brahmanas. people who have no caste." -Garuda Purana Text 163 . there is no consideration whether or not some unworthy person has touched the Lord's prasadam. if one desires liberation he should eat the Lord's prasadam at once. as one does in the candrayana-vrata. or people born of mixed caste.

mahatmyam-the glories.aho tat kshetra-mahatmyam gardabho 'pi catur-bhujah yatra pravesha-matrena na kasyapi punar bhavah aho-Oh. gardabho-an ass. the glory of that place! Even an ass there becomes a four-armed resident of Vaikuntha. catur-bhujah-four-armed. bhavah-birth. kasyapi-of anyone." . yatra-where. na-not. api-even. Oh. the glory of that place of 80 miles! When one goes there he sees that everyone is a fourarmed resident of Vaikuntha. tat-that. Anyone who goes there once is never born again. kshetra-of the place. pravesha-matrena-simply by entering. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami quotes Lord Brahma in the Brahma Puranaa: aho kshetrasya mahatmyam samastad dasha-yojanam nivishta yatra pashyanti sarvan eva catur-bhujan "Oh. punar-again.

cakra.Veda-vyasa explains in the Garuda Purana: yatra sthita janah sarve shankha-cakrabja-panayah drishyante divi devamsh ca mohayanti muhur muhuh "When the demigods in heaven see that the people there are four-armed residents of Vaikunta holding a conchshell. again and again they faint." Veda-vyasa also says in the same scripture: sparshanad eva tat kshetram nrinam mukti-pradayakam ." Narada Muni says in the Bahv-rica-parishishta: catur-bhuja janah sarve drishyante yan-nivasinah "The people who live there are all seen to be four-armed residents of Vaikuntha. and lotus in their hands.

ikshite-seen. . The Supreme Personality of Godhead enjoys pastimes there. tasmin-there. playing as a wooden Deity.yatra sakshat param brahma bhati darava-lilaya api janma-shataih sagrair duritacara-tat-parah kshetre 'smin sanga-matrena jayate vishnu-samam "Touching that places gives liberation to human beings. syad-is. pundarika-lotus. akshe-eyes. eva-indeed." Text 164 praphulla-pundarikakshe tasmin evekshite janeh phalam syad evam ashrausham ashcaryam purvam ashrutam praphulla-blossoming. ashrausham-I heard. ashcaryamwonderful. phalam-the fruit. purvam-before. evam-thus. By performing difficult austerities for a hundred births one is able to touch that place and become equal to Lord Vishnu. janeh-of the birth. ashrutam-unheard.

attain Lord Vishnu's abode. what to speak of they who are like you.I heard that when blossoming-lotus-eyed Lord Jagannatha is seen." Text 165 tad-didrikshabhibhuto 'ham sarvam santyajya tat-kshane . gloriously manifest on the summit of Nilacala Hill. stands before all eyes and is seen by hearing of Him and in other ways also. the seer's birth in this world brings a wonderful result never heard of before. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami quotes the following words spoken by Narada Muni to Prahlada Maharaja in the Padma Purana: shravanadyair upayair yah kathancid drishyate mahah niladri-shikhare bhati sarva-cakshusha-gocarah tam eva paramatmanam ye prapashyanti manavah te yanti bhavanam vishnoh kim punar ye bhavadrishah "They who see the Supreme Persaonality of Godhead who.

audhra-desha-disham-towards Orissa. shritah-went. jagannatham-Lord Jagannatha. didriksha-by the desire to see. I at once gave up everything and. tatratyan-to the people there. aham-I. praptas-attained. sankirtayan-glorifying. I entered the temple by the devotees' mercy. acirat-quickly. tat-kshane-at that moment. dandavat-like a stick. glorifying Lord Jagannatha.sankirtayan jagannatham audhra-desha-disham shritah tad-Him. sarvam-everything. karunaya-by the mercy. pravishto-entered. Text 166 tat-kshetram acirat praptas tatratyan dandavan naman antah-puram pravishto 'ham tesham karunaya satam tat-kshetram-that place. Conquered by the desire to see Him. naman-bowing. and falling down as a stick to offer respects to the people there. tesham-of them. Quickly reaching that place. Text 167 . set out for the country of Orissa. antah-puram-inside the temple. satam-of the devotees. abhibhuto-conquered. santyajya-abandoning. aham-I.

kantir-splendor. niruddhah-stopped. aptah-attained. and a delightful glory of red lips. drishtih-sight. suparnasya-of Garuda. romancabhinno-hairs standing up. Text 168 atragrato gantu-manash ca neshe premna tato vepathubhir niruddhah romanca-bhinno 'shru-vilupta-drishtih stambham suparnasya kathancid aptah atra-here.durad adarshi purushottama-vaktra-candro bhrajad-vishala-nayano mani-pundra-bhalah snigdhabhra-kantir arunadhara-dipti-ramyo 'shesha-prasada-vikasat-smita-candrikadhyah durad-from far away. na-not. tato-then. vilupta-removed. kathancid-something. candro-moon. snigdha-glittering. pundra-tilaka. candrika-moonlight. manas-withj a mind. vaktra-face. ashesha-all. abhra-cloud. . adarshi-I saw. vishala-large. a forehead decorated with jewel tilaka. vikasat-blossoming. ca-also. From far away I saw the moon of the Supreme Person's face. mani-jewel. adhara-lips. aruna-red. adhyah-enriched. ramyo-handsome. prasada-mercy. bhrajad-shining. dipti-splendor. nayano-eyes. vepathubhir-withe trembling. a splendor like a glittering cloud. gantu-to go. ishe-I am able. stambham-column. agrato-in the presence. a moon with large glistening eyes. smita-smiling. purushottama-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. and shining with moonlight of a smile blossoming with all kindness.' ashru-with tears. premna-out of love. bhalah-on His forehead.

apatam-I fell. maha-mahimnam padam-the abode of great glories. I was not able. ikshamano-seeing. I trembled with love. tu-indeed. sa-with. aham-I. tears removed my power to see. the hairs of my body stood erect. bhuktva-enjoying. sthitam-situated. gita-singing. pranama-obeisances. vimuhya-fainting. srak-garlands. ambara-garments. Texts 169-170 divyambaralankarana-srag-avalivyaptam mano-locana-harsha-vardhanam simhasanasyopari lilaya sthitam bhuktva maha-bhoga-ganan manoharan pranama-nritya-stuti-vadya-gitaparams tu sa-prema vilokayantam maha-mahimnam padam ikshamano 'patam jagannatham aham vimuhya divya-splendid. locana-eyes.Although I had a mind to go before Him. vyaptam-manifested. harsha-happiness. vardhanam-increasing. avali-multitude. alankarana-ornaments. . jagannatham-Lord Jagannatha. Somehow I came to the Garuda-stambha. paran-devoted. vilokayantam-seeing. simhasanasya upari-on a throne. maha-bhogaganan manoharan-many very delicious foods. mano-of the mond. prema-love. stuti-prayers. vadya-instrumental music. lilaya-playfully. nritya-dancing.

Regaining consciousness. labdhva-attaining. who lovingly glanced at they who were bowing before Him. playing musical instruemnts. lokayan-seeing. opening my eyes. locane-eyes. I became like a madman. I suddenly ran to embrace the Lord. unmattas-a madman. samunmilya-opening. ornaments. and garlands. whose eyes and heart were filled with happiness. and who was the abode of great glories. who enjoyed many offerings of delicious foods. and gazing into the Lord's eyes. punah-again. Text 171 samjnam labdhva samunmilya locane lokayan punah unmatta iva tam dhartum sa-vego 'dharam agratah samjnam-consciousness. iva-like.As I gazed on Lord Jagannatha. I suddenly fainted and fell to the ground. and singing. adharam-I held. agratah-before. who gracefully sat on His throne. reciting prayers. who was was adorned with splendid garments. tam-Him. sa-vego-quickly. dancing. dhartum-to hold. Text 172 cirad didrkshito drishto jivitam jivitam maya prapto 'dya jagad-isho 'yam nija-prabhur iti bruvan .

kripam-the mercy. tada-then. prabhoh-of the Lord. vicara-thought. adya-now. I called out: "I can see the Lord I so long yearned to see! My life is a success! My life is a success! I have my Lord. bahih-outside. tam-that. iti-thus. the guards stopped me. jatamanigfest. prapto-attained. maha-prasada-mahaprasadam. I went outside and there I received mahaprasadam. Striking me with sticks. apnavam-I attained. ayam-He. Texts 174 and 175 . pratiharibhis-by the guards. nirgato-left. bruvan-saying. drishto-seen. mayaby me. prabhur-Lord. the Lord of the universes!" Text 173 sa-vetra-ghatam pratiharibhis tada nivarito jata-vicara-lajjitah prabhoh kripam tam anumanya nirgato maha-prasadannam athapnavam bahih sa-with. ghatam-hit.cirad-for a long time. anumanya-considering. jivitam-life. didrkshito-desired to be seen. annam-food. jivitam-life. jagad-isho-the Lord of the universes. nija-own. atha-then. nivarito-stopped. vetra-sticks. lajjitah-ashamed. Thoughtful and ashamed.

diva-by day. There I saw many blissful wonders. maya-by me.tad bhuktva sa-tvaram brahman bhagavan-mandiram punah pravishyashcarya-jatam yan maya drishtam mudam padam hridi kartum na shakyate tat katham kriyate mukhe evam tatra diva purnam sthitvanando 'nubhuyate tad-that. punah-again. mudam-happiness. yat-which. purnam-full. pravishya-entering. kriyate-is done. hridi-in the heart. padam-state. sa-with. anubhuyate-is perceived. evam-thus. brahman-O brahmana. Text 176 ratrau mahotsave vritte brihac-chringara-sambhave . jatammanifest. mukhe-in the mouth. tvaram-haste. bhagavanmandiram-to the Lord's temple. na-not. anando-bliss. My mind cannot measure it. ashcarya-wonder. tatra-there. shakyate-is able. after eating the prasadam I again entered the Lord's temple. kartum-to do. How can my mouth speak of it? There I spent the entire day filled with bliss. sthitva-situated. drishtam-seen. katham-how?. tat-that. bhuktva-having eaten. O brahmana.

Enjoying newer and newer festivals in the devotees' company. asya-of this. ittham-thus. anjali-handfuls. vraja-bhuvah-of the land of Vraja. tada-then. brihat-great. It was as if the grief of separation from Vrajabhumi had gone away. iva-as if. vritte-engaged. utsave-ina festival. I was not aware how the time was passing. kalo-the time. tu-indeed. jnatah-known. puspa-of flowers. Text 178 . At night there was a great festival of decorations and a great festival of flowers offered in folded hands. sringara-sambhavedecorations. me-my. nirvritte-gone. shoko-grief. Text 177 nettham jnatah satam sange kalo nava-navotsavaih tadaivasya vraja-bhuvah shoko me niragad iva na-not. niragat-gone. mahagreat. mahotsave-in a great festival.nirgamyate tu nirvritte puspanjali-mahotsave ratrau-at night. satam-of the devotees. utsavaih-with festivals. nava-nava-newer and newer. eva-indeed. nirgamyate-gone. sange-in the company. Then I left the temple.

shri-jagannathadevasya sevakeshu kripottama vividhajna ca sarvatra shruyate 'py anubhuyate

shri-jagannathadevasya-of Lord Jagannatha; sevakeshu-in the servants; kripa-mercy; uttamasupreme; vividha-various; ajna-orders; ca-also; sarvatra-everywhere; shruyate-heard; api-also; anubhuyate-experienced.

I heard of in many accounts, and I also saw directly Lord Jagannatha's great mercy to His servants.

Text 179

nanyat kim api roceta jagannathasya darshanat puranato 'sya mahatmyashushrushapi nivartate

na-not; anyat-another; kim api-some; roceta-may please; jagannathasya-of Lord Jagannatha; darshanat-than the sight; puranato-from the Puranas; asya-od Him; mahatmya-the glories; shushrusha-the desire to hear; api-also; nivartate-went away.

Nothing other than gazing at Lord Jagannatha pleased me. Even my desire to hear the Purana's description of the Lord's glories left me.

Text 180

shariram manasam va syat kincid duhkham kadacana tac ca shri-pundarikakshe drishte sadyo vinashyati

shariram-body; manasam-mind; va-or; syat-may be; kincid-something; duhkham-suffering; kadacana-sometime; tat-that; ca-and; shri-pundarikakshe-the lotus-eyed Lord; drishte-seen; sadyo-at once; vinashyati-is destroyed.

Sometimes I would suffer in body or mind, but when I saw the lotus-eyed Lord my sufferings were at once destroyed.

Text 181

phalam labdham japasyeti matvodase sma tatra ca evam cira-dinam tatra nyavasam paramaih sukhaih

phalam-the fruit; labdham-obtained; japasya-of chanting; iti-thus; matva-considering; udase sma-I was; tatra-there; ca-also; evam-thus; cira-dinam-for many days; tatra-there; nyavasam-I resided; paramaih sukhaih-with great happiness.

I thought: "I have attained the goal of my chanting". For many days I lived there very happily.

Text 182

atha tasyantarinayam sevayam karhicit prabhoh jata rucir me tato 'pi tasya aghatanan mahan

atha-then; tasya-of Him; antarinayam-internal; sevayam-in service; karhicit-something; prabhoh-of the Lord; jata-manifested; rucir-desire; me-of me; tato-then; api-also; tasyas-of that; aghatanan-sufferings; mahan-great.

Then I began to yearn to do some confidential service for the Lord. That desire brought me great anxiety.

Texts 183 and 184

yash cakravarti tatratyah sah prabhor mukhya-sevakah shri-mukham vikshitum kshetre

yada yato mahotsave

saj-janopadravavodyanabhangadau varito 'py atha madrisho 'kincanah svairam prabhum drashtum na shaknuyuh

yas-who; cakravarti-the emperor; tatratyah-there; sah-he; prabhor-of the Lord; mukhya-best; sevakah-servant; shri-mukham-His face; vikshitum-to see; kshetre-at that place; yada-when; yatogone; mahotsave-in a great festival; saj-jana-foe the dveotees; upadrava-impediemnts; udyanagardens; bhanga-breaking; adau-beginning with; varito-stopped; api-also; atha-then; madrisho-like me; akincanah-people who have nothing; svairam-personally; prabhum-the Lord; drashtum-to see; na-not; shaknuyuh-are able.

When, during great festivals, that country's king, who was a great servant of the Lord, came to see the Lord's glorious face, he brought many saintly visitors and filled the gardens. Then poor people like myself were no longer able to see the Lord whenever we wished.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the most important of these festivals was Rathayatra. Somene may protest that this action is not proper for a saintly king. The answer is given that the king brought with him many saintly persons eager to see Lord Jagannatha. The gardens were filled with the horses and other animals of the king's entourage.

Text 185

evam udbhuta-hrid-rogo 'draksham sva-gurum ekada

shri-jagannatha-devagre parama-prema-vihvalam

evam-thus; udbhuta-manifested; hrit-of the heart; rogo-sickness; adraksham-I saw; sva-gurummy guru; ekada-one time; shri-jagannatha-deva-Lord Jagannatha; agre-before; parama-premavihvalam-overcome with great love.

One day when for this reason I felt sick at heart I saw my guru, who was overcome with love as he stood before Lord Jagannatha.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this was the guru who first gave him his mantra in Vrindavana.

Text 186

na sa sambhashitum shakto maya tarhi gatah kvacit alakshito jagannathashri-mukhakrishta-cetasa

na-not; sas-he; sambhashitum-to speak; shakto-able; maya-by me; tarhi-then; gatah-gone; kvacit-somewhere; alakshito-unseen; jagannatha-of Lord Jagannatha; shri-mukha-of the glorious face; akrishta-attracted; cetasa-heart.

He was not able to speak. My heart attracted by Lord Jagannatha's face, I did not see when he went somewhere else.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains the guru could not speak because he was overcome with love.

Text 187

itas tato 'mrigyatasau dine 'nyasmims tate 'mbudheh nama-sankirtananandair nrityal labdho mayaikalah

itas tato-here and there; amrigyata-I searched; asau-he; dine-in the day; anyasmin-another; tate-on the shore; ambudheh-of the ocean; nama-sankirtana-anandair-with the bliss of chanting the Lord's holy names; nrityan-dancing; labdho-obtained; maya-by me; ekalah-alone.

Searching here and there, one day I found him alone on the ocean's shore, dancing and chanting the holy names in ecstasy.

Text 188

dandavat pranamantam mam drishtvashirvada-purvakam ashlishyajnapayam asa

sarvajno 'nugrahad idam

dandavat-as a stick; pranamantam-bowing down; mam-me; drishtva-seeing; ashirvadablessings; purvakam-before; ashlishya-embracing; ajnapayam asa-instructed; sarvajno-allknowing; anugrahad-mercifully; idam-this.

Seeing me falling down as a stick to offer obeisances, he blessed me, embraced me, and, knowing all, mercifully gave me the following instruction:

Text 189

yad yat sankalpya bho vatse nijam mantram japishyasi tat-prabhavena tat sarvam vanchatitam ca setsyati

yad yat-whatever; sankalpya-desiring; bho-O; vatse-child; nijam-own; mantram-mantra; japishyasi-you will chant; tat-prabhavena-by it's power; tat-that; sarvam-everything; vanchadesire; atitam-beyond; ca-also; setsyati-will be fulfilled.

O child, whatever you desire, you should chant your mantra. By it's power all will be fulfilled beyond what you can desire.

Text 190

shri-jagannatha-devasya seva-rupam ca viddhi tam evam matva ca vishvsya na kadacij japam tyajeh

shri-jagannatha-devasya-of Lord Jagannatha; seva-of service; rupam-in the form; ca-also; viddhi-know; tam-that; evam-thus; matva-considering; ca-also; vishvasya-having faith; na-not; kadacit-ever; japam-chanting; tyajeh-abandon.

Know that chanting your mantra is also service to Lord Jagannatha. Have faith and never give up chanting.

Text 191

tvam etasya prabhavena cira-jivi bhavanv-aham idrig goparbha-rupash ca tat-phalapty-arha-manasah

tvam-you; etasya-of it; prabhavena-by the power; cira-jivi-eternally living; bhava-will become; anv-aham-every day; idrik-like this; gopa-cowherd; arbha-boy; rupas-in the form; ca-also; tat-that; phala-result; apti-attainment; arha-suitable; manasah-heart.

By the mantra's power you will become an eternally youthful cowherd boy. Now your heart is worthy to attain that.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that here the guru is giving his disciple a benediction.

Text 192

mam drakshyasi kadapy atra vrindaranye kadacana evam sa mam anujnapya kutrapi sahasagamat

mam-me; drakshyasi-you will see; kadapi-sometimes; atra-here; vrindaranye-in Vrindavana; kadacana-sometimes; evam-thus; sas-he; mam-me; anujnapya-teaching; kutrapi-somewhere; sahasa-suddenly; agamat-went.

Sometimes you will see me here and sometimes in Vrindavana. After speaking these words of instruction, he suddenly left.

Text 193

tad-viyogena dinah san shri-jagannatham ikshitum gatah shaktim aham prapto yatnam cakaravam jape

tad-viyogena-by separation from him; dinah-distraught; san-being; shri-jagannatham-Lord Jagannatha; ikshitum-to see; gatah-gone; shaktim-power; aham-I; prapto-attained; yatnam-effort; ca-and; akaravam-did; jape-in chanting.

Distraught in separation from him, I went to see Lord Jagannatha. I became strong and again I chanted.

Texts 194 and 195

yadasya darshanotkantha vraja-bhumer abhut taram tada tu shri-jagannathamahimna sphurati sma me

tat-kshetropavana-shrenivrindaranyatayarnavah yamunatvena niladribhogo govardhanatmana

yada-when; asya-of him; darshana-sight; utkantha-longing; vraja-bhumer-of Vraja; abhut taramwas; tada-then; tu-indeed; shri-jagannatha-of Lord Jagannatha; mahimna-with the glory; sphurati sma-manifested; meto me; tat-kshetra-that place; upavana-shreni-gardens; vrindaranyataya-as the forest of Vrindavana; arnavah-the ocean; yamunatvena-as the Yamuna; niladri-bhogo-Nilacala Hill; govardhanatmana-as Govardhana.

When I yearned to see Vrajabhumi, by Lord Jagannatha's glory the gardens there became like Vrindavana forest, the ocean like the Yamuna, and Nilacala Hill like Govardhana.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this happened by Lord Jagannatha's mercy.

Text 196

evam vasan sukham tatra bhagavad-darshanad anu guru-padajnaya nityam japami sveshta-siddhaye

evam-thus; vasan-residing; sukham-happily; tatra-there; bhagavad-of the Lord; darshanad-from the sight; anu-following; guru-pada-of my guru; ajnaya-by the order; nityam-regularly; japami-I chant; sva-ishta-siddhaye-to attain perfection.

Thus I lived happily there. Every day, after seeing Lord Jagannatha, I would follow my guru's order and chant to attain my desired perfection.

Text 197

atha tasmin maharaje kalam prapte 'sya sununa

jyeshthenativiraktena rajyam angi-kritam na tat

atha-then; tasmin-when; maha-raje-the king; kalam-his time; prapte-attained; asya-of him; sununa-by the son; jyeshthena-eldest; ati-viraktena-very renounced; rajyam-the kigndom; angikritam-accepted; na-not; tat-that.

When the king's time was over, his eldest son, a very renounced soul, refused to accept the kigndom.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the king died. His son became very renounced by serving Lord Jagannatha.

Text 198

tatrabhishiktah prishtasyanujnaya jagad-ishituh samparikshya maha-rajacihnani sacivair aham

tatra-there; abhisiktah-crowned; prishtasya-asked; anujnaya-by the order; jagad-ishituh-of Lord Jagannatha; samparikshya-examining; maha-raja-for a great king; cihnani-the signs; sacivair-by the ministers; aham-I.

After asking Him, by Lord Jagannatha's order looking for the signs of a great king, the ministers crowned me.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the king's eldest son refused the kingdom, and the younger sons and other relatives were not qualified to accept it. The king's ministers asked Lord Jagannatha what should be done. Lord Jagannatha might have said to them: "My devotee Gopakumara, who was born on Govardhana Hill, should be crowned king." Or then He might have said: “He on whom the signs of a great king are seen should be crowned king". Seeing the signs of a great king on Gopa-kumara, they crowned him king. The signs of a king are described in ShrimadBhagavatam (9.20.24) in these words:

cakram dakshina-haste 'sya padma-kosho 'sya padayoh

"Maharaja Bharata, the son of Dushmanta, had the mark of Lord Krishna's disc on the palm of his right hand, and he had the mark of a lotus whorl on the soles of his feet."*

Text 199

vividha vardhitas tasya maya puja-mahotsavah visheshato maha-yatra dvadashatrapi gundica

vividhas-various; vardhitas-increased; tasya-of Him; maya-by me; puja-of worship; mahotsavahthe great festivals; visheshato-specifically maha-yatra-the Rathayatra; dvadasha-twelve; atra-here; api-also; gundica-Gundica.

I expanded the great festivals of worshiping the Lord, and I specifically expanded the twelve great yatras, including the yatra to Gundica.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the twelve great yatras, beginning with Dolayatra, Damanakayatra, Candanayatra, Jalasnanayatra, and Rathayaatra, are performed in the twelve months. The yatra to Gundica is Rathayatra.

Text 200

prithivyah sadhavah sarve milita yatra vargashah premnonmatta ivekshyante nritya-gitadi-tat-parah

prithivyah-of the earth; sadhavah-saintly persons; sarve-all; militas-assembled; yatra-there; vargashah-in groups; premna-by love; unmattas-maddened; iva-as if; ikshyante-are seen; nritya-to dancing; gita-and singing; adi-beginning with; tat-parah-devoted.

Coming in groups and meeting here, all the saintly persons on earth sang and danced with such ecstatic love they looked like madmen.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this statment may mean that they came for the twelve great yatras, or that they came for the Rathayatra. They came from the different sampradayas.

Text 201

rajyam rajopabhogyam ca jagannatha-padabjayoh samarpyakincanatvena sevam kurve nijecchaya

rajyam-kingdom; raja-royal; upabhogyam-enjoyment; ca-and; jagannatha-of Lord Jagannatha; pada-feet; abjayoh-of the lotus; samarpya-placing; akincanatvena-by being poverty-stricken; sevam-service; kurve-I do; nija-own; icchaya-by the desire.

Personally living as a penniless man, and placing my kingdom and all royal enjoyments at Lord Jagannatha's lotus feet, I served Him according to my wish.

Text 202

nijaih priyatamair nityasevakaih saha sah prabhuh narma-goshthim vitanute prema-kridam ca karhicit

nijaih-own; priyatamair-dear; nitya-sevakaih-eternal servants; saha-with; sah-He; prabhuh-the Lord; narma-joking; goshthim-words; vitanute-does; prema-of love; kridam-pastimes; ca-and; karhicit-some.

Sometimes the Lord jokes with His dear eternal servants and sometimes He enjoys loving pastimes with them.

Text 203

yada va lilaya sthanubhavam bhajati kautuki prinanty athapi sashcaryas te tal-lilanusarinah

yada-when; va-or; lilaya-playfully; sthanu-bhavam-stationary; bhajati-becomes; kautuki-eager; prinanti-pleases; athapi-then; sa-ashcaryas-wonderful; te-they; tal-lila-His pastimes; anusarinahfollowing.

When the blissful Lord playfully becomes motionless. the devotees following His pastimes become filled with wonder and bliss.

Text 204

mamapi tatra tatrasha syad athagantuko 'smy aham

tad-eka-nishtho napi syam katham tat-tat-prasada-bhak

mama-of me; api-also; tatra tatra-there; asha-desire; syad-is; atha-then; agantuko-a newcomer; asmi-I am; aham-I; tad-eka-nishtho-devoted to Him alone; na-not; api-also; syam-I am; kathamwhy?; tat-tat-prasada-His mercy; bhak-enjoy.

I yearned to become like those devotees. I was a newcomer. My faith was not fixed on Lord Jagannatha alone. How could I enjoy His mercy?

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara was atached to Vrindavana.

Text 205

tathapy utkala-bhaktanam tat-tat-saubhagya-bhavanaih sanjanyamanaya tat-tadashayadhih kilodbhavet

tathapi-nevertheless; utkala-of Orissa; bhaktanam-of the devotees; tat-tat-saubhagya-of the good fortune; bhavanaih-by consideration; sanjanyamanaya-manifested; tat-tad-various; ashayawith desires; adhih-sickness; kila-indeed; udbhavet-is manifested.

When I thought of the good fortune of the Orissan devotees I yearned to be like them and I became sick at heart.

Text 206

nama-sankirtana-stotragitani bhagavat-purah shruyamanani dunvanti mathura-smarakani mam

nama-sankirtana-chanting of the holy names; stotra-prayers; gitani-songs; bhagavat-purahbefore the Lord; shruyamanani-heard; dunvanti-distress; mathura-of Mathura; smarakani-the memory; mam-me.

The chanting of prayers, songs, and the holy names before the Lord reminded me of Mathura and filled me with pain.

Text 207

sadhu-sanga-balad gatva drishte rajiva-locane sarvah shoko viliyeta na syaj jigamisha kvacit

sadhu-of the devotees; sanga-of the association; balad-on the strength; gatva-going; drishteseen; rajiva-lotus; locane-eyes; sarvah-all; shoko-grief; viliyeta-merges; na-not; syat-is; jigamishathe desire to go; kvacit-anywhere.

By associating with the devotees I saw the lotus-eyed Lord. Then all my unhappiness disappeared and I did not wish to go anywhere.

Text 208

tathapi mama samrajyasamparkena hridi svatah bhagavad-darshananandah samyan nodeti purvavat

tathapi-still; mama-my; samrajya-of the kingdom; samparkena-in relation; hridi-in the heart; svatah-personally; bhagavad-darshana-of the sight of the Lord; anandah-bliss; samyan-equal; nanot; udeti-rises; purva-before; vat-as.

Still, because I was a king my heart could not feel the same bliss it once felt to see the Lord.

Text 209

yatra-mahotsavamsh caham avrito raja-mandalaih sukham kalayitum neshe svecchaya bahudha bhajan

yatra-mahotsavan-the greaty yatra festivals; ca-also; aham-I; avrito-surrounded; rajamandalaih-by kings; sukham-happiness; kalayitum-to experience; na-not; ishe-I am able; svecchaya-by my own desire; bahudha-in many ways; bhajan-experiencing.

Surrounded by kings, I could not enjoy the great yatra festivals to my heart's content.

Text 210

rajno 'patyeshv amatyeshu bandhushv api samarpya tam rajabharam svayam pragvad udasinataya sthitah

rajno-of the king; apatyeshu-among the sons; amatyeshu-in the ministers; bandhushu-in the relatives; api-also; samarpya-placing; tam-that; raja-of king; abharam-burden; svayam-personally; pragvad-as before; udasinataya-in indifference; sthitah-situated.

Placing the burden of the kingdom on the king's sons, ministers, and relatives, I became aloof as before.

Text 211

sukham raho japam kurvan jagannatha-padabjayoh

samipe svecchaya sevam acarann avasam tatah

sukham-happily; raho-in a secluded place; japam-chanting; kurvan-doing; jagannathapadabjayoh-Lord Jagannatha's lotus feet; samipe-near; svecchaya-by my own desire; sevamservice; acaran-performing; avasam-I resided; tatah-then.

Chanting my mantra in a secluded place, and serving Lord Jagannatha's lotus feet to my heart's content, I lived happily.

Text 212

tathapi loka-sammanad aratas tadrisham sukham na labhaye vinirvinëamanas tatrabhavam sthitau

tathapi-still; loka-of the people; sammanad-from the worship; aratas-not pleased; tadrishamlike that; sukham-happiness; na-not; labhaye-I attain; vinirviëëa-unhappy; manas-at heart; tatrathere; abhavam-I was; sthitau-in the situation.

Because the people continued to treat me with great respect I became very unhappy at heart.

Text 213

gantum vrindavanam pratar ajnartham puratah prabhoh gatah shriman-mukham pashyan sarvam tad vismaramy aho

gantum-to go; vrindavanam-to Vrndavana; pratar-early in the morning; ajna-order; arthampurpose; puratah-before; prabhoh-the Lord; gatah-gone; shriman-mukham-His handsome face; pashyan-seeing; sarvam-all; tad-that; vismarami-I forget; aho-ah!

One morning I went before the Lord to ask permission to go to Vrindavana, but when I gazed at His glorious face I forget everything.

Text 214

evam samvatsare jate maya tatraikada shrutam mathurayah prayatebhyo 'tratya-vrittam visheshatah

evam-thus; samvatsare-one year; jate-manifested; maya-by me; tatra-there; ekada-once; shrutam-heard; mathurayah-from Mathura; prayatebhyo-come; atratya-there; vrittam-activities; visheshatah-specifically.

A year passed. One day I heard Mathura described by some people come from there.

Text 215

shoka-duhkhaturam ratrau shayanam mam maha-prabhuh idam ajnapayam asa para-duhkhena katarah

shoka-of grief; duhkha-by the sufferings; aturam-afflicted; ratrau-at night; shayanam-sleeping; mam-to me; maha-prabhuh-the Lord; idam-this; ajnapayam asa-instructed; para-of others; duhkhena-by the troubles; katarah-tormented.

That night, as I slept overcome with grief, the Lord, who suffers when others suffer, instructed me, saying:

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Lord here is Lord Jagannatha. The Lord could not tolerate His devotee's sufferings.

Text 216

bho gopa-nandana kshetram idam mama yatha priyam tatha shri-mathurathasau

janma-bhumir visheshatah

bho gopa-nandana-O Gopa-kumara; kshetram-place; idam-this; mama-My; yatha-as; priyamdear; tatha-so; shri-mathura-Mathura; atha-then; asau-this; janma-of birth; bhumir-the land; visheshatah-specifically.

O cowherd boy, as this place is dear to Me, so is Mathura dear. Mathura is even more dear, for it is the land of My birth.

Text 217

balya-lila-sthalibhish ca tabhis tabhir alankrita nivasami yathatraham tatha tatrapi vibhraman

balya-childhood; lila-pastimes; sthalibhis-with places; ca-also; tabhis tabhir-with them; alankrita-decorated; nivasami-I reside; yatha-as; atra-here; aham-I; tatha-so; tatrapi-still; vibhraman-enjoying pastimes.

It is decorated with the places of My childhood pastimes. I still live there, enjoying pastimes.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word “childhood" here also includes the Lord's adolescence. The word "vibhraman" may also be interpreted to mean “wandering here and there".

Text 218

yada dolayamanatma katham tad anutapyase tatraiva gaccha kale mam tad-rupam drakshyasi dhruvam

yada-as; dolayamana-wavering; atma-heart; katham-why?; tad-that; anutapyase-you suffer; tatra-there; eva-indeed; gaccha-go; kale-in time; mam-Me; tad-rupam-that form; drakshyasi-you will see; dhruvam-indeed.

Why, your heart wavering so, do you suffer? Go there. In time you will see me there in this form.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara's heart wavered between two decisions: "I will stay here", and "I will go there." In this way he was filled with doubt and torn in two. The form the Lord predicts he will see is the form of Madana-Gopala, the Deity of Gopa-kumara's mantra

Text 219

ajna-malam pratar adaya pujaviprair vase me samagatya dattam kaëthe baddhva prasthito vikshya cakram

natvathapto mathuram desham etam

ajna-of orders; malam-a garland; pratar-in the morning; adaya-taking; puja-viprair-by the pujaris; vase-in the residence; me-me; samagatya-approaching; dattam-placed; kaëthe-on the neck; baddhva-tying; prasthito-set out; vikshya-seeing; cakram-the cakra; natva-offering obeisances; atha-then; apto-attained; mathuram desham etam-the country of Mathura.

That morning some priests from the temple came to my home and gave me the Lord's order in the form of Lord Jagannatha's garland. Tying the garland around my neck, and bowing down to offer respects to the cakra, I went to the country of Mathura.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara might think: "This is just a false dream. Why, simply by words in a dream, should I leave this place and go to another?" The sudden appearance of the priests with the garland confirmed the Lord's order: "Go to Mathura".

Chapter Two: Jnana (Knowledge)

Texts 1 and 2

shri-gopa-kumara uvaca

shri-mathurottama vishrantau snatva vrindavanam gatah

atra govardhanadau ca yatha-kamam pribhraman

pibamsh ca gorasam purvabandhavais tair alakshitah bhajan sva-japyam anayam dinani katicit sukham

shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said; shri-mathura-of Mathura; uttama-O best; vishrantau-at Visranta-tirtha; snatva-having bathed; vrindavanam-to Vrndavana; gatah-gone; atrahere; govardhana-adau-beginning with Govardhana Hill; ca-also; yatha-kamam-as I wished; pribhraman-wandering; piban-drinking; ca-also; gorasam-milk; purva-previous; bandhavaih-by relatives and friends; taih-by them; alakshitah-unnoticed; bhajan-doing; sva-japyam-my chanting; anayam-I passed; dinani-days; katicit-some; sukham-happily.

Shri Gopa-kumara said: O best of Mathura brahmaëas, I bathed at Vishrama-tirtha and then went to Vrindavana. To Govardhana and other places wandering as I wished, drinking milk, unnoticed by my former friends, and chanting my mantra, I passed some days.

Text 3

atha sandarshanotkaëtha jagad-ishasya sajani yayedam shunyavad vikshya purushottamam asmaram

atha-then; sandarshana-for the sight; utkaëtha-yearning; jagad-ishasya-of the Lord of the universes; sa-that; ajani-was manifested; yaya-by which; idam-this; shunyavat-as void; vikshya-

seeing; purushottamam-Purushottama-kshetra; asmaram-I remembered.

My longing to see Lord Jagannatha making me see everything as if it were a desert, I remembered Purushottama-kshetra.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this verse may mean that gopa-kumara saw everything asa if it were a desert, or that he saw Mathura-maëdala as if it were a desert. Lord Krishëa lives in Vrindavana eternally. This is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 4.8.42, 10.1.28, and 10.44.13.

Text 4

artas tatra jagannatham drashtum odhran punar vrajan pathi ganga-tate 'pashyam dharmacara-paran dvijan

artah-distressed; tatra-there; jagannatham-Lord Jagannatha; drashtum-to see; odhran-to Orissa; punah-again; vrajan-going; pathi-on the path; ganga-tate-on the Ganges shore; apashyam-I saw; dharmacara-paran-devoted to religious practices; dvijan-brahmanas.

Unhappy, I was returning to Orissa to see Lord Jagannatha when on the path by the Ganges shore I saw some brahmaëas devoted to religious duties.

Text 5

vicitra-shastra-vijnebhyas tebhyash cashrausham adbhutam svarga-namordhva-deshe 'sti devaloko 'ntarikshitah

vicitra-various; shastra-scriptures; vijnebhyah-knowing; tebhyah-from them; ca-also; ashrausham-I heard; adbhutam-wonderful; svarga-Svargaloka; nama-named; urdhva-deshe-higher place; asti-is; devalokah-the place of the demigods; antarikshitah-in the sky.

From those brahmaëas learned in many scriptures I heard something wonderful: that in the sky above is a place named Svargaloka, where the demigods live.

Text 6

vimanavalibhih shriman nirbhayo duhkha-varjitah jara-maraëa-rogadidosha-varga-bahishkritah

vimana-airplanes; avalibhih-with many; shriman-glorious; nirbhayah-fearless; duhkhasufferings; varjitah-without; jara-old age; maraëa-death; roga-and disease; adi-beginning with; dosha-varga-faults; bahishkritah-without.

That place is glorious with many airplanes. In it are no fears, sufferings, old-age, death, disease, or any other faults.

Text 7

maha-sukhamayo labhyah puëyair atrottamaih kritaih yasya shakro 'dhipo jyayan bhrata shri-jagadishituh

maha-sukhamayah-filled with great happiness; labhyah-obtainable; puëyaih-by piety; atra-here; uttamaih-great; kritaih-done; yasya-of which; shakrah-Indra; adhipah-the king; jyayan-elder; bhrata-brother; shri-jagadishituh-of the Lord of the universes.

That very happy place, where the king is Indra, the elder brother of the Lord of the universes, is attained by performing many great pious deeds.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that King Indra is the elder brother of Lord Vamana.

Text 8

yadyapy asti vila-svargo vishëu-sheshady-alankritah

bhauma-svargash ca tad-dvipavarshadishu pade pade

vicitra-rupa-shri-krishëapujotsava-virajitah tathapy urdhvataro loko divyas tabhyam vishishyate

yadyapi-although; asti-is; vila-svargah-Vila-svarga; vishëu-shesha-Vishëu-shesha; adi-beginning with; alankritah-ornamented; bhauma-svargah-Bhauma-svarga; ca-also; tad-dvipa-its islands; varsha-and countries; adishu-beginning with; pade pade-step by step; vicitra-various; rupa-forms; shri-krishëa-of Lord Krishëa; pujotsava-with festivals of worship; virajitah-glorious; tathapinevertheless; urdhvatarah-higher; lokah-world; divyah-splendid; tabhyam-than them; vishishyateis better.

That realm, named Divya-svarga, is better than the realm of Vila-svarga, which is decorated with the forms of Lord Vishëu, Lord Shesha, and other forms of the Lord, and it is also better than Bhauma-svarga, which in its continents, countries, and other places, is splendid with festivals of worship for Lord Krishëa, who appears in many forms.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Lord Vishëu is the Deity of Sutalaloka and Lord Shesha is the Deity of Saptama-patalaloka. The word "adi" refers to Deities described in the Ramayaëa, as well as to Lord Kapila. who is the Deity of Atalaloka, and the Rudras, who are he Deites of Vitalaloka. The word "dvipa" refers to continents, such as Jambudvipa, the word "varsha" refers to countries, such as Bharata-varsha, and the word "adi" refers to other places, such as the ocean of milk. In Plakshadvipa the Deity is Lord Surya, in Ilavrita-varsha the Deity is Lord Sankarshaëa, and in Bhadrashva the Deity is Lord Hayagriva, Thus in the different places are different forms of Lord Krishëa, as is described in the Fifth Canto of Shrimad-Bhagavatam. Divya-svarga is the abode of the demigods. The other svargas here are the other planets, below that realm.

traveling on the king of birds. arcyate-is worshiped. killing demons. nandanah-the son. asurandemons. shri-jagadishah-the Lord of the universes. adbhuta-wonderful. enjoying pastimes. devan-the demigods. shruta-is heard. sakshat-directly. asau-He. bhratritaya-as the brother. kridan-enjoying pastimes. and worshiped by them as their own brother. vacobhih-with words. . ajasramalways. vinighnan-killing. always pleasing the demigods with playful. itas tatah-here and there. who is the Lord of the universes personally present there. nija-own. tasya-of Him. Then I heard the wonderful story of Aditi's son Upendra. lila-playful. taih-by them. ramayan-delighting. asti-is. beautiful words.Texts 10 and 11 yasmin shri-jagadisho 'sti sakshad aditi-nandanah tasyopendrasya varta ca shri-vishëor adbhuta shruta aruhya pakshindram itas tato 'sau kridan vinighnann asuran manojnaih lila-vacobhi ramayann ajasram devan nija-bhratritayarcyate taih yasmin-in which. shri-vishëohof Lord Vishëu. ca-also. aditi-of Aditi. varta-the story. aruhya-climbing. pakshindram-the king of birds. manojnaih-charming. upendrasya-Upendra.

aruhya-climbing. aham-I.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the king of birds is Garuda. agatam-arrived. and in a very short time an airplane came. manoratha-kulah-desires. samacaran-doing. darshane-in the sight. I chanted my mantra. kalena-time. sv-alpena-with very little. muda-with delight. sva-japam-his chanting. Text 12 tad-darshane jata-manoratha-kulah sankalpa-purvam sva-japam samacaran sv-alpena kalena vimanam agatam mudaham aruhya gatas tripishtapam tat-of Him. I happily entered it and went to the realm of the demigods. sankalpaconceived. Yearning to see Him. gatah-went. purvam-before. jata-manifested. tripishtapam-to Svargaloka. vimanam-an airplane. Text 13 purvam ganga-tata-nripa-grihe yasya drishta pratishtha tam shri-vishëum sura-gaëa-vritam sac-cid-ananda-sandram tatrapashyam rucira-garuda-skandha-simhasana-stham viëa-gitam madhura-madhuram naradasyarcayantam .

anugraha-with mercy. vandamanah-offering obeisances. arcayantam-worshiped. sitting on the throne of Garuda's graceful shoulders. daëdavat-as a stick. bhuyah-again. vritam-surrounded. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this was the Lord four-armed form. pratishtha-established. atmanam-self. surrounded by demigods. gitam-music. rucira-beautiful. ganga-tata-on the shore of the Ganges. stham-situated. sat-eternal.purvam-before. viëa-of the vina. drishtvaseeing. drashtum-to see. cit-full of knowledge. ahutah-called. There I saw Lord Vishëu. He was the same Lord I had seen before in a king's palace by the Ganges' shore. manyamanah-thinking. apashyam-I saw. prapyam-to be attained. vaca-with words. and worshiped by Narada who very sweetly played a viëa. tam-Him. tatra-there. suragaëa-by the demigods. . naradasya-of Narada Muni. durat-from afar. snigdha-melting. tena-by Him. ananda-and bliss. Text 14 prapya prapyam drashtum ishtam ca drishtva tatratmanam manyamanah kritartham durad bhuyo daëdavad vandamanas tenahuto 'nugraha-snigdha-vaca prapya-attaining. madhuramadhuram-very sweet. His form filled with eternity knowledge and bliss. ishtam-desired. simhasana-on a throne. shri-vishëum-Lord Shri Vishëu. garuda-of Garuda. yasyaof whom. drishta-seen. kritartham-successful. tatra-there. skandha-on the shoulders. nripa-grihe-in the king's palace. ca-also. sandram-intense.

me-Me. tvam-you. He called to me: Text 15 dishtya dishtya gato 'si tvam atra shri-gopa-nandana alam daëda-praëamair me nikate 'nusarabhayam dishtya-by good fortune. abhayam-without fear. gatah-come. Text 16 tasyajnaya mahendreëa preritair tridashair aham agratah sadaram nitva prayatnad upaveshitah . It is good. nikate-near. shri-gopa-nandana-O cowherd boy. from far away again and again I fell down as a stick to offer my respects. seeing the Lord I yearned to see. dishtya-by good fortune. Why should you fall down as a stick? Come close to Me without fear. and thinking I now had the goal of my life. asi-have. with words melting with compassion. very good that you have come.Now having attained the Lord I yearned to attain. anusara-come. alam-enough. daëda-praëamaih-with this falling down as a stick. atra-here. Then. O cowherd boy.

Residing in the Nandana forest. Text 17 divyair dravyais tarpito nandanakhye 'raëye vasam prapito 'gam praharsham vikshe kacit tatra bhir nasti shoko rogo mrityur glanir artir jara ca divyaih-with celestial. Respectfully brought before Him by demigods sent by Indra. bhih-fear. araëye-in the forest. I very carefully sat down. artih-suffering. agratah-in His presence. akhye-named. rogah-disease. jara-old-age. ajnaya-by teh order. tarpitah-pleased. and pleased with heavenly things. tridashaih-by the demigods. aham-I. agam-I went. mahendreëa-by Indra. disease. kacit-some. or old-age. nandana-Nandana. prapitah-attained. preritaih-impelled. na-not. tatra-there. death. I was happy. lamentation. shokah-grief. I saw that there was no fear. Text 18 santu va katicid doshas tan aham gaëayami na . ca-and. praharsham-happiness. nitva-brought. upaveshitah-sat down. dravyaih-things. adaram-reverence. withering. glanih-withering. suffering. mrityuh-death. prayatnatwith care. vikshe-I see. asti-is.tasya-His. sa-with. vasam-residence.

tadrisham jagadishasya sandarshana-sukham bhajan santu-are. asau-the. sandarshana-of the sight. bhratritvena-as a brother. anu-aham-day after day. master. svarga-of Svarga. day after day Indra worshiped the Lord as his brother. sukhamthe happiness. na-not. tadrisham-like that. vibhutibhih-with the opulences. gaëayami-consider. sharaëatvena-as the shelter. ishvaratvena-as the Lord. enjoying the sight of the Lord of the universes. . katicit-some. aham-I. I did not consider them. bhajan-enjoying. prabhuh-Lord. With the opulences of Svarga. arcyate-worshiped. Text 19 mahendreëarcyate svargavibhutibhir asau prabhuh bhratritveneshvaratvena sharaëatvena canv-aham mahendreëa-by Indra. tan-them. jagadishasya-of the Lord of the universes. and shelter. ca-also. va-or. doshah-faults. There may have been some defects there but.

kim-whether?. trailoka-in teh three worlds. aishvaryam-mastery. upahara-cayaih-with things. nirakulam-fearless. mama-to me. ca-and. yah-who. hi-indeed. api-also. shri-vishëuna-by Lord Vishëu. iti- . ayam-the. shatakratuh-Indra. kripayishyati-will be merciful. sadhayitvahaving been. etat-this. dhanyah-fortunate. bhagavantam-Lord. bhagavan-Lord.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami gives the parijata flower and the heavenly nectar as examples of the opulences of Svarga. asadyaattaining. akaravam-I did. svayam-personally. imam-the. evam-thus. yajet-worships. dattam-given. Texts 20-22 manasy akaravam caitad aho dhanyah shatakratuh yo hi shri-vishëuna dattam sadhayitva nirakulam trailokaishvaryam asadya bhagavantam imam muda upahara-cayair divyair grihyamanaih svayam yajet evam mamapi bhagavan ayam kim kripayishyati iti tatravasam kurvan sva-sankalpam nijam japam manasi-in the heart. divyaih-heavenly. grihyamanaih-being taken. muda-with happiness. ahah-oh.

priyam-the dear wife. hid somewhere. he worships the Lord with celestial things. munindrasya-great sage. Obtaining from Lord Vishëu fearlessness and mastery over the three worlds. shakrah-Indra. having raped the dear wife of a great sage. kurvan-doing. ekasya-of one. ca-also. and fearing a curse. shapa-of a curse. dushayitva-polluting. In my heart I thought: Indra is fortunate. balat-forcibly. japam-chanting. avasam-I lived. Then Indra. . Text 23 athaikasya munindrasya dushayitva priyam balat lajjaya shapa-bhitya ca shakrah kutrapy aliyata atha-then. Will the Lord be kind to me in this way? With this desire I chanted my mantra and lived there. nijammy own. ashamed. tatra-there. kutrapi-somewhere. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this event occurred soon after Gopa-kumara's desire was manifest. bhitya-with fear. and the Lord personally accepts his offerings. Indra hid in a lotus stem in Manasa-sarovara. aliyata-hid.thus. sva-sankalpam-according to my own desire. lajjaya-with shame.

Although they searched in many ways. anvishya-sought. bahudha-in many ways. sah-he. Because there was no king.Text 24 devair anvishya bahudha sa na prapto yada tatah arajakatvat trailokyam abhibhutam upadravaih devaih-by the demigods. abhibhutam-defeated. na-not. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the calamities were caused by the demons. praptahattained. the demigods could not find him. the three worlds were overcome by calamities. arajakatvat-because of being without a king. tatah-then. upadravaih-by calamities. yada-when. trailokyam-the three worlds. Text 25 shri-vishëor ajnaya devair guruëa preritair atha aindre pade 'bhishikto 'ham adity-ady-anumoditah .

aindre-of Indra. guruëa-by their spiritual master. vaishëavim-to Lord Vishëu. I worshiped Aditi. the demigods.shri-vishëoh-of Lord Vishëu. adi-beginning. and many friends tolerate this? They were happy with this arrangement because it was the Lord's order. Text 26 tato 'ditim shacim jivam brahmaëan api manayan trailokye vaishëavim bhaktim purëam pravartayam sada tatah-then. aditim-Aditi. pade-in the post. wife Shaci. api-also. abhishiktah-crowned. . trailokye-in the three worlds. purëam-filled. crowned me in Indra's place. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the guru here is Brihaspati. ajnaya-by the order. Shaci. I made the three worlds always full of devotion to Lord Vishëu. shacim-Shaci. Brihaspati. preritaih-sent. I delighted Aditi and the others. sent by their guru. devaih-by the demigods. aham-I. Why did Indra's mother Aditi. bhaktim-devotion. sada-always. atha-then. manayan-honoring. Then. pravartayam-I made. jivam-Brihaspati. brahmaëan-the brahmanas. aditi-with Aditi. on Lord Vishëu's order. and the brahmaëas. anumoditah-pleased.

akincana-rupah-a poor man. nandane vane-in the Nandana Forest. Text 28 atyajamsh ca japam sviyam akritajnatva-shankaya vismartum naiva shaknomi vrajabhumim imam kvacit . I lived as before. Text 27 svayam tasyah prabhavena svarajye 'pi yatha pura sadakincana-rupo 'ham nyavasan nandane vane svayam-personally. Gopa-kumara made the worlds more full of Vishëu-bhakti than they had been under King Indra. sada-always. yatha-as.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word “jivam" here is a name of Briaspati and the word manayan" means "worshiping". svarajye-in my own kingdom. nyavasan-lived. tasyah-of that. Although made king of Svarga by the Lord's order. apieven. a penniless man in the Nandana Forest. prabhavena-by the power. pura-before. aham-I.

shushka-dry. Thus I could never forget the land of Vraja. citraih-many. amritaih-by the nectars. my face dried up. vacana-of words. kvacit-ever. anutapyamanah-tormented. ca-also. shankaya-with the fear.atyajan-not renouncing. vismartum-to forget. vrajabhumim-Vrajabhumi. sparshena-by the touch. Text 29 tac-choka-duhkhair anutapyamanah shushkanano 'ham jagadishvareëa samlakshya toshyeya muhuh karabjasparshena citrair vacanamritaish ca tat-shoka-duhkhaih-by that unhappiness. eva-indeed. na-not. Fearing that I would become ungrateful. I did not give up my chanting. akritajnatva-being ungrateful. imam-this. sviyam-own. toshyeya-I was pleased. kara-hand. Text 30 jyeshtha-sodara-sambandham . aham-I. ananahface. samlakshya-noticed. japam-chanting. abja-lotus. Tormented by this. ca-and. the Lord of the universes again and again pleased me with the touch of His lotus hand and the many nectars of His words. jagadishvareëa-by the Lord of the universes. Noticing this. muhuh-again and again. shaknomi-I am able.

svayam-personally. tam-Him.iva palayata svayam mat-toshaëaya mad-dattam bhogyam adaya bhujyate jyeshtha-elder. vismritya-forgetting. bhogyam-to be enjoyed. Text 31 tena vismritya tad-duhkham pujayapurva-vrittaya priëayan sneha-bhavat tam lalayeyam kanishthavat tena-by this. sambandham-relationship. sodara-brother. bhujyate-is eaten. kanishthavat-as a younger brother. adaya-taking. palayata-maintaining. lalayeyam-I was affectionate. mat-toshaëaya-to please me. I pleased Him with unprecedented worship and loved Him as one loves a younger brother. sneha-bhavat-out of love. With this I forgot my sufferings. tad-duhkham-that distress. . apurvavrittaya-unprecedented. to please me He took and ate the food I offered Him. priëayan-pleasing. Acting as if I were His elder brother. iva-like. mad-dattam-given by me. pujaya-with worship.

glorious Upendra then went to His own abode. tam-to Him. ashrita-sheltered. drashtum-to see. shriman-glorious. ikshitum-to see. acala-unwavering. yah-which. shokah-grief. vatsalyam-affection. apadya-going. sada-always. sva-sthane-to His own abode. Then I could not always see Him. na-not. kutracit-somewhere. . upendrah-Upendra. nilacala-prabhum-the Lord of Nilacala. tena-by that. iccheyamdesired. etya-going. svasthyam-well situated. mam-me. Text 33 tato yo jayate shokas tena nilacala-prabhum acalashrita-vatsalyam drashtum iccheyam etya tam tatah-then.Text 32 evam mam svasthyam apadya sva-sthane kutracid gatah upendro vasati shriman na labhyeta sadekshitum evam-thus. jayate-is born. labhyeta-obtained. vasati-resides. gatah-gone. Seeing that I had become well.

Text 35 evam nivasata tatra shakratvam adhikurvata brahman samvatsaro divyo mayaiko gamitah sukham . tad-ashaya-by His wish. viliyeta-goes away. tadrik-like that. pashcatyah-from behind. When Lord Vishëu appeared. tu-indeed. vishëoh-Lord Vishëu. I yearned to go and see Lord Jagannatha. Text 34 pradurbhutasya vishëos tu tasya tadrik-kripa-bharaih adhih sarvo viliyeta pashcatyo 'pi tad-ashaya pradurbhutasya-manifested.Then I became very unhappy. bharaih-with great. sarvah-all. His great mercy and the hope it brought me made all my sufferings disappear. adhih-distress. tasya-of Him. kripa-mercy. who out of love never leaves they who take shelter of Him. the master of Nilacala. api-even.

adhikurvata-accepting. brahman-O brahmana. Pulastya and Pulaha. gamitahpassed. The great devotee Bhrigu Muni is glorified in Bhagavad-gita (10. bhuvi-on earth. O brahmaëa. kripaya-mercifully. pavayitum-to purify. unexpectedly came to Svarga. living as Indra there. who were mercifully going on foot to purify the holy places of the earth. mukhyah-headed. Angira. tatra-there. tirthani-to pilgrimage places. I happily passed one year of the demigods. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the sages in this group included Marici. . These sages were going to purify them again with the touch of their feet. maya-by me. agatah-come.30).11. bhrigu-by Bhrigu. sukham-happily.25) and ShrimadBhagavatam (3. shakratvam-the post of Indra. The Ganges and other holy places become contaminated by the very sinful people that visit them. ekah-one. yantah-going.evam-thus. tatra-there. samvatsarah-year. divyah-celestial. maharishayah-the great sages. Text 36 akasmad agatas tatra bhrigu-mukhya maharshayah padbhyam pavayitum yantas tirthani kripaya bhuvi akasmat-unexpectedly. Then Bhrigu and other great sages. nivasata-living. padbhyam-on foot.

maya-by me.Text 37 sa-sambhramam suraih sarvair rishibhir guruëa svayam vishëuna carcyamanas te maya drishtah sa-vismayam sa-sambhramam-respectfully. tan-them. apujayam-I worshiped. jane-I know. I gazed on them with wonder as all the demigods and sages. and Lord Vishëu Himself worshiped them. svayam-personally. sa-vismayam-with wonder. te-they. . preritahsent. vishëu-to Lord Vishëu. ananda-by bliss. vishëuna-by Lord Vishëu. hritacaptured. arcyamanah-worshiped. taih-by them. drishtah-seen. guruëa-by the guru. abhinavah-a novice. ca-and. seva-service. atha-then. sviyaih-by my own. antarah-heart. rishibhih-by the sages. ca-and. sarvaih-all. suraih-by the demigods. Text 38 aham cabhinavo vishëusevananda-hritantarah na jane tan atha sviyaih preritas tair apujayam aham-I. Brihaspati. na-not.

amarah-the demigods. upendrah-Upendra. prishtah-asked. yathasukham-as they pleased. Lord Upendra also disapeared. They blessed me and then left by their own wish. Then I asked the demigods: Text 40 pujya deva nriëam pujya devanam apy ami tu ke kim mahatmya maha-tejomayah kutra vasanti va . Text 39 abhinandya shubhashirbhir mam te 'gacchan yatha-sukham tiro 'bhavad upendro 'pi maya prishtas tadamarah abhinandya-greeting. shubhashirbhih-with blessings. mam-me. a novice whose heart was charmed by the bliss of serving Lord Vishëu. I also worshiped them. agacchan-went. te-they. maya-by me. Pushed by my friends. tada-then.I. api-also. tiro 'bhavat-disappeared. did not know them.

manasaih-hearts. Who are these sages that they are worshiped by demigods who receive the worship of human beings? What are their splendid glories? Where do they live? Text 41 mahabhimanibhir devair matsarakranta-manasaih lajjayeva na tad-vrittam uktam gurur athabravit mahabhimanibhih-very respectful. iva-as if. mahatmyahglories. ami-they. kim-what?. tu-certainly. va-or. uktam-said. guruh-Brhaspati. devanam-by the demigods. ke-who?. Their hearts filled with envy. na-not. akranta-conquered. Then Brihaspati said: Text 42 shri-brihaspatir uvaca . vasanti-live. the embarrassed demigods did not speak. devah-the demigods. kutra-where?. lajjaya-with embarrassment. api-even. abravit-said. pujyah-to be worshiped. nriëam-by men. devaih-by demigods. tad-vrittam-this. maha-tejo-mayah-powerful. matsara-by envy.pujyah-to be worshiped. atha-then.

and which does not perish when the three worlds are destroyed. urdhvam-above. As Indra's happiness is millions of times more than an earthly king's. matam-considered. atah-this. trailokya-pralaye-in the destruction of the three worlds. karmabhih-with deeds. Text 43 yatha hi koti-guëitam samrajyat sukham aindrakam tat-koti-guëitam tatra prajapatyam sukham matam yatha-as. nashyetis destroyed. na-not. hi-indeed. which is attained by great pious deeds. koti-millions of times. so the Prajapatis' happiness is considered millions of times greater than Indra's. prajapatyam-of the Prajapatis. tatra-there. rajate-shines. mahadbhih-great. sukham-happiness. aindrakam-of Indra. uvaca-said. tat-koti-guëitam-millions of times multiplied. guëitam-multiplied.ata urdhvam maharloko rajate karmabhih shubhaih mahadbhir yo nashyet trailokya-pralaye 'pi na shri-brihaspatih-Brhaspati. sukham-happiness. . Shri Brihaspati said: Above this realm is splendid Maharloka. maharlokah-Maharloka. samrajyat-than the kingdom. api-even. shubhaih-auspicious. yah-which.

yajneshvaram-the master of sacrifices. and worshiping Him at every step. pujayantahworshiping. Text 44 tenami sevitas tatra nivasanti maha-sukhaih yajneshvaram prabhum sakshat pujayantah pade pade tena-by him. Taking shelter of the Lord sacrifices. Text 45 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca tac chrutvendra-pade sadyo nirvidyaiccham tam ikshitum . tatra-there. prabhum-the Lord. nivasanti-live. ami-they. sakshat-directly.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Prajapatis here are Bhrigu Muni anmd the other residents of Maharloka. maha-sukhaih-very happily. sevitah-are served. they live there very happily. pade pade-at every step.

Texts 46 and 47 tat sankalpya japam kurvann acirad urdhvam utthitah vyoma-yanena tam prapto lokam tatra vyalokayam trailokye yat sukham nasti vaibhavam bhajanam tatha nirdosham tatra tat sarvam asty anirvacyam ashu tat . and losing interest in Indra's post. tat-that. ikshitum-to see. tam-Him. Shri Gopa-kumara said: Hearing this. supremely worshipable sages. nirvidya-becoming disinterested. srutva-hearing. indra-pade-in the abode of Indra. pujya-pujyaih-most worshipable. I yearned to see the Lord worshiped by these great. sadyah-at once. mahadbhih-by the great.pujya-pujyair mahadbhis taih pujyamanam maha-prabhum shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. aiccham-I wished. taih-them. pujyamanam-being worshiped. maha-prabhum-the Supreme Lord.

japam-chanting. praptah-attained. sankalpya-desiring. asti-is. sarvam-all. and worship was not like that in the three worlds. tatha-so. na-not. taih-by them. The worship is faultless because it is done without material motives. very soon I went by airplane up to that planet and there I saw all was faultless and beyond description. makheshvarah-the Lord of sacrifices. kurvan-doing. kridati-enjoys pastimes. urdhvam-above. lokam-planet. it is not a cause of future suffering. sahasrashah-thousands. Desiring this as I chanted my mantra. asti-is. acirat-quickly. makhagni-madhye-in the midst of the sacrificial fire. trailokye-in the three worlds. vaibhavam-opulence. The opulence there is faultless because it is free from diminution and other faults. prabhuh-the Lord. there is no fear it will perish at the arrival of Brahma's night. tat-that. tam-that. opulence. bhuk-eating. maharshibhih-the great sages. yat-what. utthitah-risen. it is free from material rivalry. bhaga-the portions. maha-makheshu-in great sacrifices. sphuran-manifesting. tatra-there. and 3. sukham-happiness. Text 48 vitayamaneshu maha-makheshu tair maharshibhir bhakti-paraih sahasrashah makhagni-madhye prabhur utthitah sphuran makheshvarah kridati yajna-bhaga-bhuk vitayamaneshu-expanding. tatra-there. tat-that. . bhakti-paraih-very devoted. anirvacyam-indescribable. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the happiness there is faultless because: 1. vyoma-yanena-by airplane. utthitah-risen. nirdosham-faultless. ashu-at once. 2. vyalokayam-I saw. bhajanam-worship.tat-that. The happiness. yajna-of sacrifices.

yajna-of sacrifices. He who is the personification of sacrifices extends His hands. the Lord of sacrifices rises from the fire and enjoys pastimes of eating the offerings. adadanah-accepting. manah-the hearts. and blesses the worshipers. hari-charming. tejah-splendor. Charming the world's hearts and splendid as millions of suns. Text 50 tad-darishëojjrimbhita-sambhramaya harshan namaskara-paraya mahyam . jagat-of the world.13. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Lord of sacrifices is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 3. Text 49 sa yajna-murtir avikoti-teja jagan-mano-hari-maha-pratikah prasarya hastamsh carum adadano varan priyan yacchati yajakebhyah sah-He. hastan-hands. yacchati-offers. varan-benedictions.When thousands of devotee sages perform great fire sacrifices. murtih-teh form| avikoti-millions. carum-the offering. priyan-dear.35-36. accepts the offerings. maha-pratikah-great. prasarya-extending. yajakebhyah-to the worshipers.

vaca-with a voice. ucchishta-mahaprasadah-prasadam remnants. sambhramaya-reverence. mahyam-to me. labdham-attained. ashesha-all. vanchitah-desires. By His great mercy I attained unprecedented bliss and all my desires were fulfilled. harshathappily. Text 52 . sva-hastena-with His own hand. anandam-bliss. filled with awe and reverence and happily bowing before Him. namaskara-paraya-bowing. tatah-then. tasya-of Him. with His own hand He gave His prasadam remnants and said in a voice melting with compassion: Text 51 apurva-labdham anandam paramam prapnuvams tatah karuëyatishayat tasya samsiddhashesha-vanchitah apurva-not before.dato nijocchishta-maha-prasadas tena sva-hastena dayardra-vaca tat-of Him. ujjrimbhita-opening. darishëa-from the sight. daya-ardra-melting with compassion. samsiddha-perfect. atishayat-out of great. nija-own. datah-given. To me. karuëya-mercy. paramam-great. tena-by Him. prapnuvan-attained.

tatha-thus. sangatyetah-by the company. Text 53 tatah kritarthata-nishtham manvanah svasya sarvatha sanandam nivasams tatra prokto 'ham tair maharshibhih . tatah-then.dayalunam maharshiëam sangatyetas tato bhraman pratyavasam tathaivaham adraksham jagadishvaram dayalunam-kind. I saw in every home the Lord of the universes. pratyavasam-in every home. adrakshamsaw. maharshiëam-of the great sages. jagadishvaram-the Lord of the universes. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this was the form of the Lord appearing in the midst of the sacrificial fire and eating the offerings. bhraman-wandering. Wandering with the kind sages. aham-I. eva-indeed.

Text 54 shri-maharshaya ucuh bho gopa-vaishya-putra tvam etal-loka-svabhava-jam pradiyamanam asmabhir vipratvam svi-kuru drutam shri-maharshaya ucuh-the great sages said: bho gopa-vaishya-putra-O son of a gopa-vaishya. Then the great sages said to me: Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that gopa-kumara thought that his birth and his mantrachanting were successful because now. manvanah-considering. Thinking I had attained all success. sa-anandam-with bliss. he could directly see the many forms of the Lord of the universes. tvam-you. asmabhih-by us. tatra-there. nishtham-faith. drutam-at once. vipratvam-brahmana status.tatah-then. by the Lord's grace. taih-by them. proktah-was spoken to. etal-loka-svabhava-jam-born from the nature of this world. . gnivasan-residing. please accept from us the status of a brahmaëa in these worlds. pradiyamanam-given. I very happily lived there. aham-I. maharshibhih-the great sages. The great sages said: O son of a gopa-vaishya. svasya-own. kritarthata-success. sarvatha-in all respects. svi-kuru-please accept.

cirameternally.Text 55 maharshinam ekatamo bhutva tvam api pujaya jagadisham imam yajnais ciram atma-didrikshitam maharshinam-of the great sages. api-also. atma-the Supreme Self. jagadisham-the Lord of the universes. tvam-you. ekatamah-one. Text 56 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca tac chrutvacintayam brahman vaishyatve syat sukham mahat prabhor esham ca vipraëam tad-bhaktanam upasanat . imam-Him. pujayamay worship. didrikshitam-yearning to see. bhutva-becoming. Become one of the great sages and worship with sacrifices the Lord of the universes you long desired to see. yajnaih-with sacrifices.

sad-guru-by a spiritual guru. esham-of them. aikyena-with oneness. acintayam-I thought. vaishyatve-in the status of a vaisya. phale-fruit. By staying with these sages devoted only to sacrifices. syat-may be. syat-may be. for then I can serve both the Lord and His brahmaëa devotees. mahat-great. jape-in chanting. sat-the spiritual. upasanat-by worship.shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. avashyake-neccessarily. tadbhaktanam-of the devotees. vipraëam-of brahmanas. ca-also. uddishte-taught. Shri Gopa-kumara said: O brahmaëa. mandyam-slackness. shrutva-hearing. nije-own. yajnaika-nishthanam-solely devoted to performing sacrifices. sukham-happiness. the kingship of Svarga. and the attainment of Maharloka. drishta-seen. tat-that. ca-and. Text 58 . brahman-O brahmana. prabhoh-of the Lord. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that from chanting this mantra came the results of kingdoms on earth. that shows me such good results. taught by my spiritual guru. I will become lax in chanting the mantra. when I heard this I thought: There is great happiness in being a vaishya. Text 57 esham yajnaika-nishthanam aikyenavashyake nije jape ca sad-guruddishte mandyam syad drishta-sat-phale esham-of them.

but not accepting the status of a brahmaëa. . tan-them. enjoying the great happinesses of the Prajapatis. yajna-of sacrifices. anumanya-respectful. va-or. shokah-grief. prajapatya-of the prajapatis. ca-also. Showing all respect to them. I continued to live there. yajnotsavan-festivals of sacrifices. shanka-anxiety.tatas tan anumanyaham anangi-kritya vipratam tatravasam svato jataprajapatya-maha-sukhaih tatah-thus. anangi-kritya-not accepting. avasam-I lived. va-or. rite-without. svatah-personally. doshah-fault. anyat-other. vipratambrahamna status. prityai-for the pleasure. na-not. tatra-there. kapi-any. maha-sukhaih-with great happinesses. isha-of the Lord. jata-born. vidyate-is. tatra-there. aham-I. kincit-anything. Text 59 na doshas tatra shoko va shanka va kapi vidyate nanyac ca kincid yajneshaprityai yajnotsavan rite na-no.

yajna-the sacrifice. duhkham-unhappiness. lamentation. However. and the Lord disapears. syat-is. punah-again. Text 61 catur-yuga-sahasrasya tatratyaika-dinasya hi ante trailokya-dahena janaloko 'dhigamyate . sukham-happiness. again there is happiness. pradurbhavat-from the appearance. antare-within. or anxiety. there is suffering. caand. There is nothing but festivals of sacrifices for the pleasure of the Lord of sacrifices. prabhau-when the Lord. Text 60 kintu yajna-samaptau syad duhkham antarhite prabhau vritte yajnantare casya pradurbhavat punah sukham kintu-however. yajna-of sacrifice. asya-of Him. when the sacrifices are over. vritte-done. antarhite-disapears. samaptau-at the conclusion. and when the sacrifices are performed and the Lord appears.In that place is no fault.

the Lord of sacrifices was not seen. tad-dahatah-than that fire. Text 62 rajanyam iva jatayam yajnabhavena tatra tu yajneshadarshanena syad dahas tad-dahato 'dhikah rajanyam-when night. eka-dinasya-of one day. For me this was a fire greater that the fire of devastation. adhikah-greater. sahasrasya-of a thousand. and there were no sacrifices. adhigamyate-is gone. janalokah-Janaloka. trailokya-of the three worlds. adarshanena-by not seeing. yajna-of sacrifices. syat-may be. When the three worlds burn at the end of a thousand catur-yugas. Text 63 tato 'kshaya-vata-cchaye kshetre shri-purushottame . yajnesha-of the Lord of sacrifices.catur-yuga-of the four yugas. iva-as if. jatayam-is manifest. when it was like night. abhavena-by the nonexistence. a time that here is a single day. Then. tatratya-there. tu-certainly. tatra-there. dahah-fire. (the sages) go to Janaloka. hi-indeed. dahena-by fire. ante-at the end.

chaye-in the shade. japat-from the chanting. atma-my. sokah-grief. purvavat-as before. kshetre shripurushottame-in Purusottama-ksetra. iti-thus. which stands in the shade of an eternal banyan tree. sampadyamanat-from being established. pashyeyam-I may see. akshaya-eternal. syat-is. rahasi-in secret. Then. shri-jagannatham-Lord Jagannatha. bhumeh-earth. didrikshaya-with the desire to see. going to Shri Purushottama-kshetra. Text 64 maharloke gate 'py atmajapad rahasi purvavat sampadyamanac chokah syad asya bhumer didrikshaya maharloke-when Maharloka. rocate-pleases. agatya-arriving. Thus I became happy. asya-of this. I saw Lord Jagannatha.agatya shri-jagannatham pashyeyam iti rocate tatah-then. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that because it is shaded by that eternal banyan tree. but stays there eternally. gate-was gone. Purushottama-kshetra is not destroyed at the time of cosmic devastation. . vata-of a banyan tree. api-also.

asha--hope. gatau-gone. kvacit-at all. artih-distress. surya-udaye-in sunrise. . Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that he wished to see Vrindavana. atha-then. aniyeta-brought.When I returned to Maharloka my chanting. daya-nidhih-an ocean of mercy. ijyamanah-worshiped. pritya-with love. api-also. ca-also. tamahdarkness. ahvayet-called. lilaya-playfully. yatha-as. sarva-all. man-nitam-brought by me. yada-when. tada-then. ishe-I was able. tad-eka-one. Texts 65 and 66 pradurbhuto 'tha bhagavan ijyamano daya-nidhih yada mam ahvayet pritya man-nitam lilayatti ca tadaniyeta sarvartis tamah suryodaye yatha ratrav api tad-ekashabaddho neshe kvacid gatau pradurbhutah-appeared. for I wished to see the earth. bhagavan-the Lord. baddhah-bound. made me unhappy. done in secret as before. na-not. atti-ate. ratrau-at night. mam-to me.

Now. agat-came. I had no power to go anywhere else. dig-ambarah-dressed in the directions. shackled by the desire to see and worship the Lord of sacrifices. Text 67 tatraikada maha-tejahpunja-rupo dig-ambarah pancashabdhi-kalalabhah ko 'py agad urdhva-lokatah tatra-there. appeared. at the time of (Brahma's) night. abdhika-years. ko 'pi-someone. the Lord. One day a naked and very splendid boy. ekadha-once. bound by desires. maha-tejah-punja-rupah-very splendid. who was an ocean of kindness. Gopa-kumara would not go to Purushottama-kshetra.When I worshiped Him. all my unhappiness went away. as darkness goes with the rising of the sun. pancasha-five. abhah-like. bala-boy. five or six years of age. came from the higher planets. or any other place. Text 68 vihaya yajna-karmaëi . even at night. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that. and when He affectionately called me and gracefully ate what I offered. urdhva-lokatah-from the upper planets.

va-or. katamah-how many. asau-he. tasmin-when. gate-went. kamam-desire. prishtah-asked. dhyana-nishthah-devoted to meditation. Text 69 yatha-kamam gate tasmin maya prishta maharshayah kutratyah katamo vayam bhavadbhir varcitah katham yatha-as. standing up with devotion. vayam-we. the great sages worshiped that meditating sage as if he were the Lord of sacrifices. arcitah-was worshiped. yajneshvara-vat-as the Lord of sacrifices. katham-why? After he left I asked the great sages: Who is he? Where is he from? Why do you worship him? . bhavadbhih-by you. karmaëi-the activities. bhaktya-with devotion. yajna-of sacrifice. maharshayahthe great sages. and bowing down. maharshibhih-by the great sages. maya-by me. utthayarising.bhaktyotthaya maharshibhih praëamya dhyana-nishtho 'sau yajneshvara-vad arcitah vihaya-abandoning. praëamya-bowing. Leaving their sacrifices. arcitah-worshiped. kutratyah-where?.

anyaih-others. atma-arama-apta-kamanam-of the great souls who are satisfied with the self. svasamaih-like himself. brihad-vratah-taken a great vow (celibacy). adi-acaryah-the first guru. (The great sages said:) His name is Sanat-kumara. mahattamah-a great soul. asauhe. asmakam-than us. . urdhvatare-higher. jyeshtah-older. He is older than we. tapah-samjne-named Tapas. ca-also. Text 71 ita urdhvatare loke tapah-samjne vasaty asau bhratribhis tribhir anyaish ca yogindraih sva-samaih saha itah-from here. He has taken the great vow (of celibacy). tribhih-three. He is a great soul. ayam-he. vasati-lives. yogindraih-great yogis. loke-planet.Text 70 sanat-kumara-namayam jyeshto 'smakam mahattamah atmaramapta-kamanam ady-acaryo brihad-vratah sanat-kumara-nama-named Sanbat-kumara. He is the first guru of the atmaramas (they who take pleeasure in the Supreme) and the apta-kamas (they who have attained all desires). saha-with. bhratribhih-with brothers.

yah-which. kshemam-auspicious. That place is attained only by the celibate sages. labhyah-attained. sukhat-than the happiness. sukham-happiness. sada-always. koti-millions of times. prajapatyat-of the Prajapatis. yasminin which. Text 72 brihad-vrataika-labhyo yah kshemam yasmin sada sukham prajapatyat sukhat kotiguëitam cordhva-retasam brihad-vrata-by celibates. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Tapoloka is above Maharloka. There the auspicious happiness of the celibate sages is millions of times greater than the happiness of the Prajapatis. retasam-semen. guëitam-multiplied. urdhva-upwards. eka-only. ca-and. great yogis as he is. Text 73 yatha yajneshvarah pujyas tathayam ca visheshatah grihasthanam ivasmakam .He lives in a higher world named Tapoloka with three brothers.

citte-in the heart. Text 74 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca tato 'karsham aham citte tatraho kidrisham sukham idrishah kati vanye syur esham pujyash ca kidrishah shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. grihasthanam-of householders. api-and. tatra-there. asmakam-us. We householders abandoned our duties and worshiped Sanat-kumara because is as much to be worshiped as the Lord of sacrifices Himself. iva-like. ayam-He. He is a great devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is a form of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. kidrisham-what kind?. va-or. kidrishah-like what? . Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Sanat-kumara should be worshiped because: 1. ca-also. syuh-are. tyagatah-from renunciation. anye-others. pujyah-to be worshiped. and 3. idrsah-like what?. ca-and. ahah-Oh!. katihow many?. ca-also. sva-kritya-duties. pujyah-is worshiped. akarsham-did. sukham-happiness.sva-kritya-tyagato 'pi ca yatha-as. tatah-then. 2. esham-by them. yajneshvarah-the Lord of sacrifices. aham-I. He is an incarnation of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. visheshatah-specifically. tatha-so.

tam-to that. japan-chanting. san-being so. samahita-manah-mind fixed. vegatah-quickly. Wishing to see them. didrikshuh-desiring to see. agamam-I went. became very powerful. I chanted. bhutva-became. Text 76 tatra drishto maya shriman sanako 'tha sanandanah asau sanat-kumaro 'pi caturthash ca sanatanah . parama-tejasvi-very powerful. lokam-world. ca-and. tan-them. and quickly went to their world.Shri Gopa-kumara said: Then in my heart I thought: What happiness do they experience there? How many are like them? What form of the Lord do they worship? Text 75 evam tan ca didrikshuh san samahita-mana japan bhutva parama-tejasvi tam lokam vegato 'gamam evam-thus. and my heart fixed on them.

vitanvanah-doing. Sanandana. caturthah-the fourth.tatra-there. api-also. santi-are. Text 77 sammanyamanas tatratyais tadrishair eva te mithah sukha-goshthim vitanvanah santy agamyam hi madrishaih sammanyamanah-worshiped. but those like myself could not understand their words. sanakah-Sanaka. atha-then. There I saw glorious Sanaka. They were being worshiped by other sages like themselves. Sanat-kumara. tadrishaih-like them. sanatanah-Sanatana. Sanatana. Text 78 . ca-also. hi-indeed. eva-indeed. sanat-kumarah-Sanat-kumara. maya-by me. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that a sample of their conversation is found in the Prayers by the Personified Vedas chapter of the Tenth Canto of Shrimad-Bhagavatam. mithah-together. te-they. They were happily conversing. the fourth. drishtah-seen. madrishaih-by they like me. agamyam-not going. goshthim-conversation. tatratyaih-there. shriman-glorious. sanandanah-Sanandana. and. sukha-happy. asau-he.

svatah-personally. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that they did not have four armed-forms. tesham-of them. sandarshanat-from seeing. tatra-there. asti-is. still. tathapi-still. teshu-in them. or supreme power and opulence. mahan-great. as the Lord does.bhagaval-lakshaëam teshu tadrin nasti tathapy abhut tesham sandarshanat tatra mahan modah mama svatah bhagavat-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. abhut-was. Although they were not like the Supreme Personality of Godhead Hismelf. mama-of me. lakshaëam-the characteristics. na-not. Text 79 yatha-sthanam prayateshu dhyana-nishtheshu teshv atha drashtum bhramami sambhavya purvavaj jagadishvaram . tadrik-like this. modah-happiness. simply be seeing them I felt great happiness.

nishtheshu-faith. drishtva-seeing. namantam-bowing down. te-they. maha-munin-great sages. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that. He did not find the Lord. purvavatas before.yatha-as. as he had found Him in Svargaloka and Maharloka. hardly talking to each other. sthanam-the place. I wandered among the sages fixed in meditation. Gopa-kumara visited many places in Tapoloka. dhyana-in meditation. na-not. Text 80 itas tato na drishtva tam apriccham tan maha-munin na te stuvantam mam agre namantam lokayanty api itas tatah-here and there. but instead found only yogis living alone. mam-me. lokayanti-see. na-not. drashtum-to see. sambhavya-meditating. api-also. stuvantam-offering prayers. tan-them. atha-then. they did not even see me. . To see the Lord of the universes as I had before. I asked the sages about Him. Not seeing Him anywhere. prayateshu-gone. jagadishvaram-on the Lord of the universes. and rapt in meditation. agre-before. teshuamong them. apriccham-I asked. tam-Him. expecting to find the Supreme Lord. bhramami-I wander. As I bowed before them and recited prayers.

purëa-kamahall desires fulfilled. and served by the mystic perfections.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explaisn that he asked the sages: "Where is the Supreme Lord?" Text 81 prayah sarve samadhi-stha naishthika urdhva-retasah svatmaramah purëa-kamah sevyamanash ca siddhibhih prayah-for the most part. finding pleasure in the Supreme. naishthikah urdhva-retasah-perfect celibates. sevyamanah-being served. all were perfect celibate sages. samadhi-sthah-situated in trance. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the words “almost always" mean that sometimes they would converse amongst themselves. sarve-everyone. all their desires fulfilled. Almost always situated in ecstatic trance. and sometimes they would perform external worship of the Lord. siddhibhih-by mystic powers. svatmaramah-finding happiness in the Supreme. ca-also. Text 82 bhagavad-darshanasha ca .

asha-desire. uta-indeed. na-not. phalita-resulted. phalatvat-because of the result. darshanat-by seeing. viramanti-stop. gauravat-out of respect. iva-as if. and because of respect for my guru's words. abhut-was. atyajan-not abandoning. Indeed. drishta-sight.mahati phalita na me utabhud viramantiva tesham sange sva-bhavatah bhagavad-darshana-the sight of the Lord. japam-chanting. prabhava-power. it seemed to be checked by associating with the sages. I stayed among them. bhara-great. me-for me. sva-bhavatah-because of their own nature. I did not abandon my chanting. sange-in the association. mahati-great. ca-also. athapi-still. Because of seeing their great power. avasam-I lived. guru-of my guru. and also because I had seen the reuslts it brings. . vak-for the words. tesham-of them. My great desire to see the Lord did not bear fruit. ca-also. Text 83 tatrathapy avasam tesham prabhava-bhara-darshanat guru-vag-gauravad drishtaphalatvac catyajan japam tatra-there. tesham-of them.

Because this place is naturally very pleasing to the heart. sampadyamanena-established. anandatah-than the bliss. svabhavajat-born from the nature. prasada-of the mercy. Text 85 sada nilacale rajajjagannatha-didrikshaya yiyasum tatra samlakshyabravin mam pippalayanah . my chanting increased. citta-of the heart.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara's guru had ordered him: "Never abandon your chanting". adhikam-greater. my desire to see the Lord also increased. Text 84 sthana-svabhavajac cittaprasadanandato 'dhikam tena sampadyamanena sa didriksha vivardhita sthana-of the place. tena-by that. didriksha-desire to see. sa-that. vivardhita-increased. and with that.

katham-why?.sada-eternally. tam-Him. nilacale-in Nilacala. Seeing that I desired to go to Nilacala and see Lord Jagannatha. padam-abode. didrikshaya-with a desire to see. tatra-there. idam-this. Pippalayana Muni said to me: Text 86 shri-pippalayana uvaca idam mahat padam hitva katham anyad yiyasasi katham va bhramasi drashtum drigbhyam tam parameshvaram shri-pippalayana uvaca-Shri Pippalayana said. mahat-great. anyat-to another. yiyasasi-you wish to go. parama-the Supreme. hitvaleaving. rajat-shining. samlakshya-seeing. drashtum-to see. mam-to me. pippalayanah-Pippalayana Muni. ishvaramLord. jagannatha-Lord Jagannatha. abravit-said. katham-why. . va-or. yiyasum-desiring to go. bhramasiyou travel. drigbhyam-with your eyes. Why do you wish to leave this great place and go to another? Why would you go to see the Supreme Lord with your eyes? Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that here the sage implies that the Supreme Lord is beyond the perception of the eyes and other senses.

manah-mind. tatah-then. nitantam-always. svatah-personally. ca-also. tam-Him. sviyam-your. drakshyasi-you will see. as if He were always before you. Text 88 paramatma vasudevah sac-cid-ananda-vigrahah nitantam shodhite citte sphuraty esha na canyatah paramatma-the Supreme Self. vasudevah-Lord Vasudeva. shodhite-pure. citte-in the heart. na-not. antah-within. sat-eternal. Fix your mind in meditation and you will always see Him everywhere. sadaeternaly. iva-as if. within and without. sthitam-situated. ananda-and full of bliss. ca-also. eshah-He. vigrahah-His form. bahih-without. cit-full of knowledge. sarvatra-everywhere.Text 87 samadhatsva manah sviyam tato drakshyasi tam svatah sarvatra bahir antash ca sada sakshad iva sthitam samadhatsva-fix in meditation. sphurati-manifests. sakshat-directly. . anyatah-any other way.

Pippalayana Muni here implies that because the Supreme Lord is all-pervading and is manifest only by His own wish. sakshatdirectly. the action of seeing the Lord with one's eyes is only perfectly done when the mind is also fixed on Him. Lord Vasudeva. will always appear in your purified heart. mano-vrittya-by teh activities of the mind. cetasa-by the heart.3. antara-abhavat-because of not being within. and not in another way. He cannot be seen with the eyes or other senses. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this way to see the Lord is described in ShrimadBhagavatam 4. yat-what. whose form is eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. ca-also. khalu-indeed. Text 89 tadanim ca mano-vrittyantarabhavat su-siddhyati cetasa khalu yat sakshac cakshusha darshanam hareh tadanim-then.In this way. darshanam-sight. Text 90 . hareh-of Lord Hari. su-siddhyati-is perfected. Because one cannot actually see without the action of the mind. the Supreme Self. cakshusha-with the eyes.23.

sukhe-in happiness. shruti-ears. indriya-of the senses. vina-without. api-also. cakshuh-eyes. Text 91 mano-vrittim vina sarvendriyanam vrittayo 'phalah kritapihakritaiva syad atmany anupalabdhitah mano-vrittim-the action of the mind. api-also. sarva-all. vrittayah-the actions. and other senses also rest in the actions of the mind.manah-sukhe 'ntar-bhavati sarvendriya-sukham svatah tad-vrittishv api vak-cakshuhshruty-adindriya-vrittayah manah-the mind. When the mind does not act. Without the action of the mind. eva-indeed. iha-here. . akrita-not done. krita-done. vrittayah-actions. one cannot experience anything. atmani-in the self. vak-of words. anupalabdhitah-unseen. syat-may be. sukham-happiness. antar-bhavati-is within. indriyanam-of the senses. ears. adi-beginning with. aphalah-fruitless. The happiness of all the senses rests in the happiness of the mind. eyes. sarva-all. and the actions of the words. svatah-personally. indriya-of the senses. the actions of all the senses are fruitless. tad-vrittishu-in those actions.

Text 92 kadacid bhakta-vatsalyad yati ced drishyatam drishoh jnana-drishtyaiva taj-jatam abhimanah param drishoh kadacit-sometimes. jatam-manifested. drishtya-by the sight. If sometimes. cet-if. eva-indeed. Pippalayana Muni speaks this verse. drishoh-by the eyes. yati-goes. He is actually seen with the eye of transcendental knowledge. He asserts that the senses are helpless without the mind. tat-that. bhakta-for His devotees. Text 93 tasya karuëya-shaktya va drishyo 'stv api bahir-drishoh tathapi darshananandah . drishyatammay be seen. abhimanah-idea. and others saw the Lord with their eyes!" To answer. Prahlada. drishoh-of the eyes. jnana-of knowledge. the Lord appears and is seen with the eyes. param-then. out of Lord for His devotee. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that someone may protest: "Dhruva. although one may think He is seen with the physical eyes. vatsalyat-out of love.

and eternity. tathapi-still. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the power of the Lord's mercy is described in the following words (of Shrila Shridhara Svami): mukam karoti vacalam pangum langhayate girim yat-kripa tam aham vande paramananda-madhavam "The Supreme Personality of Godhead has the form of sac-cid-ananda. sva-yanau jayate hridi-is born in the mind. transcendental bliss. apialso.sva-yanau jayate hridi tasya-of Him. the bliss of seeing Him is felt in the mind. shaktya-by the power. anandah-the bliss."* Text 94 anantaram ca tatraiva . bahih-external. drishyah-seen. knowledge. va-or. astu-may be. drishoh-of the eyes. I offer my respectful obeisances unto He who turns the dumb into eloquent speakers and eenables the lame to cross mountains. He is seen by the external eyes. karuëya-of mercy. Such is the mercy of the Lord. by the power of His mercy. Or if. darshana-of the sight.

manasam-mind. By His mercy the happiness in the mind expands. eva-indeed. anyatanother. ishita-ability. tatra-there. yavat-as. sukham-happiness. tavat-so. . The mind is the place where the happiness of seeing Him is felt. vardheta-may increase. vardhitum-to increase. patram-object. ca-also. Text 95 tat-prasadodayad yavat sukham vardheta manasam tavad vardhitum ishita na canyad bahyam indriyam tat-prasada-of His mercy. vilasan-enjoying pastimes. bahyam-external. ucitam-proper. After (He is no longer visible to the eyes) He still enjoys pastimes in the mind. na-not. ca-also. manah-the mind.vilasan paryavasyati mana eva maha-patram tat-sukha-grahiëocitam anantaram-then. indriyam-sense. paryavasyaticoncludes. The happiness in the senses has no power to expand in that way. maha-great. eva-indeed. tat-sukha-grahiëa-by they who experience that happiness. udayat-from the rising.

9. 2.9. dhyanena-by meditation.8. api-although. talks with the devotee.9. touches him.22-23. drishtahseen.9. visesham-special. tanute-extends.33. The demigod Brahma gives evidence for this special mercy of the Lord.17-18. 3.29. prabhuh-the Lord. 3. 2. and relates to him in many ways.8. the Lord grants benedictions. seen in meditation.Text 96 antar-dhyanena drishto 'pi sakshad drishta iva prabhuh kripa-visesham tanute pramaëam tatra padmajah antah-within. Lord Brahma's vision of the Lord is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 2.29. and 3.37. iva-as if. Text 97 sakshad darshanam apy asya bhaktanam eva harsha-dam kamsa-duryodhanadinam bhaya-doshadinocyate . padmajah-Lord Brahma. 3. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that.9.9. tatra-there. pramaëamevidence. 2. When one sees the Lord in meditation it is as if one sees Him directly. kripa-mercy.9. drishtah-seen.14. sakshat-directly.

It is said that the direct sight of the Lord delights the devotees. ucyate-is said. and those like them with fear and a host of faults. api-also.sakshat-direct. adinam-beginning with. bhaktanam-of the devotees. bhaya-of fear. dosha-faults. but fills Kamsa. Texts 98 and 99 parananda-ghanam shrimat sarvendriya-guëanjanam narayaëasya rupam tat sakshat sampashyatam api madhu-kaitabha-mukhyanam asuraëam duratmanam na lino dushta-bhavo 'pi sarva-pida-karo hi yah . darshanam-sight. harsha-bliss. duryodhana-DSuryodhana. Duryodhana. adina-beginning with. kamsa-of Kamsa. evaindeed. dam-giving. asya-of Him. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that anger and envy are examples of some of the faults here.

18. na-not. api-although. anjanam-ointment. To show the glories of devotional service. sakshat-directly. shrimat-glorious. glorious. Madhu. bhakti-of devotion. api-also. yah-who.1. kuryat-may do. durghatam-difficult. mukhyanam-headed. which tormented everyone. so the Lord conceals from the demons the bliss of seeing Him. and a host of other sinful demons would not abandon their wickedness. kaitabha-and Kaitabha. duratmanam-wicked. pida-torments. sarva-all. sarva-all. api-also. Text 100 anandaka-svabhavo 'pi bhakti-mahatmya-darshanat bhaktan harshayitum kuryad durghatam ca sa ishvarah anandaka-delightful. svabhavah-nature. guëa-qualities. bhaktan-the devotees. This verse is explained in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 7. narayaëasya-of Lord Narayaëa. which with its virtues delights all the senses. the blissful Lord delights His devotees and hides that delight from others. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that as a fire's heat is concelaed by smoke. . ishvarah-is able. sah-He. indriya-senses. Kaitabha. karah-causing. dushta-bhavah-sinful. madhu-by Madhu. sampashyatam-may see. ca-and. mahatmya-glory. blissful form.parananda-ghanam-in`ense bliss. tat-the. asuraëam-of demons. rupam-form. linah-merged. hi-indeed. darshanat-from the sight. harshayitum-to please. Even though they directly saw Lord Narayaëa's handsome.

bhaktim-devotion. samarpaëam-placing. hi-indeed. ca-also. smaraëam-remembering.Text 101 bhaktau nava-vidhayam ca mukhyam smaraëam eva hi tat samagrendriya-shreshthamano-vritti-samarpaëam bhaktau-in devotional service. datum-to give. Text 102 antarangantarangam tu prema-bhaktim yatha-ruci datum arhaty avishramam mana eva samahitam antaranga-antarangam-most confidential. prema-love. avishramam-without stop. tat-that. remembering the Lord is the best. tu-but. samahitam-placed. mano-vritti-activities of the mind. vidhayam-kinds. eva-indeed. samagra-indriya-shreshtha-best of the senses. rucipleases. Of the nine ways of devotional service. eva-indeed. arhati-is able. . mukhyam-primarily. yatha-as. manah-the mind. which is the best of the senses. for it engages the mind. nava-nine.

and as much as it wishes. the most confidential of spiritual gifts. The word "avishramam" here means "without impediment". Texts 103-105 ashesha-sadhanaih sadhyah samastarthadhikadhikah yo vasi-karaëe gadhopayo bhagavato 'dvayah tat-prasadaika-labhyo yas tad-bhaktaika-maha-nidhih vicitra-paramanandamadhurya-bhara-puritah maha-nirvacya-mahatmyah padarthah prema-samjnakah pariëama-visheshe hi .The mind is able. without stopping. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that love for the Lord is more confidential than transcendental knowledge and renunciation. to give to the Lord pure love.

nidhih-treasure. labhyahattainable. which is glorious beyond description. bhagavatah-of the Lord. which is the only powerful way to bring the Supreme Lord under one's dominion. vicitrawonderful. hi-certainly. cetah-of the mind. madhurya-sweetness. economic development. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the other spiritual practices begin with trancendental knowledge and renunciation. vasi-karaëe-in control. eka-only. artha-goals. pariëama-transformation. puritah-flooded. sah-it. arises from the actions of the mind. which is the best of the best of all goals of life. maha-great. eka-only. and which manifests the transformations of ectsasy. sense gratification. advayah-non-dual. gadha-deep. arthah-the meaning. Texts 106 and 107 manaso hi samadhanam manyase dushkaram yadi cakshuh saphalya-kamo va .ceto-vritter udeti sah ashesha-all. prema-love. sadhanaih-by methods. maha-great. Pure love. pada-of the words. tad-bhakta-His devotees. vritteh-of the action. and the goals of life are piety. and liberation. which is only attained by the Lord's mercy. which is the only great treasure of the dveotees. visheshe-specific. sadhyah-to be attained. adhikaadhikah-the best of the best. tat-prasada-by His mercy. which is the goal to be attained by other spiritual practices. yah-who. bhara-abundance. which is flooded with the sweetness of wonderful transcendental bliss. upayah-means. samasta-all. mahatmyah-glory. paramananda-of transcendental bliss. nirvacya-indescribable. samjnakah-named. yah-who. udeti-rises.

nara-of Nara. If you think meditation is difficult for the mind. nah-of you. Text 108 antar bahish ca pashyamas tam samadhi-parayaëah nato viccheda-duhkham syad ity agat tatra sa prabhuh . atratyam-staying there. tat-thenl gaccha-go. sakham-the friend. samadhanam-meditation in trance. tatra-there. or if you wish to see the Lord and thus make your eyes fruitful. yadi-if. manyase-you think. the friend of Nara. bhagavantam-the Lord. narayaëamNarayaëa. ishvaram-the Lord. bharatam varsham-to Bharata-varsha. pashya-see. va-or. then go to Bharata-varsha and on Gandha-madana Mountain see Lord Narayaëa. didrikshase-you wish to see. kamah-desire. hi-indeed. adrau gandhamadane-on Gandhamadana Mountain. cakshuh-the eyes. dushkaram-difficult to perform. saphalya-success.bhagavantam didrikshase tad gaccha bharatam varsham tatra no 'tratyam ishvaram narayaëam nara-sakham pashyadrau gandhamadane manasah-of the mind.

viccheda-of separation. tatra-there. Therefore we never suffer separation from Him. duhkham-suffering. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that someone may ask: “Why do the sages stay in Tapoloka if the Lord is not present?" Someone may also ask: "How can the Lord. jatadharah-with matted locks of hair. sah-He. dhanuh-of archery. na-not. agat-went. aste-stays. guruh-a teacher. pashyamah-we see. iti-thus. brahmacari-veshah-as a brahmacari. He stays there to benefit the world with His teachings. kurvandoing. Text 109 loka-shiksha-hitartham tu kurvann aste mahat-tapah dhanur-vidya-gurur brahmacari-vesho jatadharah loka-of the worlds. bahih-without. prabhuh-the Lord. mahat-tapah-very austere. vidya-of the science. who loves His devotees. atah-therefore. Fixed in meditation. ca-also. shiksha-teaching. . samadhi-parayaëahdedicated to meditation. tu-indeed. we see Him within and without.antah-within. hita-benefit. leave that place and go somewhere else?" The answer is given in this verse. syatmay be. tam-Him. That is why the Lord has gone there. As a very austere brahmacari archery-teacher with matted locks of hair. artham-for the purpose.

Seeing that I wished to go there. eva-indeed. pashya-see. rupaëi-forms. iti-thus. atrahere. Text 111 eko narayaëo vritto vishëu-rupo 'paro 'bhavat anyo yajnesha-rupo 'bhut paro vividha-rupavan . tam-Him. eva-indeed. mam-to me. bahu-many. gantu-kamam-with a desire to go. Text 110 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca tatraiva gantu-kamam mam catvarah sanakadayah pashyatraiva tam ity uktva bahu-rupaëy adarshayan shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word "hita" means that His teachings brought auspiciousness to the people. uktva-saying. catvarah-the four. adarshayan-showed. tatra-there. the four sages headed by Sanaka said to me: "Go there!" Then they showed me many forms of the Lord. sanakadayah-headed by Sanaka.

The forms of Lord Nrisimha and Lord Vamana were among the many different forms. anjalih-folded hands. yajnesha-of the Lord of sacrifices. dina-to the poor. or perhaps it was a form like His. vividha-many. narayaëah-Narayaëa. maya-by me. rupah-the form. aparah-another. kshamadhvam-please forgive. sa-with. badham-grave. rupah-the form. vepamanah-trembling. or perhaps another of the kumaras. anyah-another. Another became the form of Lord Vishëu. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the first one was perhaps Sanaka. Another became the Lord of sacrifices. naman-bowing. whom Gopa-kumara had seen in Svargaloka. The Lord of sacrifices is the Deity worshiped in Maharloka. abhut-was. rupavan-with forms. aparaddham-offended. vatsalah-affectionate. abhavat-was. vrittah-engaged.ekah-one. parah-another. tan-to them. The first one became Lord Narayaëa. vishëu-of Lord Vishëu. . Another assumed many different forms. avocam-I said. Text 112 bhayena vepamanas tan avocam sanjalir naman aparaddham maya badham kshamadhvam dina-vatsalah bhayena-with fear. The form of Lord Vishëu here was either Lord Upendra.

iva-as if. vegat-by the power. Sometimes. arat-nearby. with folded hands I said to Them: "O Lords who love the poor. taih-by Them. pratyakshaëibefore my eyes. rupaëi-forms.Trembling with fear and bowing down. I still see those forms as if They were right before my eyes. drishtani-seen. apashyam-I saw. samadhimmeditation. kadacit-sometimes. labdhva-attaining. api-also. prak-before. please forgive my horrible offenses. Text 114 tato jape 'pi me nishtham avindata sukham svatah kintv asya madhuri bhumer vyakuli-kurute manah ." Text 113 sprishto 'ham tair murdhni labdhva samadhim drishtani prak tani rupaëy apashyam vyutthane 'pi dhyana-vegat kadacit pratyakshaëivanupashyeyam arat sprishtah-touched. murdhni-on the head. by the power of meditation. vyutthanerising. tani-those. anupashyeyam-I saw. dhyana-of meditation. They touched me on the head and I entered a trance of meditation and saw those forms again as before. aham-I.

. jape-in chanting. avindata-found. api-also. That state hinders my chanting. me-of me. tatha-so. tat-tat-various. kintu-however. -% Sometimes I experience a certain state like deep sleep. kacit-something. jape-in chanting. Text 115 sushuptir iva kacin me kadacij jayate dasha taya jape 'ntaraya syat tat-tad-rupekshaëe tatha sushuptih-deep sleep. syat-may be. jayate-is manifested. svatah-personally. kadacit-sometimes. rupa-forms. dasa-a state. madhuri-of sweetness. nishtham-faith. iva-as if. asyah-of it. antaraya-for impediment. Then the sweetness of Vrajabhumi agitated my mind.tatah-then. vyakuli-kurute-became agitated. sukhamhappiness. where I see many forms of the Lord. bhumeh-the land. taya-by that. As I chanted my mantra I found happiness and faith. me-of me. manah-mind. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that by chanting he remembered Vrajabhumi and then became agitated with the suffering of separation from it. ikshaëe-in seeing.

Text 117 sa-shokam kathyamana sa shrutvamibhih prashasyate maya tathanubudhyeta duhkham evanumanyate .Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the state described here is ecstatic trance (samadhi). tatratyaih-there. Text 116 vilapami tato nilacalam jigamishami ca tatratyais tais tu tad-vrittam pricchyeyaham sa-santvanam vilapami-I lament. tu-indeed. tad-vrittam-activity. tatah-then. where the mind and all the senses became inactive. sasantvanam-with concolation. jigamishami-I wish to go. taih-by them. ca-there. aham-I. nilacalam-to Nilacala. For this I lamented. I wished to go to Nilacala. pricchyeya-asked. Consoling me. the sages asked what had happened.

iva-as if. jagadishvaram-the Lord of the universes. amibhih-by them. I saw. maya-by me. everywhere. antah-within. the Lord of the universes in many forms. Hearing my lament. ca-and. Text 118 athabhyasa-balenantar bahish ca jagadishvaram tat-tad-rupeëa pashyami pratyaksham iva sarvatah atha-then. prashasyate-said. by the power of my regular practice. kathyamana-being told. tatha-then. anubudhyeta-not understood. sarvatah-everywhere. tat-tad-rupeëa-in various forms. Text 119 kadacit sanakadimsh ca dhyana-nishtha-vasham gatan . shrutva-hearing. pashyami-I see. pratyaksham-before my eyes. duhkhamsuffering. they praised me. as if before my eyes. sa-that. within and without. bahih-without. I became unhappy. eva-indeed. I could not understand.sa-shokam-with lamentation. Then. abhyasa-balena-on the strength of practice. anumanyate-became.

cira-dinam-for many days. Even when there were no such displays I did not lament with a desire to see them. na-not. vindatah-finding. Text 120 tat-tad-rahita-kale 'pi na sidami tad-ashaya ittham cira-dinam tatra sukhenevavasam sada tat-tat-these. tad-ashayawith the desire for them. sidami-I lament. gatan-attained. rupaëi-forms. drishtva-seeing. kale-at the time. sada-always. api-even. Sometimes seeing Sanaka and the other sages so rapt in meditation that they manifested forms of the Lord. sanaka-adin-the sages headed by Sanaka. tani-these. apnomi-I attain. I became very happy. ca-also. vasham-dominion. In this way I happily lived there for many days. mudam-happiness. sukhena-happily. ivaas if. dhyana-meditation. Text 121 . rahita-without. tatra-there. nishtha-faith. param-great.vindatas tani rupaëi drishtvapnomi param mudam kadacit-sometimes. avasam-I lived. ittham-thus.

vriddhah-elderly. krpaya-with mercy. Text 122 paramaishvarya-sampannah sa vriddhah sanakadibhih sa-sambhramam praëamyabhipujito bhakti-namritaih parama-great. hamsam-on a swan. pushkara-dvipe-in Puskara-dvipa.kadacit pushkara-dvipe sva-bhaktan kripayekshitum prasthito hamsam arudhas tatrayatash catur-mukhah kadacit-one time. sa-sambhramam-with respect. ikshitum-to see. catur-mukhah-four-headed Brahma. bhakti-with devotion. . One time. four-headed Brahma came. praëamya-bowed bown. namritaih-humble. sva-bhaktan-devotees. sampannah-endowed. sanaka-adibhih-by Sanaka and the sages. abhipujitah-worshiped. tatrayatah-there. prasthitah-set out. as on his swan he was kindly going to see his devotees at Pushkaradvipa. arudhah-ascended. aishvarya-with opulence. sah-he.

Blessing them. vardhayitva-blessing. aghrayasmelling. agamat-went. asau-he. snehena-with affection. . vegatah-quickly. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that he instructed them on the secrets of of devotional service to the Lord. samanushishya-instructing. affectionately smelling their heads. murdhasu-their heads. and speaking some instructions. supremely opulent demigod. Although he had a white beard. he was not conquered by old age because. Text 123 ashirbhir vardhayitva tan snehenaghraya murdhasu kincit samanushishyasau tam dvipam vegato 'gamat ashirbhih-with blessings.Humbly bowing down. kincit-something. Sanaka and the other sages respectfully worshiped the elderly. he quickly left for Pushkaradvipa. as an incarnation of the Personality of Godhead. tan-them. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Brahma's opulences included being accompanied by a great entourage. tam dvipam-to that dvipa. his form was eternal and full of knowledge and bliss.

svayambhuh-self-born. na-not. . te-they. the sages laughed and said: “O cowherd. srashta-trhe creator. avocan-saying. anushasti-rules. adhuna-now. eshah-he. patih-the master. parameshthi-the great ruler. gopa-balaka-O cowherd boy. pita-the father. jagat-the universe. vishvasyaof the universe. after coming here even now you don't know who he is!" Text 125 prajapati-patir brahma srashta vishvasya nah pita svayambhuh parameshthy esha jagat paty anushasty api prajapati-of the Prajapatis. When I asked about him. atra-here. vihasya-laughing. maya-by me. api-and.Text 124 tat-tattva-vrittam samprishta mayavocan vihasya te atragatyadhunapimam gopa-balaka vetsi na tat-tattva-vrittam-that truth. brahma-Brahma. api-also. agatya-coming. imam-him. vetsi-you know. samprishta-asked. pati-protects. nah-of us.

"He is our father, Brahma, who is the leader of the Prajapatis and the creator of the universe, who was self-born, who is most exalted, and who protects and teaches the universe.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Brahma, by giving the universe the Vedas, teaches the principles of religion.

Text 126

tasya lokas tu satyakhyah sarvopari virajate sata-janma-kritaih shuddhaih sva-dharmair labhyate hi yah

tasya-his; lokah-realm; tu-indeed; satya-akhyah-named Satya; sarvopari-above all; virajateshines; shata-a hundred; janma-births; kritaih-done; shuddhaih-pure; sva-dharmaih-religious duties; labhyate-attained; hi-indeed; yah-which.

His realm, named Satyaloka, which is attained by those pure souls that follow religious principles for a hundred births, is splendidly manifest above all the worlds.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 4.24.29.

Text 127

tatra vaikuëthaloko 'sti yasmin shri-jagadishvarah sahasra-shirsha varteta sa maha-purushah sada

tatra-there; vaikunthalokah-Vaikunthaloka; asti-is; yasmin-where; shri-jagadishvarah-the Lord of the universes; sahasra-shirsha-with a thousand heads; varteta-stays; sah-He; maha-purushahthe Supreme Person; sada-always.

In his realm is Vaikuëthaloka, where the thousand-headed Supreme Person, the Lord of the universes, stays eternally.

Text 128

tasya putra iva brahma shruyate na hi bhidyate brahmaiva lilaya tatra murtibhyam bhati no matam

tasya-of Him; putrah-the son; iva-like; brahma-Brahma; shruyate-is heard; na-not; hi-indeed; bhidyate-is broken; brahma-Brahma; eva-indeed; lilaya-by pastimes; tatra-there; murtibhyam-with two forms; bhati-shines; nah-of us; matam-the opinion.

In the Shruti-shastra it is heard that Brahma is like the Supreme Lord's son. There is not difference. We think Brahma playfully appears in two forms.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the two forms are four-headed Brahma and the thousand-headed Lord of the universes.

Text 129

shri-gopa-kumara uvaca

tac chrutva tatra gatva tam maha-purusham ikshitum japam kurvams tapoloke nivishto 'ntah-samadhina

shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said; tat-that; shrutva-hearing; tatra-there; gatvagoing; tam-Him; maha-purusham-the Supreme Person; ikshitum-to see; japam-chanting; kurvandoing; tapoloke-Tapoloka; nivishtah-entered; antah-samadhina-in a state of trance.

Shri Gopa-kumara said: Hearing this, I chanted my mantra and, in a trance of meditation, went to Tapoloka to see the Supreme Person.

Text 130

muhurtan antaram drishti samunmilya vyalokayam brahmalokaptam atmanam tam ca shri-jagadishvaram

muhurtan antaram-after a moment; drishti-eyes; samunmilya-opening; vyalokayam-I saw; brahmaloka-Brahmaloka; aptam-attained; atmanam-self; tam-Him; ca-and; shri-jagadishvaram-the Lord of the universes.

After a moment I opened my eyes and saw that I was in Brahmaloka and I also saw the Lord of the universes, . . .

Text 131

shrimat-sahasra-bhuja-shirsha-padam mahantam nilambudabham anurupa-vibhushaëadhyam tejo-nidhim kamala-nabham ananta-bhogatalpe shayanam akhilakshi-manobhiramam

shrimat-glorious; sahasra-thousand; bhuja-arms; shirsha-heads; padam-and feet; mahantamgreat; nila-dark; ambuda-monsoon cloud; abham-splendor; anurupa-appropriate; vibhushaëa-with ornaments; adhyam-opulent; tejah-of glory; nidhim-an ocean; kamala-lotus; nabham-navel; ananta-of Lord Ananta; bhoga-on the coils; talpe-on the couch; shayanam-reclining; akhila-of all; akshi-eyes; manobhiramam-pleasing.

. . . who was very great, who had a thousand handsome arms, heads, and feet, who was splendid as a monsoon clud, who was opulent with many tasteful ornaments, who was an ocean of

splendor, whose navel was a lotus, who reclined on the couch of Lord Ananta's coils, who delighted every eye, . . .

Text 132

samvahyamana-caraëam ramaya suparëe baddhanjalau krita-drisham vidhinarcyamanam bhuyo-vibhutibhir amum bahu lalayantam shri-narada-praëaya-bhaktishu datta-cittam

samvahyamana-being massaged; caraëam-whose feet; ramaya-by the goddess of fortune; suparëe-Garuda; baddha-anjalau-with folded hands; krita-drisham-seen; vidhina-by Brahma; arcyamanam-worshiped; bhuyo-vibhutibhih-with great opulences; amum-Him; bahu lalayantamexpressing great love; shri-narada-of Narada; praëaya-love; bhaktishu-and devotion; datta-placed; cittam-mind.

. . . whose feet were massaged by the goddess of fortune, who glanced at Garuda standing with folded hands, who was worshiped by Brahma with great opulences and treated with great love, who placed His attention on Narada's loving devotion, . . .

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the first way Brahma expressed his love was by touching the Lord's lotus hands. Narada expressed his devotion by singing and dancing.

Text 133

maha-rahasyam nigamartha-tattvam

sva-bhakti-margam kamalasanaya shanair vivrityopadishantam antar nijalayendrasya virajamanam

maha-rahasyam-very confidential; nigama-of the Vedas; artha-tattvam-the truth; sva-bhaktimargam-the path of His devotional service; kamalasanaya-to Brahma; shanaih-gradually; vivrityarevealing; upadishantam-teaching; antah-within; nija-own; alaya-abode; indrasya-of the king; virajamanam-shining.

. . . who to Brahma was carefully teaching the path of devotional service, the great secret of the Vedas, who was splendidly manifest in His regal palace, . . .

Text 134

atho tad akarëya catur-mukham ca pramoda-sampad-vivashi-bhavantam anudya nicair anumodamanam muhus tad-anghrin abhivandamanam

athah-then; tat-that; akarëya-hearing; catur-mukham-Brahma; ca-and; pramoda-sampadvivashi-bhavantam-being overcome with happiness; anudya-repeating; nicaih-humbly; anumodamanam-being happy; muhuh-again and again; tad-anghrin-His feet; abhivandamanambowing down.

. . . who happily heard jubilant Brahma humbly repeating what he had learned, whose feet Brahma worshiped again and again. . . .

Text 135

pramoda-vegat patitam visamjnam vilokya sa mam abhigamya lakshmih ninaya samjnam bahu lalayitva sva-balavat parshvam uta sva-bhartuh

pramoda-vegat-by the force of happiness; patitam-fallen; visamjnam-unconscious; vilokyaseeing; sa-her; mam-me; abhigamya-seeing; lakshmih-the goddess of fortune; ninaya-leading; samjnam-consciousness; bahu lalayitva-showing great affection; sva-balavat-as her own child; parshvam-to the side; uta-indeed; sva-bhartuh-of her husband.

. . . who is the husband of the gooddess of fortune, and to whose side the goddess of fortune, seeing me faint in ecstasy, and reviving me, and being affectionate as if I were her own son, brought me.

Text 136

bhagavantam muhuh pashyan praëamann avadam manah nijepsitantam adyaga nishcalam tvam mudam bhaja

bhagavantam-the Lord; muhuh-again and again; pashyan-seeing; praëaman-bowing; avadam-I said; manah-heart; nija-own; ipsita-desired; antam-end; adya-now; agah-gone; nishcalamunwavering; tvam-you; mudam-happiness; bhaja-enjoy.

Gazing at the Lord, and again and again bowing before Him, I said to my heart: "O heart, today you have attained your desire. Now you may enjoy eternal happiness.

Text 137

ashesha-soka-santrasaduhkha-hinam idam padam paramardhi-paranandanicitam jagad-arcitam

ashesha-all; shoka-lamentation; santrasa-fear; duhkha-suffering; hinam-without; idam-this; padam-place; parama-ridhi-supreme opulence; para-ananda-supreme bliss; nicitam-counted; jagad-arcitam-worshiped by the universes.

"This place is free of all lamentation, fear, and suffering. It is full of supreme opulence and supreme bliss. It is worshiped by the universes.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is a description of Satyaloka.

Text 138

yadrishah sambhaved bhratar jagadishash ca tadrishah bhaty ashesha-mahattayah param kashtham gatah sphutam

yadrishah-like which; sambhavet-may be; bhratah-O brother; jagadishah-the Lord of the universes; ca-also; tadrishah-like that; bhati-shines; ashesha-mahattayah-all glory; param kashtham-the highest pinnacle; gatah-attained; sphutam-manifested.

"O brother, here the Lord of the universes, situated at the highest pinnacle of all glory, shines with great splendor.

Text 139

sneham anvabhavo lakshmya drigbhyam pashyadhuna prabhum mathura-vrajabhu-shokam yiyasam canyato jahi

sneham-love; anvabhavah-perception; lakshmya-by the goddess of fortune; drigbhyam-with eyes; pashya-see; adhuna-now; prabhum-the Lord; mathura-vrajabhu-Mathura and Vrajabhumi; shokam-lamentation; yiyasam-the desire to go; ca-also; anyatah-otherwise; jahi-conquer.

"Aware that the goddess of fortune is affectionate to you, gaze now on the Lord with your eyes. Conquer your grieving over Mathura and Vrajabhumi and your desire to go to another place.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the grief is out of separation from Mathura and Vrajabhumi. The other place is Nilacala.

Text 140

jagadishad vidhateva lalanam ced abhipsasi tan maha-purushad ishtamantra-shaktya phalishyati

jagadishat-from Lord of the universes; vidhata-the creator; iva-like; lalanam-affection; cet-if; abhipsasi-you desire; tat-then; maha-purushat-from a great soul; ishta-learned; mantra-shaktya-by the power of your mantra; phalishyati-will be fruitful.

"If you wish that the Lord of the universes love you as He does Brahma, then by the power of the mantra you learned from a great soul, your wish will be fulfilled."

Text 141

nidra-lilam prabhur bheje loka-padme 'sya nabhi-je srishti-ritim vidhir vikshya

sva-krityayabhavad bahih

nidra-of sleep; lilam-pastimes; prabhuh-the Lord; bheje-enjoyed; loka-of the planets; padme-in teh lotus flower; asya-His; nabhi-from the navel; je-born; srishti-ritim-activities of creation; vidhihBrahma; vikshya-seeing; sva-krityaya-for his own duties; abhavat-became; bahih-outside.

Then the Lord enjoyed pastimes of sleep, and at a certain time the creation was again manifest on the lotus of worlds born from the Lord's navel. Seeing this, Brahma came out to perform his duties.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that because the Lord is spiritual He does not sleep. That is why the word “pastimes of sleep" is used. Brahma had been in the Lord's •abode. He left and went to his own abode to perform his duties in the world.

Text 142

pashyan prabho rupam ado mahadbhutam tan-nabhi-padme yugapat tatha jagat gudhopadesha-shravanac catur-mukhaprema-pravaham ca sukham tato 'vasam

pashyan-seeing; prabhoh-of the Lord; rupam-the form; adah-below; maha-very; adbhutamwonderful; tan-nabhi-padme-on the lotus born from His navel; yugapat-at the same time; tathaso; jagat-the universe; gudha-confidential; upadesha-teachings; shravanat-from hearing; caturmukha-of Brahma; prema-of love; pravaham-flowing streams; ca-also; sukham-happiness; tatahthen; avasam-I lived.

Seeing both the Lord's wonderful form below and the universe on the lotus of His navel, and also seeing the currents of divine love flowing in four-headed Brahma as He heard cofidential teachings from the Lord, I happily lived there.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Lord's teachings were about the secrets of pure devotional service.

Text 143

kritsne loka-traye nashte ratrav ekarëave sati sheshopari sukham shete bhagavan brahmaëa samam

kritsne-all; loka-worlds; traye-three; nashte-destroyed; ratrau-at night; eka-one; arëave-ocean; sati-being; shesha-uparion Lord Shesha; sukham-happily; shete-reclined; bhagavan-the Lord; brahmaëa samam-with Brahma.

During the night, when all the three worlds perished and all was flooded by an ocean, accompanied by Brahma the Lord happily rested on Lord Ananta Shesha.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the night here is Brahma's night, which occurs after one thousand catur-yugas. The Lord here is the thousand-headed form of the Lord.

Text 144

stuyate citra-vakyaih sa janalokadi-vasibhih tan-maha-kautukam vikshye brahmaloka-prabhavatah

stuyate-offered prayers; citra-with wonderful; vakyaih-statements; sah-He; janaloka-adivasibhih-by the residents of Janaloka and other planets; tan-maha-kautukam-great eagerness; vikshye-I see; brahmaloka-of Brahmaloka; prabhavatah-by the power.

By Brahmaloka's power I saw the Lord as the residents of Janaloka and other planets glorified Him with many wonderful prayers.

Text 145

antardhasya kadacic cet kutrapi bhagavan vrajet shokah syad agate tasmin sa-mulah kshiyate sa nah

antardhasya-disappeared; kadacit-sometimes; cet-if; kutrapi-somewhere; bhagavan-the Lord; vrajet-may go; shokah-grief; syat-is; agate tasmin-when He returned; sa-mulah-to the root; kshiyate-is destroyed; sah-that; nah-for us.

If the Lord went somewhere we suffered. When He returned our suffering perished at its root.

Text 146

ittham ahnam katipaye prayate pratar ekada kautukad brahmaëa sprishtah pheëa-punjo 'suro 'bhavat

ittham-thus; ahnam-of days; katipaye-some; prayate-went; pratah-morning; ekada-one; kautukat-out of curiosity; brahmaëa-by Brahma; sprishtah-touched; pheëa-punjah-bubbles; asurah-a demon; abhavat-became.

After some days, one morning Brahma touched some foam and it suddenly became a demon.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this foam was on the ocean of cosmic devastation.

Text 147

tad-bhityaliyata brahma daityo bhagavata hatah

bhayakranto vidhir naiti tat-pade 'yunkta mam prabhuh

tat-of it; bhitya-in fear; aliyata-hid; brahma-Brahma; daityah-the demon; bhagavata-by the Lord; hatah-was killed; bhaya-by fear; akrantah-defeated; vidhih-Brahma; na-not; eti-returned; tat-pade-in that place; ayunkta-engaged; mam-me; prabhuh-the Lord.

Brahma fled in fear. The Lord killed the demon. When terrified Brahma did not return, the Lord appointed me to his post.

Text 148

aham tu vaishëavan eva srijams tad-bhakti-vriddhaye nyayunjam adhikareshu vaishëavan eva sarvatah

aham-I; tu-indeed; vaishëavan-the devotees; eva-indeed; srijan-creating; tad-bhakti-devotion to the Lord; vriddhaye-to increase; nyayunjam-I engaged; adhikareshu-in different posts; vaishëavandevotees; eva-indeed; sarvatah-in all respects.

I created Vaishëavas to increase the world's devotion to the Lord, and I appointed Vaishëavas to all the different administrative posts.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these were the posts of the demigods, such as Prajapati, Candra, and Surya.

Text 149

itas tato maha-yajnair ashvamedhadibhir vibhum sampujayan mudam purair brahmaëdam samapurayam

itas tatah-here and there; maha-yajnaih-with great sacrifices; ashvamedha-adibhih-beginnign with asvamedha sacrifices; vibhum-the Lord; sampujayan-worshiping; mudam-happiness; puraihwith floods; brahmaëdam-the universe; samapurayam-I filled.

In place after place worshiping the Lord with ashvamedha-yajnas and other sacrifices, I flooded the universe with happiness.

Texts 150-152

parameshthyena samruddho vedair murtidharair makhaih puraëair itihasaish cagamais tirthair maharshibhih

brahmarshibhish ca bahudha stuyamano maha-mudaih grasyamano 'pi muncami na smakincanatam nijam

tathapi brahma-krityabdhibhanga-magno na purvavat lebhe bhagavato bhaktisukham cintaturantarah

parameshthyena-with the post of Brahma; samruddhah-ascended; vedaih-with the Vedas; murtidharaih-personified; makhaih-with sacrifices; puraëaih-with Puranas; itihasaih-with Itihasas; ca-and; agamaih-with Agamas-astras; tirthaih-with holy places; maharshibhih-with great sages; brahmarshibhih-with Brahmarsis; ca-and; bahudha-many ways; stuyamanah-offered prayers; maha-great; mudaih-with happiness; grasyamanah-being swallowed; api-although; muncami-I release; na-not; sma-indeed; akincanatam-poverty; nijam-own; tathapi-nevertheless; brahma-of Brahma; kritya-duties; abdhi-ocean; bhanga-in the waves; magnah-drowning; na-not; purvavat-as before; lebhe-attained; bhagavatah-of the Lord; bhakti- sukham-the happiness of devotional service; cinta-with anxieties; atura-overcome; antarah-within.

Although I was elevated to the post of Brahma, and although the personified Vedas, sacrifices, Puraëas, Itihasas, Agamas, ands holy places, as well as the maharshis and brahmarshis, again and again very happily offered prayers to me, I did not abandon my humilty. Still, drowning in the waves of the ocean of a Brahma's duties, my heart became filled with anxieties, and I could not enjoy serving the Lord as before.

Text 153

dvi-parardhayushi svasya shruyamano 'pi kalatah bhayam syat kriyamaëe ca jape bhurimayartida

dvi-parardha-of two paradhas; ayushi-life; svasya-own; shruyamanah-hearing; api-also; kalatahfrom time; bhayam-fear; syat-is; kriyamaëe-being done; ca-and; jape-in chanting; bhurimayagreat; arti-distress; da-giving.

Although I heard that would live for two parardhas (many millions of years), I was still afraid of time. My chanting also brought me great distress.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that to overcome his fears, Gopa-kumara chanted his mantra, but the chanting made him yearn for Vrajabhumi.

Text 154

jagadishvaratah putralalanam tu maha-sukham mamanubhavatash cittavaikalyam tad vinashyati

jagadishvaratah-from the Lord of the universes; putra-a son; lalanam-affection; tu-but; mahagreat; sukham-happiness; mama-of me; anubhavatah-experiencing; citta-of the heart; vaikalyamdistress; tat-that; vinashyati-destroys.

The Lord of the universes was affectionate to me as if I were His son. This made me happy and destroyed the sadness in my heart.

Text 155

atyanta-sannikarsheëa pitri-buddhya ca sevaya kadapy agamsi jatani mrishyante prabhuna mama

atyanta-great; sannikarsheëa-with drawing near; pitri-as father; buddhya-with the conception; ca-also; sevaya-with service; kadapi-sometimes; agamsi-offenses; jatani-born; mrishyanteforgiven; prabhuna-by the Lord; mama-of me.

Serving Him, thinking of Him as my father, and staying near Him, I sometimes offended Him, but He forgave me.

Text 156

tathapy antar-mahodvegah syat tato vyanjite shriya snehe matreva hrishtah syam evam tatravasam ciram

tathapi-still; antah-within; maha-great; udvegah-anxiety; syat-is; tatah-then; vyanjitemanifested; shriya-by the goddess of fortune; snehe-in love; matra-a mother; iva-like; hrishtahhappy; syam-I am; evam-thus; tatra-there; avasam-I lived; ciram-for a long time.

Although I was anxious at heart, the goddess of fortune loved me as if she were my mother, and that made me happy. In this way I lived there for a long time.

Text 157

ekada mukti-matraptam ekam tal-loka-vasibhih samshlaghyamanam akarëya tan apriccham tad adbhutam

ekada-once; mukti-liberation; matra-only; aptam-attained; ekam-one person; tat-loka-vasibhihby the residents of that planet; samshlaghyamanam-being praised; akarëya-hearing; tan-them; apriccham-I asked; tat-that; adbhutam-wonder.

One day, hearing the people of that planet praise a person about to attain impersonal liberation, I asked them about that wonderful thing.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this person had attained liberation in Bharata-varsha. Gopa-kumara asked: “What is liberation? How is it attained?"

Text 158

mukteh paramam utkarsham daurlabhyam ca nishamyatam sarvajnam punar apraksham tad-upayam tad-ipsaya

mukteh-that liberation; paramam utkarsham-superior; daurlabhyam-difficult to attain; ca-and; nishamyatam-may be heard; sarvajnam-all-knowing; punah-again; apraksham-I asked; tadupayam-that method; tad-ipsaya-with a desire for that.

I heard from them that impersonal liberation is very important and very difficult to attain. Again I asked those all-knowing sages: “When one desires it, by what method does he attain it?"

Text 159

bahulopanishad-devyah shruti-smritibhir anvitah ucur ekena sadhye 'sau moksho jnanena nanyatha

bahula-many; upanishad-devyah-goddesses of the Upanishads; shruti-the Srutis; smritibhih-and Smrtis; anvitah-with; ucuh-said; ekena-by one; sadhye-attainable; asau-this; mokshah-liberation; jnanena-by knowledge; na-not; anyatha-otherwise.

The goddesses of the Upanishads, accompanied by the personified Shrutis and Smritis, then said: "Impersonal liberation is attained by knowledge alone. It is not attained in any other way."

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is confirmed in the Shvetashvatara Upanishad (6.8 and 6.15):

tam eva viditvati-mrityum eti nanyah pantha vidyate 'yanaya

By knowing the Supreme, one travels beyond death. There is no other way."

Text 160

kaishcid uktam sa-gambhiryam puraëair agamair api janyate bhagavad-bhaktya sukham jnanam su-durghatam

kaishcit-by some; uktam-said; sa-gambhiryam-with profoundness; puraëaih-by the Puranas; agamaih-by the Agamas; api-also; janyate-is born; bhagavad-bhaktya-by devotion to the Lord; sukham-easily; jnanam-knowledge; su-durghatam-difficult to attain.

Some Puraëas and Agamas then very gravely said that transcendental knowledge, which is so difficult to attain, is easily attained by devotional service to the Lord.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Puraëas and Agamas, who were here accompanied by the Pancaratras and other scriptures, are very expert in preaching the service of the Lord. The word "gambhiryam" here means that they spoke without wavering. Although liberation is attained by transcendental knowledge, transcendental knowledge is difficult to attain save by devotional service to the Lord.

Text 161

kim vanusthitaya samyak tayaiva su-labho 'sti sah shruti-smritinam kasamcit sammatis tatra lakshita

kim va-furthermore; anusthitaya-by that situation; samyak-nicely; taya-by that; eva-inceed; sulabhah-easily attained; asti-is; sah-it; shruti-smritinam kasamcit-of some Srutis and Smrtis; sammatih-the conclusion; tatra-there; lakshita-is seen.

Then some Shrutis and Smritis were seen to agree with that idea, that transcendental knowledge is easily attained by devotional service to the Lord.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is confirmed by the following quotations:

bhakti-dridha bhaved yasya devadeve janardane shreyamsi tasya siddhyanti bhaktimanto 'dhikas tatah

"For one who has firm devotion to Lord Janardana, the master of the demigods, all good things come. That is why the dveotees are the best of all transcendentalists." -Brihan-Naradiya Puraëa

jivanti jantavah sarve yatha mataram ashritah tatha bhaktim samashritya sarva jivanti siddhayah

"As all living entities take shelter of their mother, so all perfections take shelter of devotional service." -Vaishëava-shastra

bhaktya tv ananyaya shakyo 'ham evam-vidho 'rjuna jnatum drashtum ca tattvena

praveshtum ca parantapa

"My dear Arjuna, only by undivided devotional service can I be understood as I am, standing before you, and can thus be seen directly. Only in this way can you enter into the mysteries of My understanding."* -Bhagavad-gita 11.54

apatyam draviëam dara hara harmyam haya gajah sukhani svarga-mokshau ca na dure hari-bhaktitah

"Good children, wealth, beautiful wife, precious necklaces, palaces, horses, elephants, pleasures, residence in Svargaloka, and liberation are never far from devotional service." -Padma Puraëa

Text 162

vyaktam tasam vaco 'shrutva kruddhah svair agamadibhih mahopanishadah kashcid anvamodanta tat sphutam

vyaktam-manifested; tasam-in them; vacah-statement; ashrutva-not hearing; kruddhah-angry; svaih-own; agama-adibhih-by the Agamas and other scritpures; mahopanishadah-great Upanishads; kashcit-some; anvamodanta-agreed; tat-that; sphutam-clearly.

Refusing to hear these words, some great Upanishads, along with their Agamas and other scriptures, became angry. They agreed with a more direct view.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the scriptures here are the great Upanishads very devoted to the glories of the Supreme Lord. The Agamas here are the scriptures that follow these Upanishads, and the other scriptures are some Puraëas and other scriptures. The more direct view here is their opinion that only by devotional service can liberation easily be attained. This view is confirmed by the following quotations:

dharmartha-kama-mokshakhya purushartha dvijottamah hari-bhakti-paraëam vai sampadyante na samshayah

"O best of brahmaëas, they who are devoted to Lord Hari attain the goals of human life, namely: piety, economic development, sense gratification, liberation. Of this there is no doubt." -Brihan-Naradiya Puraëa

dharmartha-kamaih kim tasya muktis tasya kare sthita

samasta-jagatam mule yasya bhaktih sthira tvayi

"O Lord, liberation rests in the hand of a person devoted to You, the root from which all the universes have sprouted. What use does he have for piety, economic development, and sense gratification?" -Vishëu Puraëa

Text 163

gudhopanishadah kashcit kaishcid gudhair mahagamaih samam maha-puraëaish ca tushëim asan krita-smitah

gudha-confidential; upanishadah-Upanisads; kashcit-some; kaishcit-with some; gudhaihconfidential; maha-agamaih-great agamas; samam-with; maha-puraëaih-great Puraëas; ca-also; tushëim-silent; asan-becoming; krita-smitah-smiled.

Some confidential Upanishads, along with some confidential Agamas and Puraëas, smiled and remained silent.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Shrimad-Bhagavatam and Vaishëava-tantras were part of this group. Perhaps they were surprised that the Lord's glories, which are so clearly

described in the scriptures, remained unknown to these so-called all-knowing sages. Therefore they were silent. Or perhaps they were silent because they were so convinced that devotional service grants liberation that they had only contempt for they who did not agree. Or perhaps they thought it not proper to reveal this confidential truth to such an unqualified audience. The truth is that pious works and rituals, cultivation of knowledge, and liberation are only steps leading to devotional service. The scriptures here thought it not the proper time to explain this.

Texts 164 and 165

moksho nu bhagavan-mantrajapa-matrat susidhyati na veti kaishcid amnayapuraëadibhir ulbaëah

agamanam vivado 'bhut tam ashodhva bahir gatah te puraëagamah karëau pidhayopanishad-yutah

mokshah-liberation; nu-certainly; bhagavat-of the Lord; mantra-mantras; japa-chanting; matrat-only; susidhyati-is perfected; na-not; va-or; iti-thus; kaishcit-by some; amnaya-of Amnayas; puraëa-and Puranas; adibhih-beginning with; ulbanah-manifested; agamanam-of the scriptures; vivadah-dispute; abhut-was; tam-that; ashodhva-not tolerating; bahih-outside; gatah-went; tethey; puraëa-agamah-the Puranas and Agamas; karëau-ears; pidhaya-covering; upanishat-the Upanisads; yutah-with.

Then the Agama-sastras debated with the Puraëas and Amnayas whether or not liberation is attained simply by chanting mantras of the Supreme Lord. Not tolerating this, many Puraëas, Agamas, and Upanishads covered their ears and left.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the scriptures that left were the same ones that smiled and remained silent before. They left because the discussion was not even slightly touched by the slightest scent of the great glories of devotional service to the Lord.

Text 166

tato maha-puraëanam mahopanishadam tatha madhyasthyad agamanam tu jayo jato mama priyah

tatah-then; maha-great; puraëanam-of the Puranas; maha-great; upanishadam-of the Upanisads; tatha-then; madhyasthyat-as mediators; agamanam-of the Agamas; tu-indeed; jayahvictory; jatah-born; mama-to me; priyah-pleasing.

Then, on the mediation of the great Puraëas and great Upanishads, the Agamas were declared the victors. This pleased me.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the scriptures that left were considered neutral, noi taking either side, and therefore they were called to decide the case. Hearing the arguments of both sides, they decided that the winners were the Agamas, whose opinion was that merely by chanting mantras of the Supreme Lord one may certainly become liberated. Their view is confirmed by the following quotations:

gatva gatva nivartante candra-suryadayo grahah adyapi na nivartante dvadashakshara-cintakah

"They who go to Candraloka, Suryaloka, and other material planets, return again, but they who chant the twelve-syllable mantra glorifying the Supreme Lord never return." -Vishëu Puraëa

japena devata nityam stuyamana prasidati prasanna vipulan bhogan dadyan muktim ca shashvatim

"The Supreme Lord is pleased when He is regularly glorifed by mantra-chanting. He gives many great happinesses and eternal liberation to the chanter." -Padmanabhiya

Text 167

mayabhipretya tad-bhavam te puraëagamadayah anuniya sabha-madhyam anitah stuti-pathavaih

maya-by me; abhipretya-considered; tad-bhavam-that nature; te-they; puraëa-agama-adayahthe Puranas, Agamas, and other scriptures; anuniya-humbly approaching; sabha-madhyam-to the midst of the assembly; anitah-brought; stuti-of prayers; pathavaih-with recitations.

Understanding their exalted nature, I humbly glorified these Puraëas and Agamas, and brought them to my own assembly.

Text 168

tat-tattvam sadaram prishtas te shri-bhagavatadayah ucuh satvata-siddhantadyagamah shruti-maulibhih

tat-tattvam-that truth; sadaram-respectfully; prishtah-asked; te-they; shri-bhagavata-adayahheaded by Shrimad-Bhagavatam; ucuh-said; satvata-the Vaishëava; siddhanta-conclusion; adibeginning with; agamah-the Agamas; shruti-of the Shrutis; maulibhih-with the crowns.

When I respectfully asked them about the truth, the Shrimad-Bhagavatam and other Agamas that teach the Vaishëava conslusion, accompanied by the crowns of the Shruti, spoke.

The devotional scriptures said: O deva who has attained the Brahma's post. nidheh-of a treasure. api-even. maha-gopyam-very confidential. The crowns of the Shruti are the confidential Upanishads. made willing to speak by your many virtues.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that he asked them why they smiled. bhavatof you. Text 169 shri-bhakti-shastraëy ucuh labdha-brahmadhikaredam maha-gopyam nidher api bhavat-sad-guëa-sandohair akhyamo mukhari-kritah shri-bhakti-shastraëy ucuh-the devotional scriptures said. covered their ears. idam-this. remained silent. akhyamah-we say. and left the assembly. sad-guëa-sandohaih-with many virtues. we will tell you something more to be guarded than the greatest treasure. Text 170 kvacit prastuyate 'smabhir . brahma-of Brahma. labdha-attained. mukhari-kritah-willing to speak many words. adhikara-post.

In it is not the slightest scent of happiness. sa-paricchadah-with its associates. gandhah-the scent. We. sadhya-phalatvena-as the attainment of a goal. who are intent on devotional service to the Lord.bhagavad-bhakti-tat-paraih mokshas tyajayitum samyag vinindya sa-paricchadah kvacit-somewhere. vinindyarepudiating. mokshah-liberation. tu-but. bhakti-of devotion. in order to describe the glory of devotional service. asmabhih-by us. asti-is. Text 171 nirvaktum bhakti-mahatmyam kathyate 'syapi tat kvacit na tu sadhya-phalatvena sukha-gandho 'pi nasti yat nirvaktum-to describe. have sometimes discussed impersonal liberation and its associates. asya-of it. sukha-of happiness. we have have also described impersonal liberation. mahatmyam-the glory. We have criticized it. na-not. tat-paraih-devoted. and we say it should be completely rejected. api-even. tyajayitum-to be given up. yat-which. kathyate-is said. samyak-completely. tat-that. Impersonal liberation does not fulfill the purpose of life. . na-not. api-also. bhagavad-bhakti-devotion to the Lord. kvacit-somewhere. Sometimes. prastuyate-praised.

mokshe-in liberation. The happiness of impersonal liberation is like that. It is only some relief from the sufferings of the world of birth and death. Impersonal liberation is described by Lord Brahma in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10. . Actually. The ignorant are pleased by it. anabhijna-prarocakah-the happiness of not knowing. ayam-this. The happiness in impersonal liberation is like the happiness in having good health or in sleeping soundly.14. Tbis is seen in the statement "I slept happily.26. kalpyate-is considered. but merly the absence of pain. The ignorant call it happiness. sushuptau-in deep sleep. ca-and. tu-indeed. ajnana-samjnahcalled ignorance. arogye-in a healthy person. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the happiness in good health and sound sleep are not positive happiness. there is no happiness in impersonal liberation. I don't remember a thing". Text 172 yatharogye sushuptau ca sukham mokshe 'pi kalpyate param tv ajnana-samjno 'yam anabhijna-prarocakah yatha-as. param-better. sukham-happiness. api-also.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the happiness of devotional service is many millions of millions of times greater than the happiness of impersonal liberation.

24: vikrushya putram aghavan yad ajamilo 'pi narayaëeti mriyamaëa iyaya muktim "Ajamila. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that even if one chants as a joke. matreëa-by only. sah-that. This is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 6."* . he achieved complete liberation because he remembered the name of Narayaëa. or spoken only once. for example. uccara-saying. sidhyati-is perfect. one still attains liberation. praveshatah-because of entrance. abhasasya-of the reflection.Text 173 kathancid bhagavan-namabhasasyapi sa sidhyati sakrid-uccara-matreëa kim va karëa-praveshatah kathancit-something. karëa-into the ear. even the dim reflection of the Lord's holy name brings perfect liberation. bhagavat-of the Supreme Lord. Entering the ear. but while dying he merely chanted the holy name. or even if one chants to mock the holy name. and although calling his son. nama-of the name.3. api-also. was extremely sinful. kim va-furthermore. sakrit-once.

acaturi-not expert. Puraëas and other scriptures say that only they who have no good sense like impersonal liberation. The Vedas. "A demon once came to eat a brahmaëa who was chanting the the holy name in the water. yatha-as.This is also described in the story of Satyatapa in the Varaha Puraëa: kiëcij jale magnam japa-param brahmaëam bhakshayitum agatasya vyaghrasya tenaiva vyadhena hatasyakasmad udgata-bhagavan-nama-shravaëenaiva muktir jata." Text 174 vicaracaturi-ramyo moksho 'yam avadharyatam tesham veda-puraëadishastraëam hi yatha-matam vicara-in descrimination. mokshah-liberation. Text 175 . ramyah-pleasing. matam-can be understood. By hearing the holy name from his dying victim. tesham-of them. Puraëas and other shastras. hi-indeed. ayam-this. veda-puraëa-adi-shastraëam-of the Vedas. avadharyatam-is considered. the demon became liberated.

vaor. but the happiness it gives is very slight. rupa-form. anyathaotherwise. Text 177 . and full of bliss. kshayah-destruction. tadrik-like that. dhvamsah-destroying. api-also. sakshat-direct. karmaactivities. api-indeed. or it may. cit-full of knowledge. svanubhavah-personal experience. by enabling one to renounce the unreal forms made by the illusory potency. duhkha-sufferings. ashesha-all. syat-may be. give direct perception of the self to the individual spirit soul. alpakam-small. vastunah-substance.6. or it may end actions done in ignorance. avidya-ignorance. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that liberation is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 2. svarupa-own form. va-or. krita-done. anubhavena-by the perception. maya-by the illusory potency. bhutasya-manifested.so 'shesha-duhkha-dhvamso vavidya-karma-kshayo 'thava maya-kritanyatha-rupatyagat svanubhavo 'pi va jiva-svarupa-bhutasya sac-cid-ananda-vastunah sakshad-anubhavenapi syat tadrik sukham alpakam sah-it. sat-eternal. jiva-of the individual spiritual soul. athava-or. full of knowledge. Impersonal liberation may vanquish all sufferings.10. sukham-happiness. ananda-and full of bliss. tyagat-from renouncing. who is really eternal.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that they say Brahman has no qualities. is alone and does not associate with the great devotees or anyone else. solitary. nirguëam-without qualities. vastu-substance. formless. tattvam-the truth. nirihitam-without activity. (The proponents of impersonal liberation) say that the pure soul is in reality quality-less. evaindeed. which is eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. ca-and. It is the personal form of the Lord. that is and does all this. kathyate-is said. atma-of the self. brahma-Brahman. nirvikaram-without form. inactive Brahman. tat-that. and does not enjoy any sweet pastimes. nihsangam-without contact. By seeing Him one can experience happiness. Text 178 bhagavams tu param brahma paratma parameshvarah su-sandra-sac-cid-anandavigraho mahimarëavah . such as mercy. does not have wonderful forms. tat-that.shuddhatma-tattvam yad vastu tad eva brahma kathyate nirguëam tac ca nihsangam nirvikaram nirihitam shuddha-pure. yat-which.

He is the Supreme controller. tam-that. is the ultimate form of Brahman.1. adi-beginning.12 and 14. su-sandra-sac-cid-ananda-vigrahah-whose form is eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. ittham-thus. aguëatva-and without qualities.27 and Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10. asya-of Him. He is famous as the opulent Supreme Person and the Brahman. He is both.bhagavan-the Supreme Person. tayoh-of them. He is the Supersoul. prasiddha-famous. The Supreme Person. paratma-the Supersoul. Text 179 sa-guëatvaguëatvadivirodhah pravishanti tam maha-vibhutir brahmasya prasiddhettham tayor bhida sa-guëatva-with qualities. brahma-Brahman. however. virodhahcontradiction. tu-indeed. He is an ocean of glory. mahima-arëavah-who is an ocean of glories. as well as a host of other contradictions. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these statements are confirmed in Bhagavad-gita 10. His form is eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. parama-ishvarah-the Supreme Controller. are all present in Him.87. pravishanti-enters. maha-vibhutih-great opulence. . bhida-with the difference. The presence and absence of qualities. param brahma-the Supreme Brahman.

He has qualities. it is said He has no name. in one sense. Another example is that in some scriptures it is said He has no name. it is said He has no form. The Vedic literatures describe this in these words: aprasiddhes tad-guëanam anamasau prakirtitah aprakritatvarupasyapy arupo 'yam pracakshate "Because the Supreme Lord's qualities cannot be completely known. and in others His names are given.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that as many rivers flow into the ocean. but because His qualities are not material it may be said. and as the Supersoul and the Supreme controller. so many contradictory features are present in the Supreme Lord. Because the Supreme Lord's form is not material. As the Brahman." The Lord has spiritual qualities. Text 180 atah sandra-sukham tasya shrimat-padambuja-dvayam bhaktyanubhavatam sandram sukham sampadyate dhruvam . that He has no qualities. He has no qualities.

27 and Brahma-samhita 5. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the personal feature of the Supreme Lord is the origin of the impersonal Brahman. sukham-happiness. Therefore. sukha-of happiness. dvayam-pair. They are a great reservoir of happiness. glorious lotus feet. anubhavatam-experienced. sandram-intense. ambujalotus. sampadyate-established. sandra-intense. shri-krishëa-caraëa-dvandvam-Lord Krishëa's lotus feet. Text 181 sukha-rupam sukhadharah sharkara-piëdavan-matam shri-krishëa-caraëa-dvandvam sukham brahma tu kevalam sukha-of happiness.40.atah-then. They are sweet as sugar. dhruvam-indeed. Shri Krishëa's feet are the personification of happiness. adharah-the reservoir. rupam-the form. Impersonal Brahman has only slight happiness. bhaktya-with devotional service. by devotional service one may see the Lord's intensely blissful. This is explained in Bhagavad-gita 14. sukham-happiness. tu-indeed. sharkarapiëdavat-grains of sugar. shrimat-glorious. brahma-Brahman. kevalam-only. tasya-His. matam-considered. . In this way one experiences intense bliss. pada-feet. sukham-happiness.

If the individual spirit soul is Param Brahman (spirit). Text 183 tathapi jiva-tattvani tasyamsa eva sammatah ghana-tejah-samuhasya tejo-jalam yatha raveh . and bliss. shri-bhagavan-the Supreme Person. tat-that. param brahma-the Supreme Brahman.7. cet-if. If the individual spirit souls are Brahman. ca-and. and bliss. then he must also be the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Shrimad-Bhagavatam (2. knowledge. eva-certainly. svarupam-the real form. tat-that.11) explains that Brahman is a feature of the Suypreme Personality of Godhead. who is full of eternity. eva-certainly. then they are also a feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. sac-cidananda-ghanam-full of eternity. vastu-substance. tat-that. yat-which. knowledge.Text 182 jiva-svarupam yad vastu param brahma tad eva cet tad eva sac-cid-anandaghanam shri-bhagavamsh ca tat jiva-of the individual spirit soul.

yatha-as. yathaas. raveh-of the sun. sparks are different from a fire. tejo-jalam-a network of light.tathapi-still. evacertainly. eva-indeed. tasya-of Him. vahneh-of a fire. ghana-tejah-samuhasya-of great light. and waves are different from the ocean. The truth is that the individual spirit souls are parts of the Supreme Personality of Godhead as rays of light are parts of the sun. ca-also. raveh-of the sun. They are different as rays of light are different from the sun. bhinnah-different. amshavah-parts. bhangah-waves. varidheh-of the ocean. jivah-the individual spirit souls. visphulingah-sparks. amsah-parts. ca-and. Text 185 anadi-siddhaya shaktya . The individual spirit souls are eternally different from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 184 nitya-siddhas tato jiva bhinna eva yatha raveh amshavo visphulingash ca vahner bhangash ca varidheh nitya-siddhah-eternally perfect. jiva-tattvani-the individual spirit souls. sammatah-considered.

sah-that. the difference between the individual spirit souls and the Supreme Personality of Godhead is established eternally. . bhinnah-different. bheditahdifferent. tasya-of Him. hi-certainly. satyam-in truth. api-also. In the liberated condition the difference is prominent.cid-vilasa-svarupaya maha-yogakhyaya tasya sada te bheditas tatah anadi-siddhaya-beginningless. te-they. which is full of spiritual pastimes and opulences. svarupayaform. prayahprimarily. abhinnah-not different. maha-yogakhyaya-named Maha and Yoga. atah-then. Text 186 atas tasmad abhinnas te bhinna api satam matah muktau satyam api prayo bhedas tishthed ato hi sah atah-then. api-also. vilasa-pastimes. bhedah-difference. satam-of the devotees. tishthet-is established. tatah-then. muktau-in liberation. shaktya-by the potency. By the Lord's eternal potency. and which is called Mahamaya and Yogamaya. tasmat-from Him. cit-spiritual. matah-considered. te-they. sada-eternally. Therefore the devotees consider that the individual spirit souls are both different from the Lord and not different from Him.

Even Shankaracarya agrees that the liberated souls are different from the Lord. krishëa-mayaya-by Lord Krishëa's potency." That the liberated souls worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead is also confirmed in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 6. They worship the Supreme Personality of Godhead and enjoy pastimes with Him. jivanam-of the individual spirit souls. Text 187 sac-cid-ananda-rupanam jivanam krishëa-mayaya anady-avidyaya tattvavismritya samsritir bhramah sac-cid-ananda-rupanam-forms that are eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. anadi-without beginning.5. vismritya-by forgetting. tattva-the truth.14. . samsritih-the material world. for he says: mukta api lilaya vigraham kritva bhagavantam bhajanti "Even the liberated souls have form. bhramah-illusion.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that because the individual spirit souls are Brahman they are not different from the Supreme and because they are only parts of Him they are different from Him. avidyaya-by ignorance.

hi-indeed. material illusion departs. they become bewildered and wander in the world of birth and death. sah-he. ghanananda-intensely blissful. amsha-part. nivarteta-returns. Text 188 muktau sva-tattva-jnanena mayapagamato hi sah nivarteta ghananandabrahmamshanubhavo bhavet muktau-in liberation. When he understands his own nature. and he becomes liberated.Although the individual spirit souls have forms that are eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. Text 189 sva-sadhananurupam hi phalam sarvatra sidhyati atah svarupa-jnanena sadhye mokshe 'lpakam phalam . apagamatah-gone. Then he understands that he is an intensely blissful part and parcel of the Supreme Brahman. by the influence of Lord Krishëa's maya. bhavet-may be. sva-tattva-jnanena-with knowledge of the truth of the self. maya-illusion. brahma-of Brahman. anubhavah-experience. which places them in ignorance without beginning and makes them forget the truth.

yatana-by the torments. svarga-Svarga. sadhye-in the goal. yatha-as.sva-sadhana-anurupam-according to his spiritual pracices. alpakam-small. atah-then. hi-certaioly. sarvatra-everywhere. Text 190 samsara-yatanodvignai rasa-hinair mumukshubhih bahudha stuyate moksho yatha dyauh svarga-kamibhih samsara-in the material world. bahudha-in many ways. hinaih-without. the fruit is only slight happiness. Text 191 . mokshah-liberation. mokshe-in liberation. again and again praise impersonal liberation. because they are tormented by the world of birth and death and cannot taste nectar. In every circumstance one reaps the fruit of his actions. svarupa-jnanena-by knowledge of his own form. udvignaih-distressed. rasa-nectar. yearn for impersonal liberation. In the same way persons who. stuyate-is praised. kamibhih-by they who desire. Persons who yearn for Svargaloka praise the celestial worlds. phalam-fruit. dyauh-heaven. sidhyati-is perfected. phalam-the fruit. In the liberation attained by knowledge of one's own self. mumukshubhih-by they who desire liberation.

sukhasya tu para kashtha bhaktav eva svato bhavet tan-maya-shri-padambhojasevinam sadhanocita sukhasya-of happiness. na-not. tu-indeed. svatah-personally. shabdyeta-is said. . ucita-appropriate. anantasya-the limitless. prapta-attained. avadhih-limit. Text 192 paramatishaya-praptamahatta-bodhanaya hi para-kashtheti shabdyeta tasyanantasya navadhih parama-atishaya-ultimate. bhaktau-in devotional service. tasya-of him. eva-certainly. That happiness is attained by they who serve the Lord's glorious lotus feet. para kashtha-the ultimate. parakashtha-uiltimate. sevinam-of the servants. bhavet-may be. shri-pada-ambhoja-the lotus feet. maya-consisting. To describe the greatness of the happiness in devotional service we have spoken the word "ultimate". tat-of it. hi-indeed. iti-thus. sadhana-by practice. This means it has no limit. mahatta-glory. The ultimate happiness is in devotional service. bodhanaya-for knowing.

It stays within its limits. iti-thus. anantam-with out limit. mahat-great. sajatiyanatural. . parameshvarahSupreme controller. simavat-with a limit. paramam-great. vardhate-increases. aikyena-by oneness. tu-indeed. sukham-the happiness. muktau-in liberation. eva-indeed. brahma-of Brahman. Its greatness has no limit. esham-of them. sah-He. hata-destroyed. na-not. The happiness of devotional service increases at every moment.Text 193 tat sukham vardhate 'bhikshnam anantam paramam mahat na tu brahma-sukham muktau vardhate simavad yatha tat-that. bhida-with divisons. yatha-as. evam-in this way. sukham-happiness. vardhate-increases. Text 194 paramatma para-brahma sa eva parameshvarah ity evam esham aikyena sajatiya-bhida hata paramatma-Supersoul. However the Brahman happiness in impersonal liberation does not increase. abhikshnam-at every moment. para-brahma-Supreme Brahman.

api-also. api-also. vaijatyam-not manifested. jivanam-of the individual spirit souls. Then again. Text 195 sada vaijatyam aptanam jivanam api tattvatah amshatvenapy abhinnatvad vijatiya-bhida mrita sada-always. In truth. mrita-destroyed. abhinnatvat-because of being not different. Then the difference is destroyed. because they are His parts and parcels they are not diffrerent from Him. amshatvena-by being a part. tattvatah-in truth. Text 196 asmin hi bhedabhedakhye siddhante 'smat-su-sammate yuktyavatarite sarvam . the individual spirit souls are eternally different from the Supreme. vijatiya-bhida-division. Because these three are one the difference between them is destroyed. aptanam-attained.There are the Supersoul. and the Supreme controller. the impersonal Brahman.

Shankara prayed: saty api bhedapagame natha tavaham na mamakinas tvam. asmat-our. still I am Yours. akhye-named. "O Lord. In this. and which proclaims that the individual spirit souls and the Supreme are simultaneously one and different. but the ocean never becomes the property of a wave. yuktya-with logic. even when all differences between us have gone. there is no flaw. A wave is the property of the ocean. abheda-and not different. sarvam-all. siddhantein the conclusion. dhruvam-certainly. avatarite-descended. su-sammate-conclusion. samudro hi tarangah kva ca na samudras tarangah. our final conclusion. hi-certainly." Text 197 sada pramaëa-bhutanam asmakam mahatam tatha vakyani vyavaharash ca . bhavet-is. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that even Shankaracarya admitted that the individual spirit souls are subordinate to the Supreme. bheda-different. but You never become mine. which is perfectly logical. niravadyam-flawless.niravadyam dhruvam bhavet asmin-in this.

pramaëam-evidence. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this evidence includes Shrimad-Bhagavatam 1. tatha-so. as well as the statement of Hanuman: bhava-bandha-cchide tasmai sprihayami na muktaye bhavan prabhur aham dasa iti yatra vilupyate "I have no desire for any liberation from the bonds of birth and death that will break the relationship where You are the master and I the servant.10.28. ca-also. As the words of great souls quoted here by us are always conclusive evidence. khalu-indeed. 6. mahatam-great.17. bhutanam-manifested. and 10.pramaëam khalu sarvatha sada-eternally.87. vyavaharah-activities. asmakam-of us. vakyani-statements. so the actions of great souls are also evidence. pramaëa-evidence.21." Text 198 tathaitad-anukulani .7. sarvatha-in all respects.

Many histories support this view. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami gives Shrimad-Bhagavatam 4. dushtare-horrible. sa-that. na-not. acaryamanah-acting.20. etat-to this. They are not myths or fables. sangacchate-meet. kalpanaimagination. arthavadatva-the meaning of the words. They who think these stories myths become offenders and are thrown into a terrible hell. kshipet-may break. ca-also. santi-are. narakaof hell. vitanvatimanifesting. evacertainly. . Text 199 athapy acaryamana sa nastikatvam vitanvati kshipet kalpayitaram tam dushtare narakotsave athapi-still. tasmat-from that. tam-that.paravrittani santi ca naiva sangacchate tasmad arthavadatva-kalpana tatha-so.31-32 as an example. paravrittani-actions. anukulani-favorable. nastikatvam-the state of being an offender. utsave-in a festival. kalpayitaram-may consider.

shlaghyah-worthy of praise. ghatinahkilling. api-even. shastraih-by the scriptures. mokshah-liberation. katham-how?. adi-beginning with. ye-which. are myths. nindyante-criticized. gah-cows. eva-even. vipra-and brahmanas. daityanam-of the demons. which teach the path of religion. drishyate-is seen.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami quotes the Naradiya Puraëa: puraëeshu dvija-shreshtha sarva-dharma-pravaktrishu pravadanty arthavadatvam ye te naraka-bhajanah "O best of brahmaëas." Text 200 aho shlaghyah katham moksho daityanam api drishyate tair eva shastrair nindyante ye go-vipradi-ghatinah ahah-oh. they suffer in hell who claim that the stories in the Puraëas. taih-by them. .

yat-what. and who kill cows. tat-sadhaneshu-in efforts. who are criticized by the scriptures. ucitam-appropriate. prati-yogitvam-being opposite. This is explained in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10.40. kila-indeed. brahmaëas and others. vaiparityam-the opposite. The goal of the demons is impersonal liberation and the demons attain it by following the theory of impersonalism. Text 201 sarvatha prati-yogitvam yat sadhutvasuratvayoh tat-sadhaneshu sadhye ca vaiparityam kilocitam sarvatha-in all respects. attain it? Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the demons' killing of others is described in the advice given by Kamsa's ministers in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10. sadhutva-of saintliness. asuratvayoh-and the demonic nature. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the goal of the devotee is to love the Supreme Lord and the devotees attain it by worshiping the Lord's lotus feet.23: . ca-also. sadhye-in the goal. The devotees and demons are opposite in all respects.4.97. Sometimes anger or other vices may also lead to the devotees' goal.How can impersonal liberation be worthy of praise when even the demons. Therefore their destinations and the ways they attain it must also be opposite.

affection."* This is also described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 7.nibhrita-marun-mano 'ksha-dridha-yoga-yujo hridi yan munaya upasate tad arayo 'pi yayuh smaraëat striya uragendra-bhoga-bhuja-daëda-vishakta-dhiyo vayam api te samah samadrisho 'nghri-saroja-sudhah "By practicing the mystic yoga system and controlling their breath. many persons have attained liberation simply by thinking of Krishëa with great attention and giving up sinful activities. fear. Being attracted by the beauty of Krishëa they ultimately acquired a taste for the nectar of the Lord's lotus feet. We can also taste the nectar of Krishëa's lotus feet by following in the footsteps of the gopis. or devotional service. the great sages conquered the mind and senses. I shall now explain how one receives Krishna's mercy simply by concentrating one's mind upon Him. even the enemies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead attain that position simply by thinking of the Supreme Lord. This great attention may be due to lusty desires. However."* . which are like serpents.1. the gopis. they saw the Supersoul within their hearts and ultimately entered into the impersonal Brahman. inimical feelings.30: kamad dveshad bhayat snehad yatha bhaktyeshvare manah aveshya tad-agham hitva bahavas tad-gatim gatah "Many. The damsels of Vraja. Thus engaging in mystic yoga. simply wanted to embrace Krishëa and hold His arms.

By devotional service one attains the Lord's two lotus feet as the result of his efforts.Text 202 krishëa-bhaktyaiva sadhutvam sadhanam paramam hi sa taya sadhyam tad-anghry-abjayugalam paramam phalam krishëa-bhaktyaiva sadhutvam sadhanam paramam hi sa taya sadhyam tad-anghry-abjayugalam paramam phalam By devotional service to Lord Krishëa one becomes saintly. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Lord Krishëa Himself glorifies the devotees in these words (Shrimad-Bhagavatam 9. Devotional service is the best way to progress in spiritual life.4.63-68): aham bhakta-paradhino hy asvatantra iva dvija sadhubhir grasta-hridayo bhaktair bhakta-janaih priyah .

What to speak of My devotee. relatives. even those who are devotees of My devotees are very dear to Me. Because My devotees are devoid of all material desires. without any desire for material improvement in this life or in the next. without saintly persons for whom I am the only destination. I sit only wthin the cores of their hearts."I am completely under the control of My devotees.* naham atmanam ashase mad-bhaktaih sadhubhir vina shriyam catyantikam brahman yesham gatir aham para "O best of the brahmaëas.* ye daragara-putraptapraëan vittam imam param hitva mam sharaëam yatah katham tams tyaktum utsahe "Since pure devotees give up their homes. and even their lives simply to serve Me. I do not desire to enjoy My transcendental bliss and My supreme opulences. riches. wives. Indeed. children. I am not at all independent. how can I give up such devotees at any time?* .

bring Me under their full control. What then is to be said of such perishable happiness as elevation to the higher planetary systems?* sadhavo hridayam mahyam sadhunam hridayam tv aham mad-anyat te na jananti naham tebhyo manag api . sarupya. samipya.mayi nirbaddha-hrdayah sadhavah sama-darsanah vase kurvanti mam bhaktya sat-striyah sat-pathim yatha "As chaste women bring their gentle husbands under control by service. who are always satisfied to be engaged in My loving service. are not interested even in the four principles of liberation (salokya. and sarshti). although these are automatically achieved by their service.* mat-sevaya pratitam te salokyadi-catushtayam nechhanti sevaya purëah kuto 'nyat kala-viplutam "My devotees. who are equal to everyone and completely attached to Me in the core of the heart. the pure devotees.

tu-but. atmika-self. tat-caraëaambhoja-of His lotus feet. bhakti-devotional service. mahatam-great souls. eva-certainly. My devotees do not know anything else but Me. tattva-vedinam-who know the truth. Text 204 sa karma-jnana-vairagyapekshakasya na sidhyati param shri-krishëa-kripaya . The great souls who know the truth and relish the nectar of devotional service to the Lord attain the nectar of the Lord's lotus feet as the result of their efforts. rasikanam-of they who relish the nectar."* Text 203 tad-bhakti-rasikanam tu mahatam tattva-vedinam sadhya tac-caraëambhojamakarandatmikaiva sa tat-to Him. and I am always in the heart of My pure devotee. sa-that. makaranda-the honey."The pure devotee is always within the core of My heart. sadhya-to be attained. and I do not know anyone else but them.

Pious fruitive work interferes with devotional service and dry renunciation destroys it. hi-indeed.2-3. anuyati-follows. or renunciation.35-36. tam-that. . param-great. Text 205 karma vikshepakam tasya vairagyam rasa-shoshakam jnanam hani-karam tat-tacchodhitam tv anuyati tam karma-work.tan-matrapekshakasya hi sa-that. tan-matra-apekshakasya-only in relation to Him. It is not attained by pious fruitive work. rasa-of nectar.5. vikshepakam-rejection.9. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10. tu-indeed. shri-krishëa-kripaya-by the mercy of Lord Krishëa. apekshakasya-in relation. The nectar of Lord Krishëa's lotus feet is attained only by Lord Krishëa's mercy.14.19. karma-fruitive work. jnana-knowledge. and 5.20.8. when these two are purified they help it. shoshakam-dry. tasya-of that. jnanam-knowledge. 5. 11. hani-karam-destroying. na-not.20. sidhyati-is perfected. vairagyam-renunciation. However. philosophical speculation. tat-tat-sodhitam-purified.19. vairagya-renunciation. 11.

vishantienter. brahmanishthatvam-faith in impersonal Brahman. the self-satisfied sages abandon their faith in impersonal Brahman and enter the path of devotional service. atah-then. bhakta-sangatah-in association with devotees. bhagavat-of the Lord.20.19. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 11.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami says this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 11. Text 207 . bhakti-margam-the path of devotional service.3. Because of the Lord's mercy and the devotees' association.42.2.3133. and 11. kripaya-by the mercy. ca-also. Text 206 atmaramash ca bhagavatkripaya bhakta-sangatah santyajya brahma-nishthatvam bhakti-margam vishanty atah atmaramas-th9 who take pleasure in the self. santyajya-renouncing.

vedibhih-by they who know.14. matreëaby only.5. knowledge and bliss. tu-indeed. asya-of Him. te-they. prapitah-attained. bhajante-worship. . tam-Him. With spiritual senses they serve Lord Hari. ca-also. harim-Lord Hari. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the exalted position of the devotees is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 6. taya shaktya-by that potency. tadrishaih-like that.muktash casya taya shaktya sac-cid-ananda-dehitam prapitas te bhajante tam tadrishaih karaëair harim muktah-liberated. sac-cid-ananda-dehitama body of eternity. sukarah-easily attained. and bliss. knowledge. They become liberated and by the Lord's potency they attain bodies of eternity. ativa tat-tyagah-great renunciation. tat-tattva-the truth. Text 208 svaramata tv ahankaratyaga-matreëa sidhyati sukaro 'tiva tat-tyago matas tat-tattva-vedibhih svaramata-taking pleasure in the self. sidhyati-become perfect. ahankara-false-ego. karaëaih-with senses. tyaga-rejecting. matah-considered.

for it checks their love for the Lord. yadi api-although. bhakteh-of devotional service. yat-which. Text 210 bhakteh phalam param prema tripty-abhava-sva-bhavakam avantara-phaleshv etad ati-heyam satam matam . atmaramatvam-the state of taking pleasure in the self.The happiness of the impersonalists is attained by renunciation of false-ego. tathapi-still. prema-love. na-not. grahyam-to be accepted. Text 209 avantara-phalam bhakter eva mokshadi yady api tathapi natmaramatvam grahyam prema-virodhi yat avantara-phalam-the fruit. virodhi-impediment. That renunciation is easily done by they who know the truth. eva-certainly. the devotees never accept the happiness of the impersonalists. moksha-adi-beginning with liberation. Although impersonal liberation may come from devotional service.

etat-this. tat-that. mate-in the opinion. asantoshahunsatisfied. na-not. tripti-satisfaction. avantara-phaleshu-in other results. The devotees think all other results should be given up. sva-bhavakam-love. Love that can never be satisfied is the great result of devotional service. phalam-result. sah-that.bhakteh-of devotion. mahan-great. prema-love. it does not satisfy the heart. api-also. tat-siddhau-in perfection. param-great. guëah-quality. matam-the opinion. abhavawithout. hi-indeed. Text 211 bhaktim vinapi tat-siddhav asantosho bhaven na tat shrimad-bhagavatendraëam mate sa hi guëo mahan bhaktim-devotional service. satam-of the devotees. ati-heyam-to be renounced. vina-without. Text 212 tad-hetush citta-shuddhir va . bhavet-is. The great devotees do not think it very good. Because the happiness of the impersonalists comes without devotional service. shrimad-bhagavata-indraëam-of the greatest devotees.

sva-dharmacara-bhaktitah bahyayas tv alpakam bhakter antaryah su-mahat-phalam tad-hetuh-the cause of that. sva-dharmacara-bhaktitah-from performance of devotional duties. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that internal devotional service consists of hearing and chanting the Lord's glories. alpakam-slight. nishtha-faith. atma-self. By performing this external devotional service one attains a slight result. tu-but. By devotedly performing one's own religious duties one attains the purity of heart that brings the happiness of the impersonalists. sidhyet-may become perfect. aramata-taking pleasure. bhajatam-worship. Text 213 nijatmaramata pashcad bhajatam tat-padambujam nirvighnam acirat sidhyed bhakti-nishtha-maha-sukham nija-own. antaryah-internal. pashcat-after. maha-sukham-great happiness. acirat-quickly. nirvighnam-without impediment. bahyayah-external. su-mahat-phalam-very great result. bhakteh-of devotion. tatpadambujam-His lotus feet. . shuddhih-pure. bhakti-in devotional service. but by performing internal devotional service one attains a very great result. citta-heart. va-or.

vrittayah-actions. anubhutayah-experiences. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the person who experiences is the devotee. what he experiences. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10. anubhavaniyah-to be experienced. The devotee experiences through the activities of the senses. which include a host of devotional activities beginning with hearing and chanting. What he experiences is the Lord. pastimes. ca-also. and other features. and the activities of the senses by which he experiences. . karaëanam-of the senses. Text 214 tatranubhavita so 'nubhavaniyo 'nubhutayah vrittayah karaëanam ca bahudha prasphuranti hi tatra-there. or who thinks himself related to the Lord in any one of a number of ways. hi-certainly. prasphuranti-are manifested. anubhavita-experienced. In devotional service the person who experiences. who manifests many very wonderful and sweet transcendental forms.14. are all manifested in many different ways. bahudha-in many ways. sah-that.Leaving the happiness of the impersonalists behind. who thinks "I am the Lord's servant".8. the devotees worship the Lord's lotus feet without stop and quickly attain great happiness and faith in devotional service.

and senses. sukham-happiness. However. adhikam-greater. manasah-of the mind. tat-that. bhasate-is manifested. mahah-splendor. intelligence. vritteh-of action. ekam-one. sphutika-of crsytal. Text 216 ittham samadhi-jan mokshat .84.Text 215 param samadhau sukham ekam asphutam vritter abhavan manaso na catatam vrittau sphurad vastu tad eva bhasate 'dhikam yathaiva sphutikacale mahah param-then. vrittau-in action. na-not. yatha-as. ca-and.29. great happiness is experienced in the mind. eva-indeed. for the devotees. atatammanifested. asphutam-not manifested. who with love and devotion actively serve the Lord's blissful lotus feet. no happiness can be perceived in the meditative trance of the impersonalists. This is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10. and therefore neither happiness nor anything else can be perceived. acale-in a mountain. abhavat-because of the absence. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that in the trance of the impersonalists the mind and senses are inactive. sphurat-manifested. However. when the mind is active happiness shines through as light shines through a crystal mountain. Because the mind remains inactive. samadhau-in trance. eva-indeed. vastu-thing. In that state there is only void.

bhakti-of devotional service. tat-that. mokshat-from liberation. rupam-form. bhara-atmakam-great. madhurisweetness. sukham-happiness. bhaktau-in devotional service. The happiness in impersonal liberation is of only one kind. vilasa-of pastimes. maha-great. eka-one.sukham bhaktau param mahat tad-bhakta-vatsalasyasya kripa-madhurya-jrimbhitam ittham-thus. which comes from the sweetness of the mercy of the Lord who loves His devotees. samadhi-jat-born from trance. asya-of Him. mahat-great. bahu-many. Therefore the happiness in devotional service is different . hareh-of Lord Hari. sukham-happiness. tarkyam-to be inferred. but the happiness in devotional service is of a wonderful variety of kinds. Therefore the happiness of devotional service. prati-yogi-different. hi-indeed. is greater than the happiness created by the meditative trance of the impersonalists. madhurya-of sweetness. vimuktiof liberation. na-not. Text 217 sadaika-rupam bahu-rupam adbhutam vimukti-saukhyat prati-yogi tat-sukham harer maha-bhakti-vilasa-madhuribharatmakam tarkyam atad-vidam na hi sada-eternally. saukhyat-from the happiness. atad-vidam-of they who do not undertsand the truth. rupam-forms. jrimbhitam-yawning. adbhutam-wonderful. kripa-of mercy. tad-bhakta-vatsalasya-who loves His devotees. param-superior.

The impersonalists cannot guess how great is the sweetness of the pastimes of devotional service to Lord Hari. sva-bhakteh-of His devotional service. navam-and newer. shatam-hundreds. itara-by others. Lord Vishëu. Text 218 sadaika-rupo 'pi sa vishëur atmanas tatha sva-bhakter janayaty anukshaëam vicitra-madhurya-satam navam navam taya sva-shaktyetara-durvitarkaya sada-always. Text 219 para-brahmyam madhura-madhuram parameshyam ca tad vai bhakteshv esha pravara-karuëa-pranta-sima-prakashah tesham caisha nivida-madhurananda-puranubhuter antyavastha-prakritir udita dhik-krita-brahma-saukhya . janayati-creates. atmanah-of the self. tatha-so. which is beyond the understanding of the non-devotees. madhurya-sweetness. by employing His transcendental potency. whose form is one. creates at every moment hundreds of newer and newer wonderful sweetnesses of devotional service. vicitra-wonderful. eka-rupah-one form. durvitarkaya-beyond the power to guess.from the happiness in impersonal liberation. vishëuh-Lord Vishëu. sah-He. sva-shaktya-His own potency. api-although. taya-by that. anukshaëam-at every moment. navam-newer.

madhura-madhuram-sweeter and sweeter. who experience the highest bliss of the most intense sweetness. pravara-great. His Brahman feature has no variety. sampatti-opulences. To splash His devotees with the waves of bliss of His many kinds of sweetness. a bliss that reviles and eclipses the happiness in impersonal Brahman. antya-fina. vai-indeed. pura-flood. The Supreme Personality of Godhead is much sweeter than the impersonal Brahman. ananda-of bliss. karaëa-of the senses. api-even. eshah-He. lahari-waves. dhruvataram-eternally. svasmin-own. tesham-of them. Text 220 sva-bhaktanam tat-tad-vividha-madhurananda-laharisada-sampatty-artham bahutara-vishesham vitanute yatha svasmims tat-tat-prakriti-rahite 'pi dhruvataram tatha tesham citrakhila-karaëa-vritty-adi-vibhavam sva-bhaktanam-of His devotees. the Lord appears in many ways. The Lord gives His greatest mercy to His devotees. tatha-so. akhila-all. but His feature as the Supreme Person eternally presents a wonderful variety to His devotees' senses. pranta-sima-prakashah-the ultimate. sada-eternally. vibhavam-opulence. tat-tad-vividha-various. madhura-of sweetness. nivida-intense. vritti-actions. adi-beginning with. yatha-as. parameshyam-of the Supreme Lord. bhakteshu-in the devotees. rahitewithout. tesham-of them. tat-that. caalso. anubhuteh-of the perception. visheshamdescriptions. tat-tat-prakriti-various natures. dhik-kritarebuked. prakritih-nature. vitanute-manifests. madhura-sweetness. artham-purpoose. citra-wonderful. avastha-situation. udita-manifested. brahma-saukhya-the happiness of impersonal Brahman. bahutara-many. ca-also.para-brahmyam-of the Supreme Brahman. karuëa-mercy. ananda-of bliss. eshah-He. .

nana-visheshah-many varieties. nitya-eternal. nitya-eternal. shrikah-handsomeness. lokah-realm. who is eternally surrounded by His eternal servants. krishëah-Lord Krishëa. whose handsomeness is eternal. aishvaryah-opulence. non-dual Brahman. whose opulence is eternal.Text 221 nityaishvaryo nitya-nana-vishesho nitya-shriko nitya-bhritya-prasangah nityopastir nitya-loko 'vatu tvam nityadvaita-brahma-rupo 'pi krishëah nitya-eternal. May Lord Krishëa. rupah-the form. brahma-of Brahman. whose realm is eternal. api-even. nitya-eternal. nitya-eternal. avatu-may protect. protect you. nitya-eternal. Text 222 maha-rase 'smin na budhaih prayujyate su-komale karkasha-tarka-kaëtakam tathapi nirvaëa-rata-pravrittaye navina-bhakta-pramude pradarshitam . tvam-you. who is worshiped eternally. nitya-eternal. advaitanon-dual. upastih-worship. and who appears as the eternal. whose great variety of many features is eternal. prasangah-company. bhritya-servants.

gudham-confidential. mokshasya-of liberation. sukomale-very delicate. maha-mantram-great mantra. nishtha-of faith. rase-in nectar. angamam-pleasing. pravrittaye-for actions. bhakta-devotees. idam-this. tucchatva-insignificance. . api-also. tam-that. pradarshitam-shown. hridaya-to the heart. maha-very. icchati-desires. tu-indeed. pramude-delight. to please the new devotees they do use those thorns aginst they who are attached to impersonal liberation. hi-indeed. tarka-logic. Texts 223 and 224 bhavams tu yadi mokshasya tucchatvanubhavena hi vishuddha-bhagavad-bhaktinishtha-sampattim icchati tada nijam maha-mantram tam eva bhajatam param atrapidam maha-gudham shriëotu hridayangamam bhavan-you. vishuddha-pure. yadi-if. anubhavenaby perceiving. rata-devoted. budhaih-by the wise. prayujyate-done. nijam-own. na-not.maha-great. shriëotu-should hear. bhajatam-worship. bhagavad-bhakti-devotion to the Lord. asmin-in this. karkasha-hard. atra-here. eva-indeed. kaëtakam-thorns. nirvaëa-to impersonal liberation. param-great. sampattim-the opulence. Although the wise do not push the hard thorns of logic into the very soft nectar of devotional service. tada-then. navina-new. tathapi-still.

hi-indeed. bahih-outside. and now hear a great secret that will please your heart.If you can see that impersonal liberation is very insignigicant. yatha-as. pramitat-in measurement. yojana-a yojana is eight miles. are eight coverings. dasha-by ten. each one ten times greater than the one before. which is four billion miles in diameter. koti-pancashat-five-hundred million. and if you desire the treasure that is faith in pure devotional service to the Lord. guëaëimultiplied. Text 225 brahmaëdat koti-pancashadyojana-pramitad bahih yathottaram dasha-guëaëy ashtav avaraëaëi hi brahmaëdat-from the universe. Text 226 tany atikramya labhyeta tan nirvaëa-padam dhruvam maha-kala-purakhyam yat . uttaram-higher. ashtau-eight. avaraëaëi-coverings. Outside the material universe. then worship your maha-mantra.

nirakaram-without form. . karaëat-from the absence. Text 227 tat svarupam anirvacyam kathancid varëyate budhaih sakaram ca nirakaram yatha-maty-anusaratah tat svarupam-that form. matiundertsood. which is called Maha-kala-pura because the subtle and gross material elements are not manifest there. The words "karya" and "karaëa" may also be interpreted to mean "the material senses" and "the gross material elements". sakaram-with form. karyaeffect. anusaratah-following. Crossing these coverings. karaëa-cause. labhyeta-is attained. one attains eternal liberation. tat-that. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Mahakala-pura here may also be interpreted to mean the place Krishëa and Arjuna visited to rescue a brahama's sons. varëyate-is described. budhaih-by the wise. yatha-as. atikramya-crossing. nirvaëa-padam-impersonal liberation. anirvacyam-indescribable. kathancit-somehow. yat -which. maha-kala-pura-akhyam-named Maha-kala-pura. ca-and. dhruvam-indeed.karya-karaëa-kalanat tani-them.

brahmarupam-form of Brahman. svecchaya-by their own desire.Each according to his own idea. paraam-great. ghani-bhutam-intense. tatra-there. Text 229 atas tatrapi bhavato dirgha-vancha-maha-phalam sakshat sampatsyate sviyamaha-mantra-prabhavatah . ca-also. hridya-pleasing. akaram-form. Text 228 bhagavat-sevakais tatra gataish ca svecchaya paraam hridyakaram ghani-bhutam brahma-rupam tad ikshyate bhagavat-of the Lord. gataih-gone. By their own wish the Lord's servants go there and see the Lord's pleasing. ikshyate-is seen. intensely spiritual form. the wise say that indescribable place either has form or has no form. tat-that. sevakaih-by the servants.

bhavatah-of you. sakshat-directly. apekshatah-waiting. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara was waiting for his lifetime as Brahma to end. atrahere. shri-mathurayah-of Shri Mathura. sviya-own. Go to Shri Mathura's Vrajabhumi at once. Text 231 . ca-also. maha-great. maha-mantra-maha-mantra. cet-if. bhavan-you. Text 230 bahu-kala-vilambash ca bhavan napekshato 'tra cet tada shri-mathurayas tam vraja-bhumim nijam vraja bahu-kala-vilambah-after a long time. prabhavatah-by the power. api-also. If you are waiting here for a long time to pass.atah-then. nijam-your own. tada-then. tatra-there. na-not. sampatsyate-is attained. vancha-desire. vraja-go. By the power of your maha-mantra you will attain the result you so long desired. dirgha-long. phalam-result. tam vraja-bhumim-to the land of Vraja. don't continue to wait.

vacobhihwords. vriddhim-increase. gata-gone. praptahattained. tesham-of them. krite-for the purpose. maya-by me. hridaye-in the heart.shri-gopa-kumara uvaca tesham etair vacobhir me bhakti-vriddhim gata prabhau vicarash caisha hridaye 'jani mathura-bhusura shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. gantavyam-to be gone. kim-what?. bhakti-of devotion. ajani-was manifested. eshah-He. . me-of me. sakshat-directly. sah-He. pita-father. parityajya-abandoning. bata-indeed. atra-here. yasya-of whom. anyatra-to another place. Shri Gopa-kumara said: O brahmaëa of Mathura. tam-that. idrishi-like this. etaih-with these. in my heart their words increased my devotion for the Lord. ca-also. mathura-bhusura-O brahmana of Mathura. prabhau-for the Lord. Text 232 bhaktir yasyedrishi so 'tra sakshat prapto maya pita tam parityajya gantavyam anyatra bata kim krite bhaktih-devotion.

The Supreme Person to whom I should be devoted is present here as my father. udvigna-agitated. svayam-personally. bhagavan-the Lord. who was very anxious at heart. personally spoke the following words of instruction: Text 234 shri-bhagavan uvaca . to me. Why should I leave and go to some other place? Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Lord Vishëu acted as Brahma's affectionate father. Text 233 ittham udvigna-cittam mam bhagavan sa kripakarah sarvantar atma-vritti-jnah samadishad idam svayam ittham-thus. sah-He. antah-within. cittam-at heart. Then. kripakarah-filled with mercy. the merciful Lord. samadishat-instructed. knowing my thoughts. atma-vritti-jnah-knowing my thoughts. mam-to me. sarva-everything. idam-this.

The Supreme Lord said: Go to Mathura's Vrajabhumi. tadrishi-like that. api. which is most dear to Me. tam-that. it is splendidly manifest as it was before. and which is decorated with the places of My transcendental pastimes. ya-which. atma-self. nija-priyatamam-very dear to Me. api-also. abhiyacyate-is requested. shri-brahmaëa-by Lord Brahma. vibhushitam-decorated. parivritte-gone. vraja-kshitim-to the land of Vraja. Text 235 yasyam shri-brahmaëapy atmatriëa-janmabhiyacyate parivritto 'pi ya dirghakale rajati tadrishi yasyam-in which place. triëa-as a blade of grass. janma-birth. mathurim-in the land of Mathura. There a Lord Brahma prayed to become a blade of grass. yahi-go. sthaly-avali-with the places. .also. dirgha-kale-a long time. Unchanged after all this time. rajati-shines.nija-priyatamam yahi mathurim tam vraja-kshitim tat-tan-mat-parama-kridasthaly-avali-vibhushitam shri-bhagavan uvaca-the Supreme Lord said. tat-tan-matparama-krida-of My transcendental pastimes.

By his mercy you will understand everything. kripaya-mercifully. Again you will find your guru. eva-indeed. tasya-of him. sva-gurum-your guru. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word “nitaram" here means "everything". sarvam-all. nitaram-greatly. punah-again. Text 237 maha-kala-pure samyag mam eva drakshyasi drutam tatrapi paramanandam prapsyasi sva-manoramam .Text 236 tatra mat-parama-preshtham lapsyase sva-gurum punah sarvam tasyaiva kripaya nitaram jnasyasi svayam tatra-there. jnasyasi-you will understand. mat-parama-preshtham-most dear to Me. lapsyase-you will attain. who is very dear to Me. svayam-personally.

There you will attain transcendental bliss that will please your heart. bhramitva-wandering. shatani-hundreds. eva-certainly. paramashcarya-great wonders. prapsyasi-you will attain. drutam-at once.maha-kala-pure-in Maha-kala-pura. paramanandam-transcendental bliss. sva-manoramam-your own desire. In the spiritual world of Maha-kala-pura you will see Me at once. anubhavishyasi-you will experience. By the power of my mercy wandering as you wish. prabhavena-by the power. you will see hundreds of great wonders. drakshyasiyou will see. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara will wander in the spiritual realms of Vaikuëthaloka. samyak-completely. Text 239 . Text 238 mat-prasada-prabhavena yatha-kamam itas tatah bhramitva paramashcaryashatany anubhavishyasi mat-My. tatrapi-still. mam-Me. prasada-of the mercy. itas tatah-here and there. yatha-kamam-as you desire.

harsha-with joy. putra-O son. vrindavane-in Vrindavana. arthakah-desires. After some time all your desires will be fulfilled and you will enjoy pastimes with Me in Vrindavana as you wish. uvaca-said. shoka-and grief. nijaown. etat-this.kalena kiyata putra paripurëakhilarthakah vrindavane maya sardham kridishyasi nijecchaya kalena kiyata-fter. tad-ajnaya-by His order. vrindavanamVrindavana. agatah-came. tat-kshaëat-from that moment. kridishyasi-you will enjoy transcendental pastimes. hiindeed. evam-in this way. Text 240 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca evam tad-ajnaya harshashokavishto 'ham agatah etad vrindavanam shrimat tat-kshaëan manaseva hi shri-gopa-kumara-Shri Gopa-kumara. paripurëa-fulfilled. aham-I. manasa-by the mind. sardham-with. avishtah-filled. icchaya-by the desire. akhila-all. maya-by Me. . shrimat-beautiful. iva-as if.

agacchan-coming.Shri Gopa-kumara said: Filled with both joy and grief. traveling by the mind's power. yatra-where. Chapter Three: Bhajana (Worship) Text 1 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca brahmalokad imam prithvim agacchan drishtavan aham purvam yatra yad asit tadgandho 'py asti na kutracit shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. imam-this. to beautiful Vrindavana. by His order I at once came. api-also. asit-was. kutracit-anywhere. drishtavan-saw. asti-is. I saw that not even the slightest fragrance of what had been before still remained. tat-of that. Shri Gopa-kumara said: Coming from Brahmaloka to earth. brahmalokat-from Brahmaloka. prithvim-to earth. . aham-I. na-not. tatthat. purvam-before. gandhah-the fragrance.

tadrishaih-with them. hills. with its forests. jangamaih-moving creatures. yatha-as. and moving creatures. vana-forsts. humans. however. vrita-filled. anvita-with. virajate-shines.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains the demigods. purvam-before. Text 3 ajnam bhagavatah smritva bhraman vrindavanantare anvishya kunje 'trapashyam sva-gurum prema-murchitam . shri-mathura-Shri Mathura. tadrik-like that. adri-hills. streams. Text 2 param shri-mathura tadrig vanadri-sarid-anvita virajate yatha-purvam tadrishair jangamair vrita param-supreme. Shri Mathura. sarit-rivers. and their abodes had all been destroyed by the influence of the time of cosmic annihilation. was splendidly manifest as before.

smritva-remembering. vrindavanantare-in Vrindavana. who had fainted in the ecstasy of love. bhraman-wandering. apashyam-I saw. manoratham-desire. prema-in the ecstasy of love. anvishya-entering. svasthyam-a normal condition. mam-me. bubudhe-enwo. bahubhih-with great. I saw my guru. Text 4 prayasair bahubhih svasthyam nito 'sau vikshya mam natam parirebhe 'tha sarvajno bubudhe man-manoratham prayasaih-effort. svagurum-my guru. and seeing me as I bowed before him. atra-here. Remembering the Lord's instruction. bhagavatah-of the Lord. Entering a forest grove. nitah-brought. I wandered in Vrindavana. Revived after many efforts. murchitam-fainted. asau-he. he understood my desire.ajnam-the instruction. Text 5 snatva sva-datta-mantrasya dhyanadi-vidhim uddishan . atha-then. natam-bowing down. he embraced me. sarvajnah-allknowing. mat-my. kunje-a grove. Omniscient. parirebhe-embraced. vikshya-seeing.

vidhim-rules. idam-this. kincit-something. abhyavedayat-communicated. mukhena-with his face. He said: To you. By the power of what I gave. svayam-personally. mantrasya-of the mantra. sanketena-with a hint. After bathing. sarvam-all. adadam-I gave. dhyana-with meditation. datta-given. sarvam-everything. jnasyasi-you will know. etat-prabhavena-by this power. uddishan-teaching. lapsyase-you will attain. Text 6 jagada ca nijam sarvam idam preshthaya te 'dadam sarvam etat-prabhavena svayam jnasyasi lapsyase jagada-said. Text 7 .kincin mukhena kincic ca sanketenabhyavedayat snatva-bathing. who are very dear to me. ca-and. you will know everything and attain everything. Some things he directly said. preshthaya-dear. ca-also. sva-by him. and others he hinted. te-to you. kincitsomething. adi-beginning. I gave everything. nijam-own. he taught me the rules of meditation and other rules of the mantra he had given me.

padayoh-at the feet. alakshitam-unseen. tasya-of him. I could not see where he had gone. kutrapi-somewhere. pravrittah-engaged. yatnatah-with effort. agacchat-went. tad-viyoga-in separation from him. sah-he.harsheëa mahata tasya padayoh patite mayi so 'ntarhita ivagacchad yatra kutrapy alakshitam harsheëa mahata-with great happiness. As with great happiness I fell at his feet. he suddenly left. ca-and. vishtabhyacollecting. tamthat. patite-fallen. japtum-to chant. With a great effort calming my mind now tortured by separation from him. adesham-instruction. . mayito me. antarhitah-disappeared. I began to chant my mantra in the way he had taught. manah-mind. yatra-where. iva-as if. yatha-as. Text 8 aham ca tad-viyogartam mano vishtabhya yatnatah yathadesham sva-mantram tam pravritto japtum adarat aham-I. artam-unhappy. sva-mantram-own mantra. adarat-with respect.

abhasena-with a reflection. rajya-kingdom. and filled with illusions. gacchan-going. I saw that my body was no longer made of the five gross material elements. vyalokayam-I saw. atitam-beyond.Text 9 panca-bhautikatatitam sva-deham kalayan raveh nirbhidya maëdalam gacchann urdhvam lokan vyalokayam dushitan bahu-dosheëa sukhabhasena bhushitan mayamayan mano-rajyasvapna-drishtartha-sammitan panca-bhautikata-the world of five material elements. kalayan-knowing. decorated with false shadows of happiness. sukha-of happiness. artha-valuable things. Text 11 . deham-body. bahu-dosheëa-with many faults. and then going higher. lokan-the planets. drishta-seen. mayamayan-made of illusions. bhushitan-decorated. manah-of the heart. I saw that the different planets were filled with defects. raveh-of the sun. sammitan-consisting. svapna-in a dream. urdhvam-up. sva-own. dushitan-faulty. Going through the circle of the sun. nirbhidya-piercing. maëdalam-the circle. as desires seen in a dream.

one by one. praptah-attained. uttara-uttaram-higher and higher. ye-which. sarve-all. adhuna-now. atha-then. bahu-great. kramashahgradually. nimeshatah-in a moment.purvam ye bahu-kalena sampraptah kramasho 'dhuna sarve nimeshatah kranta yugapan manaseva te purvam-before. yugapat-at once. sukhaih-with happinesses. krantah-passed. Text 12 brahmalokat sukhaih kotiguëitair uttarottaram vaibhavaish ca mahishthani prapto 'smy avaraëany atha brahmalokat-than Brahmaloka. mahishthanigreat. avaraëani-the coverings. manasa-by the mind. Then I reached the universe's coverings. now were all passed in a single moment. kalena-with time. sampraptah-attained. . iva-as if. Planets that before would take a long time to attain. te-they. vaibhavaih-with opulences. guëitaihmultiplied. as if I were traveling at the speed of mind. asmi-I. which had happinesses and opulences millions of times greater than Brahmaloka. koti-millions of time. ca-also.

upadhim-designation. tattad-rupeëa-with various forms. karaëa-of causes. which are named Linga. kamatah-from desire. akhyam-named. hi-certainly. I came to the coverings of gross material elements.. praptaattained. and which contain many great pleasures enjoyed by living entities free from the gross elements. nihshesha-all.Texts 13 and 14 karyopadhim ati-krantaih prapta-vyakrama-muktikaih lingakhyam karaëopadhim ati-kramitum atmabhih pravishya tat-tad-rupeëa bhujyamanani kamatah tat-tad-udbhava-nihsheshasukha-sara-mayani hi karya-of gross material elenemts. pravishya-entering. upadhim-designation. udbhava-manifestations. ati-krantaih-surpassing. ati-kramitum-to surpass. vyakrama-muktikaih-with liberations. tat-tat-various. linga-linga. atmabhih-with the self. and the subtle material elements. sukha-sara-mayani-filled with happiness. bhujyamanani-enjoyed. Texts 15 and 16 .

pujitamworshiped. was worshiping the Lord. prabhum-the Lord. prathamam-the first. who had the form of a great boar. bhramat-going. avaraëam-the covering. tesham-of them. gatavan-went. dravyaih-with things. dhariëya-by the earth-goddess. where I saw the supremely opulent earth-goddess who. brahmaëda-by the universes. prati-romaanta-from the hairs.prithivy-avaraëam tesham prathamam gatavan aham tad-aishvaryadhikariëya dhariëya pujitam prabhum brahmaëda-durlabhair dravyair maha-sukara-rupiëam apashyam pratiromantabhramad-brahmaëda-vaibhavam prithivi-of earth. durlabhaih-difficult to attain. brahmaëda-universes. aham-I. the pores of His body the place from which the universes come. Text 17 tasyam karaëa-rupayam karya-rupam idam jagat tad-upadanakam sarvam sphuritam ca vyalokayam . with offerings of things difficult to get the material universes. tad-aishvarya-adhikariëya-with great opulence. vaibhavam-power. apashyam-I saw. maha-sukara-rupiëam-the form of a great boar. First I entered the covering of earth.

47. karya-rupam-in the form of the gross elements. arthamfor the purpose. sarvam-all. katicit-some. jagat-universe. including its ingredients. . the earth-goddess welcomed me as a guest and asked me to stay for some days and enjoy the happinesses there. its subtle cause. tad-upadanakam-its ingredients. sat-kritah-welcomed. bhoga-of enjoyment. aham-I. idam-this. bhagavat-of the Lord. sphuritam-manifest. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this place is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10. pujam-the worship. taya-of Him.tasyam-where. I saw that the entire material universe. vyalokayam-I saw. ca-and. Putting aside the worship of the Lord. Text 18 vidhaya bhagavat-pujam tayatithyena sat-kritah dinani katicit tatra bhogartham aham arthitah vidhaya-placing. arthitah-wa requested.89. karaëa-rupayam-in the form of the subtle elements. tatra-there. dinani-days. were present in her. atithyena-with being a guest.

atitya-passing through. as if being somehow dragged though it. Taking her permission. paraëi-other. avaraëam-covering. akrishyamaëah-being pulled. Texts 20 and 21 maha-rupa-dharair varitejo-vayv-ambarais tatha ahankara-mahadbhyam ca sva-svavaraëato 'rcitam krameëa matsyam suryam ca pradyumnam aniruddhakam sankarshaëam vasudevam . sat-being so. kenapi-somehow. tat-that.Text 19 tam anujnapya kenapy akrishyamaëa ivasu tat atityavaraëam praptah paraëy avaraëani sat tam-from her. anujnapya-taking permission. I quickly went through that covering. iva-as if. praptah-attained. ashu-quickly. and I came to the other coverings. avaraëani-coverings.

bhagavantam alokayam maha-great. mahadbhyam-and mahat-tattva. In those coverings I saw. and Lord Vasudeva. and the deity of fire worshiped Lord Surya. pradyumnam-Pradyumna. krameëa-one after another. suryam-Lord Surya. ca-and. tatha-then. ahankara-false-ego. bhagavantam-the Lord. ambaraih-ether. rupa-forms. uttarottaram-one after another. Lord Pradyumna. shri-mahattvena-with greatness. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the deity of water worshiped Lord Matsya. In this way each element-deity worshiped a sepcific form of the Lord. and mahat-tattva. arcitam-worshiped. Lord Surya. one after another. bhogaenjoyemnt. tejah-fire. fire. pujaka-worshiper. ca-also. adhika-adhikam-greater and greater. . karaëam-subtle element. false-ego. sankarshaëamSankarshaëa. Lord Aniruddha. Lord Sankarshaëa. sva-sva-avaraëatah-from the various coverings. Lord Mastya. aniruddhakam-Aniruddha. Text 22 sva-karyat purva-purvasmat karaëam cottarottaram pujya-pujaka-bhoga-shrimahattvenadhikadhikam sva-karyat-each gross element. ca-also. air. vasudevam-and Vasudeva. dharaih-manifesting. ether. matsyam-Lord Matsya. being worshiped by the great forms of the deities of water. alokayam-I saw. pujya-object of worship. purva-purvasmat-one after another. vari-water. vayu-air.

syamika-darkness. atikramya-passing through. beauty. prakriti-of material energy. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this covering is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10. Passing through these coverings as before. gatah-gone. Text 23 purvavat tany atikramya prakrity-avaraëam gatah maha-tamomayam sandrasyamikakshi-manoharam purvavat-as before. tani-them.89. akshi-the eyes.47. maha-great. and glory. .Each gross material element. its dark color very pleasing to the eyes. worshipers. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that in each element-covering these things were greater than in the previous covering. I came to the very dark covering of material energy. and the worshipers were the element-deities beginning with the element fire. sandra-thick. enjoyment. and then each subtle material element manifested greater and greater objects of worship. manoharam-pleasing. tamomayam-with darkness. avaraëam-to the covering. The objects of worship were the Deities beginning with Lord Matsya.

. tatah-then. gantum-to go. and did not wish to go any further. I became very pleased. tatra-there. eva-indeed. agratah-ahead. varëa-color. drishtva-seeing. samabhyayat-approached. so like the color of my worshipable Lord. vibhrajamansyasplendidly manifest. Text 25 shri-mohini-murti-dharasya tatra vibhrajamansya nijeshvarasya pujam samapya prakritih prakrishtamurtih sapady eva samabhyayan mam shri-mohini-murti-dharasya-manifesting the form of Mohini-devi. hrishtah-pleased. pujam-worship. nitaram-greatly. samapya-attaining. Seeing this dark color. prakritih-material nature. aiccham-I wished. atatemanifested. mam-me. nija-own. ishta-devasya-worshipable Deity. sadrishyam-likeness.Text 24 tasman nijeshta-devasya varëa-sadrishyam atate drishtvaham nitaram hrishto naiccham gantum tato 'gratah tasmat nija-own. aham-I. na-not. murtih-form. prakrishta-exalted. ishvarasya-of the Lord. sapadi-at once.

at once approached me. agratah-before.The very beautiful material nature. avasthitim-the stay. siddhih-mystic powers. mama-me. tatra-there. anima-adyah-beginning with anima. yayace-begged. the splendid form of Mohini-devi. Placing aëima and the other mystic powers as an offering before me. Text 27 sa-sneham ca jagadedam yadi tvam muktim icchasi tadapy anugrihaëemam mam tasyah pratihariëim . Text 26 upanayan maha-siddhir animadya mamagratah yayace ca prithivy-adivat tatra mad-avasthitim upanayat-brought. mat-of me. concluding the worship of her Deity. as had the earth-goddess and the other deities. prithivy-adi-vat-as earth and the other deities. ca-also. maha-great. she begged me to stay.

sa-with. cetikam-the maidservant. If you wish devotional service to Lord Vishëu. tadapi-then. then you should worship me. yadi-if. jagada-said. icchasi-desire. for by His mercy I am His maidservant. mam-me. She affectionately said: If you wish impersonal liberation. anugrihaëa-be kind. idam-this. tasyah-of her. bhaktidam-the giver of devotional service. tathapi-then. then you must please me. pratihariëim-guarding the door. kripaya-with kindness. sneham-affection. icchasi-you wish. imam-this. mam-to me. vishëoh-to Lord Vishëu. Text 28 bhaktim icchasi va vishëos tathapy etasya cetikam bhaginim shakti-rupam mam kripaya bhaja bhaktidam bhaktim-devotional service. ca-also. va-or. sister. shakti-rupam-potency. etasya-of Him. bhaginim-sister. for I guard the door to it. bhaja-worship. and potency. Text 29 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca . tvam-you. muktim-liberation.

Text 30 pradhanikair jiva-sanghair bhujyamanam manoramam sarvatah sarva-mahatmyadhikyena vilasat svayam . Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara ignored everything she said and all the offerings she presented before him. anadrityaignoring. drashtumto see. ignoring everything. . dhiya-considering. natva-bowing down.tad ashesham anadritya vishëu-shakti-dhiya param tam natvavaraëam ramyavarëam tad drashtum abhramam shri-gopa-kumarah-Shri Gopa-kumara. . I bowed before her and. varëam-color. ramya-delightful. avaraëam-the covering. wandered about to gaze at the covering. ashesham-everything. Shri Gopa-kumara said: Thinking of her as Lord Vishëu's potency. param-then. abhramam-wandered. tat-that. uvaca-said. tam-to her. . which had a very beautiful color. tat-that. vishëu-shakti-the potency of Lord Vishëu.

. vilasat-glistening. jagan-mayam-consisting of the material universes. . svayam-itself. . sevyamanam-being served. which was enjoyed by many individual spirit souls manifesting forms of subtle material elements. . sarva-all. jiva-of individual spirit souls. bhujyamanamenjoyed. karya-of gross material elements.pradhanikaih-of pradhana. Text 32 atheshvarecchayatitya . sarvatah-everywhere. which had opulences that charm the heart. which was difficult to understand. . and which consisted of the material universes. manoramam-beautiful. vaibhavam-opulence. adhikyenawith superiority. durvibhavyam-difficult to understand. which had many forms. sanghataih-manifested. . Text 31 bahu-rupam durvibhavyam maha-mohana-vaibhavam karya-karaëa-sanghataih sevyamanam jagan-mayam bahu-rupam-many forms. which was worshiped by the gross and subtle material elements. mahatmya-glories. . . maha-great. . which was supremely glorious. sanghaih-by hosts. mohana-of charm. karaëa-of subtle material elements.

drishtih-glance. tejah-punjam-great light. With great devotion and care I looked ahead and saw. I traveled a great distance through that great darkness and finally I saw a light so splendid it made me close my eyes. apashyam-I saw. icchaya-with the desire. tatthat. prasarayan-placing. splendid as millions of suns. yatnat-with effort. . apashyam-I saw. paramaya-with great. tam-that drikeyes. parameshvaram-the Supreme controller. . atitya-crossing over. by the Lord's wish. agre-before. durantam-far. karaëam-cause. . nimilana-closing. Then. ishvara-of the Lord. the Supreme Lord. Text 33 bhaktya paramaya yatnad agre drishtih prasarayan surya-koti-pratikasam apashyam parameshvaram bhaktya-devotion. pratikasam-splendor. tamah-darkness. . surya-of suns.durantam tad ghanam tamah tejah-punjam apashyam tam drin-nimilana-karaëam atha-then. ghanam-intense. koti-millions.

ashesha-all. vibhum-all-pwerful. . who was all-powerful. akritim-whose form. who was decorated with wonderful sweetnesses. maha-very. . rama-delighting. sattranscendental. . samagra-sat-purushalakshaëa-anvitam-with all the characteristics of the Supreme Person. loka-of the world. who delighted my eyes and heart. adbhutam-wonderful. who had all the characteristics of the Supreme Person. who was very wonderful. tadiya-with that. nirakritim-without form. . . adhishthatritaya-as the establisher. sphurat-parabrahmamayam-the Supreme Spirit. . guëa-the modes of material nature. vilasinam-splendid.Text 34 mano-drig-ananda-vivardhanam vibhum vicitra-madhurya-vibhushaëacitam samagra-sat-purusha-lakshaëanvitam sphurat-para-brahmamayam mahadbhutam manah-of the mind. . drik-and eyes. atitam-beyond. prakriti-matureial energy. vibhushaëa-acitam-decorated. madhurya-sweetness. manah-the hearts. acyutam-infallible. who was perfectly spiritual. vihinam-without. ananda-bliss. Text 35 sada-guëatitam ashesha-sad-guëam nirakritim loka-manoramakritim prakrityadhishthatritaya vilasinam tadiya-sambandha-vihinam acyutam sada-eternally. vicitra-wonderful. guëam-qualities. vivardhanam-increasing. sambandha-in relationship.

whose form charmed the hearts of the world. kathancana-at all. and love. iti-thus. who had no form. kim-what?. Text 36 maha-sambhrama-santrasapramoda-bhava-vihvalah tada kim karavaniti jnatum neshe kathancana maha-great. nanot. Text 37 . bliss.. ishe-I was able. who was splendidly manifest as the creator of the material energy. reverence. . I had no power to understand at all. sambhrama-reverence. bhava-and love. santrasa-fear. What should I do? Overcome with great fear. . and who was infallible. who was eternally beyond the modes of material nature. jnatum-to know. karavani-shall I do?. who had no relationship with the material energy. who had all spiritual qualities. pramoda-and bliss. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami says the statement that the Lord had no form means He had no material form. tada-then. vihvalah-overwhelmed.

atita-beyond. kenacit-something. ishe-I am able. Text 38 naitan nishcetum ishe 'yam drigbhyam cittena vekshyate kim vatikramya tat-sarvam atma-bhavena kenacit na-not. va-or. and although He is beyond the material senses. ikshyate-is seen. by the power of His mercy He is seen directly. sakshatdirectly. asau-He. atikramya-surpassing. Although He is manifest only by His own wish. indriya-of the senses. sva-prakashah-self-manifested. etat-this nishcetum-to understand. drigbhyam-with the eyes. atma-bhavena-by His opwn nature. param-then. tatsarvam-everything. cittena-with the mind. kim-whether?. samikshyate-is seen.yadyapi sva-prakasho 'sav atitendriya-vrittikah tat-karuëya-prabhavena param sakshat samikshyate yadyapi-although. ayam-Him. tat-karuëya-prabhavena-by the power of His mercy. vrittikah-the actions. . va-or.

sakaramwith form. or something beyond them both? I could not decide. as before.Was I seeing Him with my eyes. avalokayan-seeing. anugraham-the mercy. amum-this. that the great splendor had form. I became happy. Text 39 kshaëan nirakaram ivavalokayan smarami niladri-pater anugraham kshaëac ca sakaram udikshya purvavan maha-mahah-punjam amum labhe mudam kshaëat-in a moment. ca-also. labhe-I attain. maha-mahah-punjam-great splendor. Text 40 kadapi tasminn evaham liyamano 'nukampaya raksheya nija-padabjanakhamshu-sparshato 'muna . purvavat-as before. In the next moment seeing. niladri-pateh-of Lord jagannatha. or my heart. udikshya-seeing. smarami-I remember. kshaëat-in a moment. mudam-bliss. I remembered the mercy of Lord Jagannatha. One moment seeing Him formless. iva-like. nirakaram-formless.

sparshatah-from the touch. One moment I began to merge into that light. but by the Lord's mercy I was saved by the touch of the splendor of His lotus toenail. manah-the heart. aham-I. nija-own. anukampaya-by the mercy. alokya-seeing. abhinnaih-and not different. iva-like. iva-as if. Text 41 bhinnabhinnair maha-siddhaih sukshmaih suryam ivamshubhih vritam bhaktair ivalokya kadapi priyate manah bhinna-different. maha-siddhaih-perfect. sukshmaih-subtle. kadapi-sometimes. amshubhih-with rays of light. vritam-surrounded. amuna-by that. surrounded by perfect devotees at once different and not different from Him Text 42 ittham ananda-sandoham anuvindan nimagna-dhih . My heart became pleased when at one moment I saw the Lord. eva-indeed. pada-feet. priyate-is pleased. nakha-of the nails. suryam-the sun. tasmin-in that. raksheya-I am protected. as the sun is surrounded by rays of light. amshu-light. liyamanah-merging. bhaktaih-by devotees.kadapi-sometimes. abja-lotus.

arcita-worshiped. etat-this. dhihthoughts. I concluded that this was the best place. kamah-desires. vicara-conseptions. evaindeed. My heart plunged in an ocean of bliss. Text 44 . param-supreme. caalso. atmaramah-self-satisfied. the ultimate. the final fruit of all endeavors. padam-place. I became like a self-satisfied sage. purëa-fulfilled. ananda-sandoham-great bliss. idam-this. iva-as if. paramam-supreme. nimagna-plunged. abhuvam-I became. iva-as if. anuvindan-experiencing. gatam-atained. phalam-result. Thinking a flood of thoughts worshiped by logic. amamsi-I thought. or like a person whose desires are all fulfilled. param-supreme. Text 43 tarkarcita-vicaraughair idam eva param padam param kashtham gatam caitad amamsi paramam phalam tarka-by logic.atmarama ivabhuvam purëa-kama ivathava ittham-thus. aughaih-with floods. kashtham-ultimate. athava-or.

svabhavika-natural. In my heart tossed by waves of bliss. iva-as if. tad-anya-another. padabjalotus feet. lina-merged. ananda-of bliss. nija-own. san-mantraof the transcendental mantra. jnanam-knowledge. sva-own. pujya-worshipable. balatah-from the power. vihvaleovercome. avaloka-the sight. kshobha-agitation. lalasa-yearning. taranga-waves. kadacin-at any time. Text 45 shriman-maha-bhagavatopadeshatah san-mantra-seva-balato na kevalam lina kadacin nija-pujya-devatapadabja-sakshad-avaloka-lalasa shriman-maha-bhagavata-of the great devotee. upadeshatah-from the instruction. awareness of everything else disappeared. kevalam-in impersonal liberation.pada-svabhavikanandataranga-kshobha-vihvale citte tad-anya-sva-prapyajnanam antar-dadhav iva pada-place. sakshat-directly. seva-service. devata+lord. . prapya-attainable. na-not. citte-in the heart. antar-dadhau-disappeared.

Text 47 tena tam prakatam pashyann . abhut-became. purushasya-the Supreme Person. I never merged in impersonal liberation. smriteh-of memory. and the Lord here is Lord Madana-Gopala. sritim-path. asya-of Him. Text 46 utasya tejo-maya-purushasya vicara-lokena vivardhito 'bhut nijeshta-sandarshana-dirgha-lobhah smriteh sritim nita iva prakarshat uta-indeed. vicara-lokena-by the sight. dirgha-long. The sight of that Supreme Person increased my long-nourished yearning to see my worshipable Lord and carried it on the path of my memory. sandarshanaseeing. ishta-worshipable Lord. nija-own. because of the power of my service to my mantra. tejo-maya-splendid. and because of my yearning to see directly the lotus feet of my worshipable Lord. iva-like.Because of the instruction of the great devotee. lobhah-yearning. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the great devotee here is Gopa-kumara's guru. vivardhitah-increased. nitah-brought. prakarshat-by pulling.

api priye na purvavat sidamy atha layam svasya sankamanah svayam-bhavam tena-by that. prakatam-manifested. priye-dear. sankamanah-considering. aham-I. "When I come to Vrajabhumi. evam-in this way. vadyainstrumental music. ." Then I heard wonderful sounds of singing and instrumental music. sidami-I sit. I feared merging into Him. Text 48 vrajabhumav ihagatya sadhaye 'ham sva-vanchitam vimrishann evam ashrausham gita-vadyadbhuta-dhvanim vrajabhumau-in Vrajabhumi. sva-vanchitammy desire. ashrausham-I heard. sadhaye-I attain. atha-then. I will attain my desire. api-although. pashyan-seeing. iha-here. tam-Him. I was not as pleased as before. dhvanim-sound. adbhuta-wonderful. Gazing at Him as He was manifest before me. svayam-bhavam-own nature. svasya-own. purva-before. layam-abode. gita-singing. na-not. vat-as. I thought. agatya-arriving. vimrishan-thinking.

urdhva-padat-from above. lalitam-graceful.Text 49 hrishto 'ham paritah pashyan vrisharudham vyalokayam kam apy urdhva-padat tatrayantam sarva-vilakshaëam hrishtah-happy. rucira-glorious. I looked in that direction and saw. mlana-flowing. paritah-there. arudham-ascended. Happy. . dik-the directions. . ayantam-coming. Text 50 karpura-gauram tridrisham dig-ambaram candrardha-maulim lalitam tri-shulinam ganga-jala-mlana-jatavali-dharam bhasmanga-ragam rucirasthi-malinam karpura-camphor. jala-water. vilakshaëam-different. anga-ragam-cosmetic. gauram-fair. candra-moon. aham-I. sarva-from all. coming from above. jatavali-on matted hair. ganga-of the Ganges. ambaram-clothing. tatra-there. pashyan-seeing. kam api-someone. vrisha-on a bull. a person different from all the others. tri-three. riding on a bull. . drisham-eyes. maulim-crown. . asthi-of bones. ardha-half. bhasma-ashes. dharam-holding. tri-shulinam-holding a trident. malinam-with a necklace. vyalokayam-I saw.

samsevyamanam-being served. holding a trident. paricchadaih-by paraphernalia. akriti-forms. his only clothing the four directions. parivara-sancayaih-with associates. anointed with ashes. atma-anurupaih-like Himself. having three eyes. kalitam-seen. his matted locks holding the Ganges' water. and served with very splendid paraphernalia by associates whose handsome forms and graceful actions were like his. his body fair with camphor. pleased by goddess Gauri sitting on his lap. rucira-handsome. ashritaya-taking shelter. . anuranjitam-decorated. . Text 51 gaurya nijankashritayanuranjitam divyati-divyaih kalitam paricchadaih atmanurupaih parivara-sancayaih samsevyamanam rucirakritihitaih gaurya-with Gauri. . Text 52 . crowned with a half-moon. . Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the bones were glorious because they were the bones of great Vaishëavas. wearing a necklace of glorious bones. . . divyaati-divyaih-supremely splendid. . nija-own. . ihitaih-actions.. anka-lap. graceful.

varga-than the community. ayam-this. mukti-of liberation. lakshyate-is seen. vismayam-wonder. bhati-shines. vilakshaëa-different. api-also. I thought: "Who is this that. kah-who?. adhikah-better. ca-and. acintayam-I thought. etat-this. praptah-attained. but yet he looks like a great hedonist who does not care to act rightly. san-being so. "His opulences seem unworldly and he seems better than all the liberated souls. stands above impersonal liberation? Text 53 jagad-vilakshaëaishvaryo mukta-vargadhiko 'pi san lakshyate 'ti-sad-acaro maha-vishayavan iva jagat-from the world. adhyah-rich. parivara-with associates. aishvaryah-opulences. surrounded by his associates. mukta-of the liberated." .paramam vismayam prapto harsham caitad acintayam ko 'nv ayam parivaradhyo bhati mukti-padopari paramam-supreme. I became filled with joy and wonder. harsham-joy. ati-sadacarah-ignoring good conduct. iva-like. anu-indeed. upari-above. maha-vishayavan-a great materialist. pada-the state.

akranta-overcome. alokitah-seen. my heart overcome with bliss by seeing him. visheshatah-specifically. When. cetah-heart. kripaya-with mercy. aham-I. upavrajya-approaching. naman-offering respectful obeisances. vegat-because of the power. ahvayam-named. tad-gaëa-ofr his associates. amuna-by him.Text 54 parananda-bharakrantacetas tad-darshanad aham naman sa-parivaram tam kripayalokito 'muna para-ananda-bhara-by great bliss. he mercifully glanced at me. tam-to him. darshanat-from seeing. sa-parivaram-with his associates. I bowed before him and his associates. shriman-nandishvaraShriman Nandishvara. tad-vrittantam-his story. . tat-him. adhyaksham-the leader. Text 55 harsha-vegad upavrajya shriman-nandishvarahvayam apriccham tad-gaëadhyaksham tad-vrittantam visheshatah harsha-of joy. apriccham-I asked.

you don't know Lord Shiva. Text 56 sa sa-hasam avocan mam gopalopasana-para gopa-bala na janishe shri-shivam jagad-ishvaram sah-he. . upasana-paraO devoted worshiper. who was named Shriman Nandishvara.Joyfully approaching the leader of the associates. who is the Lord of the universes. He laughed and said: "O cowherd boy. I asked about him. mam-to me. sa-with. jagat-of the universes. Text 57 bhukter muktesh ca datayam bhagavad-bhakti-vardhanah muktanam api sampujyo vaishëavanam ca vallabhah . ishvaram-the Lord. . O devoted worshiper of Lord Gopala. janishe-you know. . na-not. shri-shivam-Lord Shiva. gopala-of Lord Gopala. gopa-bala-O cowherd boy. avocat-said. hasam-a laugh.

aprithak-not different. who increases devotion to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. mukteh-of liberation. alankartum-to ornament. bhakti-by devotion. vardhanah-increasing. bhakti-devotion. vallabhah-dear.bhukteh-of sense pleasure. vashikritah-controlled. svanurupat-like his own form. bhagavat-to the Lord. data-the giver. . ca-also. priyaya-his beloved. kuverasya-of Kuvera. kailasa-Kailsa. . yati-goes. bhaktidevotional service. muktanam-of the liberated souls. anaya-her. sampujyah-to be worshiped. . adrim-mountain. ca-and. ayam-he. sakhyuh-friend. api-even. parvatya-with Parvati. labhyat-because of being attained. sva-lokatah-from his own realm. priyaih-dear. who is worshiped by the liberated souls. who gives both material pleasures and liberation. vaishëavanam-to the Vaishëavas. krishëa-and Lord Krishëa. . vritah-surrounded. drishti-vision. parivritaih-with associaes. and who is dear to the Vaishëavas? Texts 58 and 59 shiva-krishëaprithag-drishtibhakti-labhyat sva-lokatah svanurupat kuverasya sakhyur bhakti-vashi-kritah kailasadrim alankartum parvatya priyayanaya samam parimitair yati priyaih parivritair vritah shiva-Lord Shiva. samam-with. parimitaih-measured.

and which is attained by the devotion of they who see that Lord Shiva and Lord Krishëa are not different. along with his beloved Parvati and his many associaes." Text 60 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca tad akarëya prahrishto 'ham aiccham tasman maheshvarat prasadam kam api praptum atmano hridayangamam shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. tat-that. which is like himself. hridayangamam-pleasing to the heart. I became happy. to decorate Mount Kailasa. from his own abode. Shri Gopa-kumara said: Hearing this. Text 61 jnatva bhagavata tena . prasadam-mercy. atmanah-of the slef. akarëya-hearing. and I desired to get the blissful mercy of Lord Shiva. prahrishtah-joyful. maheshvarat-Lord Shiva. he is now going. aham-I. kam apisomething. tasmat-from him. aiccham-desired. praptum-to attain."Conquered by the devotion of his friend Kuvera.

bhagavata tena-by the Lord.drishtadishtasya nandinah upadeshena shuddhena svayam me sphurad anjasa jnatva-knowing. sphuratmanifested. nandinah-of Nandi. svayam-personally. vardhanah-increasing. uta-indeed. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the fact the Lord Krishëa and Lord Shiva are not different was the truth manifested to Gopa-kumara. which was at once manifested before me. ayam-he. anjasa-at once. tad-bhavalove. shri-maheshah-Lord Shiva. abhinnah-not different. drishta-seen. Understanding my heart. nija-praëeshta-daivatat-the Lord more dear than life. Text 62 shriman-madana-gopalan nija-praëeshta-daivatat abhinnah shri-mahesho 'yam uta tad-bhava-vardhanah shriman-madana-gopalat-from Lord Madana-gopala. upadeshena-by the instruction. . me-to me. shuddhena-pure. Lord Shiva gave a meaningful glance to Nandi. adishtasya-instructed. Nandi then explained to me the pure truth.

ashrausham-I heard. shaivaih-Lord Shiva's associates. Text 64 sadaika-rupo bhagavan shivo 'yam vasan sva-loke prakatah sadaiva vilokyate tatra nivasa-tushtais tad-eka-nishthaih satatam nijeshtaih . vilakshaëam-extraordinary. my Lord. I happily joined their company and all of Lord Shiva's associates treated me well. who increases one's love for Lord Krishëa. From Shri Nandi heard of Lord Shiva's extraordinary glories. vrittam-nature. Text 63 sukham tad-gaëa-madhye 'ham pravishtah priëato 'khilaih shaivaih shri-nandino 'shrausham vrittam etad vilakshaëam sukham-happiness. aham-I. is not different from Lord Madana-gopala. pravishtahentered. akhilaih-by all. who is more dear to me than life. etat-this. shri-nandinah-of Shri Nandi.The truth was that Lord Shiva. tad-gaëa-madhye-in the midts of his associates. priëatah-pleased.

and other pastimes he delights his associates. tushtaih-pleased. bhagavat-to the Lord. and who are pleased to stay in his abode. Lord Shiva stays in his own abode eternally. grahayan-taking. sva-lokein his own realm. nijaown. tad-eka-nishthaih-faith in him alone. Always in the same form. prakatah-manifested. vilokyate-is seen. With singing. sada-eternally. sviyan-own. satatam-always. nritya-gita-adi-kautukaihhappywith singing and dancing. eka-one. who have faith in him alone. lampatyam-greediness. ishtaih-worshiped. rupah-form. bhagavan shivo ayam-Lord Shiva. eva-indeed. There he is always seen by his devotees. vasan-residing. Text 66 bhagavantam sahasrasyam . Text 65 svabhinna-bhagavad-bhaktilampatyam grahayann iva sada ramayati sviyan nritya-gitadi-kautukaih sva-abhinna-not different. tatra-there. dancing.sada-eternally. who is not different from him. nivasa-residence. He is always filled with devotion for Lord Krishëa. iva-as if. ramayati-delights. bhakti-devotion. sada-always.

as if he were His servant. imam-this.shesha-murtim nija-priyam nityam arcayati premëa dasa-vaj jagadishvarah bhagavantam-the Lord. paramam-supreme. vishesham-specific. adhikam-better. Text 67 jnatvemam shivalokasya vishesham sarvato 'dhikam pramodam paramam prapto 'py apurëam hrid alakshayam jnatva-knowing. shivalokasya-of Shivaloka. murtim-form. nijapriyam-dear. sahasra-a thousand. jagadishvarah-Lord Shiva. apurëamnot full. nityam-eternally. praptah-attained. alakshayam-I noticed. Lord of the universes. api-also. Although he is the Lord of the universes. pramodam-happiness. dasa-vat-as a sewrvant. premëa-with love. asyam-faces. hrit-the heart.16. arcayati-worships. shesha-Shesha. sarvatah-than all.17. . Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 5. Lord Shiva always worships thousand-headed Lord Shesha with great love.

apta-vastuattained. Text 68 tan-nidanam anasadya sadyo 'jnasisham amrishan shrimad-guru-prasadaptavastu-seva-prabhavatah tan-nidanam-the reason for that. Text 69 shriman-madana-gopaladeva-pada-sarojayoh . amrishan-thinking. prabhavatah-by the power. seva-service. anasadya-not attaining. still I noticed that my heart felt empty.Even though I became very happy to hear of the supreme glories of Shivaloka. I suddenly understood. Thinking about the reason for this. ajnashisham-I understood. sadyah-at once. shrimad-guru-prasada-by the mercy of my guru. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara still yearned to see the lotus feet of Lord Madana-gopala. by the power of my service to the mantra my guru gave.

anubhava-experience. . kila-indeed.lilady-anubhavabhavo mam ayam badhate kila shriman-madana-gopala-deva-pada-sarojayoh-of the lotus feet of Lord Madana-gopala. eva-indeed. The absence of the pastimes and glories of Lord Madnaa-gopala's lotus feet gave me pain. Text 70 abodhayam mano 'nena maheshenaiva sa khalu lila-vishesha-vaicitri krita murti-visheshatah abodhayam-I instructed. abhavah-absence. although in a different form. Lord Shiva himself has performed these wonderful pastimes. mam-me. Then I told my mind that because he is the same as Lord Madana-gopala. lila-adibeginning with pastimes. manah-mind. maheshena-by Lord Shiva. ayam-this. anena-by this. krita-done. badhatepains. murti-visheshatahby the specific form. khalu-indeed. sah-he. lila-vishesha-vaicitri-the wonder of pastimes.

I said to my mind: Although you have not yet seen in Lord Shiva the sweetness of Lord Madana-gopala's form and other glories. manyasva-consider. abruvam-I said. yadi-if. your long-cherished desire to see them will certainly be fulfilled by Lord Shiva's mercy. idam-this. asya-of him. still. anubhuyeta-is experienced. alakshya-seeing. Text 73 evam tushta-manas tasya tatra kenapi hetuna . te-of you. setsyati-will be. iti-thus. anugrahat-by the compassion. sah-he. sva-prasada-own mercy.Texts 71 and 72 tathapy avastham alakshya sva-cittam idam abruvam yady asminn anubhuyeta sa tad-rupadi-madhuri tathapi dirgha-vancha te 'nugrahad asya setsyati acirad iti manyasva sva-prasada-visheshatah tathapi-still. vancha-desires. avastham-condition. asmin-in this. tad-rupadi-madhuri-the sweetness of these forms. sva-cittam-own mind. Seeing it was still unhappy. acirat-soon. visheshatah-specific. tathapi-still. dirgha-long.

atyanta-very. tushta-satisfied. kesham api mahatmanam-of some great souls. tasya-of him. . My mind somehow became satisfied. kenapi-by some. Text 74 tarhy eva bhagavan dure kesham api mahatmanam sangita-dhvanir atyantamadhurah kashcid udgatah tarhi-then. manah-mind. eva-indeed. sangita-dhvanih-the sound of singing. and for a moment I stayed happily by his side. bhagavan-the Lord. udgatah-arose. O lord. sukham-happily. from far away came the very sweet sound of some great souls singing. vishrantasya-exhausted. madhurah-sweet.vishrantasya maheshasya parshve 'tishtham kshaëam sukham evam-thus. tatra-there. Then. parshve-on the side. hetunacause. kashcitsomething. dure-far away. atishtham-I stood. Then Lord Shiva became tired and stopped. maheshasya-of Lord Shiva. kshaëam-for a moment.

began to dance. overcome with ecstatic love. nartitum-to dance. and his eyes shedding tears. svayam-personally. prema-love. trembling.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word "lord" here refers to the Mathura brahmaëa. shrutva-hearing. pravrittah-begun. sindhau-in an ocean. Lord Shiva became plunged in an ocean of bliss and. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that he manifested the symptoms of ecstasy. speaking with a choked voice. who is very fortunate because he is a devotee of Lord Madana-gopala. magnah-plunged. paramananda-of great bliss. maheshvarah-Lord Shiva. Text 76 pati-vratottama sa tu devi nandy-adibhih saha . such as perspiring. maha-great. vikara-attah-in the ecstasy. Text 75 tam shrutva paramanandasindhau magno maheshvarah maha-prema-vikarattah pravritto nartitum svayam tam-that. his bodily hairs standing up. Hearing this.

saundarya-handsomeness.prabhum utsahayam asa vadya-sankirtanadibhih pati-vrata-chaste. utsahayam asa-encouraged. encouraged the Lord by singing and playing musical instruments. best of chaste ladies. The goddess. . . adibhih-beginning. tatra-there. along with Nandi and the others. sankirtana-singing. tu-also. vadya-with instrumental music. caturbhujan-with four arms. . eva-indeed. acitan-with. uttama-exalted. handsomeness. vibhava-glory. shrimat-kaishora-of youth. agatan-arrived. devi-the goddess. sa-she. prabhum-the Lord. Text 77 sadya evagatams tatradraksham caru-caturbhujan shrimat-kaishora-saundaryamadhurya-vibhavacitan sadyah-at once. Then I saw suddenly come many handsome four-armed men. nandi-adibhih saha-with nandi and the others. and sweetness. madhuryasweetness. adraksham-I saw. Text 78 . caru-beautiful. who were filled with the glories of youth.

hari-charming. caturbhih-the four. . . . bhushana-decoration. aplutan-plunged. paricchadanornaments. whose clothing and ornaments charmed the heart. . nija-own. kirti-gaëaglories. acchaditashaded. and who were accompanied by the four sages headed by Sanaka that we had seen before. sarva-all. . ananda-bliss. sanakaadibhih-headed by Sanaka. purva-before. . . . amshu-cchata-splendor. . sangatan-met. drishtaih-seen. ishvara-Lord.bhusha-bhushana-gatramshu-cchatacchadita-shaivakan nijeshvara-maha-kirtigaëananda-rasaplutan bhusha-ornaments. Text 79 anirvacya-tamamsh cetohari-sarva-paricchadan sangatan purva-drishtais tais caturbhih sanakadibhih anirvacya-taman-indescribable. rasa-in the nectar. taih-by them. the splendor of whose limbs decorated their ornaments and put Lord Shiva's followers in the shade. who were beyond description. shaivakan-the followers of Lord Shiva. maha-great. who were plunged in the nectar of the bliss of the great glories of their Lord. cetah-the heart. . gatra-limbs.

antah-within. yacitum-to ask. The sight of them created a bliss that tugged at my heart. svasthah-in my normal condition. cetasa-by the heart. nija-own. su-durghatam-unattainable. kim api-anything. priyam-beloved. lajjaya-with shyness. akrishtaattracted. na-not. praharsha-happiness. na-not. api-although. I did not know anything within or without more dear than the sight of them. . Text 81 kshaëat svastho 'py aho tesham dasatvam api cetasa nashakam yacitum bhitya lajjaya ca su-durghatam kshaëat-in a moment. bhitya-with feat. api-even.Text 80 tad-darshana-svabhavotthapraharshakrishta-manasah najnashisham kim apy antar bahish canyam nija-priyam tad-darshana-the sight. dasatvam-the state of ebing a servant. uttha-risen. bahih-without. ca-also. ashakam-I was able. ahah-Oh. anyam-anything. ca-and. manasah-heart. tesham-of them. svabhava-own love. ajnasisham-I understood.

hi-indeed. By Lord Shiva's mercy would they speak even once to me? Text 83 kutratyah katame vaite kripapangena pantu mam yan alingya bhrisham rudrah prema-murccham ayam vrajet . I could not beg to serve them. The desire to serve them overwhelmed weak me. ime-they. kim-whether?. sakrit-at once. Text 82 esha hi lalasa nunam kripanam mam abadhata sambhasherann ime kim mam shivasya kripaya sakrit esha-this. kripanam-wretched. mam-me. My heart filled with awe and shyness. abadhatachecked.After a moment I composed myself. lalasa-yearning. mam-me. sambhasheran-spoke. kripaya-with the mercy. nunam-indeed. shivasya-of Lord Shiva.

mano-vrittam-thoughts.kutratyah-from whence?. bhrisham-greatly. mat-my. citta-the mind. ete-they. pantu-may protect. alingya-embracing. Gaëesha softly spoke. Encouraged by Goddess Uma. Tightly embracing them. . From whence had they come? Who were they? I prayed they would mercifully glance at me. and who could understand my thoughts. anuvartinyafollowing. iritah-encouraged. mam-me. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gaëesha spoke softly because he was to say something very confidential. devya-by the goddess. jnatva-understanding. who faithfully followed Lord Shiva's heart. akathayat-said. gaëeshah-Gaëesha. umaya-Uma. katame-who?. rudrah-Lord Shiva. yan-whom. shanaih-softly. va-or. and it was not right for Lord Shiva's followers hear it. Lord Shiva fainted in the ecstasy of love. shiva-of Lord Shiva. Text 84 ity-adi-man-mano-vrittam jnatva devyomayeritah shiva-cittanuvartinya gaëesho 'kathayac chanaih iti-thus. ayam-this. prema-in love. apangena-by a glance. vrajet-attains. adi-beginning. murccham-fainting. kripa-of mercy.

ete-they. vaikuëtha-nathasya-of the Lord of Vaikuëtha.Text 85 shri-gaëesha uvaca ete vaikuëtha-nathasya shri-krishëasya maha-prabhoh parshadah prapta-sarupya vaikuëthad agatah kila shri-gaëeshah uvaca-Shri Gaëesha said. They have come from Vaikuëtha. agatah-come. They have forms like His. shri-krishëasya-of Shri Krishëa. maha-prabhoh-the Supreme Lord. vaikuëthat-from Vaikuëtha. prapta-attained. Texts 86 and 87 pashyeme 'py apare yanti brahmaëo 'dhikrite 'lpake brahmaëde chaturasyasya tathami duratah pare . parshadah-the associates. kila-certainly. the master of Vaikuëtha. Shri Krishëa. Shri Gaëesha said: They are the personal associates of the Supreme Personalitry of Godhead. sarupyah-forms like His.

Look. ami-they. ami-they. vegatah-quickly. ime-they. ami-they. ca-also. brahmaëde-in the universe. shodasha-asyasya-of sixteen heads. Others. catuh-asyasya-of four heads. are quickly going to an eight-headed Brahma's universe. etat-that. api-and. brahmaëde-in the universe. Texts 88 and 89 ity evam koti-kotinam brahmaëam mahatam kramat koti-koti-mukhabjanam tadrig-brahmaëda-kotishu gacchato lilaya tat-tadanurupa-paricchadan gaëesho 'darshayat tan mam . adhikrite-made. yanti-go.ami cashtanukhasyaitad dvi-guëe yanti vegatah ami tu shodashasyasya brahmaëde dvi-guëe tatha pashya-look. some of them are going to a four-headed Brahma's small universe. ashtanukhasya-with eight heads. which is twice the size again. tatha-still. Still others are going to a sixteen-headed Brahma's universe. tu-indeed. dviguëe-double. brahmaëah-of Brahma. apare-others. far away. which is twice the size. duratah-far away. pare-others. tatha-so. dvi-guëe-double. yanti-go. alpake-small.

abjanam-lotus. lotus-faced Brahmas. gaëeshah-Gaëesha. who charmed the eyes and heart. paricchadan-paraphernalia.37. bahushah-many. koti-kotinam-millions of millions.11. lilaya-by pastimes. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these associates of the Lord are described in ShrimadBhagavatam 10.bahusho drin-mano-haran iti evam-thus. mukha-face. Gaëesha then showed me these many associates. gacchatah-going. kramat-in succession. tadrik-like that. tat-tadanurupa-like them. drik-eyes. koti-koti-millions of millions. brahmaëam-of Brahma's mahatam-great.41. Texts 90 and 91 ete hi mrityu-kale 'pi jihvagre shrotra-vartma va kathancit sakrid-aptena namabhasena ca prabhoh bhaktan kritsna-bhayat pantas tanvanto bhaktim ujjvalam . mam-to me. haran-charming. kotishu-in millions.14. and 6. and who in their pastimes were entering the millions and millions of universes of millions and millions of great. who were decorated with appropriate ornaments.87. tan-them.16. manah-and minds. brahmaëda-of universes. adarshayat-showed. 10.

(Gaëesha said:) From all fears they protect devotees who.sarvatra vicaranty atmecchaya bhakty-eka-vallabhah ete-they. Fond only of devotional service. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami says these two verses explain why the liberated devotees of Vaikuëtha come to the material universes. hi-certainly. pantah-protecting. api-also. aptenaobtained. by their own wish they wander everywhere preaching of glorious devotional service. kathancit-somehow. vicaranti-they consider. atma-of the heart. vallabhah-dear. abhasena-by the reflection. eka-alone. somehow even once get the slight reflection of the Lord's holy name on their tongue or the pathway to their ear. kritsna-all. icchaya-by the desire. va-or. bhayat-from fear. sarvatra-everywhere. ujjvalam-glorious. jihva-agre-on the tip of the tongue. shrotra-of the ears. prabhoh-of the Lord. bhaktan-the devotees. sakrit-once. vartma-the path. ca-also. nama-of the holy name. mrityu-kale-at the tiem of death. bhakti-devotional service. tanvantah-in this way. bhaktim-devotional service. Texts 92 and 93 bhaktavataras tasyaite catvaro naishtikottamah paribhramanti lokanam hitartham parshada iva .

vahantah-carrying. feeling lost and without a master. lokanam-of the worlds. catvarah-four. These four. vasanti-reside. naishtika-of unbroken brahmacaris. narayaëam-Narayaëa.vasanti ca tapoloke prabhum narayaëam vina anathanam iva kshemam vahantas tan-nivasinam bhakta-devotee. ca-and. who are devotee-incarnations of the Lord of Vaikuëtha. avatarah-incarnations. bringing auspiciousness to the sages who stay there bereft of Lord Narayaëa's company. uttamah-the best. who are incarnations of the Lord in the forms of devotees. who are the best of celibate sages. iva-like. prabhum-Lord. hitaartham-for the benefit. paribhramanti-wander. tasya-of Him. headed by Sanaka. vina-without. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the four sages here are the four Kumara's. iva-as if. Texts 94 and 95 gatva samprati vaikuëthe sarvakarshaka-sad-guëam . ete-they. They reside in Tapoloka. and who appear to be the Lord's associates. tapoloke-in Tapoloka. parshadah-associates. anathanam-of they who have no master. tan-nivasinam-of they who reside there. kshemam-auspiciousness. They bring auspiciousness to the residents of Tapoloka by glorifying the Supreme Lord's pastimes. wander about for the welfare of the worlds.

bhakta-sangatya-with the association of the devotees. alokya-seeing. moksha-of impersonal liberation. ananda-the bliss. pibantah-drinking. samprati-now. vidambina-mocking. tam-Him. they (the four Kumaras) have now come here. maha-great. sattranscendental. bhagavantam-the Supreme Lord. and in the company of devotees having drunk there the sweet nectar of devotional service to Lord Hari. hareh-of Lord Hari. who is full of all attractive transcendental qualities. guëam-virtues.bhagavantam tam alokya mokshananda-vidambina nirbharananda-pureëa samyojyatmanam agatah pibanto bhakta-sangatya harer bhakti-maha-rasam gatva-having gone. agatah-arrived. vaikuëthe-in Vaikuëtha. atmanam-self. Texts 96 and 97 nityaparichinna-maha-sukhantyakashthavatas tadrisha-vaibhavasya sakshad rama-natha-padaravindakrida-bharajasra-vibhushitasya . rasam-nectar. samyojya-engaging. akarshaka-attractive. sarva-all. Having recently gone to Vaikuëtha and seen the Supreme Personality of Godhead. having drowned there in a flood of limitless bliss that mocks the happiness of impersonal liberation. bhakti-of devotional service. nirbhara-ananda-pureëawith a flood of great bliss.

ajasravibhushitasya-decorated. kim-what?. durlabhasyadifficult to attain. natha-of the Lord. krida-bhara-pastimes. param-great. vaktum-to say. durvasanaya-by the sinful desire. which is filled with the limitless ultimate of all happiness and opulence. sukha-happiness. hridi-in the heart. which is decorated with the pastimes of the lotus feet of Lord Narayaëa. atmanam-personally. vaikuëthalokasya-of Vaikuëthaloka. find very difficult to attain? Shrila Sanatana Gosvami quotes the following warnings from Vedic literature: ajnasyardha-prabuddhasya sarvam brahmeti yo vadet maha-naraka-jateshu tenaiva viniyojitah . api-also. ishe-I am able. sulabhasya-easily attained. rama-of the goddess of fortune. and which they whose hearts are wounded by the desire for impersonal liberation and filled with the sinful desire to become one with the Lord. sakshat-directly. tadrisha-like that. advaita-non-dualism. viddha-wounded. padaravinda-of the lotus feet. maha-great. tat-prema-bhaktaih-by the loving devotees. which the devotees full of love find easy to attain. aparichinna-limitless. antya-kashthavatahultimate. the husband of the goddess of fortune.tat-prema-bhaktaih sulabhasya vaktum vaikuëthalokasya param kim ishe advaita-durvasanaya mumukshaviddhatmanam hridy api durlabhasya nitya-eternal. mumuksha-of the desire for impersonal liberation. vaibhavasya-opulence. How will I be able to describe Vaikuëthaloka.

who now enjoys pastimes of sense gratification. `I am the Supreme Brahman.' takes birth again in a terrible hell." -Brahma-vaivarta Puraëa samsara-sukha-samyuktam brahmaham iti vadinam karma-brahma-paribhrashtam tam tyajet antyajam yatha "A person who claims. who now enjoys pastimes of sense gratification in the worlds of repeated birth and death." -Vashishta-shastra vishaya-sneha-samyukto brahmaham iti yo vadet kalpa-koti-sahasraëi narake sa tu pacyate "A person who claims. `Everything is Brahman." -the Puraëas .' loses the merit of his spiritual deeds and becomes like an outcaste."The half-awake fool that proclaims. `I am the Supreme Brahman.' burns in hell for billions of halpas.

gatva-having gone. then you may hear of the glories of that place and you may also go there and see them directly. tasya-of him. pituh-father.Text 98 yady asya mat-pituh samyak karuëa syat tada tvaya shroshyate mahima tasya gatva canubhavishyate yadi-if. karuëa-mercy. mat-my. syat-is. Text 99 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca brahmams tat-praptaye jatamaha-lalasaya bhrisham aham cintarëava-parabhanga-range pranartitah . ca-also. tvaya-by you. anubhavishyate-is perceived. asya-of him. mahima-thye glory. shroshyate-is heard. samyak-directly. tada-then. If my father is kind.

bhanga-range-on the waves. jatatah-born.shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. shoka-of lamentation. I fainted from moment to moment. prarudan-crying. para-shoreless. brahman-O brahmana. vegena-by the power. pranartitah-dancing. apatam-I fell. Thinking I would not be able to go there. filled with a great yearning to attain that place. bhrisham-greatly. sambhavya-considering. prapya-attaining. I cried. Shri Gopa-kumara said: O brahmaëa. Text 100 vicara-jatatah svasya sambhavya tad-ayogyatam prarudan shoka-vegena moham prapyapatam kshaëat vicara-from thoughts. aham-I. jata-born. cinta-of anxiety. moham-fainting. and by the power of my grief. tat-praptaye-to attain that place. tad-ayogyatam-being unsuitable. Text 101 maha-dayalunanena para-duhkhasahishëuna . kshaëat-from moment to moment. lalasaya-yearning. arëava-ocean. I danced on the waves of a shoreless ocean of anxiety. maha-great. svasya-own.

vaishëavaika-priyeëaham utthapyashvasya bhashitah maha-dayaluna-very merciful. Parvati and I yearn to stay always in Vaikuëthaloka. parvatya-Parvati. api-also. bhavan-you. duhkha-the sufferings. kamaye-desire. eka-only. ashvasya-comforting. asahishëuna-not able to tolerate. aham-I. sahawith. shri-vaishëava-Vaishëava. . and who cannot bear to see others suffer. and spoke to me. comforted me. bhashitah-spoken. vaishëava-of the devotees. Then Lord Shiva. who is very merciful and very dear to the Vaishëavas. picked me up. utthapya-picking up. vasam-residence. Text 102 shri-mahadeva uvaca he shri-vaishëava parvatya sahaham api kamaye tasmin vaikuëthaloke tu sada vasam bhavan iva shri-mahadeva uvaca-Lord Shiva said. tasmin-there. iva-as. para-of others. vaikuëthaloke-in Vaikuëthaloka. tu-certainly. sada-eternal. aham-I. anena-by him. Lord Shiva said: O Vaishëava. he-O. priyeëa-dear. just as you do.

That realm is very dificult to attain. brahma-sutanam-by the sons of Brahma.Text 103 so 'tiva-durlabho lokah prarthyo muktair api dhruvam sadhyo brahma-sutanam hi brahmaëash ca mamapi sah sah-it. and I myself strive for it. api-also. ca-also. brahmaëah-by Brahma. mama-by me. sadhyah-aspired. Lord Brahma. hi-indeed. his sons. dhruvam-indeed. Texts 104-106 nishkameshu vishuddheshu sva-dharmeshu hi yah puman param nishtham gatas tasmin ya kripa shri-harer bhavet tasyah shata-guëa cet syad brahmatvam labhate tada . api-even. prarthyah-begged for. The liberated souls pray for it. lokah-realm. sah-it. ativa-durlabhah-very difficult to attain. muktaih-by the liberated souls.

vaikuëtham-to Vaikuëtha. gatah-gone. syat-may be. brahmatvam-the post of Brahma. one attains the post of Brahma. kripa-mercy. ricchati-attains. sata-guëa-uttane-multiplied a hundred times. yavat-as. tasyah-of that. It is also described in Itihasa-samuccaya in these words: brahmaëah sadanad urdhvam tad vishëoh paramam padam . A person who has great faith in the pure and desireless performance of one's own varëashrama duties attains the mercy of Lord Hari.29. eti-goes. one attains Vaikuëtha. sva-dharmeshu-in one's own duties. anugrahahmercy. tada-then. If the mercy I receive from the Lord is multiplied a hundred times.tasyah shata-guëayam ca syan mad-bhavam rcchati shrimad-bhagavatas tasya mayi yavan anugrahah tasmac chata-guëottane jate vaikuëtham eti tam nishkameshu-desireless. tasmin-to him. cet-if. ca-and. hi-indeed. jate-manifested.24. labhate-attains. vishuddheshu-pure. mad-bhavam-my nature. shata-guëayam-multiplied a hundred times. tam-to that. tasya-of Him. bhavet-is. shata-guëah-multiplied a hundred times. nishtham-faith. yah-who. shri-hareh-of Lord Hari. tasyah-of that. ya-which. If that mercy is again multiplied a hundred times. If that mercy is multiplied a hundred times. mayi-in me. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 4. param-great. tasmat-from that. one attains my post. syat-may be. shrimad-bhagavatah-of the Lord. puman-a person.

and who meditate on Him. Aja. who devotedly engage in the yoga of meditation. eternal. and . Sanatana. Vishvaksena.shuddham sanatanam jyotih para-brahmeti yad viduh nirmama nirahankara nirdvandva ye jitendriyah dhyana-yoga-parash caiva tatra gacchanti sadhavah "Saintly persons free of false-ego. who is known as Vishëu. material possessiveness. Jishëu. Narayaëa. go to that effulgence. and who know that the pure. ye 'rcayanti harim vishëum krishëam jishëum sanatanam narayaëam ajam krishëam vishvaksenam catur-bhujam dhyananti purusham divyam acyutam ca smaranti ye labhante te 'cyutam sthanam shrutir esha sanatani "They who worship Lord Hari. and material duality. the transcendental divine Person. Krishëa. splendid Supreme Brahman effulgence is beyond the realm of the demigod Brahma. and Caturbhuja.

You are a Govardhana-gopa's son. a devotee of Lord Mathuresha. That is the conclusion of the eternal Shruti-shastra. parah-devoted. tam-for that. arhasi-are worthy. priya-dear. mathuresha-bhaktah-a devotee of the king of Mathura. gopa-of a gopa. attain His eternal abode. You should go to Vaikuëtha. anuraktah-affectionate. tadiya-his. govardhana-of Govardhana Hill. Texts 108-111 catur-vidheshu moksheshu sayujyasya padam tv idam prapyam yatinam advaita- . the infallible Lord. shishyah-disciple. tvam-you. vipra-brahmana." Text 107 athapi govardhana-gopa-putras tam arhasi tvam mathuresha-bhaktah tad-eka-bhakti-priya-vipra-shishyas tadiya-tan-mantra-paro 'nuraktah athapi-nevertheless. tanmantra-mantra.who remember Him. You devotedly chant a mantra glorifying the Lord and You love the Lord. putrah-the son. tadeka-bhakti-exclusive devotion. and a disciple of a brahmaëa attached to the Lord's service.

viddhiknow. ambuja-lotus. vivekinam-unable to distinguish. tu-indeed. maha-great. pada-feet.bhavana-bhavitatmanam maha-samsara-duhkhagnijvala-samsushka-cetasam asara-grahiëam antahsarasaravivekinam mayaiva krishëasyadeshat patitanam bhramarëave nija-padambuja-premabhakti-sangopakasya hi bhagavad-bhajananandarasaikapekshakair janaih upekshitam idam viddhi padam vighna-samam tyaja catur-vidheshu-four kinds. sangopakasyaconfidential. rasaika-they who relish nectar. jvala-flames. arëave-in the ocean. bhakti-devotion. yatinam-of sannyasis. bhrama-of illusions. adeshat-from the teaching. ananda-bliss. prema-love. . vighna-samam-with obstacles. duhkha-of sufferings. padam-the state. asara-something worthless. bhajana-worship. janaih-by persons. bhagavat-of the Lord. antah-within. patitanam-of tyhe fallen. nija-own. padam-the state. sara-valuable. idam-this. samsushka-withered. samsara-of the world of birth and death. maya-by me. moksheshu-of liberation. idam-this. agni-of the fire. apekshakaih-in relation. sayujyasya-of becoming one with the Lord. tyaja-reject. upekshitam-shunned. cetasam-hearts. asaraamd worthless. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. grahiëam-taking. hi-certainly. advaitabhavana-bhavitatmanam-who in their hearts meditate on non-duality. prapyam-to be attained. eva-indeed.

sayujya-mukti. I am the divine Brahman efulgence that you see. is rejected by they who taste the bliss of devotional service to the Lord. which is a great obstacle. prakrtih sa mama para vyaktavyakta sanatani tam pravishya bhavantiha mukta yoga-vid-uttamah . who cherish what is worthless and cannot distinguish the worthless and the valuable. by the order of Lord Krishëa. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the impersonal Brahman effulgence is described in the Hari-vamsha. where Lord Krishëa says to Arjuna: brahma-tejomayam divyam mahad yad drishtavan asi aham sa bharata-shreshtha mat-tejas tat sanatanam "O best of the Bharatas. cast into an ocean of illusions. and whom I. whose hearts are withered by the great flames of sufferings in the world of repeated birth and death. It is My eternal splendor. which is which is one of the four kinds of liberation. who wished to conceal the path of loving devotion to His lotus feet. and which is attained by sannyasi who imagine that they are not different from the Supreme. You should also reject that liberation.Know that impersonal liberation.

The greatest of the knowers of yoga enter it and become liberated.14. which pervades the entire world. it is eternal. it is the goal of the sankhya philosophers. you should know that this great effulgence is Mine. mamaiva tad ghanam tejo jnatum arhasi bharata "O scion of Bharata. sa sankhyanam gatih partha yoginam ca tapasvinam tat-param paramam brahma sarvam vibhajate jagat "O son of Pritha." That impersonal liberation is worthless is explained in the prayers of Lord Brahma (ShrimadBhagavatam 10. the yogis. and the ascetics.4). Uttara-khaëd: . where it is compared to the empty husks left remaining after rice is threshed. Although it is sometimes manifest and sometimes not manifest. That Lord Krishëa ordered Lord Shiva to preach the theory of mayavada impersonalism is described in Padma Puraëa."It is My superior potency. It is My supreme Brahman effulgence.

Similarly. in the form of a brahmaëa in Kali-yuga I teach this imagined mayavada philosophy. It is covered Buddhism. where Lord Krishëa orders Lord Shiva: svagamaih kalpitais tvam ca janan mad-vikukhaë kuru "In Kali-yuga. In order to cheat the atheists. "is impious (asac-chastra)."* ."* This is also described in the Brihat-sahasra-nama. mislead the people in general by propounding imaginary meanings of the Vedas to bewilder them. in explaining Vedanta I describe the same mayavada philosophy in order to mislead the entire population toward atheism by denying the personal form of the Lord. My dear Parvati.mayavadam asac-chastram pracchannam baudham ucyate mayaiva kalpitam devi kalau brahmaëa-rupiëa brahmaëash caparam rupam nirguëam vakshyate maya sarvasvam jagato 'py asya mohanartham kalau yuge "The mayavada philosophy." Lord Shiva informed his wife Parvati. I describe the Supreme Personality of Godhead to be without form and without qualities.

47. 7. knowledge and bliss. and 4.1. krishëa-to Lord Krishëa. felt for Lord Krishëa's lotus feet completely eclipsed the happiness of impersonal liberayion. itah-there. sutah-his sons. bhaktidevotional service. A brahmaëa who lived in Dvaraka and prayed only for the enctar of devotional service. arthina-praying. by his own mystic powers brought his sons from impersonal liberation to Dvaraka.Text 112 dvaraka-vasi-vipreëa krishëa-bhakti-rasarthina ito nitah sutas tatra sa-caturya-visheshatah dvaraka-vasi-living in Dvaraka. nitah-brought. tatra-there.47. who had forms of eternity. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the wonderful loving devotion the residents of Dvaraka.29. vipreëa-by a brahmana. rasa-the nectar. The glories of devotional service are described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10.37. sa-caturya-visheshatah-by special power. Text 113 atrapi bhagavantam yad drishtavan asi tadrisham sad-guroh kripaya krishëa- .46.

drishtavan-seen. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the words "even here" mean "even in this realm. krishëa-Lord Krishëa. sad-guroh-spiritual guru. para-ananda-bharam-the abundance of transcendental bliss. kincit-something. where impersonal liberation is manifest". gatah-attained. didriksha-the desire to see. api-also. hriya-with shyness. bhagavantam-the Lord. even here you see the Supreme Lord. bhara-great. kripaya-by mercy. yat-which. shankara-of Lord Shiva. tat-that. prasadena-by the compassion. That sight makes you yearn to see Lord Krishëa. brahman-O brahmana. ashakam-I was able. asi-you have. tadrisham-like that. . icchan-desiring. vaditum-to speak. By the mercy of your spiritual guru. karitam-done.didriksha-bhara-karitam atra-here. na-not. Text 114 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca tac chankara-prasadena parananda-bharam gatah kincid icchann api brahman nashakam vaditum hriya shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. api-even.

sadaram-with reverence. shrutva-having heard.Shri Gopa-kumara said: O brahmaëa. vinayanvitah-humble. Hearing Lord Shiva's words. Text 115 bhagavat-parshadah shrutva tam tam vacam uma-pateh praëamya sadaram pritya tam ucur vinayanvitah bhagavat-of the Lord. pritya-with love. uma-pateh-of Lord Shiva. ucuh-said. praëamya-bowing down. by Lord Shiva's mercy I was filled with bliss. Although wishing to say something. the Lord's humble associates respectfully bowed before him and with love said to him: Text 116 shri-bhagavat-parshada ucuh tena vaikuëtha-nathena samam ko 'pi na vidyate bhagavan bhavato bhedo . parsadah-the associates. tam tam vacam-these words. tam-to him. because of shyness I could not speak.

yujyate-is engaged. you are not different from the Lord of Vaikuëtha. Text 117 tal-loke bhavato vaso devyash ca kila yujyate khyatah priyatamas tasyavatarash ca bhavan mahan tal-loke-in that realm. You are famous for being very dear to Him and for being His great incarnation. kah api-someone. na-not. saha-with. The Lord's associates said: O Lord. mahan-great. and Gauri is not different from Goddess Lakshmi. priyatamah-most dear. bhavatah-of you. samam-with. bhagavan-O Lord. vaikuëtha-nathena-the Lord of Vaikuntha. avatarah-incarnation. ca-also. gauryah-of Gauri. kila-indeed.gauryash ca ramaya saha shri-bhagavat-parshada ucuh-the Lord's associates said. Text 118 . vasah-the residence. ca-and. tena-by Him. bhedah-difference. bhavatahof you. ca-and. khyatah-celebrated. bhavan-you. It is right that you and Your goddess stay in His realm (Vaikuëtha). ramaya-the goddess of fortune. vidyate-is. tasya-of Him. devyah-of the goddess.

bhashitam-said. What you have just said about yourself is proper for one very dear to the Lord." Such a humble statement (that he prays to attain Vaikuëtha) is proper for a person who is very dear to the Lord. adhuna-now. Text 119 tad-bhakti-rasa-kallolagrahako vaishëaveditah atah sarvavatarebhyo bhavato mahimadhikah tad-bhakti-rasa-of the nectar of devotional service. . bhagavat-preshthatamata-the state of being very dear to the Lord. where Lord Shiva says about Vaikuëtha: "That realm is very dificult to attain. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the reference here is to Text 103. aupayikah-proper. yad idam kincit-something. The liberatd souls pray for it. bhavatah-of you. bhavata-by you. grahakah-taking. Lord Brahma. avatarebhyah-than incarnations. adhikah-more. svabhavah-own nature. ayam-this. mahima-glories. and I myself strive for it. hi-indeed. sarva-all. atah-thus. iditah-praised. kallola-waves. his sons.tathapi yad idam kincid bhashitam bhavatadhuna svabhavo bhagavat-preshthatamataupayiko hy ayam tathapi-still. vaishëavaby the devotees.

bhagavat-parshadah-the associates of the Lord. hriya-shyness. stutya taya-by these prayers. Shri Gopa-kumara said: Ashamed to hear himself praised. te-they. ashlishya-embracing. You are the most glorious of all incarnations. nija-own. tushëim sthite-silent. mam-me. Lord Shiva remained silent. ucuh-said. The very friendly associates of the Lord then embraced me and said: Text 121 shri-bhagavat-parshada ucuh . The Vaishëavas glorify you. tasminin him. suhrid-varah-great friends. Text 120 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca nija-stutya taya tasmin hriya tushëim sthite prabhau bhagavat-parshadas te mam ashlishyocuh suhrid-varah shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. prabhau-the Lord.You enjoy pastimes in the nectar waves of devotional service.

gopa-nandana-O cowherd boy. san-mantratranscendental mantra. He is your great guru. guruh-guru. Text 122 gaude ganga-tate jato mathura-brahmaëottamah jayanta-nama krishëasyavataras te mahan guruh gaude-in Bengal: ganga-tate-on the shore of the Ganges. jatah-born. O cowherd boy. The Lord's associates said: O you who worship our Lord's transcendental mantra. An exalted Mathura-brahmaëa named Jayanta was born on the Ganges' shore. He is an incarnation of Lord Krishëa.asmad-ishvara-san-mantropasakoma-pati-priya gopa-nandana bhakteshu bhavantam gaëayema hi shri-bhagavat-parshada ucuh-the Lord's associates said. O you who are dear to Lord Shiva. mahan-the great. jayanta-nama-named Jayanta. mathurabrahmaëottamah-a great Mathura brahmana. hi-certainly. avatarah-an incarnation. we count you among the devotees. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. ishvara-Lord. te-of you. gaëayema-we consider. uma-pati-priyah-dear to Lord Shiva. upasaka-worshiping. bhavantam-you. asmat-our. bhakteshu-on the devotees. .

pratihi-please understand. etat-this. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word "here" means "in this realm of impersonal liberation". atra-here. Renouncing everything here means renouncing even his mantra chanting. eva-indeed. vaikuëtham-Vaikuëtha. bhavan-you. icchasi-you desire. Know the truth. yadi-if. sarvam-everything. hitam-welfare. prakaram-kinds. The nine kinds of devotional service begin with chanting and hearing the Lord's glories. nija-krityam-own duty. We have come here for your sake. anutishtha-stay. then renounce everything and perform the nine kinds of loving devotional service. parihaya-renouncing. Hear what you should do for your own welfare: If you desire Vaikuëtha. vayam-we.Text 123 satyam pratihi vayam atra bhavan nimittam evagatah shriëu hitam nija-krityam etat vaikuëtham icchasi yadi parihaya sarvam sa-prema-bhaktim anutishtha nava-prakaram satyam-the truth. Text 124 taj-jnapakam ca bhaja bhagavatadi-shastram lila-katha bhagavatah shriëu tatra nityam . nimittam-the cause. nava-nine. saprema-bhaktim-in loving devotion. agatah-come. shriëu-hear.

nityam-regularly. sarva-sadhana-varyeëa-the best of all methods. prakaraëam-kinds. bhagavatah-of the Lord. padam-the feet. eva-indeed. sadyah-at once. vaikuëthah-Vaikuëtha. bhaja-worship. sadhya-sattamahthe highest goal. Any one of these nine kinds of devotional service is the best of all ways to attain Vaikuëtha. lila-katha-the accounts of the pastimes. . ca-and. tatra-there. shriëu-hear. karëa-vivaram-the ear. nava-nine. datum-to give. bhagavatah-of the Lord. bhagavatadi-shastram-the scriptures beginning with Shrimad-Bhagavatam. ekena-by one. eva-indeed. the narrations of His pastimes have the power to give the Lord's feet at once. Regularly hear of the Lord's pastimes. praëayat-with love. Text 125 tesham nava-prakaraëam ekenaiva su-sidhyati sarva-sadhana-varyeëa vaikuëthah sadhya-sattamah tesham-of them. the highest goal. Worship Shrimad-Bhagavatam and the other scriptures that teach devotional service. prabhavanti-have the power.ta eva karëa-vivaram praëayat pravishtah sadyah padam bhagavatah prabhavanti datum tat-jnapakam-this instruction. su-sidhyati-becomes perfect. te-of you. When they lovingly enter the ear. pravishtah-entered.

" . This is explained in the following verses of the Brahma Puraëa: diksha-matreëa krishëasya nara moksham labhanti vai kim punar te sada bhaktya pujayanty acyutam narah "Simply by being initiated." shatyenapi nara nityam ye smaranti janardanam te 'pi yanti tanum tyaktva vishëulokam anamayam They who with a vow always remember Lord Janardana. what to speak of they who always worship Lord Acyuta with devotion. Vaikuëtha is better than sense gratification. attain the blissful realm of Vaikuëtha when they leave this body. impersonal liberation. the devotees of Krishëa attain liberation. philosophical speculation (jnana) and other spiritual methods. or any other goal.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that any one of the nine kinds of devotional service is better than pious work (karma).

Text 126 mahattamataya shruyamana api pare 'khilah phala-vrata-vicareëa tuccha mahad-anadritah mahattamataya-with the greatness. mahat-by the great souls. phala-fruit. tucchah-insignificant. akhilah-all. Text 127 tathapi tad-rasajnaih sa bhaktir nava-vidhanjasa sampadyate vicitraitadrasa-madhurya-labdhaye . Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the great souls here are the devotees. api-also. The glories (of Vaikuëtha) make the great souls reject all material results as insignificant. vrata-vow. anadritah-ignored. vicareëa-by considering. pare-others. who relish devotional service and have the power to distinguish what is valuable and what is worthless. shruyamanah-hearing.

rasa-madhurya-labdhaye-to attin that great sweetness. svayam-personally. kasmin cit-somewhere. sampadyate-is manifested.tathapi-nevertheless. anushthite sati-being situated. Text 129 tathapi karya premëaiva pariharaya hrid-rujah . shrimatkrishëa-padabjayoh-for the lotus feet of Lord Krishëa. To taste its sweetness. avirbhavet-is manifested. anjasa-at once. which has nine ways. Text 128 tesham kasmimsh cid ekasmin shraddhayanushthite sati svayam avirbhavet prema shrimat-krishëa-padabjayoh tesham-of them. vicitra-wonderful. ekasmin-in a place. tad-rasajnaih-they who taste the nectar. sa-that.. shraddhaya-with faith. at a certain time pure love for Lord Krishëa's lotus feet appears of its own accord. the devotees who know how to taste nectar engage in devotional service. bhaktih-devotional service. When these kinds of devotional service are performed with faith. rtatthat. prema-pure love. nava-vidha-nine kinds.

Devotional service performed with love cures the heart-disease that is the desire for other attainemnts.phalantareshu kamasya vaikuëthapti-virodinah tathapi-still. Wherever devotional service is performed. bhaktih-devotional service. virodinah-stopping. . etadrishi-like this. tatra tatra-there. vaikuëtha-of Vaikuntha. karya-to be done. kamasya-of desire. vaikuëthah-is Vaikuntha. sah-He. Text 130 yadyapy etadrishi bhaktir yatra yatropapadyate tat-tat-sthanam hi vaikuëthas tatra tatraiva sa prabhuh yadyapi-although. phala-fruit. hi-indeed. rujah-the disease. premëa-with love. eva-indeed. a disease that prevents the attainment of Vaikuëtha. yatra yatra-wherever. antareshu-in others. tat-tat-sthanam-that place. There the Lord stays. prabhuh-the Lord. eva-indeed. upapadyate-is manifested. pariharaya-for removing. hrit-of the heart. apti-attainment. that place becomes Vaikuëtha.

na-not. The devotees yearn for Vaikuëtha because He is always seen there. avashyam-inevitably. apekshyate-is in relationship. O Narada.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is confirmed by the Lord Himself in these words: naham vasami vaikuëthe yoginam hridaye na ca mad-bhakta yatra gayanti tatra tishthami narada "I live neither in Vaikuëtha. iti-thus. . anyatra-in another place. bhagavan-the Lord. vaikuëthah-Vaikuntha. I stay where My devotees chant My glories. sakshat-directly. sarvada-always. He is not always seen there. bhaktaihby the devotees. drishyeta-is seen. tatha-so. nor in the yogis' hearts." Text 131 tathapi sarvada sakshad anyatra bhagavams tatha na drishyeteti vaikuëtho 'vashyam bhaktair apekshyate tathapi-still. Although the Lord is always present in other places.

pastimes. sweetness. in any other place. bahubhih-may. Because in Vaikuëtha there are no obstacles presented by material time or other material limitations. bhaktih-devotional service.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Lord's wonderful handsomeness. virtues. engage in pure devotional service eternally. tan-nishthaih-by the faithful. ca-also. nirvighna-without obstacles. eternal and without any obstacles. The faithful devotees cannot attain this kind of pure devotional service. saha-with. Text 132 sarva-prakarika bhaktis tadrishi ca sadanyatah na sampadyeta nirvighna tan-nishthair bahubhih saha sarva-prakarika-all ways. sampadyeta-is attained. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the words "like this" mean "performed with pure love". tadrishi-like this. filled with pure love and manifesting forms of eternity. and bliss. and other features are not eternally visible in places other than Vaikuëtha. For this reason the devotees aspire to attain Vaikuëtha. knowledge. Text 133 . na-not. the pure devotees there. sada-always. anyatah-other.

vidhiknow. guëa-the modes of nature. na-not. spiritual. manah-mind. and not the material body that bows down before the Lord or serves Him in other ways. tam-that. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that in the activities of devotional servce it is not the material kars and voice that hear and chant the Lord's glories.nijendriya-manah-kayaceshta-rupam na vidhi tam nitya-satya-ghananandarupa sa hi guëatiga nija-own. atiga-beyond. ghana-intense. Do not think devotional service is an activity of the material senses. rupa-form. ceshta-activities. not the material mind that remembers the Lord. Text 134 nirguëe sac-cid-anandatmani krishëa-prasadatah sphuranti vilasaty atmabhaktanam bahudha mude . indriya-senses. It is eternal. It is beyond the modes of material nature. or body. kaya-body. nitya-eternal. hiindeed. mind. ananda-of bliss. rupam-form. satya-reality. sa-that. and full of bliss.

aprakritim-not material. atmabhaktanam-of the devotees.nirguëe-beyond the modes of nature. Text 135 vishuddhe tu vivekena satyatmani hareh padam gate 'py aprakritim bhaktividhayo vilasanti hi vishuddhe-pure. tu-but. devotional service is splendidly manifest by Lord Krishëa's mercy in many ways to the souls beyond the modes of material nature. vilasati-shines. vivekena-by discrimination. knowledge. by using proper discrimination. a pure soul goes to Lord Hari's spiritual abode. padam-to the abode. . the many kinds of pure devotional service are splendidly manifest in him. bhakti-of devotional service. When. and bliss. api-although. vilasanti-shine. mude-happily. gate-gone. atmani-in the self. vidhayah-methods. satya-eternal. who have forms of eternity. bahudha-in many ways. hareh-of Lord Hari. sat-cid-ananda-eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. krishëa-prasadatah-from the mercy of lord krishna. sphuranti-manifested. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that proper discrimination is described in Bhagavad-gita 5. To bring happiness to the devotees. atmani-soul.9.

In a soul by knowledge purified of material actions performed by body or senses. api-also. muktim-for liberation. yatu-goes. vaikuëtham-to Vaikuntha. arhati-is worthy. ete-they. atma-ceshtatah-from the activities. sangatah-from the touch. na-not. san-being. atmani-in the self. iva-like.Text 136 anyathetara-karmaëivaite 'pi syur na sangatah kayendriyatma-ceshtato jnanenatmani shodhite anyatha-otherwise. katham-how?. shodhite-purified. itara-karmaëi-other activities. jnanena-by knowledge. iva-like. viviktah-alone. indriya-and senses. syuh-are. karmebhyah-actions. bhagavad-bhakti-karmatah-from the actions of devotional service to the Lord. there is no contact with any actions other (than devotional service). . kaya-of the body. Text 137 anyebhya iva karmebhyo bhagavad-bhakti-karmatah viviktah san katham yatu vaikuëtham muktim arhati anyebhyah-from others.

It should not be said. drishtya-by vision. kvacitsomewhere.2. that a devotee's body or possessions are like anything else. Text 139 bhaktanam sac-cid-anandarupeshv angendriyatmasu . api-also. with external vision. iti-thus. go to Vaikuëtha? He attains impersonal liberation. anya-other. Text 138 na hy anya-karma-vad bhaktir api karmeti manyatam bahir-drishtyaiva jalpyeta bhakta-dehadi-vat kvacit na-not. deha-the body. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10. vat-like.35. bhakta-of a devotee. bhaktih-devotional service. bahih-external.How can a person who remains aloof from the activities of devotional service to the Lord. as if they were like other activities. karma-action. jalpyeta-is said. evaindeed. hi-indeed. It should not be thought that the activities of devotional service are like other activities. manyatam-may be considered. karma-actions. adi-beginning. vat-like.

atra-here.ghatate svanurupeshu vaikuëthe 'nyatra ca svatah bhaktanam-of the devotees. Whether in Vaikuëtha or in another place. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that by the potency of the Lord's mercy a devotee's material body becomes spiritualized. limbs. pramaëam-evidence. rupeshuin forms. prakritaih-by the material. guëaih-modes of nature. indriya-senses. sat-cid-ananda-etewrnal and full of knowledge and bliss. the devotees have forms. ghatate-is. svanurupeshu-in own forms. asprishtah-untouched. smah-are. Text 140 vayam atra pramaëam smo 'nisham vaikuëtha-parshadah tanvanto bahudha bhaktim asprishtah prakritair guëaih vayam-we. bahudha-in many ways. ca-and. atmasu-self. anyatra-in another place. and senses that are eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. . tanvantah-manifesting. bhaktim-devotional service. anga-limbs. vaikuëthe-in Vaikuntha. anisham-day and night. vaikuëthaparshadah-the Lord's associates in Vaikuntha. svatah-personally.

evaindeed. adi-beginning with. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these are the actions of devotional service. tu-but. Text 141 navina-sevakanam tu pritya samyak-pravrittaye nijendriyadi-vyaparatayaiva pratibhati sa navina-new. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 7. pritya-with love. the Lord's associates in Vaikuëtha. sevakanam-servants. Devotional service lovingly appears before the new devotees because of the actions they perform with their senses. which begin with glorifying the Lord.34. samyak-pravrittaye-for direct service.1. pratibhati-shines. vyaparataya-by the manifestation. . are the proof of this. Devotional service appears before the new devotees to increase their faith.We ourselves. who day and night serve Him in many ways and remain untouched by the modes of material natures. sa-it. nija-own indnriya-senses.

iyam-this. sarva-all. bhakti-nishthaih-who have faith in devotional service. maha-great. ca-also. shreshtham-best. abhishta-desires. na-not. tava-your. The great souls do not think devotional service is independent of the Lord. shri-vraja-bhuvamto Vrajabhumi. Text 143 tvara ced vidyate shrimadvaikuëthalokane tava sarvabhishta-prada-shreshtham tam shri-vraja-bhuvam vraja tvara-quickly. They see devotional service is the Lord's great mercy. prabhoh-of the Lord. vidyate-is.Text 142 mahadbhir bhakti-nishthaish ca na svadhineti manyate maha-prasada-rupeyam prabhor ity anubhuyate mahadbhih-by the great souls. alokane-in the sight. manyate-is thought. anubhuyate-is experienced. iti-thus. . shrimad-vaikuëtha-of beautiful Vaikuntha. rupaform. svadhina-indpenedent. prada-giving. prasada-mercy. tam-that. iti-thus. vraja-go. cet-if.

which consists mainly of glorifying the holy name. shrimat-padambhoja-of the Lord's lotus feet. Pure devotional service is not mixed with fruitive work (karma). vishuddham-pure. sankirtana-glorification. Text 145 tayashu tadrishi premasampad utpadayishyate . the best of holy places that fulfill all desires. apekshaya-in relation to. nama-of the holy name. sangati-association. prayam-primarily.If you wish to see beautiful Vaikuëtha a t once. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that glorifying the Lord's holy name quickly brings one to Vaikuëtha. bhaktim-devotion. philosophical speculation (jnana). To the Lord's beautiful lotus feet always render pure devotional service. or anything else. Text 144 param shrimat-padambhojasada-sangaty-apekshaya nama-sankirtana-prayam vishuddham bhaktim acara param-best. sada-eternal. then go to beautiful Vrajabhumi. acara-do.

krishëa-darshanam-the sight of Krishëa. manyeta-is thought. be. . vaikuëthe-in Vaikuntha. sphurati-is manifested. sadhana-method. atmika-the self. sukham-happiness. prema-of love.25. smaraëam-remembering. utpadayishyate-will be established. kila-indeed. bhaktih-devotional service. bhavita-will.yaya sukham te bhavita vaikuëthe krishëa-darshanam taya-by that. sukham-easily. yaya-by which.15. vicetane-without thought. uttamam-best. eka-on one. tadrishi-like that. te-of you. By this you will attain a great wealth of spiritual love and you will easily see Lord Krishëa in Vaikuëtha. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 3. kirtana-glorification. hi-indeed. ashu-quickly. kirtanam-glorifying. indriye-sense. sampat-the opulence. antarangam-secret. kaishcit-by some. na-not. vaci-the voice. ashu-quickly. Text 146 premëo 'ntarangam kila sadhanottamam manyeta kaishcit smaraëam na kirtanam ekendriye vaci vicetane sukham bhaktih sphuraty ashu hi kirtanatmika premëah-of love.

is the best. must be inferior. manasi-in the mind. sarvendriyanam-of all the senses. According to them. not glorifying Him. . balishthe-childish. which is the king of all the senses. smaraëa-atmika-in relation to rmembering the Lord. because it is quickly attained. and only appears on one sense: the voice. nite-brought. is the best.23. is brought under control and purified. is done without knowledge. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 11. bhati-is splendidly manifest.23. that result. ya-which. because glorifying the Lord is done with one of the working senses (the voice) and not one of the knowledge-acquiring senses. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is the opinion of Pippalayana Muni and the other sages in Tapoloka.45 and 11. The devotional service of remembering the Lord. it is done without knowledge. most confidential way to attain spiritual love because the devotional service of glorifying the Lord is easily manifested. ghorehorrible. Text 147 bhaktih prakrishta smaraëatmikasmin sarvendriyanam adhipe vilole ghore balishthe manasi prayasair nite vasham bhati vishodhite ya bhaktih-devotional service. childish mind. asmin-in this. which appears when the fickle. prakrishta-the best. vishodhite-purified.Some think that remembering the Lord. adhipe-in the king. horrible. vilole-fickle. prayasaih-with effort.47. vashamunder control. They also say that because glorifying the Lord quickly brings a result.

api-also. shrutau-remembered. and mind. sattamam-the best. manasi-in the mind. We think that because it engages the voice. eva-indeed. vat-like. vaci-in the voice. lola-atmakafickle. atmya-the self. kirtanam-glorification. divyat-shining.Text 148 manyamahe kirtanam eva sattamam lolatmakaika-sva-hridi smarat smriteh vaci sva-yukte manasi shrutau tatha divyat paran apy apakurvad atmya-vat manyamahe-we think. glorifying the Lord is better than remembering the Lord with the fickle mind. eka-sva-hridi-in the heart. Texts 149 and 150 bahyantarashesha-hrishika-calakam vag-indriyam syad yadi samyatam sada cittam sthiram sad-bhagavat-smritau tada samyak pravarteta tatah smritih phalam . sva-yukte-engaged. smarat-remembering. and because it attracts others as it does oneself. tatha-so. ears. smriteh-from the memeory. apakurvat-drags. paran-others.

manasa-by the mind. Remembrance of the Lord is the result of this endeavor. This is the opinion of they who are attached to meditating on the Lord. hi-indeed. dhyanameditation. sthiram-steady. idrisham-like that. hrishika-senses. buddhya-by intelligence. then the mind becomes steady in remembrance of the Lord. cet-if. They who have faith in meditation employ only the mind in remembering the Lord. indriyamsenses. vishesha-specific. yadi-if. cittam-mind. smritau-in remembering. Text 151 ced dhyana-vegat khalu citta-vrittyav antar-bhavantindriya-vrittayas tah . rataih-by they who are devoted. vak-voice. sadbhagavat-the Lord. sambandha-matram-with only a relationship. samyak-completely. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these and the following verses present the opinion of they who are attached to meditation. samyatam-controlled. tatra-there. sada-always. vivecaniyam-considered. The external senses begin with the ears and the internal senses begin with the mind. evam-thus. They think that remembering the Lord is the result obtained by glorifying the Lord. ashesha-all. phalam-result. matam-considered. tada-then. The mind may be controlled either my observing a vow of silence or by actively glorifying the Lord. smritih-remembrance. pravarteta-is engaged. dhyanam-meditation.evam prabhor dhyana-ratair matam ced buddhyedrisham tatra vivecaniyam dhyanam parisphurti-vishesha-nishtha sambandha-matram manasa smritir hi bahya-without. parisphurtimanifestation. tatah-then. syat-may be. nishtha-faith. calakam-going. prabhoh-of the Lord. antara-within. When the voice and the other restless internal and extral senses are controlled. smritih-memory.

yasya-of whom. prati uta-to the contrary. sadbhih-by the saintly devotees. darshana-seeing. citta-of the mind. vrittyau-in the activities. kirtanatah-from kirtana. . dhyana-of meditation. sadhya-rupam-in the form of the goal. Text 152 pritir yato yasya sukham ca yena samyag bhavet tad-rasikasya tasya tat-sadhanam shreshthatamam su-sevyam sadbhir matam praty uta sadhya-rupam pritih-love. bhavet-is. sukham-happiness. antah-within. vrittayah-the activities. touching. indriya-of the senses. dhyanam-meditation. The saintly devotees say it is not the same for the result one obtains. adyah-beginning with. vegat-by the power. beginning with glorifying. rest within the mind. yena-by which. tad-rasikasya-of one who finds nectar there. tada-then. khalu-indeed. su-sevyam-worshipable. For this reason meditation is better than glorifying the Lord. bhavanti-become. shreshthatamam-best.sankirtana-sparshana-darshanadya dhyanam tada kirtanato 'stu varyam cet-if. The kind of devotional service one loves and enjoys and finds sweet as nectar is the best kind for him. tat-sadhanamthe method. sparshana-touching. sankirtana-glorification. samyakcompletely. and seeing. varyam-better. astu-is. matam-considered. tahthey. ca-and. tasya-of him. By the power of meditation the activities of the senses. yatah-because.

sankirtana-of glorification. dhyanat-from meditation. tat-that. tat-that. ca-also. evacertainly. dvayam-both. By meditating on the Lord the happiness of the sweetness of glorifying Him increases. madhuri-of the sweetness. We see that they increase each other. vivardhateincreases.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the result has not the same nature as the means for it is not many. dhyana-of meditation. sukham-the happiness. With glorification of the Lord the happiness of meditating on the Lord increases. tayoh-of them both. asmabhih-by us. Text 153 sankirtanad dhyana-sukham vivardhate dhyanac ca sankirtana-madhuri-sukham anyonya-samvardhakatanubhuyate 'smabhis tayos tad dvayam ekam eva tat sankirtanat-from glorification. sukham-the happiness. They are one. ekam-one. Text 154 dhyanam ca sankirtana-vat sukha-pradam yad vastuno 'bhishtatarasya kasyacit citte 'nubhutyapi yatheccham udbhavec . anubhuyate-is experienced. but is only one: spiritual love for the Lord. samvardhakata-increasing. anyonya-mutually.

yatha-according. jvara-ruj-artanam-of they who are troubled with fever. shantih-peacefulness. sukham-happiness. apti-attainment. tat-that. cetasam-minds. panat-by drinking. yat-which. udbhavet-is manifested. Text 156 . trutyet-may break. vailakshyam-extraordinary. bhavet-is. They whose hearts are attached to one thing become peaceful when in their hearts they see the object of their desire. pradam-giving. api-and. anubhutya-by experiencing. sukha-happiness. api-also. eka-one. kasyacit-something. amrita-nectar. iccham-to desire. As glorifying the Lord gives happiness.chantis tad ekapti-visakta-cetasam dhyanam-meditation. trit-of thirst. Text 155 yatha jvara-ruj-artanam shitalamrita-pathasah manah-panad api trutyet trid-vailakshyam sukham bhavet yatha-as. pathasah-water. As men stricken by fever break their thirst and becomes happy by drinking water cool as nectar (so by glorifying or meditating on the Lord one becomes happy). citte-in the mind. so does meditating on Him. abhishtatarasya-desired. ca-also. shitala-cooling. sankirtana-vat-like glorification. vastunah-in truth. manah-the mind. visakta-attached.

vivikte-in a secluded place. dhyanam-meditation. shakyate-is able. sankirtanam-glorification of the Lord. svaih-own. vivikte-in solitude. api ca-also. In solitude meditating on the Lord becomes perfected.tat-tat-sankirtanenapi tatha syad yadi shakyate satam atha vivikte 'pi lajja syat svair akirtane tat-tat-sankirtanena-by glorifying the Lord in many ways. sidhyati-becomes perfected. tu-indeed. api-also. syat-is. bahunam-of the many. sangatah-from the association. Glorifying the Lord may be done either in solitude or surrounded by many people. If they have the power to glorify the Lord. lajja-ashamed. yadi-is. the devotees are ashamed to remain silent in a secluded place. Text 157 ekakitvena tu dhyanam vivikte khalu sidhyati sankirtanam vivikte 'pi bahunam sangato 'pi ca ekakitvena-by solitude. api-also. khaluindeed. syatis. api-also. . satam-of the devotees. vivikte-in a secluded place. tatha-as. akirtane-in not glorifying. atha-as.

Of the many ways to glorify Lord Krishëa. drak shaktam-able. chanting His holy name is the first. eva-certainly. shreshthatamam-best. matam-considered. vidha-kinds. kirtaneshu-in glorification.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that if obstacles prevent one from glorifying the Lord in the presence of others. tatah-then. Text 159 shri-krishëa-namamritam atma-hridyam premëa samasvadana-bhangi-purvam yat sevyate jihvikayaviramam . svayam-personally. Text 158 krishëasya nana-vidha-kirtaneshu tan-nama-sankirtanam eva mukhyam tat-prema-sampaj-janane svayam drak shaktam tatah shreshthatamam matam tat krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. mukhyam-first. one may glorify Him in a secluded place. Because it has the power to give the great wealth of pure love for Him. tat-that. tan-namasankirtanam-glorifying His holy name. nana-many. it is considered the best. tat-prema-sampaj-jananecreating the opulence of love.

mahattvam-the greatness. ashu-quickly. namnam-of the names. bhagavat-of the Lord. atulamwithout equal. jihvikaya-by the tongue. . tathapi-still.tasyatulam jalpatu ko mahattvam shri-krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. sukham-easily. nama-of the holy anme. cet-if. amritam-the nectar. atma-hridyampleasing to the heart. Although all the Lord's names are equally glorious. samanah-equal. which delights the heart and is waves of nectar always lovingly tasted by the tongue? Text 160 sarvesham bhagavan-namnam samano mahimapi cet tathapi sva-priyeëashu svartha-siddhih sukham bhavet sarvesham-of all. tasya-o fit. samasvadana-taste. premëa-with love. sevyate-is served. sva-priyeëa-dear. kah-who?. yatwhat. Who can describe the peerless glory of Lord Krishëa's holy name. by chanting the names that are dear to the devotees one quickly and easily attains his desire. sva-own. mahima-glory. api-also. bhavet-is. jalpatu-may say. artha-purpose. siddhihfulfillment. aviramam-without stop. purvam-before. bhangi-waves.

lokanam-of people. . priyata-dearness. All are unlimitedly glorious. the holy name of Lord Rama is equal to a thousand other names of the Lord." Text 161 vicitra-ruci-lokanam kramat sarveshu namasu priyata-sambhavat tani sarvaëi syuh priyaëi hi vicitra-various. They all become dear to him. Some names. sarveshu-in all. syuh-become. however. The devotees attracted to various names of the Lord gradually become attracted to all His names. sarvaëi-all.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that there are no gradations of higher and lower in the Lord's names. hi-indeed. are especially dear to the devotees. ruci-attraction. sambhavat-from the creation. namasunames. priyaëi-dear. tani-they. kramat-gradually. This is described in these words: sahasra-namabhis tulyam rama-nama varanane "O beautiful-faced Parvati.

then two. Appearing in one sense. and gradually all the Lord's names become dear to the devotee. indriyani-the senses. then three.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that first one. sarvaëi-all. madhuraih-with sweetness. pradurbhutam-manifested. indriye-sense. the nectar of the holy name floods all the senses with sweetness. Text 163 mukhyo vag-indriye tasyodayah sva-para-harshadah tat prabhor dhyanato 'pi syan nama-sankirtanam varam . rasaih-with nectar. nama-of the name. aplavayati-floods. amritam-nectar. nijaih-own. Text 162 ekasminn indriye pradurbhutam namamritam rasaih aplavayati sarvaëindriyaëi madhurair nijaih ekasmin-in one.

sampadi-the treasure. prabhoh-of the Lord. indriye-in the sense. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains the holy name delights both the chanter and they who hear him. vat-like. It is said that chanting the holy name is a great treasure of love for Lord Krishëa. para-and others. sva-to oneself. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. parama-akarsha-ultimate.mukhyah-first. nama-sankirtanam-glorification of the holy name. varam-best. vak-of the voice. Text 164 nama-sankirtanam proktam krishëasya prema-sampadi balishtham sadhanam shreshtham paramakarsha-mantra-vat nama-sankirtanam-glorification of the holy name. dhyanatahthan meditation. proktam-said. prema-of love. tat-that. udayah-rising. It is the best and most powerful spiritual practice. sadhanam-method. shreshthambest. For this reason glorifying the Lord's holy name is better than meditationg on Him. . balishtham-most powerful. mantra-a mantra. tasya-of it. harshadah-giving transcendental bliss. It is like the best mantra. syat-is. api-even. The holy name's appearance on the voice-sense delights both oneself and others.

manyate-is considered. They who know how to taste spiritual nectar know that spiritual love is the fruit of devotional service. janaih-by persons. sada-always. Text 165 tad eva manyate bhakteh phalam tad rasikair janaih bhagavat-prema-sampattau sadaivavyabhicaratah tat-that. eva-indeed. rasikaih-expert at tasting nectar. sampattau-in the treasure.39-40. In spiritual •love one chants the holy name without stop. prema-of love. Text 166 sal-lakshaëam prema-bharasya krishëe kaishcid rasajnair uta kathyate tat premëo bhareëaiva nijeshta-namasankirtanam hi sphurati sphutartya .Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the glories of chanting the holy name are described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 11.2. eva-indeed. bhakteh-of devotional service. tat-that. avyabhicaratah-from not wavering. bhagavat-of the Lord. phalam-the fruit.

Know that. distressed (by separation from the Lord. viyogatfrom separation. bhareëa-by thw abundance. premëah-of love. ratrau-at night. kathyate-is said. megham-a cloud. uta-indeed. vat-like. Text 167 namnam tu sankirtanam arti-bharan megham vina pravrishi catakanm ratrau viyogat sva-pate rathangivargasya cakroshaëa-vat pratihi namnam-of the holy names. rathangi-vargasya-of ackraqvaka birds. sva-pateh-from their own lord. prema-of love. arti-bharat-from distress. hi-indeed. They who know how to taste nectar describe the spiritual qualities of intense love for Lord Krishëa. vina-without. Text 168 vicitra-lila-rasa-sagarasya . tu-indeed. ca-and. lakshaëam-quality.sat-spiritual. eva-indeed. rasajnaih-who know how to taste nectar. akroshaëa-crying. the Lord's holy name is chanted with great love. kaishcit-by some. as the cataka birds lament when there is no raincloud. pravrishi-rains. tat-for Him. sankirtanam-glorification. When the chanter is in distress. sphuta artya-manifest. nija-own. and as the cakravaki birds lament when separated at night from their husbands. sphurati-is manifest. bharasya-abundance. ishta-worshiped. catakanm-of cataka birds. sankirtanam-glorifying. krishëe-for Lord Krishëa. pratihi-know. make a lament of) chanting the holy names. so the (devotees). namaname.

. sagarasya-of an ocean. vicitrat-wonderful. tu-indeed. avasishtam-remaining. sphuritat-manifested. papam-sin. The karmic reactions of they who worship (the holy name) are destroyed as much as they could wish. kshiyeta-is destroyed. prabhoh-of the Lord. must still experience their karma. vashat-by the power. sa-that. Others. api-although. It is not manifest by one's own efforts. sva-yatnat-from endeavor. Only by the wonderful mercy of the Lord. bhavati-is. matram-only. prasadat-from the mercy. na-not. sankirtanaof glorifying. amusmat-from that. however. karma-work. who is a nectar ocean of wonderful pastimes. sadhu sidhyet-is perfect.prabhor vicitrat sphuritat prasadat vicitra-sankirtana-madhuri sa na tu sva-yatnad iti sadhu sidhyet vicitra-wonderful. tadavashya-inevitable. upasakanam-of the worshipers. Text 169 iccha-vashat papam upasakanam kshiyeta bhogonmukham apy amusmat prarabdha-matram bhavatitaresham karmavashishtam tad-avashya-bhogyam iccha-of desire. bhoga-enjoyemnt. unmukham-eager. itaresham-of others. rasa-of nectar. vicitra-wonderful. lila-of pastimes. madhuri-sweetness. bhogyam-to be enjoyed. is the wonderful sweetness of chanting the holy name manifest. iti-thus. prarabdhabegun.

anudarshayanti-see. which the demigods and demons cannot escape. ye-who. prakasha-of manifestation. maha-nidheh-of the great treasure." Text 170 mahashaya ye hari-nama-sevakah su-gopya-tad-bhakti-maha-nidheh svayam prakasha-bhitya vyavahara-bhangibhih sva-dosha-duhkhany anudarshayanti te mahashayah-great souls. duhkhani-sufferings. tad-bhakti-of His devotional service. bhitya-with fear. bhangibhih-with deception. sva-dosha-own faults.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya. hari-nama-sevakah-the servants of Lord Hari's holy name. svayam-personally. where the Lord says: karma-cakram tu yat proktam avilanghyam surasuraih mad-bhakti-prabalair matyair viddhi langhitam eva tat "Know that My devotees transcend the wheel of karma. tethey. sugopya-very confidential. . vyavahara-of activities.

syuh-are. some devotees who are merciful as the Lord is. prabhuvat-like the Lord. Simply by chanting the holy name. teach the people of the world to act rightly. the holy name's exalted servants pretend that they themselves are also suffering because of their own fault. Text 171 tan-nama-sankirtana-matrato 'khila bhakta hareh syur hata-duhkha-dushanah kecit tathapi prabhuvat kripakula lokan sad-acaram imam prashasati tan-nama-sankirtana-matratah-only by chanting the holy names. all Lord Hari's devotees are free of sins and sufferings. kripa-akulah-merciful.Afraid to reveal the secret treasure of devotional service. bhaktah-devotees. sad-acaramgood conduct. However. kecit-some. tathapinevertheless. akhilah-all. hareh-of Lord Hari. lokan-to the people. Text 172 duhsanga-dosham bharatadayo yatha durduta-dosham ca yudhishthiradayah brahma-sva-bhitim ca nrigadayo 'malah pradarshayan sva-vyavaharato janan . prashasati-teach. hata-duhkha-dushanah-free from sufferings. imam-this.

amalah-pure. as King Yudhishthira and others showed it is a mistake to gamble. sanjayamanena-born. yudhishthira-adayah-beginning with Yudhisthira. vicara-from consideration. bharata-adayah-beginning with King Bharata. and as King Nriga and others showed the fearful danger of stealing from a brahmaëa. these pure souls teach the people. by their own actions. dosham-the fault. vayam-we. pradarshayan-showing. tvam-you. nriga-adayahbeginning with King Nriga. prabhavena-by the power. vighna-ati-vighnan-great obstacles. durduta-dosham-ther fault of gambling. iha-here. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that King Bharata became degraded by becoming attached to a fawn. jeshyasi-will conquer. As King Bharata and others showed the fault of bad association. ca-and.duhsanga-of bad association. sarvatra-everywhere. hantaindeed. jataih-born. sahayah-helpers. kila-indeed. sada-always. ca-and. . sva-vyavaharatah-by their own actions. janan-the people. te-they. idrishaih-like this. Text 173 bhakti-prabhavena vicara-jataih sanjayamanena sadedrishais tvam vighnati-vighnan kila jeshyasiha sarvatra te hanta vayam sahayah bhakti-of devotional service. brahma-sva-bhitim-fear of taking a brahmana's property. yatha-as.

you will surmount the greatest obstacles in this world. asmabhih-by us. We know this because even the words of the sage in Tapoloka could not make you abandon your wish to see the Lord directly. na-not. sakshad-bhagavaddidriksha-the desire to see the Lord directly. We will also help you in all circumstances. tvattah-of you. sthirah-steady. Text 175 rupam satyam khalu bhagavatah sac-cid-ananda-sandram yogyair grahyam bhavati karaëaih sac-cid-ananda-rupam mamsakshibhyam tad api ghatate tasya karuëya-shaktya sadyo labdhya tad-ucita-gater darshanam svehaya va . Lord Krishëacandra has placed His great and unwavering mercy on you. tvayi-in you. lila-pastimes. avadharita asti-understood. Text 174 shri-krishëacandrasya mahanukampasmabhih sthira tvayy avadharitasti lina na sakshad-bhagavad-didriksha tvattas tapoloka-nivasi-vakyaih shri-krishëacandrasya-of Lord Krishëacandra. tapoloka-nivasi-vakyaih-by the words of the residents of Tapoloka. mahanukampa-great mercy. and by thoughtful understanding.By the power of devotional service.

jnana-of knowledge. harsha-happiness. shaktya-by the power. bhagavatah-of the Lord. satyam-truth. vriddhyai-for increasing. rupam-form. the Lord may be seen. ihaya-by the endeavor. vijnapakah-the teacher. mamsa-of flesh. karaëaih-by the senses. tasya-of Him. knowledge. drisha-with eyes. either by one's own power. yogyaih-suitable. api-also. khalu-indeed. Thus. tat-that. by the power of the Lord's mercy He can be seen even by eyes of matter. manah-the mind. gateh-goal. pashyami-I see. drigbhyam-with eyes. ananda-and bliss. sat-eternal. cit-knowledge. darshanam-sight. va-or. The Lord's form is real. Still. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. bhavati-is. bhavet-may be. tat-for that. cit-full of knowledge. ananda-and bliss. vishesha-specific. or His mercy. and bliss can be seen only with proper senses. aham-I. labdhya-by the attainment. grahyam-to be taken. akshibhyam-with eyes. It is eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. ghatate-is. ucita-suitable. This form of eternity. api-also. jayamane-born. I am seeing Him with these material eyes. kripa-of the mercy. The mind thinks: "Although He is seen only with eyes of knowledge. . sadyah-at once. sva-own. Text 176 tad-darshane jnana-drishaiva jayamane 'pi pashyamy aham esha drigbhyam mano bhavet krishëa-kripa-prabhavavijnapako harsha-vishesha-vriddhyai tad-darshane-in seeing Him.rupam-form. sat-eternal. sandram-full." In this way the teacher that is the power of Lord Krishëa's mercy acts to increase (the devotee's) happiness. eshah-this. eva-indeed. karuëya-of mercy. prabhava-by the power.

api-also. iva-as if. pura-a flood. Even with limited. va-or. and sometimes not see Him. manasa-by the mind. balena-by the power. or by the power of devotional service. material eyes He may be seen perfectly and always. nirantaram-always. tatthat. kripa-of mercy. khalu-indeed. Text 178 na cet kathancin na manasy api syat svayam-prabhasyekshaëam ishvarasya . samyak-perfectly. the Lord may be seen. siddhyet-may be perfect. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these words refute Pippalayana Muni. The conclusion is that by the Lord's mercy. who said that with the naturally limited material eyes one may sometimes see the Lord. By the power of a flood of His mercy. one is able to see the Lord always and without impediment. bhakteh-of devotional service. syat-is. as He is seen by the mind. and only with the subtle mind is one able to see the Lord always and without impediment.Text 177 prabhoh kripa-pura-balena bhakteh prabhavato va khalu darshanam syat atah paricchinna-drishapi siddhyen nirantaram tan manaseva samyak prabhoh-of the Lord. darshanam-sight. drisha-with vision. prabhavatah-by the power. paricchinna-limited. atah-then. or by devotional service.

Therefore He is called self-manifest. hi-indeed. sadhyam-the goal. If (the power of the Lord's mercy or the power of devotional service) is not (present). eva-indeed. He appears only by His own wish. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Lord is supremely independent. tat-tat-prasada-avali-labdhih-the attainment of His mercy. na-not. ghanam-intense. atmakah-self. darshanatah-from the sight. sukham-happiness. prabhoh-of the Lord. sarva-adhikam-better than everything. . syat-is. sarvatah-everywhere. api-even. Text 179 drigbhyam prabhor darshanato hi sarvatas tat-tat-prasadavali-labdhir ikshyate sarvadhikam sandra-sukham ca jayate sadhyam tad eva shravaëadi-bhaktitah drigbhyam-with the two eyes. kathancit-somehow. prabhasya-manifested. Only when He is worshiped does the intensely blissful Lord give bliss. svayampersonally. then it is not possible to see the self-manifest Lord in one's heart. sukha-happiness. cet-if. bhaktitah-from devotional service. ikshaëam-sight. asau-He. manasi-in the mind. sandra-intense. sukham-happiness.ghanam sukham sanjanayet kathancid upasitah sandra-sukhatmako 'sau na-not. tat-that. sanjanayet-creates. upasitah-worshiped. ca-also. shravaëa-adi-beginning with hearing. ishvarasya-of the Lord. ikshyate-is seen. kathancit-somehow. jayate-is born. sandra-intense.

nashyetperishes. Directly seeing (the Lord) is the best result of all kinds of spiritual practices. remembering the Lord in meditation also leads to the result of directly seeing Him. api-also. eva-indeed. tat-sakshat-karah-directly seeing. satphalam-the best result. (By seeing Him) illusion perishes at its root and spiritual love (for Him) grows. hi-indeed. Shrila Sanatanma Gosvami explains that this and the following two verses declare that seeing the Lord directly is better than seeing Him in meditation. The other ways of serving the Lord mentioned here include glorifying the Lord and remembering Him. sadhananam-methods. Text 180 sarvesham sadhananam tatsakshat-karo hi sat-phalam tadaivamulato maya nashyet premapi vardhate sarvesham-of all. By hearing about the Lord and serving Him in otber ways one can attain the supremely blissful goal (of seeing Him). Pippalayana Muni may say that Lord Brahma saw the Lord in a trance of meditation and obtained His mercy in that way. amulatah-from the root. . maya-illusion. one obtains the Lord's great mercy. tada-then. vardhate-expands. As one of the activities of devotional service. This is seen everywhere.By seeing the Lord with one's eyes. prema-love. Kardama Muni and Dhruva Maharaja are examples of devotees who by seeing the Lord obtained His mercy. To this it is replied that Lord Brahma is an exception here.

prabhum-the Lord. pashyatahseeing. sada-always. labhah-attainemnt.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this. api-also. avalokat-the sight. The proof of this is that after directly seeing the Lord.21. the son of Kayadhu. anantaram-after. tatra-there. hridi-in the heart. bhava-love. they still yearned to see Him directly. their love for Him increased. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is proven by the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya's description of Prahlada's attaining great love for the Lord by seeing Him on the ocean's shore. hi-indeed. Text 181 kayadhavader hridi pashyato 'pi prabhum sadakshna kila tad-didriksha tatra pramaëam hi tathavalokad anantaram bhava-vishesha-labhah kayadhava-adeh-beginning with Prahlada. Text 182 krishëasya sakshad api jayate yat . akshna-with the eyes. kila-indeed. vishesha-specific. tatha-so. pramaëam-evidence. tad-didrikshathe desire to see Him.is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 1.2. Although Prahlada and other devotees always saw the Lord in their hearts.

dhyanam-meditation. keshancit-of some.44). bhareëa-with an abundance. na-not. akshi-of eyes.keshancid akshi-dvaya-milanadi dhyanam na tat kintu mudam bhareëa kampadi-vat prema-vikara eshah krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. api-even. sakshat-directly. (Someone may say that) sometimes the devotees close their eyes (in meditation) when they directly see the Lord. mudam-happiness. eshah-this.15. (To this it is answered) that this is not meditation. but it is like trembling or other symptoms of ecstatic love. vat-like. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that someone may quote the description of the four Kumaras' closing their eyes when they saw Lord Narayaëa in Vaikuëtha (Shrimad-Bhagavatam 3. tatthat. dvaya-pair. adi-beginning. kampa-trembling. jayate-is born. Text 183 dhyanam parokshe yujyeta na tu sakshan maha-prabhoh aparokshe parokshe 'pi yuktam sankirtanam sada . but rather because they were overcome with ecstatic love. milana-closing. they did not close their eyes in order to meditate on the Lord. vikarah-ecstatic transformation. yat-whict. kintu-however. adibeginning with. However. prema-of love.

parokshe-when invisible. sakshatdirectly. maha-prabhoh-of the Lord. glorifying Him is always proper. api-also." sadhu krishëeti krishëeti tavat tah dvi-guëam jaguh "(Bereft of His company). tu-but. the gopis called out: O Krishëa! O Krishëa!" . but not when He can be seen. parokshe-in invisibility. yuktam-proper.7). sada-always. na-not. the gopis sang Lord Krishëa's name again and again. Meditation is proper when the Lord cannot be seen.33. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that glorifying the Lord when He is not present is described in the account of the rasa-dance in Shrimad-Bhagavatam (10. It is also described in Vishëu Puraëa in these words: jagau gopijanas tv ekam krishëa-nama punah punah "(Bereft of His company).dhyanam-meditation. aparokshe-in the presence. sankirtanam-glorifying. Whether the Lord is seen or not. yujyeta-is proper.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 11. samam-equal. Text 185 tan manayan shivasyajnam ito nihsara sa-tvaram krishëa-priyatamam shrimanmathuram tvam namama tam . ati-priyam-very dear. hi-indeed. nama-the name. Nothing is equal to it. tasya-of Him. upasyam-to be worshiped. is easily worshiped. api-also. and is full of nectar. sa-rasam-sweet. which is more dear even than His beautiful Deity form.Text 184 shriman nama prabhos tasya shri-murter apy ati-priyam jagad-dhitam sukhopasyam sa-rasam tat-samam na hi shrimat-beautiful. The Lord's beautiful name. tat-to that. is auspicious for the world. jagat-of the world.14. hitam-auspiciousness. prabhoh-of the Lord. shri-murteh-of the beautiful form.15. sukhaeasily. na-not.

shrimat-beautiful. namama-we bow down. I became filled with bliss. nipiya-after drinking. ca-also. shivau-Shiva and Parvati. bhritah-held. naman-bowing down. krishëa-priyatamam-most dear to Lord Krishëa. Text 186 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca nipiya tat-karëa-rasayanam tat pramoda-bhareëa bhrito namams tan shivau ca sadyo vraja-bhumim etam taih prapito 'ham bata mugdha-buddhih shri-gopa-kumarah-Shri Gopa-kumara. itah-from there.tat-it. tat-that. Shri Gopa-kumara said: Drinking this nectar for my ears. uvaca-said. tat-that. aham-I. bata-indeed. to which we bow down to offer our respects. I bowed down to them and to Lord Shiva and Goddess Parvati. mathuram-to Mathura. bhareëa-with an abundance. and then I was suddenly in the land of Vraja. vrajabhumim etam-to the land of Vraja. sadyah-at once. shivasya-of Shiva. obey Lord Shiva's order and quickly go to beautiful Mathura. tan-to them. nihsara-go. taih-by them. and which is most dear to Lord Krishëa. ajnam-the instruction. At this my intelligence was bewildered. buddhih-intelligence. Therefore. pramoda-of joy. tam-to it. mugdhabewildered. tvam-you. rasayanam-nectar. . manayan-glorifying. karëa-for the ears. sa-tvaram-quickly. prapitah-attained.

adrishtam-unseen. I forgot everything as if I were under a spell. ekakina-alone. antah-within. samvasata-residing. shriyam-beauty. vismritam-forgotten. apialso. vana-the forest. a beauty never before seen. vimohat-from illusion. Chapter Four: Vaikuëtha Text 1 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca ekakinatra bhramata mayasya bhumeh shriyam kutracid apy adrishtam sampashyata samvasata vanantah sarvam vimohad iva vismritam tat shri-gopa-kumarah-Shri Gopa-kumara. tat-that. when I saw the beauty of that land. iva-as if. kutracit-somewhere.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the statement that Gopa-kumara was bewildered means that he was either surprised or full of joy. . uvaca-said. atra-here. bhumeh-land. maya-by me. bhramatawandering. sarvam-all. sampashyata-seeing. Shri Gopa-kumara said: Wandering alone as I lived in the forest. asya-of this.

mathura-of Mathura. ashrausham-I heard. viprebhyah-from the brahmanas. From the brahmaëas there I heard Shrimad-Bhagavatam and other scriptures. madhu-purim-Mathura City. Text 3 bhaktim nava-vidham samyag jnatvedam vanam agatah apashyam sahasaivatra shrimad-guru-varam nijam . Text 2 shriman-madhu-purim kridabhramaëa-kramato gatah tatra mathura-viprebhyo 'shrausham bhagavatadikam shrimat-beautiful. Playfully wandering. krida-pastimesl bhramaëa-wandering. gatah-gone. I came to the beautiful city of Mathura. adikam-beginning. tatra-there. kramatah-one by one. Its beauty is so great it made Gopa-kumara completely forget the realm of Vaikuëtha.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this statement shows that the land of Vraja is more glorious than any other place in the material or spiritual worlds. bhagavata-with Shrimad-Bhagavatam.

praëatam-bowing down. shrimad-guru-varam-exalted guru. atra-here. agatah-arrived. samalingyaembracing. I came to this forest and suddenly saw my exalted guru. nijam-my own. ashirvadam-words of benediction. Text 4 purvavad rajamano 'sau drishtva mam praëatam muda sashirvadam samalingya sarvajno kripayattaram purvavat-as before. samyag-properly. asau-he. vanam-forest. apashyam-I saw.bhaktim-devotional service. rajamanah-splendidly manifest. drishtva-seeing. embraced me. sa-with. nava-vidham-nine kinds. muda-with joy. he. jnatva-understanding. idam-this. Text 5 tasya prasadam asadya maha-gudha-prakashakam . happily blessed me. mam-me. who knew everything. After learning from them the nine-fold devotional service. eva-indeed. Seeing me bowing before him. sahasa-at once. kripaya attaram-gave his mercy. and gave me his mercy. He was glorious as before. sarvajnah-omniscient.

asadya-attaining. Soon I was overcome with a flood of love. adishtam-instructed. pureëa-with a flood. vivashah-overwhelmed. prasadam-the mercy. maha-gudha-great secret. ashakam-I was able. I could only chant the holy names. I practiced the yoga of devotional service. As he taught me. na-not. I could not do anything. prema-of love. acirat-soon. Text 7 . bhakti-yogam-the yoga of devotional service.anvatishtham yathadishtam bhakti-yogam anaratam tasya-of him. I attained his mercy. He revealed great secrets. yatha-as. kincit-anything. tam-Him. kartum-to do. samakirtayam-I performed kirtana. anaratam-did. Text 6 sanjatenacirat premapureëa vivasho 'bhavam na kartum ashakam kincit param tam samakirtayam sanjatena-born. abhavam-I was. prakashakamrevelation. param-then. anvatishtham-following.

hare-Hari. . tam-to Him. tanaya-son. ha-O!. govinda-Govinda. udrudan-crying out. pranrityan-dancing. deha-with the body. ahvayan-calling out. sa-ganam-with song. gopala-Gopala. aham bhramami-I wander. unmatta-a madman.shri-krishëa gopala hare mukunda govinda he nanda-kishora krishëa ha shri-yashoda-tanaya prasida shri-ballavi-jivana radhikesha shri-krishëa-Shri Krishëa. Text 8 evam sa-ganam bahudhahvayams tam kshaëam pranrityan kshaëam udrudamsh ca unmattavat kamam itas tato 'ham bhramami dehadikam asmaran svam evam-thus. ca-also. isha-Lord. heO!. kshaëam-one moment. svam-own. kishora-son. jivana-life. mukunda-Mukunda. shri-yashoda-of Yashoda. shri-ballavi-of the gopis. "O Shri Krishëa! Gopala! Hari! Mukunda! Govinda! O son of Nanda! Krishëa! O son of Yashoda! Life of the gopis! Lord of Radhika! Please be kind!" Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these ten name of the Lord are especially dear. itas tatah-here and there. bahudha-in many ways. kamam-voluntarily. adikam-beginning. nanda-of Nanda. prasida-be kind. kshaëam-one moment. vat-like. asmaran-not remembering. radhika-of Radhika. krishëa-Krishëa.

nyapatamfell. praëa-of life. I wandered here and there. Once I saw the Lord of my life before me. moham-to fainting. prema-with love. forgetting my own body and everything else. I fainted and fell. and sometimes crying out as a madman. overcome with love. Text 9 ekada tam nija-praëanatham pashyann ivagratah dhartum dhavan gato moham nyapatam prema-vihvalah ekada-once. again and again I called out to the Lord. iva-as if.Singing these words. nija-my own. pashyan-seeing. vihvalah-overwhelmed. dhavan-running. natham-the Lord. dhartum-to take. tam-Him. Running to grasp Him. Somethimes dancing. agratah-before me. gatah-went. Text 10 tavat taih parshadair etya vaikuëtham netum atmanah yanam aropitah sadyo vyutthayacalayam drishau .

tavat-thus. I restlessly moved my eyes to and fro. atmanah-personally. anirupyam-indescribable. apashyam-I saw. evaindeed. pura-before. Texts 11 and 12 sarvam anyadrisham drishtva vismitah svasthatam gatah parshve 'pashyam pura drishtams tan evatma-priyankaran maha-tejasvinam tejo muncato 'nupamam varam vimanam yogyam arudhan anirupyam su-rupavat sarvam-all. svasthatam gatah-recovered. parshadaih-the associates of the Lord. taih-by them. tan-them. su-rupavat-beautiful. muncatah-giving. drishtva-seeing. drishtan-seen. anupamam-incomparable. vimanam-airplane. yanam-airplane. atma-priyankaran-dear to me. I entered their airplane. tejah-the splendor. sadyah-at once. acalayam-I moved. anyadrisham-different. Regaining consciousness. arudhan-ascended. vaikuëtham-to Vaikuëtha. etya-come. maha-tejasvinam-of what is very spelndid. vyutthaya-regaining consciousness. parshve-at my side. yogyam-proper. drishau-my eyes. varam-excellent. aropitah-climbed. netum-to bring. vismitah-filled with wonder. . At that moment the Lord's associates came to bring me to Vaikuëtha.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the dear friends here are the Lord's Vaikuëtha associates he had met before.Seeing everything was changed. sva-sadrisham-like them. praëamantam-bowing down. Text 13 sambhramat praëamantam mam ashlishyashvasayan muhuh aicchan sva-sadrisham rupam datum yukti-shatena te sambhramat-respectfully. With a hundred reasons they wished to give me a form like theirs. muhuh-again and again. I was comforted when I saw at my side the dear friends I had seen before. yukti-reasons. . aicchan-desiring. datum-to give. te-they. mam-me. supremely splendid. they were now riding on an incomparable. Eclipsing the splendor of the most splendid things. beautiful airplane. rupam-a form. They embraced me and again and again reassured me. I respectfully bowed before them. shatena-with hundreds. indescribable. I was filled with wonder. ashvasayan-comforting. ashlishya-embracing.

Instead. splendid. tesham-of them. I did not accept. adi-beginning with. alambhayam-I rested. attained spiritual qualities like theirs. In such a form you will not be happy there". asvi-kritya-not accepting. vapuh-form. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara did not accept the sarupya-mukti they offered. govardhana-bhavam-born on Govardhana Hill. guëaqualities. and filled with the same spiritual attributes as theirs. tu-indeed. prabhavatah-from the birth. Text 14 tad asvi-kritya tu sviyam govardhana-bhavam vapuh tesham prabhavatas tadrig guëa-rupady alambhayam tat-that.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that they wished to give him a four-armed form. sviyam-own. is an example of one of the reasons they gave. Texts 15-18 . his own form became eternal. tadrik-like that. "A human form is not appropriate in Vaikuëtha. rupa-form. my own form. Instead. which had been born on Govardhana Hill.

taih saha-with them. utkshipyamanabhih-being thrown. api-also. vrajan-going. lokapaladbhih-protectors of the planets. avaraëeshu-in the coverings. jagat-from the material world. vartmana-by a pathway. purvakam-before. jaya-glories!. shabda-with sounds. teshu lokeshu-in these worlds. anjalifolded hands. sa-with. pujye-worshipable. praëamyamanah-bowing down to offer . tad-adhikaribhih-by they who are qualified. drishti-patah-glance. aham-I. vilakshaëena-different. ca-also. durvitarkyena-inconceivable. lajjeyam-embarassed. sarvatah-everywhere. api-also. mastakaih-with heads. urdhva-raised. taih-by them. stuyamanah-offered prayers. pushpalaja-adi-vrishtibhih-with great showers of flowers.paramananda-yuktena durvitarkyena vartmana jagad-vilakshaëenaham vaikuëtham taih saha vrajan teshu lokeshv alokeshv avaraëeshv api sarvatah drishti-pato 'pi lajjeyam pujye tad-adhikaribhih loka-paladbhish cordhvamukhaih sanjali-mastakaih vegad utkshipyamanabhih pushpa-lajadi-vrishtibhih taih stuyamano jaya-shabda-purvakam praëamyamanash ca pade pade calan tuccham puro mukti-padam ca locayan urdhvam tatah shri-shivalokam avrajam paramananda-yuktena-with great bliss. alokeshu-not in the planets. vaikuëtham-to Vaikuëtha. mukhaih-with faces. vegat-strongly.

going above it.respects. I happily bowed down before Lord Shiva and Goddess Parvati. umam-Parvati. ananditah-delighted. shivam-to Lord Shiva. malam-a garland. As they praised me with words of "Glory!" and as they bowed before me at every step. Text 20 . I saw insiginificant impersonal liberation berfore me. purah-ahead. which is garlanded with glories beyond the reach of the mind and words. jalaih-with networks. tatra-there. vakya-words. praëamya-bowing. Text 19 somam sivam tatra muda praëamya tenadara-prema-sad-ukti-jalaih anandito vakya-mano-durapamahatmya-malam tam agam vikuëtham sa-with. With a network of affectionate. adara-with respect. tam-there. prema-and love. vikuëtham-to Vaikuëtha. supernatural path. the rulers of the planets eagerly worshiped me with showers of flowers. avrajam-I went. urdhvam-above. tuccham-insignificant. and then. ca-also. calan-going. inconceivable. mahatmya-of glories. agam-I went. ca-also. respectful. and kind words. he delighted me. tena-by him. tatah-that. Traveling with them to Vaikuëtha on a blissful. went to Shivaloka. pade pade-at every step. I became embarrassed when I glanced at the different planets and the coverings of the universe. With folded hands and bent heads. locayan-seeing. Then I went to Vaikuëtha. manah-the heart. mukti-padam-state of impersonal liberation. shri-shivalokam-to Shivaloka. durapa-difficult to attain. sad-ukti-of kind words. muda-happily.

urmiwaves. ashcarya-of wonders. yavat-as. sthirah-steady. asmabhih-by us.parshadair idam ukto 'ham tvam tishtheha kshaëam bahih vijnapya prabhum asmabhih purim yavat pravekshyase parshadaih-by the associates of the Lord. uktah-said. kshaëam-for a moment. Text 21 atradrishtashrutashcaryasamudrormi-paramparam bhagavad-bhakti-diptabhyam netrabhyam gaëaya sthirah atra-here. We will inform the Lord. bhakti-devotional service. . purim-the city. bahih-outside. idam-this. netrabhyam-with eyes. vijnapya-informing. samudra-an ocean. adrishta-unseen. pravekshyase-you will enter. tvam-you. aham-I. paramparam-multitude. iha-here. gaëaya-count. ashruta-unheard. bhagavat-for the Lord. prabhum-the Lord. and then you may enter. tishtha-stay. diptabhyamsplendid. Then the Lord's associates said to me: "Wait outside for a moment.

antah-pravishteshuentered within. dvara-prante-at the gate. sthitah-standing. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the city here is Vaikuëtha and the person entering is a resident of Vaikuëtha. Text 23 . purim-city. bahih-outside. ca-also. pravishantam-entering. tam-that."Stay here and. ekamsomeone. teshu-in them. see the waves in this ocean of wonders never seen or heard of before. ayantam-coming. with eyes alight with devotion for the Lord. I saw someone come and begin to enter that city. apashyam-I saw. Shri Gopa-kumara said: As they went inside and I stayed outside the gate." Text 22 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca teshu cantah-pravishteshu dvara-prante bahih-sthitah apashyam ekam ayantam pravishantam ca tam purim shri-gopa-kumarah uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. ca-and.

adhya-wealthy. arudham-riding. yana-airplane. Singing wonderful songs and (glorifying the Lord in) many other ways. He was on a transcendental airplane that was rich with the opulences of hundreds of universes. avishtam-filled. The word "kanti" here means that His bodily complexion was dark and His features were like the Lord's. muda-with happiness. Text 24 tam matva shri-harim natha pahiti muhur alapan naman karëau pidhayaham samjnayanena varitah . and glorifying the Lord in other ways". kanti-splendor. he was filled with happiness. adbhutaih-with wonderful. handsomeness. His splendid handsomeness and other features were like the Lord's. sat-a transcendental. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word “adibhih" here means "chanting. prabhoh-the Lord. adibhihbeginning with. adyaih-beginning with. The word "adyaih" here means that his youthfulness ornaments. bhuti-opulences. bracelets. sadrisham-like. gita-songs. shata-of hundreds. and other features were like the Lord's. acting in dramatic performances.brahmaëda-shata-bhuty-adhyasad-yanarudham adbhutaih gitadibhir mudavishtam kanty-adyaih sadrisham prabhoh brahmaëda-of universes.

asmi-I am. gate-gone. vaibhava-adibhih-with opulences and other glories. iti-thus. who was even more opulent and glorious.tam-him. natha-O Lord. anyah-another. kah api-someone. iti-thus. pahi-please save. Then another person. pidhaya-covering. matva-considering. dasah-a servant. alapan-saying. asmi-I am. muhuh-again and again. karëau-ears. shri-harim-Lord Shri Hari. aham-I. Text 26 tam drishtva sarvathamamsi jagadisham aham purim . bowed down before me. anena-by this. please save me!" He at once covered his hears. and went inside. I am a servant of the servants". and stopped me with these words: Text 25 daso 'smi dasa-daso 'smity uktva tasmin gate 'ntaram anyah ko 'py agato 'mushman mahiyan vaibhavadibhih dasah-a servant. amushman-him. naman-bowing down. varitah-covered. antaram-within. uktvasaying. mahiyan-greater. came. Thinking he was Lord Hari. tasmin-then. He said: "I am a servant. agatah-come. samjnaya-by the name. again and again I said to him: "O Lord. dasa-of the servant.

drishtva-seeing. uktva-saying. praëamantam-bowing down. he affectionately spoke to me as the other person had. who in his pastimes had gone somewhere and was now entering his own city. eva-indeed. drishtva-seeing. Text 27 sambhramaih praëamantam mam purvavat stuti-purvakam drishtva so 'pi tathaivoktva sa-sneham pravishat purim sambhramaih-with respect. purim-the city. lilaya-with pastimes. I thought he must be the Lord of the universes.pravishantam nijam etya gatva kutrapi lilaya tam-him. sneham-affection. sarvatha-in all respects. purim-the city. sah-he. nijam-own. pravishat-entered. and then he entered the city. aham-I. kutrapi-somewhere. . pravishantam-entering. sawith. tatha-thus. stutipurvakam-with prayers. api-also. amamsi-I thought. jagadisham-the Lord of the universes. mam-me. Seeing me respectfully bowing down and speaking prayers as I had before. etya-approaching. purvavat-as before. gatva-going. Seeing him.

came. bowed down before them. some in groups of two. ekashah-alone. aham-I. pravishanti-enter. snigdhaaffectionate. ca-and. "I am a servant of the servants". and entered the Lord's city. and some in very large groups. sambhrama-of respect. please save me!" and the person addressed covered his ears and said. bahushah-may. purva-purva-adhika-shrikah-each more glorious than the the previous ones. purim-the city. prabhoh-of the Lord. yugapat-at the same time. Seeing them. "O lord. and offered prayers to them. I dived into the ocean of awe and reverence. amritaih-with nectar. majjan-diving. but they . Texts 28 and 29 ko 'py ekasho dvandvasho 'nye yugapad bahusho 'pare purva-purvadhika-shrikah pravishanti purim prabhoh tamsh ca pashyan purevaham majjan sambhrama-sagare naman stavan nivarye taih snigdha-vag-amritais tatha ko 'pi-some. taih-by them. More persons. dvandvashah-in groups of two. stavan-offering prayers. tatha-so. iva-as.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara again said. sagare-in the ocean. pashyanseeing. apare-others. vak-words. some alone. pura-before. anye-others. naman-bowing down. nivarye-being stopped. as before. tan-them. each more glorious than those before.

Text 31 evam atmatma-sevasu vyagrantahkaraëendriyah vicitra-bhajanananda- . and other paraphernalia for worshiping the Lord. ke 'pi-some. seva-service. kecin-some. camara wisks. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that they were carrying parasols. Some were carrying things to offer the Lord and some. samagrim-paraphernalia. Text 30 teshu sva-seva-samagrim grihitva ke 'pi kam api dhavanti puratah kecin matta bhakti-sudha-rasaih teshu-in them. sva-own. introxicated by the nectar of loving devotion. as the others had before them. bhakti-of devotional service. dhavanti-run. ran ahead. sudha-rasaih-with the nectar. puratah-ahead. mattah-mad. grihitva-taking.stopped me and spoke to me with the nectar of affectionate words. kam api-something.

maha-lilakautukam-a wonder of great pastimes. Texts 32 and 33 bhusha-bhushaëa-sarvanga nija-prabhu-varocitah praëamantah stavantash ca kurvanash citram ihitam vitanvato maha-lilakautukam cakravartivat lakshmi-pater bhagavatash caraëabja-didrikshavah bhusha-of the ornaments. bhajana-devotional service.vinoda-bhara-bhushitah evam-thus. vitanvatah-doing. ucitah-proper. stavantah-offering prayers. vyagra-intent. sarva-all. vicitra-wonderful. prabhuvara-for the excellent Lord. praëamantah-bowing down. bhushitah-decorated. Their minds and senses were intent on their own specific services. indriyahand senses. bharaabundance. citram-wonder. antahkaraëa-mind. atma-atma-sevasu-in their own services. They were decorated with pastimes of the bliss of wonderful services. kurvaëah-doing. vinoda-pastimes. ananda-bliss. bhushaëa-the ornaments. ihitam-activity. angah-limbs. nija-own. ca-also. cakravartivat-as an emperor. lakshmi-pateh-of the husband .

parivarah-associates. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that their handsomeness and other virtues were like those of the Lord of Vaikuëtha Hismelf. They were glorious as the Lord Himself. abja-lotus. parivara-associates. They yearned to see the lotus feet of the Lord. kecit-some. Some came with associates. paricchadah-and paraphernalia. .of the goddess of fortune. the goddess of fortune's husband. kecit-some. All their limbs decorated the decorations they wore. bahih-outside. They enjoyed a wonder of great pastimes. sa-paricchadah-with paraphernalia. ca-and. Text 34 kecit sa-parivaras te kecic ca sa-paricchadah kecid bahir-dhrita-sviyaparivara-paricchadah kecit-some. and enjoy in royal style. as emperors do. some with paraphernalia. bhagavatah-of the Lord. sviya-own. sa-with. so did they. caraëa-feet. As an emperor's doorkeepers and other servants eat. te-they. and some with both associates and paraphernalia. Bowing down and reciting prayers. drink. Their wonderful activities included chanting and dancing. dhrita-held. didrikshavah-yearning to see. they acted wonderfully.

iva-as if. rupaëi-forms. adhyah-opulent. dhritvamanifesting. vilapya-merging. Text 36 kecid vicitra-rupaëi dhritva dhritva muhur muhuh vicitra-bhushaëakaraviharadhya manoharah kecit-some. rasa-in the nectar. vicitra-wonderful and various. vicitra-various and wonderful. dhritva-manifesting. eva-certainly. Some merged their associates and paraphernalia in their own selves and became like penniless solitary sages plunged in the nectar of meditation. nijam-own. akincanah-not possessing anything. bhushaëa-ornaments. dhyana-of meditation. ekakitaya-all alone. vihara-pastimes. eke-some. manoharah-charming.Text 35 svasminn eva vilapyaike kritsnam parikaram nijam akincana ivaikakitaya dhyana-rasaplutah svasmin-in himself. parikaramassociates. aplutah-plunged. . akara-forms. muhur muhuh-again and again. kritsnam-completely.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the forms of the Vaikuëtha residents are all eternal and full of knwoledge and bliss. some demons. narah-humans.Some moment by moment manifested different wonderful and charming forms. dikshainitiation. lakshaëa-characteristics. tatha-as. varëashrama-acara-the activities of varëashrama. daityah-demons. Text 37 kecin nara vanarash ca deva daityas tatharshayah pare varëashramacaradiksha-lakshaëa-dhariëah kecit-some. rishayah-sages. and pastimes. vanarah-monkeys. features. dhariëah-holding. or any of these other forms. and some sages. each opulent with different and wonderful ornaments. devah-demigods. Some were humans. Other carried the marks of being inititated in the orders of varëa and ashrama. some demigods. pare-others. some monkeys. They were not actually humans. Text 38 indra-candradi-sadrishas . ca-and.

Some were like Indra. trinetrah-three-eyed Lord Shiva. kecit-some. na-not. Text 39 etat parama-vaicitrihetum vakshami te 'gratah krishëa-bhakti-rasasvadavatam kim syan na sundaram etat-this. Some had three eyes. syat-is. tatha-so. rasa-the nectar. I will tell you the reason for this great wonder: How can they who taste the nectar of devotion to Lord Krishëa not be handsome? . vaicitri-wonder. bhakti-devotion. candra-Candra. some four arms.trinetrash chaturananah caturbhujah sahasrasyah kecid ashtabhujas tatha indra-Indra. sundaram-beautiful. some eight arms. caturbhujah-four arms. chatura-ananah-four-headed Lord Brahma. and some a thousand faces. sahasra-asyah-a thousand faces. parama-great. agratahbefore. Candra. or the other demigods. adi-beginning with. te-you. kimwhat?. vakshami-I say. sadrishah-like. some four heads. hetum-the reason. ashta-bhujah-eight arms. asvadavatam-tasting. krishëa-to Lord Krishëa.

bhashitum-to be said. kila-indeed. vaikuëtha-of Vaikuëtha. mahatmya-from the glories. cannot be described with examples drawn from the world of five elements. ca-and. prapanca-material world. ca-also. vaikuëthalokasya-Vaikuëthaloka. upayujyante-are proper. and of Vaikuëtha's hero. . Jambavan. jatani-born. nayakasya-the hero. The glories of Vaikuëtha's residents. tani-they. tasya-of that. tat-of that. vasinam-the residents. na-not. shakyante-are able. tesham-of them.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Hanuman. antah-gataih-gone within. atitanam-beyond. and others were handsome because of their devotion to the Lord. who are all beyond the material world of five elements. tasya-of Him. na-not. prapanca-the material world. drishtantaih-with examples. of Vaikuëthaloka. Texts 40 and 41 sarva-prapancatitanam tesham vaikuëtha-vasinam tasya vaikuëthalokasya tasya tan-nayakasya ca tani mahatmya-jatani prapancantar-gataih kila drishtantair nopayujyante na shakyante ca bhashitum sarva-the entire.

antah-within.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Vaikuëtha's residents are eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. drishti-sight. cetasah-mind. prapanca-the material world. yatwhat. tada-then. . hi-indeed. evaindeed. They cannot be described with examples drawn from the world of matter. ucyeta-is said. tad-drishtanta-kulena-by those examples. bhavatah-of you. harih-Lord Hari. sukham-easily. syat-is. iti-thus. kincit-something. The hero of Vaikuëtha here is the Lord. antahwithin. brahman-O brahmana. tatha-so. Texts 42 and 43 tathapi bhavato brahman prapancantar-gatasya hi prapanca-parivarantardrishti-garbhita-cetasah tad-drishtanta-kulenaiva tat tat syad bodhitam sukham tathety ucyeta yat kincit tadagah kshamatam harih tathapi-nevertheless. tat tat-that. kshamatam-may forgive. garbhita-born. agah-offense. prapanca-of the material world. parivara-associates. gatasya-gone. bodhitam-known.

There is not contradiction in this. sarvesham-of all. I pray that Lord Hari will forgive any offenses I have committed because of this. na-not. virodhah-contradiction. each. because you are a resident of the material world. and because your thoughts and vision are placed within the material world. employs all his powers and opulences in serving the Lord. Then again. tesham-them. The residents of Vaikuëtha are all equal. ca-also. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that although the residents of Vaikuëtha have different powers and opulences. tathapi-nevertheless. I have used material examples so certain things may be easily understood. taratamyam-gradations of higher and lower. ca-also. lakshyeta-seen. samyam-equality. parasparam-mutual. ca-also. Text 45 na matsaryadayo doshah . according to his own desire. among them there are gradations of higher and lower.O brahmaëa. Text 44 tatratyanam ca sarvesham tesham samyam parasparam taratamyam ca lakshyeta na virodhas tathapi ca tatratyanam-of they who live there.

drishtya-with vision. arcita-worshiped. anghrayah-their feet. santi-are. mukta-by the liberated souls. svabhavikah-natural. guëah-virtues. te-they. For them there is no envy nor any other fault. They have thousands of natural. tatha-so.15. . kasyapi-of anyone. transcendental virtues. Text 46 prapancantar-gata bhogapara vishayino yatha bahir-drishtya tathekshyante te hi muktarcitanghrayah prapanca-the material world. yatha-as. parahintent. ikshyante-are seen. sahasrashah-thousands. eternal. bhoga-to material enjoyment. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described by Lord Brahma in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 3. satyah-transcendental.santi kasyapi teshu hi guëah svabhavika bhanti nityah satyah sahasrashah na-not. bhanti-shine.18-19. antah-gatah-gone within. bahih-external. matsarya-adayah-beginning with envy. hi-indeed. nityah-etenral. teshu-in them. doshah-faults. hi-indeed. vishayinah-in the realm of the sense objects.

Although they never accept material forms. lila-for pastimes. prabhuof the Lord. the liberated souls worship their feet. nirvikaratara-pranta-simam-the ultimate of never accepting a material form. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that they do this to please the Lord.17 and 3. they do playfully manifest many wonderful forms appropriate for the Lord's pastimes. tanvate-manifest. praptahattained.15. lilaya-with pastimes.20. .Although in external vision they may be seen as materialists eager for material pleasure. vikaran-forms. ca-and. citran-wonderful. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 3.15. anusariëah-appropriate. Text 47 te nirvikaratara-prantasimam prantash ca tanvate vikaral lilaya citran prabhu-lilanusariëah te-they.

anyonyam-together. variety is manifested as a natural feature of the Lord's pastimes. tat-sthanam-that place. prithag-vidhah-different. ekatvam-oneness. they all have the same nature. api-although. Text 49 kadacit svarëa-ratnadimayam tat tat pratiyate kadacic ca ghani-bhutacandra-jyotsneva kakkhati . tatratyam-there. sarvam-everything. gatah-attained. Because everything there is spiritual. idrisham-like this. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that in Vaikuëtha everything is eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. That place. are all like that. In this way everything there is simultaneously one and different. sah-that. all one. it is. vimana-aughah-with many airplanes. in one sense. Still. te-they. and everything there.Text 48 atas te 'nyonyam ekatvam gata api prithag-vidhah tat-sthanam sa vimanaughas tatratyam sarvam idrisham atah-then. its many airplanes. Although they are different.

mayam-consisting of. and sometimes they seem made of solidified moonlight. it cannot be understood by the material mind. tat-prabhavena-by that power. svarëa-gold. With power given by the Lord. syat-is. grahitum-to take. this place can be understood to a certain extent. adi-beginning with. na-not. kila-indeed. . shakyate-is able. candra-jyotsna-moonlight. ghani-bhuta-intensified. Sometimes everything there seems made of gold and jewels. pratiyate-are believed. caalso. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that because it is spiritual. kakkhati-soldified. anyatha-otherwise. tad-rupam-that form. kadacit-sometimes. ca-also. It cannot be understood in any other way. ratna-and jewels. Text 50 kathancit tat-prabhavena vijnatam syan na canyatha grahitum kila tad-rupam manasapi na shakyate kathancit-somehow. iva-like. api-also. The material mind has no power to grasp the truth of it. vijnatam-understood.kadacit-sometimes. manasa-with the mind. tat tat-various things. na-not.

Text 52 teshu vai drishyamaneshu tad brahmanubhave sukham gacchat su-tucchatam sadyo hriyeva viramet svayam teshu-in them. nirupayitum-to describe. anjasa-properly. gacchat-attaining. No one can understand it without having seen it. viramet-stops. tucchatam-insignificance. vina-without. hriya-with embarrassment. hi-certainly. brahma-of impersonal Brahman. sadyah-at once. tat-that. matram-only. vai-indeed. sukham-the happiness. iva-as if. Only in this way can one properly describe it. svayam-personally. kashcit-anyone. samyaksvanubhavam-direct perception. drishyamaneshu-being seen. . shakyeta-is able.Text 51 na kashcit prabhaved boddhum samyak-svanubhavam vina etan-matram hi shakyeta nirupayitum anjasa na-not. prabhavet-has the power. su-great. boddhum-to understand. etat-this. anubhave-in the experience.

praptam-attained. yat-what. bhakti-of devotional service. vicara-discrimination.For they who see (Vaikuëtha) the happiness of seeing the impersonal Brahman becomes very insignificant. asara-and the worthless. hetuh-the reason. yatena-gone. sangatah-from the association. nijam-their own. kritsnam-everything. ye-who. It stops. sara-the vaulable. purëa-kamah-all their desires fulfilled. tyaktva-abandoning. Texts 53 and 54 svaramah purëa-kama ye sarvapeksha-vivarjitah jnatam praptam nijam kritsnam tyaktva vaishëava-sangatah sarasara-vicaraptya bhakti-margam vishanti yat tad-dhetus tatra yatenanubhuto dardhyato maya svaramah-self-satisfied. whose desires are all fulfilled. anubhutah-experienced. dardhyatah-firmly. jnatam-understood. vivarjitah-renounced. apeksha-in relation to. Self-satisfied impersonalists. when they have the association of Vaishëavas give up everything they have learned . maya-by me. tat-of that. tatra-there. as if it were embarrassed. vaishëava-of devotees. vishanti-enter. margam-the path. and who have renounced everything. aptya-by the attainment. sarva-everything.

pashyan-seeing. I have personally seen this very clearly. understanding what is really valuable and what is worthless. nama-indeed. what is the Lord like?" Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Gopa-kumara saw that the servants of the Lord of Vaikuëtha were glorious with handsomeness. Text 55 gacchad-agacchato 'ham tan pashyann idam acintayam idrishah sevakah yasya sa prabhur nama kidrishah gacchad-agacchatah-going and coming. enter the path of devotional service. I thought: "If His servants are like this. idam-this. He wondered: "How glorious must be the person they serve!" Texts 56 and 57 . aham-I. and many other things. yasya-of whom. opulences. idrishah-like this. prabhuh-the Lord.and attained. sah-He. and. kidrishah-like what? Seeing them coming and going. sevakah-a servant. acintayam-I thought. tan-them. powers.

yat-what. parshadaih-with the associates of the Lord. etya-going. go-pure-in the gateway. na-not. Then I saw a wonder of wonders.ittham harsha-prakarsheëottishthan upavishan bhrisham go-pure vartamano 'ham tair javenaitya parshadaih antah praveshyamano yat drishtavan adbhutadbhutam vaktum tad-dvi-parardhena sahasrasyo 'pi na kshamah ittham-thus. vaktum-to speak. antah-within. api-even. javenaquickly. vartamanah-being. praveshyamanahentering. bhrisham-greatly. harsha-happiness. kshamah-is able. taih-by them. Even Lord Ananta with His thousands of mouths could not describe it in the time of Brahma's life. tad-dvi-parardhena-with two parardhas (the lifetime of Brahma). prakarsheëa-by great. drishtavan-saw. upavishan-sitting. I stood and then I sat down as I waited by the gate. adbhuta-adbhutam-wonder of wonders. uttishthan-standing. Then by the Lord's associates I was quickly brought inside. who has a thousand faces. Text 58 dvare dvare dvara-palas tadrisha eva mam gatam praveshayanti vijnapya vijnapyeva nijadhipam . aham-I. Dragged by joy. sahasra-asyah-Ananta.

adhikaravan-the ruler. purvavat-as before. sa-not. kila-indeed. jagadishah-the Lord of the universes. sa-bhrama-with respect. stuyate-is glorified. tadrishah-like that. vijnapya-informing. gatam-gone. yah yah-whoever. maya-by me. hi-indeed. aveshat-from the entrance. eva-indeed. iva-as if. muhuh-again and again. tat-pratiharibhih-by the gatekeepers. sah-he. nija-own. and at each gate there were gatekeepers as before. drishyate-is seen. manyeta-is considered. Texts 59 and 60 prati-dvarantare gatva gatva tat-pratiharibhih praëamyamano yo yo hi tat-pradeshadhikaravan drishyate sa sa manyeta jagadisho maya kila purvavat sa-bhramaveshat namyate stuyate muhuh prati-dvarantare-to each gate. namyate-is bowed down. praveshayanti-cause to enter. dvara-palah-doorkeepers. . vijnapya-informing. praëamyamanah-being bowed down. mam-to me.dvare dvare-at every door. Each time the gatekeepers informed their master and then allowed me to enter. adhipam-master. gatva gatva-going. tat-pradesha-of that place. There were gate after gate.

caand. lakshaëam-characteristsics. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this leader was the supervisor of the gatekeepers. parshadaih-the Lord's associates. snigdhaih-affectionate. Then the Lord's affectionate associates described to me the Lord's uncommon features and taught me how to glorify and worship Him. I thought this must be the Lord of the universes and I also bowed down to him and glorified him again and again. asadharaëaextraordinary. aham-I. prabhoh-of the Lord. vijnapitah-informed. stavana-adikam-beginning with prayers. sikshitah-instructed. . taih-by them.As I went to each gate I saw there was one leader to whom the gatekeepers bowed down. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the gatekeepers described the Lord's Shrivatsa mark and other features. Text 61 atha taih parshadaih snigdhair asadharaëa-lakshaëam prabhor vijnapito 'ham ca sikshitah stavanadikam atha-then.

koti-millions. vividhaih-with various.Texts 62 and 63 maha-maha-citra-vicitra-gehadvara-pradeshan atigamya vegat shriman-mahalla-pravarasya madhye prasada-vargaih parishevitanghrim prasadam ekam vividhair mahattapurair vishishtam para-sima yataih prapto 'ham aditya-sukhamsu-kotikantim mano-locana-vritti-coram maha-maha-citra-vicitra-very wonderful and colorful. vritti-activities. ekam-one. . prapto -attained. I came to a very glorious palace. puraih-with a flood. parishevita-served. atigamya-approaching. its feet served by by many other palaces. shriman-mahalla-pravarasya-of the palace. para-sima-the ultimate. It charmed the eyes and the heart. It was more splendid than millions of suns and moons. vishishtam-distinguished. anghrim-feet. prasada-vargaih-with the palaces. kantim-splendor. madhye-in the middle. prasadam-palace. sudhamsu-and moons. coram-stealing. yataih-attained. It was flooded with glory. mahatta-of greatnesses. aditya-of suns. This one palace was most excellent. locana-eyes. aham-I. vegat-quickly. manah-mind. Passing through many very wonderful and colorful gates. geha-of the home. dvara-pradeshan-the entrances.

sukha-comfortably. . . hamsa-swan. suvarëa-gold. the supremely opulent and eternally youthful Lord of Vaikuëtha. su-jata-kanta-amala-very beautiful and splendid. on a regal golden throne glistening with many jewels. candramoon. kakshakaphoëina-with the elbow. sundaram-beautiful. vaikuëtha-of Vaikuëtha. murdhani-on the head. happily sitting a splendid white swan-cushion. handsome as a splendid moon. upari-above. agre-ahead. nava-yauvanesham-glorious in eternal youth.Texts 64 and 65 tad-antare ratna-varavali-lasatsuvarëa-simhasana-raja-murdhani su-jata-kantamala-hamsa-tulikopari prasannakrisha-candra-sundaram mridupadhanam nija-vama-kakshakaphoëinakramya sukhopavishtam vaikuëtha-natham bhagavantam arad apashyam agre nava-yauvanesham tad-antare-inside. simhasana-throne. mridu-soft. akramya-resting. . upavishtam-seated. ratna-vara-avali-with many excellent jewels. far away. lasat-shining. upadhanam-cushion. natham-the Lord. nija-own. and His left elbow resting on a soft cushion. bhagavantam-supremely opulent. arat-from a distance. prasanna-happy. apashyam-I saw. raja-king. Text 66 saundarya-madhuryamayanga-kantya . akrisha-attractive. vama-left. Inside I saw. tulika-cushion.

anga-of the body. vasana-garments. pita-yellow. vibhushita-decorated. the circle of whose cheeks had beautiful earings. ambuda-cloud. . . which eclipsed the glory of new clouds. His garments. Text 67 kankanangada-vibhushaëayatasthula-vritta-vilasac-catur-bhujam pita-patöa-vasana-dvayancitam caru-kuëdala-kapola-maëdalam kankana-angada-vibhushaëa-ayata-wearing bracelets and armlets and other ornaments. decorated His ornaments of jewels and gold. madhuryamaya-with the sweetness. bhujam-arms. paööa-silk. kapola-of the cheeks. caru-beautiful. . dvaya-two. . kuëdala-earrings. who with His sweetly handsome limbs' glory. . . vastragarments. shri-glory. nutna-new. kantyawith splendor.nutnambuda-shri-haraya sphurantya ratnacita-svarëa-vibhushita-sragvastranulepadi-vibhushayantam saundarya-of handsomeness. ancitam-wearing. . vibhushayantam-decorating. ratna-with jewels. . . who wore two yellow silk garments. srag-necklace. sphurantya-manifested. . sthulavritta-broad. whose splendid and broad four arms were decorated with bracelets and amrlets. . maëdalamthe circle. svarëa-gold. anulepa-ointments. acita-studded. haraya-eclipsing. vilasat-splendid. catuh-four. adi-beginning with. . . and His scented ointments.

Text 68 kaustubhabharaëa-pina-vakshasam kambu-kaëöha-dhrita-mauktikavalim sa-smitamrita-mukhendum adbhutaprekshaëollasita-locanambujam kaustubha-the Kaustubha jewel. amrita-nectar. dhrita-held. abharaëa-ornament. . ullasitashining. ambujam-lotus. sthitaya-situated. nartanamdancing. sva-own. pina-broad. . whose conchshell neck held a strand of pearls. locana-eyes. . . . mukha-face. sa-smita-of a handsome smile. udyat-rising. cilli-eyebrows. indum-moon. kaëöha-neck. bhara-abundance. adbhuta-wonderful. vama-left. the moon of whose face held the nectar of a charming smile. the lotus of whose eyes glittered with wonderful glances. Text 69 kripa-bharodyad-vara-cilli-nartanam sva-vama-parshva-sthitayatma-yogyaya nivedyamanam ramaya sa-vibhramam pragrihya tambulam adantam uttamam kripa-of compassion. whose broad chest was decorated with the Kaustubha jewel. parshva-side. avalim-a series. . kambuconchshell. . atma-to Himself. vara-excellent. yogyaya-suitable. vakshasam-chest. mauktika-of pearls. prekshaëa-glances.

. kanti-splendor. appropriately staying at His left side. sambhinnabroken. pragrihya-taking. kunda-jasmine flowers.nivedyamanam-offering prayers. ukti-words. . Text 70 tad-raga-kantadhara-bimba-kantisambhinna-kundamala-danta-panktyah dipti-prakashojjvala-hasa-rasam narmokti-bhangi-hrita-bhakta-cittam tad-raga-red. respectfully offered prayers. kanta-splendor. adhara-lips. dipti-prakashasplendor. . whose eyebrows danced with great mercy. Text 71 kare patad-graha-bhrita dharaëya . . . narma-joking. . adantam-chewing. hasa-laughter. danta-of teeth. . whose glorious laughter was illumined by a row of white jasmine-flower teeth breaking through the glory of the red bimba fruits of His lips. bhangiwaves. cittam-the hearts. rasam-abundance. bimba-bimba fruit. ramaya-by the goddess of fortune. the waves of whose joking words charmed His devotees' hearts. tambulam-betelnuts. . ujjvala-splendid. sa-vibhramam-with reverence. bhakta-of the devotees. . hrita-charmed. amala-white. who took and chewed sublime betelnuts. . . panktyah-rows. to whom the goddess of fortune. . uttamam-sublime.

Text 72 camara-vyajana-padukadikashri-paricchada-gaëollasat-karaih sevakaih sva-sadrishair avasthitair avritam paricaradbhir adarat camara-camara wisks.kaöaksha-bhangya muhur arcyamanam sudarshanadyair vara-murtimadbhih shirastha-cihnaih parishevyamanam kare-in His hand. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Goddess Dharaëi held a leaf to collect betelnuts after the Lord had chewed them. The Lord's club. ullasat-shining. bearing auspiucious markings on their heads. cihnaih-with marks. and splashing Him with waves of sidelong glances. arcyamanamworshiped. kaöaksha-bhangya-with waves of sidelong glances. bhrita-held. whom Goddess Dharaëi. served. sudarshana-with the Sudarshana-cakra. sevakaih-by servants. and bow were among the weapons worshiping Him. . worshiped again and again. conch. vyajana-fans. parishevyamanam-served. . . karaih-with hands. sva- . holding a leaf in her hand. . sword. shirastha-on the head. paduka-slippers. vara-murtimadbhihbeautiful forms. adika-beginning with. whom the Sudarshana-cakra and other handsome weapons. shri-paricchadagaëa-with a host of paraphernalia. muhuh-again and again. graha-betel leaf. patat-fallen. . adyaih-beginning with. dharaëya-by Dharaëi-devi.

agre-ahead. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 8. murdhni-on their heads. . vicitra-wonderful. suparëa-Garuda. and other beautiful paraphernalia. and many other important associates. uktibhih-with words. adaratwith reverence. shesha-Shesha. worshiped with wonderful words. . parshada-varga-mukhyaih-by the best of the Lord's associates. . . whom many servants glorious as the Lord and their hands splendid with camara wisks. Text 74 . adibhih-beginning with. paricaradbhih-serving. whom Shesha. vishvaksenaVishvaksena. . .16-17. . idyamanam-worshiped. kritva anjalim-with folded hands. avatishöhamanaih-placing. fans. their folded palms blaced on reverentially bowed heads.21. Vishvaksena.sadrishaih-like Himself. . anataih-bowing down. respectfully surrounded and served. . Garuda. slippers. . avritam-surrounded. . Text 73 bhaktyanataih shesha-suparëa-vishvaksenadibhih parshada-varga-mukhyaih kritvanjalim murdhny avatishöhamanair agre vicitroktibhir idyamanam bhaktya-with devotion. . avasthitaih-situated.

adbhutam-wonderful. padambuja-yugmam-two lotus feet. . . . . whom Shri Narada worshiped with graceful artistry of wonderful singing. ananda-bliss. adbhuta-wonderful. tad-eka-cetasah-their hearts fixed on Him alone. tabhyam-by them.shri-naradasyadbhuta-nritya-viëagitadi-bhangimaya-caturibhih tabhyam priyabhyam kamaladharabhyam sardham kadacid vihasantam uccaih shri-naradasya-of Narada Muni. and viëa music. uccaih-loudly. nritya-dancing. vihasantam-laughing. bhakta-of devotees. vriddhaye-to increase. atmanah-self. evaindeed. dancing. bhangimaya-graceful. gita-singing. kadacitsometimes. kamala-by Lakshmi. sardham-with. . vishesha-specific. samarpaneëa-by offering. who joked and laughed with His beloved Lakshmi and Dharaëi. prasaryaextending. dharabhyam-and Dharaëi. . caturibhih-with artistic skill. . adibeginning with. lasantam-shining. kadacit-sometimes. viëa-vina. vargasya-of the group. priyabhyamtwo dear associates. Text 75 sva-bhakta-vargasya tad-eka-cetasah kadacid ananda-vishesha-vriddhaye prasarya padambuja-yugmam atmanah samarpaneëaiva lasantam adbhutam sva-own.

I ran to embrace Him. adhavam-I ran. to fill with bliss the devotees whose hearts were fixed on Him alone. iti-thus. parirambhaëaya-to embrace. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Lord's associates had instructed him to offer prayers. Filled with bliss by seeing Him. . Text 76 tad-darshanananda-bhareëa tesham vismritya shiksham bata parshadanam gopala he jivitam ity abhikshëam kroshann adhavam parirambhaëaya tad-darshana-seeing Him. bata-indeed. kroshan-crying.26.8. tesham-of them. abhikshëam-at every moment. and fogetting the instructions of the Lord's associates. shiksham-instruction.. I called out "O Gopala! O my life!" Shedding tears. he-O. gopala-O Gopala. placed on them His splendid and wonderful lotus feet. parshadanam-of the associates. vismrityaforgetting. and who. jivitam-life. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 3. . . ananda-bhareëa-with great bliss.

Held by some wise associates standing behind the Lord. . samjnamconsciousness. netre-both eyes. and then. prayatnat-carefully. taih-by them. cireëa-quickly. udamilayam-opened.Text 77 prishöhe sthitair vijna-varair dhritas tair dino maha-kaku-kulam prakurvan prematirekeëa vinirjito 'ham samprapya moham nyapatam tad-agre prishöhe-at the back. balat-forcibly. agre-before. praëitah-brought to. moham-unconsciousness. Text 78 utthapya tair eva balac cireëa samjnam praëito 'shru-nipata-vighnam sammarjanenabhibhavan karabhyam netre prayatnad udamilayam dve utthapya-picked up. vighnam-impediment. tat-Him. vijna-varaih-very wise. I fainted unconscious in the Lord's presence. vinirjitah-overwhelmed. dve-both. nipata-falling. aham-I. nyapatam-I fell. eva-certainly. sthitaih-standing. ashru-of tears. maha-kaku-kulam-many very plaintive words. taih-by them. samprapya-ataining. abhibhavan-overcome. dhritah-held. karabhyam-with both hands. dinah-poor. prakurvan-doing. sammarjanena-by wiping. prema-atirekeëa-by great love. overcome with love. I piteously begged with many plaintive words.

at once. 'ham Then I heard the most merciful and affectionate Lord. ucyamanam-being said. gambhiradeep. tena-by Him. Come. snehena-affectionate. dayalu-pravareëa-most merciful." Text 80 harshasya kashöham paramam tato gato . Carefully wiping the tears with my hands. child. adi-beginning. Come and talk with Me. shrutavan-heard. iti-thus. say some words beginning with: "Be calm. javena-quickly. bhava-become.They quickly picked me up and I regained consciousness. I opened my eyes. in a deep. agaccha-come. mridu-gentle. Text 79 tavad dayalu-pravareëa tena snehena gambhira-mridu-svareëa svastho bhavagaccha javena vatsety ady-ucyamanam shrutavan vaco 'ham tavat-then. soft voice. svasthah-composed. Tears blocked my eyes. vacah-words." Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that some of the other words the Lord spoke were: "Give up this awe and reverence. vatsa-O child. svareëa-with sound.

. svagatam-welcome. hiindeed. tatah-then. atra-here. svagatam-welcome. atha-then. sangahassociated. dishöya-by good fortune. grihitavan-possessed. Then I attained the ultimate in happiness. bhrashyan-breaking. kashöham-the ultimate. dishöya-by good fortune. uvaca-said. parama-prayasatah-with great effort. muhuh-again and again. tvat-you. ikshayam-top see. utkaëöhitena-longing.nrityan-mahonmada-grihitavan muhuh bhrashyann amibhih parama-prayasatah samprapitah sthairyam atha prabodhitah harshasya-of happiness. Text 81 shri-bhagavan uvaca svagatam svagatam vatsa dishöya dishöya bhavan maya sango 'tra tvad-ikshayam ciram utkaëöhitena hi shri-bhagavan-the Lord. sthairyam-calmness. ciram-for a long time. bhavan-you. paramam-highest. maya-with Me. maha-great. nrityat-dancing. Again and again I danced as a man possessed. unmada-madness. vatsa-O child. gatah-attained. The Lord's associates carefully made me calm down. amibhih-by them. samprapitahattained. prabodhitah-awakened.

so fortunate. sakhe-O friend. janmani-births. Text 82 bahuni gamitany anga janmani bhavata sakhe kathancid api mayy abhimukhyam kincid akari na bahuni-many. gamitani-passed. mayi-in Me. somehow you passed many births without coming to see Me. that you are here with Me. akari-did. it is so fortunate. For so long I have longed to see you. nanot. bhavata-by you.Then the Lord said: Welcome! Welcome! Child. Text 83 asminn asminn ihehaiva bhave bhavi mad-unmukhah ity ashaya tavatyantam nartito 'smi yad-ajna-vat . kathancit-somehow. kincit-something. api-also. Dear friend. anga-beloved. abhimukhyam-before.

Hoping that in this. atmanah-to My own. ashaya-with the hope. in this. mat-Me. bhave bhavi-is. tava-of you. na-not. asmi-I. sva-kritam-accepted. paripalayan-making. Brother. in this. nartitah-danced. iti-thus. anayami-I bring. I danced as a fool. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that had Gopa-kumara chanted the holy name. padam-place. adyampresent. kincit-anything. I could not find a pretext to bring you to My abode and still protect the ancient rules of religion. iha-and here. nibandham-relation. yat-of which. even as Ajamila and others had done. bhratah-O brother. Texts 85 and 86 . unmukhah-eager. labhe-I obtained. yena-by which. eva-indeed. Text 84 chalam ca na labhe kincid yenadyam paripalayan nibandham sva-kritam bhratar anayamy atmanah padam chalam-pretext. the Lord could have brought him to His abode. ca-and. atyantam-greatly. in this birth you would turn to Me. ajna-ignorant.asmin asmin iha-here and here and here. vat-like.

Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 2. akarayam-I created. guruh-guru. O dear friend. te-to you. idam-this. anugraha-with mercy. Seeing that you had not attained My mercy. vikshya-seeing. anadim-beginningless. vyagrah-agitated. aspade-abode. sah-he. My favorite place.tat te mayy akripam vikshya vyagro 'nugraha-katarah anadim setum ullanghya tvaj-janmedam akarayam shrimad-govardhane tasmin nija-priyatamaspade svayam evabhavam tata jayantakhyah sa te guruh tat-that. priyatama-favorite. Ignoring the rules of karma. I gave you a birth on Govardhana Hill. shrimad-govardhane-on Govardhana Hill. mayi-to Me. and then. I became your guru. ullanghyacrossing. svayam-personally. setum-bridge. tvat-your.7. who was named Jayanta. eva-indeed. . tata-O beloved. akhyah-named.42. nija-own. jayanta-Jayanta. abhavam-I was. te-your. janma-birth. I became overcome with mercy for you. katarah-tormented. tasmin-there. akripam-without mercy.

samapurayah-fulfilled. nivasa-reside. mattah-intoxicated. atra-here. pushëan-increasing. me-of me. dirghatamam-very long. sukham-happiness. sthirah-always. shri-bhagavad-vakya-of the Lord's words. api-also. na-not.Text 87 kamam dirghatamam me 'dya cirat tvam samapurayah svasya me 'pi sukham pushëann atraiva nivasa sthirah kamam-desire. Please stay here always and make Me happy. aham-I. piyusha-nectar. •eva-certainly. ashakam-am able. stotum-to glorify. svasya-own. tvam-you. me-of Me. kartum-to do. adya-today. jnatum-to understand. cirat-quickly. Today you have suddenly fulfilled my long-cherished desire. ca-also. panatah-from drinking. . Text 88 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca etac chri-bhagavad-vakyamaha-piyusha-panatah matto 'ham nashakam stotum kartum jnatum ca kincana shri-gopa-kumara uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. maha-great. kincanaanything. etat-this.

venu-vadane-in the flute-player. venu-the flute. samah-equal. vikrishya-attracting. vishvasya-giving faith. katicit-some. tu-indeed. pravartayan-starting. who were playing flutes. vadaka-playing. maya-with me. goparbha-veshah-cowherd boys. Very affectionate. tasya-of Him.Shri Gopa-kumara said: Intoxicated by drinking the sweet nectar of the Lord's words. or to do anything. Text 89 agre sthita tasya tu venu-vadaka goparbha-veshah katicin maya samah ashvasya vishvasya ca venu-vadane pravartayan snigdhatara vikrishya mam agre-in the presence. ca-also. ashvasya-comforting. snigdhatarah-very affectionate. mam-me. In the Lord's presence came some cowherd boys like myself. I did not have the power to recite any prayers. sthita-standing. Text 90 etam sva-vamshim bahudha ninadayan govardhanadri-prabhavam maha-priyam shri-madhavam tam samatoshayam maha- . they took me in their midst and encouraged me to play the flute. to understand anything.

. ninadayan-playing. anicchum-not desiring. nihsarantah-go. At a certain time they all left. maha-shriyah-great opulences. and who was surrounded by His associates. vamsim-flute. I pleased Lord Madhava. tatah-so. yuktya-properly. shri-madhavam-Lord Madhava. Text 91 yatha-kalah tatah sarve nihsaranto maha-shriyah ajnaya nirgamanicchum yuktya mam bahir anayan yatha-as. sa-gaëam-with associates.vaidagdhya-sindhum sa-gaëam kripa-nidhim etam-this. anayan-leading. tamHim. samatoshayam-I pleased. mam-me. sindhum-an ocean. although I was not willing to go. sarve-all. sva-own. prabhavam-born. who is an ocean of artistic skill and a treasure-house of mercy. govardhana-adri-on Govardhana Hill. bahih-outside. ajnayaby the order. nidhim-a treasure-house. In many ways playing on my favorite flute from Govardhana Hill. By the goddess of fortune's order they took me outside. bahudha-many. maha-priyam-very dear. kripa-of mercy. nirgam-to go. kalah-time. maha-vaidagdhya-of great skill.

upasthitahsituated. aparasya-of someone else. maha-vibhutih-great opulence. Text 92 tatraparasyeva maha-vibhutir upasthitas tah parihritya dure svayam satir atmani caprakashya goparbha-rupo nyavasam pureva tatra-there. iva. atmani-in the self. as I had been before. Text 93 sac-cid-ananda-rupas tah sarvas tatra vibhutayah svadhina hi yatha-kamam bhaveyuh samprakashitah . tah-they. I stayed as a cowherd boy. but I shunned them. iva-as if.as if. goparbha-rupah-the form of a cowherd boy. nyavasam-stayed. satihtranscendental. svayam-personally. dure-far away. ca-also. Great opulences surrounded me. aprakashya-not manifesting.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this was the time for the Lord to take His meal. parihritya-abandoning. pura-before.

vaibhava-of opulence. vaikuëöhe-in Vaikuëöha. tat-svabhavatah-by that nature. The opulences there have forms of eternity. ca-and. sarvah-all. yatha-kamam-as desired. tatra-there. Whether opulences are manifest or not. tah-they. They are independent and are manifest as they like. vibhutayah-opulences. abhave-in non-existence. svadhinah-independent. Text 94 ittham tu vaibhavabhave vaibhavam vaibhave 'pi ca akincanatvam ghaöate vaikuëöhe tat-svabhavatah ittham-thus. vaibhave-in opulence. Text 95 tathapi purvabhyasasya balena mahata prabhoh . api-also. and bliss. bhaveyuhbecame. knowledge. hi-indeed. and bliss.sat-cid-ananda-rupah-forms of eternity. vaibhavam-opulence. tu-indeed. knowledge. samprakashitah-manifest. ghaöate-is. akincanatvam-the state of not having anything. humbleness is present as a natural feature in Vaikuëöha.

parinishcitam-decided. samapta-obtained.bhajanam khalu manye 'ham dina-vrittya sada sukham tatha api-still. bhajanam-the worship. abhyasasya-practice. khalu-indeed. by the Lord's mercy. janma-of births. phalasya-of the fruit. labhyasya-to be attained. bhagavatkripa-bharat-by the Lord's mercy. maya-by me. karmaëam-of actions. hridi-in the heart. idam-this. By the great strength of my previous activities. balena-by the strength. manye-think. Then in my heart I decided that. purva-previous. akhila-all. vrittya-by the actions. dhruvam-always. para-supreme. dina-of the poor. adhuna-now. aham-I. . I considered humble worship of the Lord eternal happiness. sukham-happiness. sada-always. svakiya-own. sima-ultimate. prabhoh-of the Lord. mahata-great. Text 96 tada hrididam parinishcitam maya dhruvam svakiyakhila-janma-karmaëam phalasya labhyasya kiladhuna para sima samapta bhagavat-kripa-bharat tada-then. kila-indeed. I had attained the highest fruit of all I had done in all my births.

prabhoh-of the Lord. ananda-bharam-great happiness. idam-this. atmikam-self. . kripa-mercy. ahah-Oh. mahishöham-great. raëayanplaying. kripaya-with mercy. tatha-then. vamshim-flute. tad-ikshaëa-of His glance. ca-and. kidrik-like what?. maha-ashcaryatarah-great wonder. samapnavam-yi attained. camara-camara. padamabode. ashcaryatara-very wonderful. asya-of Him. kidrik-like what?. adhilambitah-situated. sukham-happiness. prabhuh-the Lord. kidrik-like what?. nijam-own. nirantaram-eternal. idam-this. What rare happiness! What a glorious place! What a wonderful Lord! What wonderful mercy! Text 98 atha prabhosh camara-vijanatmikam samipa-sevam kripayadhilambitah nijam ca vamshim raëayan samapnavam tad-ikshaëananda-bharam nirantaram atha-then. samipa-near. vijana-fan. ca-also. sevamservice. ahah-Oh. duruham-rare.Text 97 aho sukham kidrig idam duruham aho padam kidrig idam mahishöham aho mahashcaryatarah prabhush ca kidrik tathashcaryatara kripasya ahah-Oh.

iti-thus. bahudha-in many ways. muhuh muhuh-again and again. Text 99 purvabhyasa-vashenanukirtayami kadapy aham bahudhoccair aye krishëa gopaleti muhur muhuh purva-previous. aye-O. abhyasa-practice. Text 100 gokulacaritam casya maha-mahatmya-darshakam parama-stotra-rupeëa sakshad gayami sarvada . kadapisometimes. anukirtayami-I glorify. When I played the flute His glance brought me eternal bliss. gopala-Gopala. krishëa-Krishëa. uccaih-aloud. "O Krishëa! O Gopala!" again and again. vashena-by the power. aham-I. By the strength of my previous actions sometimes I would call out.By the Lord's mercy I fanned Him with a camara wisk and performed other personal services.

sneha-with love. darshakam-revealing. ardra-melting.gokula-in Gokula. their hearts melting with love. muhuh-again and again. aham-I. uktahsaid. taih-by them. Smiling and laughing. the residents of Vaikuëöha took me outside and. maha-mahatmya-great glories. iva-as if. sphuöam-manifested. sakshat-directly. again and again spoke to me many words of instruction. Text 102 shri-vaikuëöha-vasina ucuh maivam sambodhayeshesham . bahih-outside. With many prayers I would always sing the great glories of the Lord's pastimes in Gokula. ca-also. Text 101 tatratyair bahir agatya tair hasadbhir aham muhuh snehardra-hridayair uktah sikshayadbhir iva sphuöam tatratyaih-by the people there. asya-of Him. acaritam-pastimes. sarvada-always. shikshayadbhih-teaching. agatya-being brought. hridayaih-herats. gayami-I sing. hasadbhihlaughing. parama-stotra-rupeëa-with many prayers.

tathathus. shishöanam-of they who remain. the Lord cheated Kamsa and disguised Himself as a cowherd boy. anantam-limitless. isham-the Lord. mayaya-as a trick. Don't praise Him in that way. ma-don't. sankirtayeh-glorify. eva-indeed. upashlokaya-glorify in verse. bhutamanifest.ma ca sankirtayes tatha upashlokaya mahatmyam anantam tvad-bhutadbhutam shri-vaikuëöha-vasinah ucuh-the residents of Vaikuëöha said. tvat-of you. sambodhaya-address. . gopatvam-as a cowherd. ma-don't. With elegant verses you should praise His real. ca-also. anena-by this. dushöanam-of the demons. To kill the demons and protect the others. palanaya-for protecting. evam-thus. isha-of lords. Text 103 samharayaiva dushöanam shishöanam palanaya ca kamsam vancayatanena gopatvam mayaya kritam samharaya-for ending. limitless greatness. vancayata-cheating. ca-also. mahatmyam-glory. kamsam-Kamsa. adbhutam-wonderful. kritam-done. The residents of Vaikuëöha said: Don't address the Lord of lord's in that way.

but we do not glorify the Lord in that way.53. bhakteh-of devotional service. na-not. bahu-much. hi-indeed. manyate-is thought. prabhuh-the Lord. tat-that. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 2.Text 104 mayaya varëanam casya na bhaktair bahu manyate bhakty-arambhe hi tad-yuktam tena na stuyate prabhuh mayaya-as a trick. arambhe-in the beginning. bhakti-of devotional service. yuktam-proper. Text 105 teshv eva kecid avadan durbodha-caritasya hi lilaika sapi tat tasya na doshah kirtane matah . varëanam-description. ca-also.7. The devotees do not take these disguises of the Lord very seriously. stuyate-lgorified in prayers. na-not. tena-by that. In the beginning of devotional service it may be right. asya-of Him.

api-also. whose pastimes are difficult to understand.teshu-in them. has pastimes like that. na-not. sa-that. durbodha-difficult to understand. eva-indeed. avadan-said. matah-is thought. They have no contact with the illusory potency maya. Because the Lord is the supreme controller. eka-sole. hi-certainly. lila-pastimes. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that pastimes discussed here are pastimes like the Lord's protecting the cows. tasya-of Him. doshah-fault. it is not posasible to understand His activities perfectly. Then some of them said: The Lord. caritasya-pastimes. Texts 106 and 107 kaishcin mahadbhis tan sarvan nivaryoktam idam rusha ah kim evam nigadyeta bhavadbhir abudhair iva krishëasya bhakta-vatsalyad yasya kasyapi karmaëah . tat-that. These pastimes are not like His creation of the material universes. kecit-some. What kind of happy pastime is that?" This objection is answred here by the word "durbodha-caritasya". Someone here may protest: "When the Lord protects the cows sometimes He is stung by brambles as He wanders in the forest. There is no fault in glorifying Him in that way. kirtane-in glorifying.

mahan-great. Then some great souls rebuked them all and said: Ah! Why do you speak as fools? Out of love for His devotees. vatsalyat-ot of love. Lord Krishëa will do anything. iva-as if. Glorifying His deeds is a great virtue. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. bhavadbhih-by you. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Lord Himself says: mad-bhaktanam vinodartham karomi vividhah kriyah "To enjoy pastimes with My devotees I act in many ways. kasyapi-of someone. tan-to them. bhakta-for the devotees. guëah-quality. eva-indeed." Text 108 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca . It pleases the Lord. toshaëah-pleasing. evam-thus. sankirtanam-glorification. uktam-said. idam-this. shri-prabhu-the Lord. nivarya-refuting.sankirtanam mahan eva guëah shri-prabhu-toshaëah kaishcit-by some. nigadyeta-is said. ah-Oh!. rusha-with anger. abudhaih-fools. mahadbhih-great souls. karmaëah-deeds. sarvan-all. yasya-of whom. kim-what?.

I became like a poor wretch. samajani-was. na-not. pashcat-then. sarvatah-sompletely. tesham-of them. tadrik-like that. tathapistill. shrimad-gopala-of Shri Gopala. toshah-satisfaction. and everything else. daivata-Deity. Text 109 nijeshöa-daivata-shrimadgopala-caraëabjayoh tadrig-rupa-vinodader analokac ca dinavat nija-own. abjayoh-lotus. Because I could not see my worshipable Lord Gopala's lotus feet. adah-then. etadrishaih-like this. . vat-like. manah-the heart. ishöa-worshipable. dina-a poor wretch. antah-within. analokat-from not seeing. tripyat-became satisfied.tesham etadrishair vakyair ado lajja samajani pashcat toshas tathapy antar mano tripyan na sarvatah shri-gopa-kumarah uvaca-Gopakumara said. caraëa-feet. vinoda-pastimes. rupa-form. adeh-beginning with. ca-also. Still my heart was not perfectly satisfied. These words made me first embarrassed and then pleased. form. vakyaih-by words. pastimes. lajja-embarrassment.

Then I saw the Lord of Vaikuëöha. asya-of Him. Gopa-kumara actually saw this. eva-indeed. sarvajna-of they who are omniscient.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the "everything else" here refers to the Lord's associates. paraphernalia. nanda-of Nanda maharaja. vaikuëöha-natham-the Lord of Vaikuëöha. gaëan-the multitudes. Text 110 tarhy eva sarvajna-shiromaëim prabhum vaikuëöha-natham kila nanda-nandanam lakshmim dharam cakalayami radhikam candravalim casya gaëan vrajarbhakan tarhi-then. maëim-jewel. Text 111 . I saw Lakshmi and Dhara become Radhika and Candravali and the Lord's associates become the boys of Vraja. the joy of Nanda. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this was not a vision in meditation. akalayami-I see. arbhakan-the boys. who is the crest-jewel of the all-knowing. ca-also. candravalim-Candravali. prabhum-the Lord. ca-and. vraja-of Vraja. become Krishëa. mercy. kila-indeed. dharam-Dhara. nandanam-the joy. lakshmim-Lakshmi. radhikam-Radhika. and other features. shirah-the crest.

upavaneshu-in the gardens. prabhu-Lord. na-not. lasantam-enjoying pastimes. ikshe-I saw. sarvatha-in all respects. . karhy api-somehow. vraja-of Vraja. ca-also. tatha-so.tathapy asyam vraja-kshmayam prabhum sa-parivarakam viharantam tatha nekshe khidyate smeti man-manah tathapi-still. sa-parivarakamwith His associates. sva-own. manah-heart. tatra-there. my heart became unhappy. amumHim. niciteshu-collected. prabhum-the Lord. purvavat-as before. go-gaëaih-with the cows. khidyate smadistressed. sthitam-standing. tatha-so. pashyami-I see. asyam-in this. vat-like. When I could no longer see the Lord enjoying pastimes in the land of Vraja with His associates. kshmayam-land. viharantam-enjoying pastimes. nija-own. asane-on the throne. mat-my. Text 112 kadapi tatropavaneshu lilaya tatha lasantam niciteshu go-gaëaih pashyamy amum karhy api purvavat sthitam nijasane sva-prabhuvac ca sarvatha kadapi-sometimes. iti-thus. lilaya-with pastimes.

But then again I would see Him as before. my heart was not satisfied. because I was aware that He is the Supreme Lord. as a master sitting on His throne. vaikuëöhaloka-to Vaikuëöhaloka.Sometimes I would see Him enjoying pastimes with the cows in the gardens there. adara-gauraveëa-with great respect. tripyet-is satisfied. and because of the presence of a great awe and reverence that killed spontaneous love. na-not. buddheh-from the conception. smriteh-from the memory. because I could remember coming to Vaikuëöha. manah-heart. tat-prema-that love. agamana-coming. sanjayamana-born. Text 113 tathapi tasmin paramesha-buddher vaikuëöhalokagamana-smritesh ca sanjayamanadara-gauraveëa tat-prema-hanya sva-mano na tripyet tathapi-still. tasmin-in that. Still. hanya-killing. paramesha-of being the Supreme Lord. caalso. sva-own. Text 114 gopaladevat karuëa-vishesham dhyane samalingana-cumbanadim prapto 'smi tat hanta samaksham asmad ipsan viduye tad-asiddhito 'tra .

I would embrace Him. nibhritam-to a secluded place. prayati-goes. and enjoy pastimes with Him in many ways. by Lord Gopaladeva's mercy. ishah-the Lord. hanta-indeed. khalu-indeed. asmi-I am. atra-here. tatthat. ipsan-desiring. Now that the Lord was present before my eyes. tatra-there. adim-beginning with. antariëaih-confidential. In meditation. viduye-shaking away. for although I desired these things. Sometimes the Lord would go to a secluded place with His intimate associates. praptah-attained. prabhu-of the Lord. kiss Him. darshanasya-of the sight. kutah apisomewhere. kaishcit-some associates. asmat-of that. dhyane-in meditation. Text 116 .gopaladevat-from Gopaladeva. samam-with. tada-then. Text 115 kadacid isho nibhritam prayati kuto 'pi kaishcit samam antariëaih tadakhilanam khalu tatra shoko bhaved abhavat prabhu-darshanasya kadacit-sometimes. Then everyone else would lament for not seeing the Lord. karuëa-mercy. I was unhappy. shokah-grief. tad-asiddhitah-because of not being perfect. cumbana-kissing. samalingana-embracing. I could not attain them. abhavat-because of the non-existence. samaksham-before my eyes. bhavet-is. akhilanamof al. vishesham-specific.

edhate-increases. shri-jagadishvarethe Lord of the universes. vara-rahasyavat-like a great secret. tatra-there. kashcit-anyone. . sphuöam-clearly. At that moment the Lord of the universes appeared and was visible again. I asked what the Lord was doing. as if it were a great secret. harsha-of joy. no one told me clearly. me-me. abdhih-the ocean. nashyet-destroyed. Text 117 tasminn eva kshaëe tatrodite shri-jagadishvare drishyamane sa santapo nashyed harshabdhir edhate tasmin-in this. santapah-suffering. Then that lamentation died and an ocean of joy overflowed. sangopayan-concealing. sah-that. eva-indeed. sampricchamanam-asked. tad-vrittam-His actions. Concealing what they knew.maya sampricchamanam tadvrittam vara-rahasyavat sangopayan na kashcin me samudghaöayati sphuöam maya-by me. na-not. samudghaöayati-reveals. kshaëe-moment. drishyamane-seen. udite-manifested.

tamah-the darkness. ca-also. vaikalyam-distress. Text 118 yavat tavac ca vaikalyam manaso 'stu svabhavajam tal-loka-mahimodrekat kshiyate 'rkad yatha tamah yavat-as.11. tavat-so. Text 119 yada kadacin nija-labhya-vastuno 'naptyeva hrit sidati purva-purvavat tada tadiya paripurëata rujam nidanam ajnaya nirasyate svayam . yatha-as.37. tat-loka-of that place. astu-is. kshiyateperishes. udrekat-because of the abundance. The glory of that place killed whatever suffering stayed in my heart as the sun kills the darkness.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 3. svabhavajamnatural. mahima-of glories. manasah-of the heart. arkat-from the sun.

na-not.yada kadacit-whenever. anyah-another. tat-that. api-also. anaptyanot attaining. vidyate-is. iva-as if. hrit-the heart. atah-then. sidati-laments. prapyatamam-attained. arhasi-are worthy. purva-purvavat-as many times before. I considered what was the cause of this malady. kila-indeed. sandeham-doubt. nidanam--the cause. svayam-spontaneously. vastunah-from something. Don't doubt. na-not. as it had been many times before when it could not attain its desire. rujam-disease. iha-here. pricchyatam-asked. labhya-to be attained. ajnayaknowing. anyat-another. Text 120 etadrishat prapyatamam na kincid vaikuëöha-vasat kila vidyate 'nyat sandeham ishat tvam apiha kartum narhasy ato 'nyah kim u pricchyatam tat etadrishat-because of this. tvam-you. For what more could you ask? Text 121 . paripurëata-complete perfection. nija-own. tadathen. kim u-indeed. kartum-to do. vaikuëöha-vasatfrom residence in Vaikuëöha. tadiya-His. Whenever my heart became unhappy. (I said to my mind:) Nothing is better than residence in Vaikuëöha. nirasyate-is cured. and the perfection of Vaikuëöha cured it at once. kincit-anything. ishat-slight.

leave your restless nature far behind. sva-bhavam-own nature. eva-indeed. . shatena-with hundreds. atra-here. gaccha-go.tasmad are cancala-citta buddhyadyapi sva-bhavam tyaja durato 'tra asmat param nasti param phalam tat shantim param yukti-shatena gaccha tasmat-from this. eva-indeed. adbhutam-wonderful. na-not. adya-now. yukti-reasons. bhajanat-from the worship. No result is better than this. duratah-far away. knowledge. citta-O mind. aham-I. prabhoh-of the Lord. buddhya-with intelligence. shantim-peace. apialso. tat-that. are-O. sukham-happiness. sada-eternally. sandram-intense. vilokayami-see. param-supreme. paramgreater. tatha-as. tyaja-abandon. Think about the hundreds of reasons for this and become peaceful. and bliss. bodhayan-instructing. O fickle mind. asti-is. cancala-fickle. asmat-of it. phalam-fruit. Text 122 tad bodhayann eva vilokayamy aham svam sac-cid-anandamayam tatha prabhoh vaikuëöhaloke bhajanat param sukham sandram sadaivanubhavantam adbhutam tat-this. svam-own. param-higher. sac-cidanandamayam-made of eternity. vaikuëöhaloke-in Vaikuëöha. param-great.

naradena-by Narada. nivasan-residing. kadacit-sometimes. Text 123 evam kadacid udvignah kadacid dharshavan aham vaikuëöhe nivasan drishöo naradenaikada rahah evam-thus. One day Narada saw me in a secluded place. knowledge and bliss and that I eternally experienced wonderful. vaikuëöhe-in Vaikuëöha. ahamI. Text 124 dayalu-cuda-maëina prabhor mahapriyeëa tad-bhakti-rasabdhinamuna shubhashishanandya kareëa bhashitah samsprishya viëa-suhrida shirasy aham . ekada-once. kadacit-sometimes. In this way sometimes happy and sometimes distressed. harshavan-joyful. intense. transcendental bliss by worshiping the Lord in Vaikuëöhaloka. udvignah-agitated. rahah-in a secluded place.As I was explaining this (to my mind) I saw that I was made of eternity. drishöah-seen. I lived in Vaikuëöha.

gopa-cowherd. shocan-lamenting. cuda-maëina-the crest jewel. tat-to Him. who is very dear to the Lord. ikshyase-you are seen. shrimadvaikuëöhesha-of the Lord of Vaikuëöha. kincit-something. suhrida-the friend. bhakti-of devotional service. viëa-of the vina. mukha-of the face. . aham-I. anandya-greeting. rasa-of the nectar. maha-priyeëa-very dear. touched my head with his hand and blessed me. anukampita-the object of mercy. dinah-a poor wretch. prabhoh-of the Lord. bhashitah-said. Lord Narada said: O son of a gopa. amuna-by him. shirasi-on the head. mlani-withering. and who is an ocean of the nectar of devotion to Him. iva-as if. shubha-ashisha-with blessings. O object of the Lord of Vaikuëöha's mercy. He. who is the crest-jewel of the merciful. adina-beginning with. kareëa-with a hand.dayalu-of the merciful. nandana-son. saying: Text 125 shri-bhagavan-narada uvaca bho gopa-nandana shrimadvaikuëöheshanukampita mukha-mlany-adina kincic chocan dina ivekshyase shri-bhagavan-naradah uvaca-Lord Narada said. who is the friend of the viëa. I can see by the withering of your face and other symptoms that you are as unhappy as a very wretched person. samsprishya-touching. bhah-O. abdhina-the ocean.

atra-here. sah-that. avakasah-occasion. duhkha-unhappiness.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the other symptoms include a vacant expression in his eyes and sighing in his breath. nigadyatam-may be said. kautuhalam-eagerness. atra-here. na-not. I have not seen anyone like that here. syatis. kasyacit-of anyone. yat-what. I am very eager to know it. param-great. me-of me. Text 127 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca paramaptam suhric-chreshöam tam prapya sva-gurupamam hardam tad-vrittam atmiyam . katamah-what?. drishöah-seen. Text 126 shoka-duhkhavakaso 'tra katamah syan nigadyatam param kautuhalam me 'tra yan na drishöah sa kasyacit shoka-lamentation. What is the reason for your unhappiness? Please tell.

tam-Him. that is to say He looked in every direction. parama-supreme. pulled me to his side. abravit-said. atmiyam-of the self. After hearing everything. upamam-like. drishau-his eyes. . akhilam-all. kincit-something. tada-then. akathayam-I told. suhrit-friend. and spoke very slowly and with great compassion. who was the best of friends. tad-vrittam-his actions. mam-me. because he was about to reveal a great secret. Shri Gopa-kumara said: Then to Narada. and who was like my own guru. who was exalted. I told all that was in my heart.kartsenakathayam tada shri-gopa-kumarah uvaca-Gopa-kumara said. sancarya-moving. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Narada moved his eyes everywhere. hardam-dear to the heart. sakaruëam-mercifully. sva-guru-own guru. shreshöam-best. moved his eyes everywhere. shanaih-gradually. aptam-attained. nishvasya-sighing. he sighed. Text 128 shrutva tad akhilam kincin nishvasya parito drishau sancaryakrishya mam parshve 'bravit sa-karuëam shanaih shrutva-hearing. akrishya-pulling. tat-that. parshve-to his side. kartsena-completely. paritah-everywhere. prapya-attaining.

kincit-something. asti-is. tvaya-by you. satyam-the truth. the opinion you hold for many reasons is the truth. santatya-with a host. na-not. tat-that. yukti-of reasons. khalu-indeed. na-not. uvaca-said. prapyam-to be attained. yat-what. iti-thus.Text 129 shri-narada uvaca itah parataram prapyam kincin nastiti yat tvaya manyate yukti-santatya tat satyam khalu nanyatha shri-naradah-Shri Narada. manyate-is considered. Text 130 yam ca sviyeshöa-devasya vinodam dhyana-sangatam sakshad atranubhavitum tathaivecchasi sarvatha . Shri Narada said: That no place is better than Vaikuëöha. itah-then. parataram-higher. It is not otherwise. anyathaotherwise.

They are not easy for those like me to attain. icchasi-you desire. His pastimes bring great bliss.yam-what. tathaso. asulabhah-not easily obtained. Text 131 tasyapi so 'tyanta-sukha-pradayakash ceto-harah priti-vishesha-gocarah gopyottamas tad vraja-lokavan-mahapremaika-labhyo 'sulabho hi madrisham tasya-of Him. tat-that. madrisham-by those like me. sakshat-directly. They are attained only by the great love of Vraja's people. dhyanameditation. gopya-uttamah-very confidential. atra-here. aubhavitum-to experience. You wish to see the pastimes of your worshipable Lord directly. . labhyah-obtained. priti-vishesha-gocarah-in the realm of great love. ishöa-desired. sviya-own. sarvatha-in all respects. ceto-harahenchanting the mind. api-also. sangatam-association. devasya-Lord. pastimes you have seen only in meditation. eka-sole. They are the greatest secret. sah-that. eva-indeed. hi-indeed. vraja-lokavan-as the people of Vraja. ca-and. vinodam-pastimes. prema-love. atyanta-sukha-pradayakah-giving great happiness. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the worshipable Lord here is Lord Madana-Gopala. maha-great. They charm the heart and are filled with the greatest love.

tvaya-by you. etya-coming. vaikuëöham-to Vaikuëöha. katham-how?. kvacitsomewhere. bhaktim-devotional service. ikshyah-may be seen. How can you see these pastimes here? Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the words “above everything" mean "above all material and spiritual worlds". upavishöat-above.y manifest. sampadya-attaining. sakala-all. jagadisha-bhaktya-with devotion to the Lord of the universes. vilobhayan-desiring. vinodah-pastimes. Text 133 bhagavat-paramaishvaryapranta-simaprakashane vaikuëöhe 'smin maha-gopyah . atra-here.Text 132 sa vai vinodah sakalopavishöal loke kvacid bhati vilobhayan svan sampadya bhaktim jagadisha-bhaktya vaikuëöham etyatra katham tvayekshyah sah-these. bhati-is splendidl. svan-own. His pastimes are splendidly manifest in a certain realm that attracts its own devotees and is situated somewhere above everything. loke-world. vai-indeed. By devotedly worshiping the Lord of the universes you have come to Vaikuëöha.

ma-don't. prakaöah-manifest. imam-this. parama-supreme. bhidam-stop.prakaöah sambhavet katham bhagavat-of the Lord. bhaja-consider. Give up all lamentation and see that the Lord of Vaikuëöha is the same as your worshipable Deity (Madana-Gopala). katham-how? How can these very confidential pastimes be manifest here in Vaikuëöha. Don't think of Them as two different persons. sarvam-all. shrimad-vaikuëöha-nayakam-the hero of Vaikuëöha. aishvarya-opulence. eva-indeed. ishöa-deva-worshipable Deity. Text 135 . vikshasva-see. aprakashane-manifest. which manifests the Lord's supreme opulence? Text 134 shokam sarvam vihayemam shrimad-vaikuëöha-nayakam nijeshöa-deva-buddhyaiva vikshasva bhaja ma bhidam shokam-grief. asmin-in this. sambhavet-may be possible. vihaya-abandoning. pranta-sima-ultimate. maha-gopyah-very confidential. buddhya-with the conception. nija-own. vaikuëöhe-in Vaikuëöha.

eternally increasing bliss that fills your heart. Text 136 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca tatah kan api siddhantan sva-prajna-gocaran api aiccham tad-ananac chrotum shrotreëa prerite haöhat shri-gopa-kumarah uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. haöhat-strongly.tato 'trapi sukham tat-tadanantam paramam mahat vardhamanam sada sviyamanah-purakam apsyasi tatah-then. apsyasi-you will attain. sviya-own. shrotum-to hear. paramamsupreme. atra-here. tatah-then. tadananat-limitless. sada-eternally. sukham-happiness. sva-prajna-of my intelligence. . gocaran-in the realm. kan api-some. transcendental. shrotreëa-with the ear. aiccham-I desired. vardhamanam-increasing. api-also. api-also. mahat-great. Then even here you will attain limitless. prerite-sent. siddhantanconclusions. manah-heart. purakam-filling. tat-tad-anantam-limitless.

sarvajna-varah-best of the all-knowing. sankshepat-in summary. mat-my. sukhaya-for happiness. na-not. vyanjayam asa-revealed. Then he. understanding all that was in my heart.Shri Gopa-kumara said: With limitless yearning I wished to hear with my ears whatever of these truths could come in the range of my understanding. lajjaya-with shyness. ca-and. amum-him. the best of the allknowing and the best of the Lord's devotees. briefly revealed everything. to please both my ears and his tongue. sthitan-situated. prashöum-to ask. abhipreyaya-to understand. gaurava-of awe. I could not ask him about them. tan-them. sah-he. hridi-in the heart. sviya-own. Overcome with awe and shyness. karëayoh-ears. bhagavata-uttamah-best of the devotees. ca-also. Texts 137 and 138 shaknomi ca na tan prashöum amum gaurava-lajjaya abhipreyaya sarvajnavaro bhagavatottamah madiya-karëayoh sviyajihvayash ca sukhaya sah vyanjayam asa sankshepat sarvams tan mad-dhridi-sthitan shaknomi-I am able. . madiya-my. sarvanall. tan-them. jihvayah-tongue.

parthivan-material. and the paravatas. horses.Text 139 shri-narada uvaca pashu-pakshi-gaëan vrikshalata-gulma-triëadikan atra drishöan na manyasva parthivams tamasan iva shri-naradah-Shri Narada. tamasan-darkness. and other things you have seen here are made of the darkness of matter. pakshi-and birds. and the mandaras. grass. gulma-bushes. Text 140 ete hi sac-cid-anandarupah shri-krishëa-parshadah . pashu-animals. atra-here. vines. iva-like. kundas. triëa-grass. kokilas. shrubs. manyasva-think. vines. and other things in Vaikuëöhaloka are not material. uvaca-said. lata-vines. and other birds. gaëan-multitudes. birds. and other animals. Shri Narada said: Don't think that the animals. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the cows. adikan-beginning with. elephants. trees. na-not. drishöanseen. vriksha-trees. and other trees.

cit-knowledge. bibhrati-manifest. Lord Brahma explains that the birds. they assume these forms. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that in the Third Canto of Shrimad-Bhagavatam. vicitra-wonderful. anandaya-for pleasing. sat-eternity. shri-krishëa-of Lord krishëa. They are Lord Krishëas persopnal associates and their forms are eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. and other beings in Vaikuëöha are not material. rupaëi-forms. ananda-and bliss. seva-service. tat-tat-various. bees.vicitra-sevanandaya tat-tad-rupaëi bibhrati ete-they. trees. To enjoy the bliss of serving the Lord in many wonderful ways. hi-indeed. parshadah-the associates. rupah-forms. vines. Texts 141-144 yad-varëavad yad-akaram rupam bhagavato 'sya ye nija-priyatamatvena bhavayanto 'bhajann imam tadrisham te 'sya sarupyam prapta nanakriti-shriyah manushya munayo deva .

sages. vayu-air. Nrisimha. priyatamatvena-with being dear. Shesha. varahahVaraha. indu-moon. akriti-forms. . bhagavatah-of the Lord. maha-purusha-of the Supreme Person. rupah-forms. whgo has a thousand mouths. Surya. ca-also. ye-who. shriyah-opulences. and still other forms. asyaof Him. rupam-form. ca-and. manushyah-human. praptah-attained. narasimhah-Nrisimha. munayah-sages. and many other forms. nana-various. te-they.rishayo matsya-kacchapah varaha narasimhash ca vamanash ca trilocanah caturmukhah sahasrakshah maha-purusha-vigrahah sahasra-vaktrah suryenduvayu-vahny-adi-rupiëah caturbhujadi-rupash ca tat-tad-veshadi-rupiëah yad-varëavat-according to varëa. and philosophers. vamanah-Vamana. yad-akaram-form. vahni-fire. and as •the Lord's incarnations as Matsya. Indra. adibeginning with. matsya-fish. Kurma. sahasrakshah-Shesha. asya-of Him. ca-and. tat-tad-veshadi-rupiëah-in these different forms. Vahni. surya-the sun. nija-own. sahasravaktrah-Shesha. trilocanah-Shiva. adi-beginning with. They have forms like the Lord's incarnations as humans. Shiva. They also attain four-handed forms. In this way they manifest many different forms and opulences. Brahma. the devotees attain a form like the Lord's. Varaha. vigrahah-forms. Vamana. rupiëah-having forms. imam-Him. with the specific garments and features of the Lord. sarupyam-the state of having a similar form. rishayah-sages. According to the specific form and nature of the Supreme Lord that they worship meditate on as their beloved. Indu. abhajanworshiped. Vayu. bhavayantah-thinking. kacchapah-turtles. devah-demigods. tadrisham-like that. demigods. caturbhuja-with Brahma. caturmukhahBrahma.

11. . Texts 145 and 146 rasena yena yenante veshakaradina tatha sevitva krishëa-padabje yo yo vaikuëöham agatah tasya tasyakhilam tat-tacchrimad-bhagavatah priyam tasmai tasmai praroceta tasmat tat-tad-rasadikam rasena-by nectar.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the devotees' attaining a form like the Lord's is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 2. praroceta-pleases. yo yah-whoever. adina-beginning. His sage forms inlcude Lord Kapila. sevitva-serving. tasmat-from that. akara-form. tatha-so. vaikuëöhamVaikuëöha. yena yena-which. priyam-dear. shrimadbhagavatah-of the Lord. tasya tasya-of him.9. and His philosopher forms include Lord Parashurama. tasmai tasmai-him. The Lord's human forms include Lord Ramacandra. tat-tat-various. vesha-dress. tat-tad-rasa-adikam-beginning with thr mellows. His demigod forms include Lord Satyasena. ante-at the end. akhilam-everything. agatah-arrives. krishëa-padabje-Lord Krishëa's lotus feet.

The form and features of the Lord one worshiped in worshiping Lord Krishëa's lotus feet one attains when he enters Vaikuëöha at the end. deva-of the Lord. vaikuëöhe-in Vaikuëöha. By worshiping Them in the material world one is able to see Them in Vaikuëöha. In Vaikuëöha everyone sees the Supreme Lord. which begin with glorifying the Lord". atma-delf. rupam-the form. such as Lord Ramacandra and Lord Kapila. Text 148 . ishvaram-the Supreme Lord. vicakshate-see. ca-also. sarve-all. The word "rasena" means “by engaging in the different kinds of devotional service. adi-beginning with. tat-tad-varëa-various features. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the forms and features of the Lord are the Lord's incarnations. All those features of the Lord become dear to him. The words "at the end" here mean "at the end of one's stay in the cycle of repeated birth and death". Text 147 te ca sarve 'tra vaikuëöhe shri-narayaëam ishvaram tat-tad-varëadi-yuktatmadeva-rupam vicakshate te-they. who manifests various form appropriate to each person. Narayaëa. yukta-endowed. These nectar mellows of the Lord please him. atra-here. shri-narayaëam-Shri Narayaëa.

Texts 149 and 150 ye tv asadharaëaih sarvaih purvair atma-manoramaih parivaradibhir yuktam nijam ishöataram prabhum sampashyanto yatha-purvam sadaivecchanti sevitum te 'tyanta-tat-tan-nishöhantyakashöhavanto mahashayah . visheshatah-specifically. prapnuvanti-attain. vaikuëöhe-in Vaikuëöha. api-also. the devotees always attain the newer and newer limitless bliss of devotional service here in Vaikuëöha. bhajana-of devotional service. navam navam-newer and newer. anandam-bliss.purvavad bhajananandam prapnuvanti navam navam sarvadapy aparicchinnam vaikuëöhe 'tra visheshatah purvavat-as before. aparicchinnam-limitless. sarvada-always. Worshiping the Lord as they had before. atra-here.

ye-who. These supremely faithful great souls see. tanvate-become. antya. and as before they desire to serve Him eternally. the same Lord they had worshiped before. atyanta-great. asya-of Him. Text 151 te casyaiva pradesheshu tadrisheshu puradishu tathaiva tadrisham natham bhajantas tanvate sukham te-they. pradesheshu-in places. atmamanoramaih-beautiful and pleasing the heart and mind.kashöhavantah-in the ultimate. nishöha-faiths. tadrisham-like that. purvam-before. eva-indeed. now surrounded by all extraordinary associates whose handsomeness pleases the heart and mind. . ca-and. yatha-as. sada-always. In this way. ishöataram-worshiped. puracities. natham-the Lord. purvaih-previous. tat-tat-various. for example. eva-indeed. Lord Ramacandra is surrounded by His own associates headed by Sita-devi and Lakshmaëa. mahashayah-great souls. sarvaih-by all. nijam-own. sevitum-to serve. sukham-happy. tadrisheshu-like this. parivara-adibhih-beginning with associates. asadharaëaih-extraordinary. bhajantah-worshiping. prabhum-Lord. tatha-as. yuktam-engaged. tu-indeed. te-they. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that each form of the Lord is surrounded by His own specific associates. icchanti-they desire. sampashyantahseeing. adishu-beginning with. eva-indeed.

grahah-taking. The devotees' faith and love is not placed in in one form alone. nishöhah-and faith. yat-kincit-a specific. ekatara-one.Worshiping their own Lords in (Ayodhya) City and other places. te-they. bhavanti-are. priti-love. rupa-form. Text 153 ye ca lakshmi-pater ashöaksharadi-manu-tat-parah te hi sarve sva-dehante vaikuëöham imam ashritah ye-who. tat-parah-dedicated to Him. ca-also. The Lord has many forms and each form is served by certain devotees. nanot. rupasya-form. hi- . avishesha-not specific. manu-mantras. lakshmi-pateh-of the husband of the goddess of fortune. ca-also. ashöakshara-adibeginning with the eight-syllable mantra. the devotees become happy. Text 152 ye caikatara-rupasya priti-nishöha bhavanti na avishesha-grahas tasya yat-kincid-rupa-sevakah ye-who. sevakahthe servants. tasya-of that.

indeed. sarve-all. ante-at the end. sva-deha-of the body. but they who meditate on the twelve-syllable mantra never return. imam-this. Text 154 yatha-kamam sukham prapuh sarvato 'py adhikam sukhat tesham sva-sva-rasanaikyat taratamye 'pi tulyata . the moon. ashritah-taken shelter. vaikuëöham-Vaikuëöha. and the other celestial planets again return to the lower worlds. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is decshribed by Parashara Muni in the Vishëu Puraëa: gatva gatva nivartante candra-suryadayo grahah adyapi na nivartante dvadashakshara-cintakah They who attain the sun. All who devotedly chant the eight-syllable mantra and other mantras glorifying the goddess of fortune's husband attain Vaikuëöha at the body's end.

adhikam-greater. sarvatah-in all respects. tulyatameasurement. Because they taste different kinds of the nectar of devotional service. they are different. prapuh-they attain. kamam-wished. Texts 155-157 yatha dharalambana-ratna-bhuta narayaëo 'sau sa naro 'tha dattah shri-jamadagnyah kapiladayo 'pi ye kautukac ca pratima-sarupah ye svargalokadishu vishëu-yajneshvaradayo 'mi bhavataiva drishöah matyso 'tha kurmash ca maha-varahah shriman-nrisimho nanu vamanash ca . sva-sva-rasa-own tastes. anaikyat-from not being equal. taratamye-gradatiuons of higher and lower. api-also. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the word "rasa" here means the different kinds of devotional service. being more or less advanced in devotional service. sukham-happiness. a happiness greater than they had known before.yatha-as. tesham-of them. which begin with hearing and chanting the glories of the Lord. They attain as much happiness as they could wish. sukhat-than the happiness. apialso.

The Lord happily appears as Nara and Narayaëa Rishis. tesham-of them. ye-who. ca-also. eva-indeed. maha-varahah-Maha-Varaha. sada-eternally. atha-then. and other incarnations you have personally seen. asau-He. ami-they. He also appears as Matysa. anye-others. all with forms of eternity. pratima-Deity. ratna-jewel. eka-one. kapila-Kapila. narayaëah-Lord Narayaëa. tatha-so. Shriman Nrisimha. ye-who. adayah-beginning with. vamanah-Vamana. hi-certainly. matysah-Matsya. knowledge and bliss. svargaloka-adishu-beginning with Svargaloka. vishëu-Lord Vishëu. sah-He. pratyekam-each. abhidaya-naming. sarupah-forms. dattah-Dattatreya. Kurma. eva-indeed. dhara-earth. adayah-beginning with. nanatva-bhajah-various. atha-then. ca-also. kurmah-Kurma. and all simultaneously different and eternally one. api-and. all of them jewels decorating the earth. narah-Nara. Dattatreya. Parashurama. and many other incarnations. yajnaof sacrifices. bhavata-by you'. te-they. ca-and. ishvara-the Lord. sarve-all. nanu-indeed. kautukat-eagerly. ca-also. avatarah-incarnations.anye 'vatarash ca tathaiva tesham pratyekam ihabhidaya prabhedah te sac-cid-ananda-ghana hi sarve nanatva-bhajo 'pi sadaika-rupah yatha-as. Vamana. bhuta-manifest. Kapila. prabhedah-different. shriman-nrisimhah-Shriman Nrisimha. rupah-form. api-although. Maha-Varaha. sac-cid-ananda-ghanah-eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. iha-here. In Svargaloka and other celestial worlds He appears as Vishëu the Lord of sacrifices. drishöah-seen. shri-jamadagnyah-Parashurama. lambana-resting. all bearing different names. and other incarnations. Text 158 nanatvam esham ca kadapi mayikam na jiva-nanatvam iva pratiyatam .

kadapi-sometimes. nana-vidha-various. The Lord's potency shows His incarnations to be different persons so He can enjoy different transcendental pastimes. sthah-situated. bhedatah-from the difference. . darshitam-revealed. advayah-not dual. tat-His. bimba-of the disc. That these incarnations of the Lord are different persons is an illusion. cit-spiritual. kha-in the sky. pratibimba-and its reflection. iva-as if. atmaka-own. vilasa-pastimes. citra-various. The Lord's forms are like the sun shining as one in the sky but seen as many by people in different places. shakti-potency. ca-also. pratiyatam-is considered. hi-indeed. ikshyate-is seen. eshah-He.tac-cid-vilasatmaka-shakti-darshitam nana-vidhopasaka-citra-bhava-jam nanatvam-the state of being different. nanatvam-the state of being different. jamborn. sarvatah-in all respects. iva-like. bahudha-as many. The devotees are different persons because that is their actual nature. sah-it. kintu-indeed. salile-on the water. The variety of the Lord's forms is not like the sun's reflections on the water. yatha-as. upasaka-of worshipers. raveh-of the sun. Text 159 ato hi bimba-pratibimba-bhedato vicitrata sa salile raver iva kintv esha kha-stho 'dvaya eva sarvatah sva-sva-pradese bahudhekshyate yatha atah-as. eva-indeed. sva-sva-pradeshe-in various places. They are not different persons as the individual spirit souls are different persons. jiva-of the individual spirit souls. esham-of them. na-not. bhava-nature. vicitrata-variety. mayikamillusory.

ca-also. This example shows how the one Supreme Lord is seen as having different forms and characteristics. tathapi-nevertheless. As transcendental knowledge as the bliss it brings are simultaneously the same and different. eva-indeed. In this way the two persons see the same sun to be present in two different places. hi-indeed. sukham-happiness. eva-indeed. prithak-different. Text 160 yathaiva ca prithag jnanam sukham ca prithag eva hi tathapi brahma-tadatmye tayor aikyam su-sidhyati yatha-as. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the spiritual nature of the Lord's incarnations is described in the Varaha Puraëa: . brahma-the Supreme.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that a person in one place sees the sun as shining near a certain tree and another person in a different place far away sees the same sun as shining near a different tree. tayoh-of them both. prithak-different. That is clearly so. su-sidhyati-is clearly proved. ca-also. so the Supreme Lord and His many incarnations are simultaneously the same and different. jnanam-knowledge. tadatmyeand His plenary expansions. aikyam-oneness. They see two different suns although only one sun shines in the sky.

They were not created at a certain point. paramananda-sandoha jnana-matrash ca sarvatah sarve sarva-guëah purëah . It is not made of flesh. the infallible Supreme Lord has an eternal spiritual form." The Maha-varaha Puraëa explains: sarve nityah shashvatash ca dehas tasya paratmanah hanopadana-rahita naiva prakrtija kvacit "The transcendental forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are eternal and imperishable. fat.na tasya prakrita murtir mamsa-medo-sthi-sambhava na yogitvad ishvaratvat satya-rupo 'cyuto vibhuh "The Lord's form is not material. Because He is neither a yogi nor a demigod. They are not products of the material energy. and bones. and they are never to be destroyed.

They have all transcendental virtues. anyunanadhikash caiva guëaih sarvaish ca sarvatah dehi-deha-bhida catra neshvare vidyate kvacit "They do not lack anything. These spiritual forms of the Lord are free from all material defects. For the Supreme Personality of Godhead there is no difference between Himself and His form. and all auspicious qualities. knowledge. Nothing is greater than they." Texts 161 and 162 evam vicitra-desheshu svapnad avapyanekadha drishyamanasya krishëasya parshadanam padasya ca ekatvam apy anekatvam .sarva-dosha-vivarjitah "All the forms of the Supreme Personality of Godhead are completely filled with transcendental bliss.

satyatvam-eternality. shri-krishëah-Shri Krishëa. nathah-Lord. avapya-attaining. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. tat-that. When one form of Lord Krishëa is pleased.satyatvam ca su-sangatam ekasmims toshite rupe sarvam tat tasya tushyati evam-thus. su-sangatam-associated. Text 163 eko vaikuëöha-natho 'yam shri-krishëas tatra tatra hi tat-tat-sevaka-harshaya tat-tad-rupadina vaset ekah-one. sarvam-all. svapnat-from a dream. tat-tadrupa-adina-beginning with various forms. parshadanam-of the associates. vicitra-in different. desheshu-places. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that by worshiping one form of Lord Krishëa all His forms are also worshiped. vaset-resides. and His abode are seen as many although they are also one. The variety and the oneness are both true. ca-and. ayam-He. toshite-pleased. so Lord Krishëa. tat-tat-sevaka-of His devotees. ekasmin-in one. hi-certainly. tasya-of Him. drishyamanasya-seen. vaikuëöha-of Vaikuëöha. As in a dream one may go to different places. api-also. ekatvam-oneness. then all His forms become pleased. anekadha-in many ways. tatrathere. tushyati-is pleased. ca-and. harshaya-for the pleasure. . rupeform. padasya-of the abode. tatra-there. anekatvam-variety. His associates.

maya-by me. asti-is. Brahma saw this when he stole Lord Krishëa's boys and calves in Vrindavana. To please His devotees He manifests different forms in different places.69. Text 165 . bhramitva-wandered. anubhutam-followed. shri-brahmaëa-by Lord Brahma. vrinda-vipine-in Vrindavana. prasada-vargeshu-among the palaces.41.18. arbha-the boys. vatsan-and calves.14.54. hritva-having taken. ca-also. Text 164 etac ca vrinda-vipine 'gha-hantur hritvarbha-vatsan anubhutam asti shri-brahmaëa dvaravati-pure ca prasada-vargeshu maya bhramitva etat-this. 10. ca-and.Shri Krishëa is the only Lord of Vaikuëöha. dvaravati-pure-in Dvaraka City. and I myself saw it when I wandered through the palaces in Dvaraka. agha-hantuh-of the killer of Agha. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these pastimes are described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 10.13. and 10. 10.2-3.69.

Still. praëitam-offered. The Supreme Lord's potency is wonderful and inconcievable. pratisvam-own. yatha-as. atti-eats. yugapat-simultaneously. sa-that. mama-of me. na-not. tatthat. sahasraih-with thousands. ekantabhakteshu-among the unalloyed devotees. Text 166 patni-sahasrair yugapat praëitam dravyam sa bhunkte bhagavan yadaikah pashyanti tany atra yatha pratisvam adau mamadatta tad eva me 'tti patni-of wives. atra-here. me-me. kincit-something. it is not a secret to His pure devotees. parameshvari-of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. bhagavan-the Lord. kintu-however. ekah-one.durvitarkya hi sa shaktir adbhuta parameshvari kintv asyaikanta-bhakteshu gudham kincin na tishöhati durvitarkya-inconceivable. . adatta-taken. gudham-hidden. shaktih-potency. sah-He. yada-when. hi-certainly. tanithem. pashyanti-they see. adbhuta-wonderful. asya-of Him. eva-indeed. dravyammeal. tishöhatistays. bhunkte-enjoys. adau-in the beginning.

Text 168 yadrisho bhagavan krishëo maha-lakshmir apidrishi tasya nitya-priya sandrasac-cid-ananda-vigraha . tadvan-thus. tasya-of Him. jiveshu-individual spirit souls. api-also. praveshatah-because of the entrance. Sometimes." Text 167 kvacit keshv api jiveshu tat-tac-chakti-praveshatah tasyaveshavatara ye te 'pi tadvan mata budhaih kvacit-sometimes. ye-who.The one Supreme Lord ate simultaneously the many meals His thousands of queens offered simultaneously. Now He eats. matah-considered. tat-tat-shakti-of His potency. keshv api-to some. te-they. empowered incarnations appear. because of the entrance of the Lord's potencies in certain individual spirit souls. avesha-avatarah-avesha incarnations. budhaih-by the wise. Each queen saw her husband and thought: "He has taken His meal from me first. The wise think these incarnations to be like the Lord Himself.

krishëah-Krishëa. whose form is filled with eternity. is His constant faithful companion. idrishi-like that. She is all-pervading." devatve deva-deheyam manushyatve ca manushi vishëor dehanurupam vai karoty eshatmanas tanum . bhagavan-Lord. She is eternal and she is the mother of the entire material universe. priya-beloved. apialso. tasya-of Him. His eternal beloved.sac-cid-ananda-full of eternity. nitya-eternal. knowledge.yadrishah-as. sandra. and bliss. vigraha-whose form. As Lord Krishëa (expands in many incarnations) so does Goddess Maha-Lakshmi. Shrimati Lakshmi-devi. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Vishëu Puraëa: nityaiva sa jagan-mata vishëoh shrir anapayini yatha sarva-gato vishëus tathaiveyam dvijottama "O best of the brahmaëas. knowledge. maha-lakshmih-Goddess Maha-Lakshmi. Lord Vishëu's transcendental potency. just as Lord Vishëu is. and bliss.

and when He appears in a humanlike form. aparah-others. hi-certainly. bhagavat-of the Lord. When the Lord appears as a demigod. vasati-lives."Lakshmi-devi appears in different forms corresponding to the forms of Lord Vishëu. Text 170 ya maha-siddhivat tasu sarva-sampad-adhishvari mumukshu-mukta-bhaktanam upekshya saiva bhutida . yah-who. she manifests her incarnations as His devoted consorts." Text 169 sa sada bhagavad-vakshahsthale vasati tat-para tasya evavataras tah krishëasyevapara hi yah sa-she. she assumes a human-like form. she assumes a demigod-like form. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. tasya-of Him. eva-indeed. tat-paradevoted to Him. Devoted to Him. avatarah-incarnations. she always stays on the Lord's chest. vakshah-sthale-on the chest. sada-always. As Lord Krishëa manifests His different incarnations. tah-they. iva-as.

api-also. tasu-mong them. she is neglected by the devotees. mumukshu-of they who desire liberation. prayah-for the most part. vilolayah-fickle. maha-siddhivat-as a great perfection. bhaktanam-and of the devotees. dathe giver. As the giver of material opulences. bhaktanam-devotees. She is the queen of all opulences.ya-who. eva-indeed. and they who aspire for liberation. adhika-more. She is like a great mystic perfection among the other goddesses of fortune. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that because the sense pleasures that come from material opulences obstruct the path of liberation and spiritual advancement. mukta-of the liberated. the transcendentalists neglect this feature of the goddess of fortune. the liberated. navanam-of the new. eva-certainly. bhuti-of opulences. kathyate-is said. priyata-the state of being dear. sarva-sampat-of all opulences. sarvatra-always. adhishvari-the queen. bhagavat-to the Lord. . upekshya-neglected. Text 171 yasya eva vilolayah prayah sarvatra kathyate navanam api bhaktanam bhagavat-priyatadhika yasyah-of whom. sa-she.

jnayatam-should be known. ca-and. The Lord's potency is also dear to Him. tvaya-by you. api-also.Everywhere it is said that she. tatha-so. bhagavatpriyah-dear to the Lord. arranges that the newest devotees become most dear to the Lord. Dharaëi-devi and others are also dear to the Lord. Text 173 maha-vibhuti-shabdena yoga-shabdena ca kvacit yogamayadi-shabdena ya kvacic ca nigadyate . Text 172 evam dharaëy api jneya parash ca bhagavat-priyah tathaiva bhagavac-chaktir api sa jnayatam tvaya evam-thus. api-also. jneya-is known. sa-she. bhagavat-of the Lord. being very fickle. shaktih-the potency. eva-indeed. parash-others. dharaëi-Dharaëi-devi.

is known as Shri. Sometimes she is called Maha-vibhuti. shabdena-by the word. vibhuti-opulence. Durga. shabdena-by the word. kvacit-sometimes. yoga-yoga. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that some of the names of Goddess Yogamaya are given in the in the Maha-samhita: shri-bhu-durgeti ya bhinna jivamaya mahatmanah atmamaya tad-iccha syad guëamaya jadatmika "The goddess that fulfills the Lord's desires. ya-who. Bhu. Jivamaya. yogamaya-adi-beginning with Yoagamaya. Guëamaya. and Jadatmika. caalso. and sometimes Yogamaya.maha-great. nigadyate-is called. sometimes Yoga." The Skanda Puraëa explains: mayamayety avidyeti niyatir mohiniti ca prakritir vasanety evam . kvacit-sometimes. ca-also. Atmamaya. shabdena-by the word.

vyajyate-is manifested. sandra-sac-cid-ananda-full of eternity. nanavidhah-many kinds. Niyati. hi-certainly. and Vasana. yaya-by whom. nitya-eternal. svarupatah-by form. bhagavat-of the Lord. bhagavatah-of the Lord. anady-anta-without beginning or end. anirvacya-indescribable. api-also. satya-transcendental. . abhyudaya-atmika-whose self. ananda-bliss. and bliss. vilasa-pastimes. bhajana-service. sa-she.tavecchananta kathyate "O limitless Lord. visheshah-specific." Texts 174 and 175 ya sandra-sac-cid-anandavilasabhyudayatmika nitya satyapy anady-anta yanirvacya svarupatah bhagavad-bhajananandavaicitri-janani hi sa nana-vidho bhagavato vishesho vyajyate yaya ya-who. Prakriti. the potency that fulfills Your desire is called Mayamaya. knowledge. vaicitri-wonder. Mohini. janani-the mother. Avidya. ya-who.

bhaktanam-of the devotees. Text 177 sa ca tasyash ca sa ceshöa jneya tac-chuddha-sevakaih atarkya shushka-dustarkajnana-sabhinna-manasaih . vishesha-specific. knowledge and bliss. Text 176 tathaiva lakshmya bhaktanam bhakter lokasya karmaëam sa sa vishesha-vaicitri sada sampadyate yatah tatha-so. By Goddess Lakshmi the wonderful variety of the Lord's devotees. karmaëam-of the deeds. transcendental. By her the Lord is revealed in many ways. She is eternal. yatah-from whom. bhakteh-of devotion. sada-always. eva-indeed. sampadyate-is established. which are filled with eternity. and of the Lord's pastimes are eternally manifest. endless. beginningless. of the Lord's spiritual realms. and indescribable. She is the mother of the wonder that is the bliss of service to the Lord.She arranges for the Lord's pastimes. lakshmya-by Lakshmi-devi. lokasya-of the world. of the many kinds of devotional service. sa sa-whatever. vaicitrivariety.

ca-and. Text 179 amshah bahu-vidhas tasya lakshyante karya-bhedatah . para-superior. She is His internal potency. nigadyate-is called. Text 178 sa paraparayoh shaktyoh para shaktir nigadyate prabhoh svabhaviki sa hi khyata prakritir ity api sa-she. api-also. tat-shuddha-sevakaihby the pure devotees. sa-she. jneya-known. prabhoh-of the Lord. iti-thus. The Lord's potencies are called superior and inferior. aparayoh-and inferior. She is His superior potency. ca-and. prakritih-potency. atarkya-inconceivable. hi-indeed. shushka-dry. sa-it. She is famous by the name Prakriti. para-superior. She and her actions can be understood only by the pure devotees. tasyah-her. svabhaviki-own. jnana-sabhinnamanasaih-of the mental speculators. dustarka-illogic. ceshöa-activities. She cannot be understood by they whose minds are filled with the mistakes of dry speculation. shaktihpotency.sa-she. shaktyoh-potencies. khyatafamous.

praticchaya-as shadows. She is the cause of the individual souls' stay in the world of birth and death. jiva-the individuyal spireit souls. rupa-form. Maya is the mother of the illusory world of the five material elements. Her expansions are manifested in many ways according to their different duties. bahu-vidhah-many kinds. atah-then. prapanca-of the material world. tasyah-of her. which consists of the modes of nature. . is her shadow. anirupya-not described. guëa-atmika-consisting of the modes of nature. and transcendental.tasya eva praticchayarupa maya guëatmika amshah-expansions. adya-beginning with. The illusory potency Maya. She is filled with the darkness of illusion. temporary. lakshyante-are seen. maya-the illusory potency. She is indescribable. Text 180 mithya-prapanca-janani mithya-bhranti-tamomayi ato 'nirupyanityadya jiva-samsara-kariëi mithya-false. janani-the mother. mithya-bhranti-tamomayi-the dfarkness of illusion. tasyah-of her. kariëi-the cause. karyacauses. eva-indeed. bhedatah-by divisions. anitya-not eternal. samsara-the world of birth and death.

ya-who. apraptya-by attaining. Because she does not change her form. ucyate-is called. She has a form. hiindeed. adhishöhatri-founder. prakritih-nature. murtimati-having form. akara-forms. vikarasya-transformations. avaraëasya-of the covering. karya-duties. She is the controller of the eighth covering (of the universe). or the original state that is not transformed) are opposites. Because she does not change form to do her duties. Text 182 yasyas tv ati-krameëaiva muktir bhaktish ca sidhyati utpaditam yaya vishvam aindra-jalika-van mrisha . Maya is called Prakriti.Text 181 ashöamavaraëasyadhishöhatri murtimati hi ya karyakara-vikarasyapraptya prakritir ucyate ashöama-eighth. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the words “vikriti" (transformation) and "prakriti" (nature. she is called Prakriti.

which is like a mirage. kardama-with Kardama Muni. yaya-by whom. ca-and. adi-beginning. satyamreal. ati-krameëa-by transcending. muktih-liberation. She has created this material universe. drishyate-is seen. yoga. prabhritinam-beginning. utpaditam-established. mrisha-falsely. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami gives Saubhari Muni as an example of another yogi that had these magical powers.yasyah-of whom. tapah-with austerity. yatha-as. tu-indeed. eva-certainly. jam-born. yoga-and yoga. bhaktih-devotional service. sidhyati-are perfected. and other practices. . tat-that. aindra-jalika-vat-like a mirage. tu-indeed. vishvam-the material universe. sampaditam-established. sthiram-steady. By transcending her one attains liberation and devotional service. Text 183 shaktya sampaditam yat tu sthiram satyam ca drishyate kardama-prabhritinam tattapo-yogadi-jam yatha shaktya-by potency. ca-and. By her potency are seen the long-lasting and real magical creations Kardama Muni and others showed by austerity. yat-what.

is both real and eternal. hi-indeed. bhagavata-by the Lord. satyah-real. However. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. sat-pious. tena-by Him. avatariëa-the origin of the incarnations. whatever is created by the potency of Lord Krishëa. nityam-eternal. . karma-deeds. te-they. yogi-ishvaraih-by the masters of yoga. satyam-real. tadvat-thus. pada-feet. ca-and. Text 185 evam bhagavata tena shri-krishëenavatariëa na bhidyante 'vataras te nityah satyash ca tadrishah evam-thus. param-superior. janitam-born. datuh-giver. shaktya-by the potency. arcya-worshipable. who gives the results of all pious deeds and whose lotus feet are worshiped by the greatest yogis. phala-fruit. ca-and. yat-what. eka-sole.Text 184 nihshesha-sat-karma-phalaika-datur yogishvarair arcya-padambujasya krishëasya shaktya janitam taya yan nityam ca satyam ca param hi tadvat nihshesha-all. ca-and. ambujasya-lotus flower. taya-by it. nityaheternal. na-not. tadrishah-as He. bhidyante-are different. shri-krishëena-by Lord Krishëa. avatarah-incarnations.

vividhaih-with various. vacyaih-described. taih taih-by them.In this way the incarnations are not different from Shri Krishëa. Krishëa. who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the origin of the incarnations. samashöi-aggregate. which are greater than all others and which described by the word "bhaga". avatara-of incarnations. nikhila-all. vilakshaëaih-different. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Lord Krishëa many limitless and extraordinary opulences are described in this verse. sarvafrom everything. whose form contains all incarnations. Text 186 eka sa krishëo nikhilavatarasamashöi-rupo vividhair mahattvaih tais tair nijaih sarva-vilakshaëair hi jayaty anantair bhaga-shabda-vacyaih ekah-one. nijaih-own. They are real and eternal as He. jayati-is glorious. anantaih-endless. shabda-by the word. is glorious with many opulences.3. rupah-form. which uses the word "bhaga": . krishëah-Krishëa. mahattvaih-greatnesses. bhagaopulences.28 proves that Shri Krishëa is the origin of all incarnations. hi-indeed. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Shrimad-Bhagavatam 1. sah-He.

which can be understood only by they whose hearts melt with love and devotion for Him. beauty. and renunciation. His many sweet and charming glories. api-also. ardra-melting. samvyajyamanaih-manifested. vedyaih-to be known. vishishöah-distinguished. . avatara-of an incarnation." Text 187 narayaëad apy avatara-bhave samvyajyamanair madhurair manojnaih tat-prema-bhakty-ardra-hrid-eka-vedyair mahatmya-vargair vividhair vishishöah narayaëat-from Lord Narayaëa. madhuraih-sweet. bhave-the nature. mahatmyavargaih-with many glories. vividhaih-various. hrit-by the heart. tat-prema-bhakti-with loving devotion. fame. make Lord Krishëa better than Narayaëa. Even if He is considered an incarnation. strength. manojnaih-beautiful. knowledge. eka-only.aishvaryasya samagrasya viryasya yashasah shriyah jnana-vairagyayosh capi shaëëam bhaga itingana The Supreme Personality of Godhead has six opulences: all wealth.

mahat-greatness. seva-service. How can Krishëa be more glorious than He?" This verse answers that protest. Text 188 tesham apy avataraëam sevakaih paramam mahat labhyate sukham atmatmapriya-seva-rasanugam tesham-of them. sevakaih-by the servantsw. avataraëam-incarnations. Text 189 upasananusareëa datte hi bhagavan phalam na tatraparitoshah syat kasyacit sadhya-labhatah . atma-of the heart. paramamsupreme. atma-own. priya-dear. The servants of His many incarnations attain great happiness by serving the Lords dear to their hearts. api-also. sukham-happiness. rasanugam-following.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that someone may protest: "Lnrd Narayaëa is the source of all incarnations. labhyate-is obtained.

They are never displeased with what they attain. Text 190 vicitra-lila-vibhavasya tasya samudra-koöi-gahanashayasya vicitra-tat-tad-ruci-dana-lilavibhutim uttarkayitum prabhuh kah vicitra-wonderful. lila-pastimes. phalamthe fruit. prabhuh-able. lila-of pastimes. asya-of Him. labhatah-from the attainment. tat-tatvarious. enjoys (with His devotees) is a wonderful exchange of nectar of love? Text 191 sidhyet tathapy atra kripa-mahishöhata . anusareëa-according to. tatra-there. koöi-millions. gahana-deep. tasya-of Him. ruci-pleasure. who enjoys many wonderful pastimes and whose thoughts are deeper than millions of oceans. na-not. bhagavan-the Lord. kasyacit-of someone. uttarkayitum-to understand. ashaya-with the hope. hi-indeed. samudra-of oceans.upasana-worship. vicitra-wonderful. The Lord gives them results according to their worship. vibhutim-opulence. datte-given. kah-who? Who can understand the pastimes where the Lord. sadhyato be attained. aparitoshah-satisfaction. syat-may be. vibhavasya-of the opulence. dana-giving.

api-also. svalpe-slight. svabhavatah-according to nature. saukhya-happiness. api-even. kripa-of mercy. ruci-mellows. and each according to his own nature. tathapi-still. bahu-great. adi-beginning with. tuccha-slight. iva-like. Engaging in activities free from rivalry and other faults. sukham-happiness. yatha-as. anubhutih-experience. apialso. . nija-own. samsarikanam-of they whop live in the world of repeated birth and death. as much as they desire. mahishöhata-glory. na-not.yat-taratamye 'pi nija-svabhavatah spardhady-avrittair nikhilair yatha-ruci prapyeta seva-sukham antya-sima-gam sidhyet-is proved. iva-like. seva-of service. sac-cid-ananda-ghanatmanam-eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. spardharivalry. whether higher or lower. This proves the greatness of the Lord's mercy. gam-gone. the highest happiness of devotional service. atra-here. yatinam-of renunciants. nikhilaih-by all. buddhih-concept. saukhye-in happiness. hi-certainly. syat-is. prapyeta-are obtained. yat-taratamye-in gradations of higher and lower. sukha-of happiness. antya-sima-to the ultimate. the devotees attain. Text 192 na sac-cid-ananda-ghanatmanam hi svalpe 'pi saukhye bahu-saukhya-buddhih samsarikanam iva napi tucchasukhanubhutir yatinam iva syat na-not. avrittaih-without activities.

tu-indeed. As there are many gradations of service. vaicitrya-variety. Text 193 taratamyam tu kalpyeta sva-sva-sevanusaratah tat-tad-rasa-sajatiyasukha-vaicitryapekshaya taratamyam-gradations of higher and lower. tat-tad-rasa-various mellows. apekshaya-in relation to. kalpyeta-are considered. so there is a wonderful variety of gradations of happiness according to the different mellows. anusaratah-according to. sukhahappines. do not think the slight happiness of they who live in the world of repeated birth and death. whose forms are eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. Text 194 vaikuëöha-vasino hy ete kecid vai nitya-parshadah pare krishëasya kripaya sadhayitvemam agatah . sajatiya-natural. sva-sva-sevaone's own service. or the slight happiness of the (impersonalist) sannyasis to be great happiness.(The Lord's associates in Vaikuëöha).

agatah-have come. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Shesha and Garuda are examples of persons who have been the Lord's associates eternally and Jaya. hi-indeed. bahya-external. Text 195 bhajanananda-samye 'pi bhedah kashcit prakalpyate bahyantariëa-bhavena dura-parshva-sthatadina bhajana-of worship. Bharata. kashcit-by some. and others have come to that position by the Lord's mercy. ananda-of bliss. vai-certainly. . sadhayitva-being given. dura-far away. nitya-parshadah-eternal associates. pare-others. some think it different to perform open or confidential service. Vijaya. samye-in equality. bhavena-by the condition. sthata-standing. ete-they. prakalpyate-is considered. parshva-by the side. krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. Although the bliss of serving the Lord is the same in all circumstances. Some of the residents of Vaikuëöha have been the Lord's associates eternally. adina-beginning with. api-also. kripaya-by the mercy. or to be far from the Lord or standing by His side.vaikuëöha-vasinah-the residents of Vaikuëöha. bhedah-distinction. imam-this. or in some other place. antariëa-and internal. kecit-some. and Priyavrata are examples of persons who became the Lord's associates by His mercy.

where He is the served and they are His servants is both real and eternal.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the phrase “some other place" here means to join the Lord in His pastimes in the material world. Texts 197 and 198 sac-cid-ananda-sandratvac caisham bhagavata saha . esham-of them. aste-is. bhavet-is. sva-bhavatah-according to one's own nature. nitya-eternal. they are like the Lord. hi-indeed. Although. their natural relationship with Him. satya-real. bhagavatah-of the Lord. apialso. sevakata-and the servant. samyamequality. and sometimes to have and sometimes not to have His association. sevya-of the served. nityatvat-because of being eternal. because they are both eternal. Text 196 yadyapy esham hi nityatvat samyam bhagavato bhavet sevya-sevakatapy aste nitya satya sva-bhavatah yadyapi-although.

samye 'pi bhajananandamadhurya-karya-vidyaya kayacid anaya-tarkyanana-madhurimarëave tasmin shri-krishëa-padabje ghaöate dasata sada sac-cid-ananda-sandratvat-because of being full of eternity. sada-eternally. sac-cid-ananda-ghanaih-eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. kayacit-by certain. awareness of the sweetness of the bliss of serving Him impels them to become eternally servants of Shri Krishëa' lotus feet. madhurima-of sweetnesses. esham-of them. . samye-in sameness. ghaöate-is. madhurya-of the sweetness. tarkya-understood. nana-various. knowledge. khyatah-famous. bhagavata saha-with the Lord. avataraih-by incarnations. karya-duties. asheshaih-all. Text 199 taih sac-cid-ananda-ghanair asheshaih shri-krishëadevasya yathavataraih khyato 'vataritvam rite 'pi samye tais tair mahattvair madhurair visheshah taih-by them. they are like the Lord. ananda-of the bliss. vidyaya-by knowledge. yatha-as. shri-krishëa-padabje-Lord Krishëa's lotus feet. shri-krishëadevasya-of Lord Krishëa. and bliss. which are an ocean of many kinds of inconceivable sweetnesses. arëave-in the ocean. bhajana-of service. dasata-the condition of being a servant. anaya-by that. api-also. ca-and. tasmin-in that. Although. because they are eternal and full of knowledge and bliss.

Some say that Shri Krishëa. rite-without. pare-others. brahmamaya-spiritual. liberated associates. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the "all others" here are the devotees headed by Shesha and Garuda. and even if He were the same as all incarnations. whose form is eternal and full of knowledge and bliss is the Supreme Brahman and all others are His spiritual. The word "liberated" here means "they who have attained Vaikuëöha". Shri Krishëa would still be distinguished by His very sweet glories. Text 200 vadanti kecid bhagavan hi krishëah su-sac-cid-ananda-ghanaika-murtih sa yat param brahma pare tu sarve tat-parshada brahmamaya vimuktah vadanti-say. sarve-all. yat-which. samye-in equality. Even if He were not the origin of all incarnations. krishëah-Krishëa. vimuktah-liberated. api-also. who are eternal and full of bliss and knowledge. mahattvaih-glories. visheshah-distinguished. param-the Supreme. sah-He. tat-parshadah-His associates. madhuraih-sweet. kecit-some. .avataritvam-the state of being the source of all incarnations. taih taih-by them. tu-indeed. hi-indeed. su-sac-cid-anandaghana-eka-murtih-whose form is eternal and full of knowledge and bliss. brahma-Brahman. bhagavan-the Lord.

idam-this. prishöam-asked. ananda-bliss. cit-spiritual. dhariëah-manifesting. shaktya-by the potency. dhara-tale-on the surface of the earth. Text 202 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca prishöam mayedam bhagavan dhara-tale tishöhanti yah shri-pratima maha-prabhoh tah sac-cid-ananda-ghanas taya mata niladri-nathah purushottamo yatha shri-gopa-kumarah-Gopa-kumara. sva-own. visheshaya-specific. yah-who. vigraha-form. bhagavatah-of the Lord. lila-pastimes. shri-pratimah- . maya-by me. aided by the Lord's transcendental pastime potency they assume forms suitable for the Lord's pastimes. bhagavan-O lord. vilasa-pastimes. tishöhanti-stnad. uvaca-said.Text 201 bhakty-ananda-visheshaya lila-vigraha-dhariëah taya bhagavatah shaktya cid-vilasa-sva-rupaya bhakti-of devotional service. taya-by that. rupaya-form. To enjoy the bliss of devotional service.

and bliss. purushottamah-Lord Jagannatha. tatra tatra-in many places. taya-by which. api-indeed. kripaya-mercifully. tah-they. Although the Lord. is one. knowledge. bhagavan-the Lord.the Deity forms. yatha-as. and bliss. are the Lord's Deity forms on the earth all eternal and full of knowledge and bliss as is the form of Lord Jagannatha. and bliss. in His pastimes He appears in many places in many different forms. sandra-sac-cid-ananda-vigrahah-whose form is full of eternity. the master of Nialacala? Text 203 eko 'pi bhagavan sandrasac-cid-ananda-vigrahah kripaya tatra tatraste tat-tad-rupeëa lilaya ekah-one. matah-considered. maha-prabhoh-of the Supreme Lord. knowledge. whose form is filled with eternity. lilaya-in His pastimes. Text 204 tat sarva-nairapekshyena ko doshah syat tad-arcane . sat-cid-ananda-ghanah-full of etenrity. niladri-nathah-the Lord of Nilacala. tat-tadrupeëa-in various forms. knowledge. aste-stays. Shri Gopa-kumara said: I asked him: O lord.

nairapekshyena-by rejecting. mahatof the great souls. doshah-fault. tadarcane-in worshiping the Deity. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the “everything" here is material piety.kathancit kriyamaëe 'pi maha-labho 'pi budhyate tat-that. na-not. sarva-everything. vinihsritah-come. maha-great. puraëebhyah-from the Puraëas. syat-is. api-even. syuh-are. shruyante-are heard. Text 205 tatah katham puraëebhyah shruyante tat-tad-uktayah apramaëam ca ta na syur mahan-mukha-vinihsritah tatah-then. ca-also. tah-they. . api-even. By renouncing everything and worshiping the Deity what mistake is done? When the Deity is worshiped one becomes aware of a great gain. budhyate-is known. kriyamaëe-is done. mukha-from the mouths. kah-what?. labhah-attainment. fruitive work. apramaëam-not evidence. and other things like them. tat-taduktayah-many statements. katham-why?. yoga. kathancit-somehow.

puja-of Deity worship. do we hear from the Puraëas so many statements contradicting this? These statements cannot be rejected as evidence. Hearing this.22. for they have come from the mouths of great souls.47. ashlishya-embracing. and 3. shrutva-having heard.2. Texts 207-209 . uktam-said. adi-beginning with.29. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami gives Shrimad-Bhagavatam 11. Text 206 tac chrutvoktam prabhoh pujamargadi-guruëamuna utthaya paramanandan mam ashlishyedam uttaram tat-that.24 as examples of scriptural statements that minimize the importance of Deity worship. amuna-by this. parama-anandat-from transcendental bliss. margathe path. mam-me. utthaya-rising.Why. embraced me with great bliss. uttaram-reply. prabhoh-of the Lord. 3. idam-this. and replied. he who is the guru of the path of Deity worship stood up.29. then. guruëa-guru.

bhajatam-of they who worship. paramam-great. mahatmyam-the glorification. buddhyawith the conception. adyam-beginning with. sva-dharma-own religion. mata-is considered. yah-who. astam-is. seva-service. bhagavata-by the Lord. samah-equal. mahat-great. . shri-bhagavat-the Lord. sakshat-directly. vacyam-statement. bhaktih-devotional service. anapekshaya-in relationship. guëah-virtue. uddishöahdescribed. ya-which. tavat-then. mahan-great. phalamresult. su-duratah-from very far away. na-not. api-also. maya-by me. tasam-of them. kritrimam-artificial. pratimah-Deities. uttama-highest. adibeginning with. matah-is considered. doshah-fault.shri-narada uvaca pratima ya mayoddishöah sakshad bhagavata samah tasam arcana-mahatmyam tavad astam su-duratah adyam adhunikim varcam sva-dharmady-anapekshaya sakshac chri-bhagavad-buddhya bhajatam kritrimam api na patityadi-doshah syad guëa eva mahan matah sevottama mata bhaktih phalam ya paramam mahat shri-naradah uvaca-Shri Narada said. syat-is. eva-indeed. sakshat-directly. adi-beginning with. adhunikim-present. patityafalling. arcana-of the worship.

By seeing the Diety. even though they neglect other duties. abhasasya-of thr reflection. syat-is. bhagavat-of the Lord. They who. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the worship of Tulasi begins with watering her and bowing down to offer respects to her. one may attain perfection. Text 211 kutas tat-smarake tasya- . sammananat-from worship. shravaëat-from hearing. sakrit-once. aware that the Deity is the Lord Himself. worship the Deity. Deity worship is very glorious. drishöya-by the sight. nama-of the name. and even though their worship is not sincere. They attain a very great result. They have no faults. Text 210 siddhih syad bhagavad-drishöya triëa-sammananad api sakrid-uccaranan namabhasasya shravaëat tatha siddhih-perfection. tatha-so. api-also. Their merits are very gerat. do not fall down.Shri Narada said: I have already explained that the Deity forms of the Lord are the same as the Lord Himself. uccaranat-from calling out. by worshiping Tulasi. or by once chanting or hearing even the reflection of the holy name. triëa-of Tulasi. their devotional service is thought to be the greatest.

ghaöeta-may be. whose form reminds one of the Lord. bhakti-of devotional service. sambhavet-may be possible. mantra-a mantra. athathen. griëanti-takes. . adhishöhane-in establishing. pujyamane-worshiped. stavanty-offer prayers. pade-in the realm. karhy api-somewhere. tarkanam-conception.dhishöhane mantra-samskrite sarva-bhakti-pade pujyamane doshadi-tarkanam kutah-where. pratima-of the Deity. na-not. and who is the object of all activities of devotional service? Text 212 kadapi krishëa-pratimarcanavatam na sambhavet krishëa-pareshv anadarah ghaöeta cet karhy api tad-vishaktito griëanti nagas tad ami stavanty atha kadapi-sometimes. tasya-of Him. cet-if. ami-they. na-not. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. who is properly installed with mantras. arcanavatam-of they who worship. dosha-adi-faults. samskrite-properly done. How can there be any fault with worship of the Lord's Deity form. krishëa-pareshu-among they who are devoted to Lord Krishëa. anadarah-disrespect. agah--sin. tat-smarake-in a reminder of Him. tad-vishaktitahattachment. tat-that. sarva-all.

prabhoh-of the Lord. tad-bhaktan-the devotees. ca-and. They who. but rather praise their attachment to the Lord. bheda-drishöya-seeing as different. hi-indeed. puja-of worship. adi-beginning with. do not respect the Lord's devotees. garveëa-with pride. nutnam-new. sampujayanti-they worship. na-not. . buddhya-with the conception. worship the Deity of Lord Hari. shaila-stone. tu-indeed. manayanti-respect. seeing the Deity as different from the Lord Himself and thinking the Deity as made of stone or some other material. sarva-bhuta-everyone. tat-pratimam-the Deity. veda-of the Vedas. avamaninah-disrespecting. Texts 213 and 214 ye tu tat-pratimam nutnam adhishöhanam harer iti bheda-drishöyatha shailadibuddhya sampujayanti hi na manayanti tad-bhaktan sarva-bhutavamaninah puja-garveëa vedajnam atikramanti ca prabhoh ye-who. atikramanti-flout. iti-thus. adhishöhanam-established. hareh-of Lord Hari.They who worship the Deity of Lord Krishëa never offend the devotees of Lord Krishëa. atha-then. the devotees do not take offense. If somehow they do offend them. ajnam-the orders.

They do not find the fruits of their worship. puja-of worship.Disrespectful to all. eva-indeed. They are the least of all the devotees.7. sarva-bhaktebhyah-from all the devotees. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that they are described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 11. Text 215 ta eva sarva-bhaktebhyo nyunas te manda-buddhayah puja-phalam na vindanti ta eva hi yathoditam te-they. uditam-manifested. yatha-as. Their intelligence is slow. buddhayah-intelligence. eva-indeed. they rebel against the Lord's commandments in the Vedas. Texts 216 and 217 .2. vindanti-find. tethey. na-not.11. phalam-the fruit. manda-slow. and proud of their worship. te-they. hi-indeed. nyunah-the least.47 and 9.

tatra tatra-here and there. tesham-of them. yogyam-proper. api-also. attainment of Lord Krishëa's planet. tat tat-this and that. bhagavat-to the Lord. ashesha-all. sat-pious.yadyapy ashesha-sat-karmaphalato 'dhikam uttamam tesham api phalaty eva tat-puja-phalam atmana tathapi bhagavad-bhaktiyogyam na jayate phalam iti sadhu-varais tat tat tatra tatra vinindyate yadyapi-although. na-not. jayate-is born. For this reason the saintly devotees criticize their method of worship in different ways and in different places. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the real fruits of devotional service are love for Lord Krishëa's lotus feet. bhakti-to devotional service. and enjoying pastimes with Him. atmana-by the self. they do not attain the real fruit that comes from service to the Lord. tathapi-still. phalam-fruit. uttamam-best. vinindyate-is criticized. sadhu-varaihby the best saintly persons. phalatah-than the fruits. eva-certainly. phalam-the fruit. karma-deeds. puja-of the worship. Although the transcendental fruitt of their Deity-worship is greater than the fruits of all ordinary pious deeds. iti-thus. tat-of them. phalati-bears fruit. Text 218 . seeing the Lord. adhikambetter.

sarvatah-in all ways.tani tani puraëadivacanany akhilany api tat-tad-vishayakany eva manyasva na tu sarvatah tani tani-various. Texts 219 and 220 te 'pi nunam na tam pujam tyajeyur yadi sarvatha tada tan-nishöhaya citte shodhite guëa-darshinam kripaya krishëa-bhaktanam prakshiëashesha-dushaëah kalena kiyata te 'pi bhavanti paramottamah . apialso. vacanani-statements. vishayakani-subjects. tu-indeed. akhilani-all. don't think everyone who worships the Lord's Deity-form is like them. Although all the statements of the Puraëas and other scriptures (condemn them). na-not. tat-tat-various. manyasva-consider. puraëa-adi-beginning with the Puraëas. eva-indeed.

api-also. parama-uttamah-great souls. guëa-the virtues. tyajeyuh-renounce. by the power of their devotional service. then by the mercy of the Lord's devotees. materialistic devotees. bhakti-prabhavena-by the power of devotional service. kale-in time. tat-kamitam-desired by them. Text 221 yatha sakama-bhakta hi bhuktva tat-kamitam phalam kale bhakti-prabhavena yogyam vindanti tat-phalam yatha-as. dushaëah-faults. who see the good in others. hi-indeed. darshinam-of they who see. yadi-if. citte-in the heart. tat-phalam-the fruit. After enjoying what they desired. tam-this. tat-of them. . api-also. now purified by their faith. sakama-with material desires. phalam-the fruit. te-they. ashesha-all. kalenatime. kiyata-in some. bhuktva-having enjoyed. nishöhaya-with faith. yogyam-proper. krishëa-of Lord Krishëa. na-not. all the faults in their hearts. If they do not abandon their worship. kripaya-by the mercy. pujam-worship. bhavanti-become. bhaktah-devotees. sarvatha-in all respects.te-they. are destroyed and in time they become the greatest devotees. prakshiëa-withered. nunam-indeed. bhaktanam-of the devotees. in time attain the real fruit of their service. shodhitepurified. vindanti-they find. tada-then.

abjayoh-of the lotus. bhakteh-of devotional service. Because in this way one does not immediately attain the fruit of devotional service. ananda-bliss. Text 222 yatha ca tatra tat-kalam bhakter yogyam na sat-phalam sanjatam iti tac-chuddhabhaktimadbhir vinindyate yatha-as. ca-also. bhakteh-of devotional service. the pure devotees criticize the first result of the materialistic devotees' efforts. shuddhapure. iti-thus. na-not. phalam-the fruit. mulam-the root.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that material sense gratification is insignificant in comparison to the result obtained by devotional service. sanjatam-born. bhaktimadbhih-by devotees. adi-beginning with. tatra-there. caraëa-feet. sandarshana-seeing. tat-that. labha-attainemnt. hi-indeed. vinindyate-is criticized. manvate-consider. sada-eternally. tat-kalam-that time. . Text 223 te hi bhakteh phalam mulam bhagavac-caraëabjayoh sada sandarshana-kridananda-labhadi manvate te-they. bhagavatof the Lord. krida-pastimes. yogyamproper. sat-phalam-the transcendental fruit.

api-also. and serving in many ways the Supreme Lord. hatum-to abandon. shaknuyat-is able. api-also. Text 225 ato 'nyany ati-tucchani sarva-kama-phalani hi muktish ca sulabhany asmat tad-bhaktir na tu tadrishi . tatra-there. manak-slightly. enjoying pastimes with. vilambam-delay. tan-them. They cannot bear even a moment's delay. lava-matrakam-of a moment. The Lord also cannot bear to leave them for even a moment. nanot. Text 224 napi tatra sahante te vilambam lava-matrakam bhagavan api tan hatum manag api na shaknuyat na-not. sahante-tolerate.They who are devoted to the Lord's lotus feet think the real fruit of devotional service is is the bliss of always seeing. bhagavan-the Lord. te-they. api-also.

muktih-liberation. . hi-indeed. Liberation is easily attained. asmat-from that. Because it destroys His independence. eva-indeed. ca-also. hani-destroying. but devotional service is not. By the mercy of devotional service the Lord is controlled by His devotees. tadbhaktih-devotional service. The fruits of all other desires are very insignificant in comparison.6. anyani-others. maheshvarah-the Supreme Lord. adhinah-dependent. dadyat-gives. tu-certainly. tadrishi-like that. bhavet-is. na-not. the Lord does not bestow devotional service. bhagavan-the Lord. sarva-kama-phalani-the fruits of all desires. sulabhani-easily attained.atah-then. na-not.18. svatantrya-independence. iti-thus. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that this is described in Shrimad-Bhagavatam 5. Text 226 tat-prasadena bhaktanam adhino bhagavan bhavet iti svatantrya-hany eva na tam dadyan maheshvarah tat-prasadena-by its mercy. bhaktanam-of the devotees. ati-tucchani-very insignificant. tam-that.

I think that being under the control of His dear devotees is not a fault for the Lord. na-not. I brings Him happiness. which begin with His love for His devotees.Text 227 manye maha-preshöhajananuvashyata na duhkha-doshau vidadhita kaucana kintu pramodam nija-bhakta-vatsalatvadin maha-kirti-guëams tanoti sa manye-I think. pramodam-happiness. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that in the previous verses Narada Muni has been relating the opinons of others. maha-great. kirti-glory. kintuhowever. adin-beginning with. In this verse he gives his own opinion. maha-preshöhajana-the very dear devotees. guëan-virtues. bhakta-devotees. doshau-the fault. It increases His glories. Text 228 visheshato nagara-shekharasya svaramatadi-sva-guëapavadaih apekshaëiya parama-priya sa kashöha para shri-bhagavattva-simnah . duhkha-of unhappiness. auvasyata-being under the control. vidadhita-is placed. Neither does it make Him unhappy. nija-own. sa-it. kaucana-some. vatsalatva-love. tanoti-grants.

paripakatah-in fullness. upariabove. vai-indeed. nariëarti-eternally dances. syat-is. mahabhava-vishesha-sampat-the opulence of great love. apekshaëiya-in relationship. Eclipsing His independent bliss and other glories. From the perfection of loving devotion comes great ecstatic love. samrajya-of the kingdom. tattva-of the truth. shekharasya-the crown. drishöya-with the sight. adi-beginning with. apavadaih-discounting. sva-own. murdha-the head. sah-that. svaramata-being independently full of bliss. that love eternally dances in the kingdom of great bliss. kashöha para-ultimate. kacit-something. guëa-virtues. simnah-the apex. shribhagavattva-of being the Supreme Lord. Text 230 svabhavato 'thapi maharti-shoka- .visheshatah-specifically. Text 229 sa-prema-bhakteh paripakatah syat kacin maha-bhava-vishesha-sampat sa vai nariëarti maha-praharshasamrajya-murdhopari tattva-drishöya sa-prema-bhakteh-loving devotion. parama-priya-most dear. sa-it. nagara-of heroes. Gazing at the truth. the supreme hero Lord Krishëa's being under the control of His dear devotees is the greatest of His divine glories. maha-praharsha-of great happiness.

nanot. for the Lord) would never allow His dearest devotees to suffer in that way. cihnani-the characteristics. api-also. a bliss that eclpises the happiness of Brahman. shoka-grief. bahir-drishöi-parah-who see externally. tanoti-extends. bahih-outward. tam-this. vihasanti-laugh. Although externally this ecstatic love may show signs of great suffering. bhaktan-at the devotees. bahya-external. sa-it. shakyeta-may be able. tu-certainly. athapi-still. vilokya-seeing. datte-gives. bhramakam-bewilderment. preshöhatamasya-of the most dear beloved. akamah-without material desires. tat-prema-bhaktimthat loving devotion. (this suffering is not real. arti-of suffering. . bhavam-love.santapa-cihnani bahis tanoti bahyapi sa preshöhatamasya sodhum dasha na shakyeta kadapi tena svabhavatah-by its own nature. maha-great. Text 231 loka bahir-drishöi-paras tu bhavam tam bhramakam prema-bharam vilokya bhaktav akama vihasanti bhaktams tat-prema-bhaktim bhagavan na datte lokah-the people. santapaof suffering. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these devotees experience great bliss. sodhum-to tolerate. dasha-the condition. bhaktau-in devotion. tena-by that. prema-bharam-great love. kadapi-ever. bhagavan-the Lord. na-not.

Loving devotion is very difficult to attain and the pleasures of Svargaloka and other celestial planets are very easy to attain. sulabhah-easy to attain. bhaktih-devotion. adi-beginning. abhavah-being. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that in this example the cintamaëi jewel is loving devotion. sah-that. They laugh at the devotees. The Lord does not give loving devotion to them.With external eyes seeing this bewildering condition of great love. or sometimes a golden trinket. svarga-adi-beginning with Svargaloka. Common people cannot attain a cintamaëi jewel. the people in general have no desire to engage in devotional service. Text 232 sa-premaka bhaktir ativa-durlabha svargadi-bhogah sulabho 'bhavash ca sah cintamaëih sarva-janair na labhyate labhyeta kacadi kadapi hatakam sa-premaka-with love. Text 233 . kaca-with glass. ca-and. hatakam-gold. bhogah-enjoyment. although they may attain a glass. ativa-durlabha-very rare. and the golden trinket is impersonal liberation. labhyate-is obtained. na-not. sarva-janaih-by all people. kadapi-sometimes. the glass trinket is the pleasures of Svargaloka. labhyetamay be obtained. cintamaëih-a cintamani jewel.

to a wise and extraordinary person who wishes it alone. kasmaicit-to someone. dhimate-intelligent. bhagavan-the Lord. prabhoh-of the Lord. bhakti-pravritti-artha-paraihby they who are devoted to the activities of devotional service. syat-is. ajneshu-to the fools. viruddhavat-like the prohibition. tam-that. asmabhih-by us. nirvaktum-to be described. tad-bhava-vishesha-tattvam-the nature of that love. sat-shastraihby the transcendental scriptures. Text 234 shakyam na tad-bhava-vishesha-tattvam nirvaktum asmabhir atho na yogyam bhakti-pravritty-artha-paraih prabhoh sacchastrair ivajneshu viruddhavat syat shakyam-is able. bahyaya-external. na-not. Sometimes. tad-eka-artha-sprihavate-who wishes something specific. lokato the world. iva-as if. . na-not. yogyam-is suitable. bhaktim-devotional service. eva-indeed. dadyat-gives. athah-then.kadacid eva kasmaicit tad-ekartha-sprihavate tam dadyad bhagavan bhaktim loka-bahyaya dhimate kadacit-sometimes. the Lord gives devotional service.

They who serve the mellows of devotional service understand the sweetness and glory of that ecstatic love. staying there. viduh-understand. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the nature of ecstatic love is described in ShrimadBhagavatam 11. apialso. Text 235 tad-bhavotkarsha-madhuryam vidus tad-rasa-sevinah tatratyas tvam api jnasyasy acirat tat-prasadatah tad-bhava-of that love.40. tadrasa-sevinah-they whos erve the mellows of devotional service. tvam-you. acirat-sson. will also quickly understand it. to describe the nature of this ecstatic love. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the phrase “staying there" means "staying in the land of Gokula". jnasyasi-will know. nor is it proper for us. . utkarsha-greatness. By the Lord's mercy you.2.We are not able. tatratyah-there. in the same way as it is not proper for the scriptures that describe the activities of the Lord's service to describe it to fools. madhuryam-sweetness. tat-prasadatah-by their mercy.

darshana-sight. Shri Gopa-kumara said: These words greatly increased my yearning to see the lotus feet of Shri Gopala. ajani-was manifested. tabhyam-by them. shri-gopala-of Lord Gopala. utkaëöha-yearning.Text 236 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca evam nijeshöa-deva-shrigopala-caraëabjayoh nitaram darshanotkaëöha tad-vaco me vyavardhata shri-gopa-kumarah uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. evam-thus. vyavardhata-increased. tat-kshaëat-from that moment. abjayoh-of the lotus. vishesha-specific. nija-own. me-me. tad-vacah-these words. asha-yearning. shoka-of . apialthough. the Lord I worshiped. vatya-possessing. ishöa-worshipable. caraëa-feet. bhava-ecstatic love. nitaram-greatly. Text 237 tadrig-bhava-visheshashavatyapy ajani tat-kshaëat tabhyam shokarëave kshiptam mam alakshyaha santvayan tadrik-like this. deva-Lord.

Not noticing that at that moment I. was thrown into an ocean of lamentation. said: Text 238 shri-narada uvaca yadyapy etan maha-gopyam yujyate natra jalpitum tathapi tava kataryabharair mukharito bruve shri-naradah-Shri Narada. filled with a desire to attain that love. mukharitah-made talkative. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that "in this place" means "here in Vaikuëöhaloka". jalpitum-to speak. santvayan-comforting. uvaca-said. Shri Narada said: Although this great secret should not be told in this place. kataryabharaih-by the great distress. mam-me. made talkative by your anxiety. etat-this. bruve-I speak. na-not. I will speak. aha-said. tathapi-still. comforting me. arëave-in an ocean. . gopyamconfidential. alakshya-not noticing. atra-here. he. yadyapi-although. tava-of you.lamentation. kshiptam-thrown. maha-very. yujyate-is.

Far from that. tatah-from there. adure-not far. bhaja-worship. eva-indeed. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Hari-vamsha affirms that Dvaraka is like Mathura. dure-far. nija-dayita-devam-own beloved Lord. gatva-having gone. the city of Dvaraka.Text 239 ito 'dure 'yodhya vilasati puri shri-raghupates tato dure shriman-madhura-madhu-puryaiva sadrishi puri dvaravaty ullasati dayita shri-yadupates tam evasyam gatva nija-dayita-devam bhaja drisha itah-from here. asyam-there. Lord Ramacandra's city of Ayodhya is splendidly manifest. puri-the city. and with a glance worship your beloved Lord. Go there. vilasati-is splendidly manifested. sadrishi-like that. which is like the beautiful and charming city of Mathura and is very dear to Lord Krishëa. Text 240 prag ayodhyabhigamane sad-upayam imam shrnu shri-ramacandra-padabja- . eva-certainly. tam-that. ullasati-is splendidly manifested. shriman-madhura-beautiful and charming. ayodhya-Ayodhya. Not far from here. shri-yadupateh-to the Lord of the Yadus. dvaravati-of Dvaraka. drisha-with a glance. the Lord of the Yadus. dayita-dear. is splendidly manifest. shri-raghupateh-of Lord Ramacandra. madhu-purya-the city of Mathura. puri-the city.

ayodhya-to Ayodhya. seva-service. rasikaih-by they who taste nectar. abhigamane-in going. First hear the way to go to Aydodhya. upasana-worship. sad-upayam-a good method. matam-considered. Texts 241 and 242 sakshad bhagavatas tasya shri-krishëasyavatariëah upasana-vishesheëa sarvam yadyapi labhyate tathapi raghu-virasya shrimat-pada-sarojayoh tayo rasa-visheshasya labhayopadishamy aham sakshat-directly. sarvam-all. eka-sole. shrnu-hear. raghu-virasya-of the hero of the Raghu dynasty. tasya-of Him. labhyate-is attained.sevaika-rasikair matam prak-first. tathapi-still. avatariëah-the origin of the incarnations. shri-krishëasya-of Lord Krishëa. vishesheëa-specific. . shri-ramacandra-padabja-of Lord Ramacandra's lotus feet. yadyapi-if. imam-this. a way approved by they who taste the nectar of service to Shri Ramacandra's lotus feet. bhagavatah-of the Lord.

guëa-qualities. tat-of Him. Text 243 sita-pate shri-raghunatha lakshmaëajyeshöha prabho shri-hanumat-priyeshvara ity adikam kirtaya veda-shastratah khyatam smarams tad-guëa-rupa-vaibhavam sita-of Sita. I will now describe how to attain the nectar of the lotus feet of Lord Rama. shri-hanumat-of Shri Hanuman. pate-O Lord. lakshmaëa-of Lakshmaëa. khyatam-famous. ishvara-O Lord. everything is obtained. the hero of the Raghu dynasty. upadishami-describe. smaran-remembering. veda-shastratah-from the Vedic scriptures. vaibhavam-and opulence. iti-thus. virtues. glorify Him. tayoh-of them. beginning with the words: "O husband of Sita.shrimat-pada-sarojayoh-of the beautiful lotus feet. which are all described in the Vedas. prabhah-O Lord. the origin of the incarnations. rupa-form. Although by directly worshiping Lord Krishëa. shri-raghunatha-O Lord of the Raghus. rasa-visheshasya-the specific nectar. O dear master of Shri Hanuman!" . priya-dear. O Lord. labhaya-to attain. kirtaya-glorify. O elder brother of Lakshmaëa. aham-I. jyeshöha-O elder brother. adikam-beginning. and opulences. O glorious Lord of the Raghus. As you meditate on His form.

labhyeta-may be obtained. ishöa-worshipable. anusritih-following. In this way the great devotees attain their worshipable Lord.Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that some other names used to glorify Lord Rama are: "O delight of Kaushalya! O son of Dasharatha! O elder brother of Bharata! O friend of Sugriva!" Lord Rama's virtues begin with His shyness and humbleness. krititvam-action. para-great. holding a bow in the hands of His strong arms. yatra-where. Text 244 yena prakareëa nijeshöa-devo labhyeta tasyanusritih krititvam yatrasya gandho 'pi bhavet kriyeta pritih para tatra tad-eka-nishöhaih yena-by which. gandhahthe scent. tatra-there. devah-Lord. Even the slightest scent of the Lord brings great happiness to they who have placed their faith in Him alone. asya-of Him. nija-own. tasya-of Him. api-even. tadeka-nishöhaih-by they who have placed their faith in Him alone. is very handsome. Text 245 shri-rama-padabja-yuge 'valokite samyen na cet sa tava darshanotkata tenaiva karuëya-bharardra-cetasa prahesyate dvaravatim sukham bhavan . bhavet-may be. and His form. kriyeta-may do. pritih-happiness. prakareëa-method.

shamyetsatisfied. darshana-to see. tatra-there. will happily send you to Dvaraka. drakshyasi-you will see. praheshyate-will be taken. didrikshitamdesired to see. yatha-as. ciram-for a long time. cetasa-whose heart. as the scriptures prescribe. na-not. tasya-of Him. Text 247 . dvaravatim-to Dvaraka. gatah-gone. ardra-melting. surrounded by the Yadus. shri-krishëacandram-Shri Krishëacandra. yadubhih-by the Yadus. you will go there and see Your beloved Lord. pada-abja-yuge-the two lotuysa feet. vritam-surrounded. tava-of you. If when you see Lord Rama's lotus feet your desire to see the Lord remains unsatisfied. bhavan-you. utkata-the yearning. tam-Him. handsome Shri Krishëacandra. bhara-with an abundance. Text 246 sankirtanam tasya yathoditam prabhoh kurvan gatas tatra nija-priyeshvaram shri-krishëacandram yadubhir vritam ciram didrikshitam drakshyasi tam manoharam sankirtanam-glorification. Glorifying your Lord. Lord Rama Himself. karuëya-of mercy. sukham-happily. tena-by Him. prabhoh-of the Lord. sah-He. avalokite-seen. nija-priyeshvaram-your own dear Lord. His heart melting with compassion. cet-if.shri-rama-of Lord Ramacandra. manoharam-who charms the heart. whom you long desired to see. kurvandoing. eva-indeed. uditam-said.

ajna-the order. Text 248 tasyajnayagato 'traham sarva-hrid-vritti-darshinah man-mukhenaiva tasyajna sampannnety anumanyatam tasya-of Him. koshala-Koshala.vaikuëöhasyaiva deshas te koshala-dvarakadayah tat tatra gamanayajna tad-bhartur na hy apekshyatam vaikuëöhasya-of Vaikuëöha. atra-here. ajnaya-by the order. aham-I. sampanna-fulfilled. anumanyatam-is considered. sarva-of all. mat-of me. eva-indeed. Go now. mukhena-by the mouth. hi-indeed. tatra-there. iti-thus. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that Koshala is another name of Ayodhya. hrit-of the hearts. tat-that. dvarakaand Dvaraka. tasya-of Him. na-not. te-they. ajna-the order. apekshyatam-in relation. Dvaraka. vritti-the activities. and many other places are provinces of the kingdom of Vaikuëöha. Koshala. . darshinah-seeing. and do not wait fro the Lord's order. agatah-come. tadbhartuh-of the Lord. eva-indeed. deshah-the realm. gamanaya-to go. adayah-beginning with.

By the order of He who knows what happens in everyone's heart. na-not. te-of you. tvam-you. the Lord has gone somewhere. anugrahitum-to show mercy. go to Gopa-kumara. fulfill his desire. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the Lord told Narada: "O Narada. Text 250 shri-gopa-kumara uvaca . shakshyasi-will be able. ayam-He. hi-indeed." Text 249 ekam maha-bhaktam anugrahitum svayam kutashcid bhagavan gato 'yam sodhum vilambam na hi shakshyasi tvam tan-nirgame te 'vasaro varo 'yam ekam-one. You will not be able to tolerate any delay. ayam-this. avasarahopportunity. svayam-personally. and in a secluded place. varah-good. I have come here. maha-great. Know that His order has come through my mouth. vilambamdelay. To show mercy to a great devotee. sodhum-to tolerate. bhagavan-the Lord. This is the right time for you to go. bhaktam-devotee. tat-nirgame-to go. kutashcit-somewhere. gatah-gone.

anusmaranremembering. Shri Gopa-kumara said: Hearing this. Again and again I bowed down before Shri Narada. maha-lolan-with great eagerness. ayam-this. gatah-gone. adaya-taking. itah tatah-here and there. ashirvadam-blessing. nitaram-very. iti-thus. . adraksham-I saw. tasya-of him. tam-this. muhuh-again and again. vadinah-saying. shri-naradam-to Shri Narada. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that these are the instructions of Text 243. hrishöah-happy. eva-indeed. plavamanan-jumping. shrutva-having heard. shiksham-teaching. naman-bowinf down. I became very happy. Text 251 durad eva gato 'draksham vanarams tan itas tatah plavamanan maha-lolan rama rameti vadinah durat-from far away. tan-them.shrutva tam nitaram hrishöo muhuh shri-naradam naman tasyashirvadam adaya shiksham canusmarann ayam shri-gopa-kumarah uvaca-Shri Gopa-kumara said. ca-also. rama-O Rama!. vanaran-monkeys. rama-O Rama!. I took His blessing and meditated on his instructions.

akarshadbhih-pulling. Text 253 . apashyam-I saw. As they tugged at my flute. karatfrom the hand. naran-humans. saha-with. Then I saw human beings more handsome than the Lord's asasociates in Vaikuëöha. sundaran-more handsome. I went with them. parshadebhyah-than the associates. Shrila Sanatana Gosvami explains that the residents of Vaikuëöha had four-armed forms like that of Lord Narayaëa. mama-of me. api-even. These humans had forms like that of Lord Rama. From far away I saw many restless monkeys jumping here and there and calling out: "Rama! Rama!" Text 252 taih sahagre gato vamshim akarshadbhih karan mama naran apashyam vaikuëöhaparshadebhyo 'pi sundaran taih-them. agre-before. vamshim-a flute. vaikuëöha-of Vaikuëöha.Then I left. gatah-gone.

prabhritibhih-beginning with. angada-Angada. prak-before. purim-the city. tat-stavaih-with prayers. stuvan-praising. Very saintly and well-behaved. aham-I. pidhaya-covering. praveshitah-entered. shatrughna-Shatrughna. prakoshöham-courtyard. matva-thinking. aham-I.tair evarya-varacarair man-naty-ady-asahishëubhih purim praveshito bahyam prak prakoshöham agam aham taih-with them. sukham-comfortably. ca-also. asahishëubhih-not tolerating. they would not allow me to bow down and worship them. madhuraih-with charming. tena-by Him. Text 254 sugrivangada-jambavat-prabhritibhis tatropavishöam sukham shrimantam madhurair naraish ca bharatam shatrughna-yuktam purah drishövaham raghunatham eva nitaram matva stuvams tat-stavaih karëau tena pidhaya dasya-paraya vaca nishiddho muhuh sugriva-Sugriva. adibeginning with. tatrathere. bahyamoutside. nati-obeisances. shrimantam-glorious. agam-went. nitaram-greatly. Led by them. bharatam-Bharata. nishiddhah-forbidden. I came to the city's outer courtyard. jambavat-Jambavan. paraya-intent. eva-indeed. mat-of me. naraih-human beings. upavishöam-seated. eva-certainly. raghunatham-Lord Ramacandra. arya-vara-acaraih-very saintly. dasya-of service. purah-before. karëau-ears. muhuh-again and again. . vaca-by words. drishövaseeing.

humanlike Lord Rama. Text 255 bhitas tad-agre 'njaliman avasthito nihsritya vegena hanumata balat praveshito 'ntah-puram adbhutadbhutam vyalokayam tam nri-varakritim prabhum bhitah-afraid. He at once covered His ears. forbade me to continue. O Lord of the Raghu dynasty. adbhuta-adbhutam-wonder of wonders. I began to glorify Him with many prayers. . Text 256 . and Shatrughna is like Lakshmaëa. O beloved of Sita. Hanuman then suddenly dragged me inside and there I saw the supremely wonderful. and Jambavan. hanumata-by Hanuman. antah-puram-the room. and